As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2012

File No. 001-35491

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to

Form 10

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia   36-3083135

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Three Lakes Drive, Northfield, Illinois   60093-2753
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(847) 646-2000

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class to be so Registered

 

Name of Each Exchange on

Which Each Class is to be Registered

Common Stock, no par value

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do  not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 


Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

Information Required in Registration Statement

Cross-Reference Sheet Between the Information Statement and Items of Form 10

This Registration Statement on Form 10 incorporates by reference information contained in our Information Statement filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Form 10. For your convenience, we have provided below a cross-reference sheet identifying where the items required by Form 10 can be found in the Information Statement.

 

Item

No.

  

Caption

  

Location in Information Statement

1.    Business    See “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements,” “The Spin-Off,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Where You Can Find More Information”
1A.    Risk Factors    See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements”
2.    Financial Information    See “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
3.    Properties    See “Business—Properties”
4.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management    See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”
5.    Directors and Executive Officers    See “Management”
6.    Executive Compensation    See “Management” and “Executive Compensation”
7.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    See “Risk Factors,” “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”
8.    Legal Proceedings    See “Business—Legal Proceedings”
9.    Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters    See “The Spin-Off,” “Dividend Policy,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Description of Our Capital Stock”
10.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities    See “Description of Our Capital Stock”
11.    Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered    See “Description of Our Capital Stock”
12.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers    See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Description of Our Capital Stock”
13.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    See “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements” and “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein


Item

No.

  

Caption

  

Location in Information Statement

14.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    None
15.    Financial Statements and Exhibits   

(a) Financial Statements

 

See “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements” and “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein

 

(b) Exhibits

 

See below

The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  2.1    Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.**
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
  8.1    Form of Opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP relating to certain tax matters.
10.1   

Offer of Employment Letter between Kraft Foods Inc. and John T. Cahill, dated December 3, 2011.

10.2    $4,000,000,000 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among Kraft Foods Group, Inc., Kraft Foods Inc., as guarantor, the initial lenders named therein, Barclays Bank plc and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-administrative agents, Barclays Bank plc, as paying agent, Citibank, N.A., as syndication agent, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as documentation agent, dated as of March 8, 2012. ††
10.3    $3,000,000,000 Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among Kraft Foods Group, Inc., Kraft Foods Inc., as guarantor, the initial lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank plc, as co-administrative agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as paying agent, Citibank, N.A. and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as co-syndication agents, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents, dated as of May 18, 2012. †††
10.4    Indenture by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, dated as of June 4, 2012.
10.5    Supplemental Indenture No. 1 by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., Kraft Foods Inc., as guarantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, dated as of June 4, 2012.
10.6    Form of Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
10.7    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
10.8   

Form of Canadian Transfer Agreement.*


Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.9   

Form of Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Patents, Trade Secrets and Certain Related Intellectual Property between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*

10.10    Form of Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Trademarks and Certain Related Intellectual Property between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
10.11    Form of Master General Transition Services Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
10.12    Form of Master Research and Development Transition Services Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
10.13    Form of Master Information Technology Transition Services Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
10.14    Form of Master Supply Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
10.15   

Form of 2600 Brodhead Rd., Bethlehem, PA Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.16   

Form of 5801 72nd Ave. S.E., Calgary, Canada Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Canada Inc. and Mondelēz Canada Inc.**

10.17   

Form of 2842 Spiegel Dr., Columbus, OH Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.18   

Form of 1006 Railhead, Haslet, TX Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.19   

Form of 4512 Frontier Way, Stockton, CA Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.20    Form of 6710 Oakley Industrial Blvd., Union City, GA Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
99.1    Preliminary Information Statement of Kraft Foods Group, Inc., subject to completion, dated June 12, 2012. †††

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Kraft Foods Group, Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 

Previously filed on April 2, 2012.

††  

Previously filed on May 14, 2012.

†††  

Previously filed on June 12, 2012.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to its Registration Statement on Form 10 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

By:  

/s/ David A. Brearton

  Name: David A. Brearton
 

Title:    Executive Vice President

             and Chief Financial Officer

Dated: June 21, 2012


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  2.1    Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.**
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
  8.1    Form of Opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP relating to certain tax matters.
10.1   

Offer of Employment Letter between Kraft Foods Inc. and John T. Cahill, dated December 3, 2011.

10.2    $4,000,000,000 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among Kraft Foods Group, Inc., Kraft Foods Inc., as guarantor, the initial lenders named therein, Barclays Bank plc and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-administrative agents, Barclays Bank plc, as paying agent, Citibank, N.A., as syndication agent, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as documentation agent, dated as of March 8, 2012. ††
10.3    $3,000,000,000 Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among Kraft Foods Group, Inc., Kraft Foods Inc., as guarantor, the initial lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank plc, as co-administrative agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as paying agent, Citibank, N.A. and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as co-syndication agents, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents, dated as of May 18, 2012. †††
10.4    Indenture by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, dated as of June 4, 2012.
10.5    Supplemental Indenture No. 1 by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., Kraft Foods Inc., as guarantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, dated as of June 4, 2012.
10.6    Form of Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
10.7    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
10.8   

Form of Canadian Transfer Agreement.*

10.9   

Form of Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Patents, Trade Secrets and Certain Related Intellectual Property between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*

10.10    Form of Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Trademarks and Certain Related Intellectual Property between Kraft Foods Inc. and Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
10.11    Form of Master General Transition Services Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
10.12    Form of Master Research and Development Transition Services Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**


Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.13    Form of Master Information Technology Transition Services Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
10.14    Form of Master Supply Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
10.15   

Form of 2600 Brodhead Rd., Bethlehem, PA Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.16   

Form of 5801 72nd Ave. S.E., Calgary, Canada Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Canada Inc. and Mondelēz Canada Inc.**

10.17   

Form of 2842 Spiegel Dr., Columbus, OH Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.18   

Form of 1006 Railhead, Haslet, TX Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.19   

Form of 4512 Frontier Way, Stockton, CA Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**

10.20    Form of 6710 Oakley Industrial Blvd., Union City, GA Shared Warehouse Agreement between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. and Mondelēz Global LLC.**
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Kraft Foods Group, Inc.*
99.1    Preliminary Information Statement of Kraft Foods Group, Inc., subject to completion, dated June 12, 2012. †††

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Kraft Foods Group, Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 

Previously filed on April 2, 2012.

††

Previously filed on May 14, 2012.

†††  

Previously filed on June 12, 2012.

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

between

KRAFT FOODS INC.

and

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

Dated as of             , 2012

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            

Page

ARTICLE I  

DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.1

   

Table of Definitions

   1

Section 1.2

   

Certain Defined Terms

   1

ARTICLE II

 

THE SEPARATION

   23

Section 2.1

   

Internal Reorganization; Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

   23

Section 2.2

   

Governmental Approvals and Consents; Transfers, Assignments and Assumptions Not Effected Prior to the Distribution

   24

Section 2.3

   

Termination of Agreements

   25

Section 2.4

   

Novation of GroceryCo Liabilities

   26

Section 2.5

   

Novation of SnackCo Liabilities

   27

Section 2.6

   

Treatment of Cash

   27

Section 2.7

   

Replacement of Credit Support

   28

Section 2.8

   

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

   28

ARTICLE III

 

THE DISTRIBUTION

   29

Section 3.1

   

Actions Prior to the Distribution

   29

Section 3.2

   

Conditions to Distribution

   30

Section 3.3

   

The Distribution

   32

Section 3.4

   

Fractional Shares

   32

Section 3.5

   

Sole Discretion of the Kraft Foods Board

   33

ARTICLE IV

 

FURTHER ASSURANCES; ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

   33

Section 4.1

   

Further Assurances

   33

Section 4.2

   

Shared Liabilities

   34

Section 4.3

   

Certain Shared Contracts

   36

Section 4.4

   

Misdirected Customer Payments and Deductions

   37

Section 4.5

   

Non-Solicitation

   38

Section 4.6

   

Rights of First Offer

   39

Section 4.7

   

Insurance Matters

   41

Section 4.8

   

Co-Owned Copyrights

   42

ARTICLE V

 

MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION

   43

Section 5.1

   

Release of Pre-Distribution Claims

   43

Section 5.2

   

Indemnification by GroceryCo

   44


Section 5.3

   

Indemnification by SnackCo

   45

Section 5.4

   

Notice and Payment of Direct Claims

   45

Section 5.5

   

Third-Party Claims

   46

Section 5.6

   

Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts

   49

Section 5.7

   

Remedies Cumulative

   50

Section 5.8

   

Survival of Indemnities

   50

ARTICLE VI

  EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; LITIGATION MANAGEMENT; CONFIDENTIALITY    50

Section 6.1

   

Agreement for Exchange of Information

   50

Section 6.2

   

Access to Information

   50

Section 6.3

   

Litigation Management and Support; Production of Witnesses

   51

Section 6.4

   

Reimbursement

   52

Section 6.5

   

Retention of Records

   52

Section 6.6

   

Privileged Information

   53

Section 6.7

   

Confidentiality

   54

Section 6.8

   

Joint Defense

   54

ARTICLE VII

  DISPUTE RESOLUTION    55

Section 7.1

   

Step Process

   55

Section 7.2

   

Negotiation and Mediation

   55

Section 7.3

   

Arbitration

   55

Section 7.4

   

Interim Relief

   55

Section 7.5

   

Remedies

   55

Section 7.6

   

Expenses

   56

ARTICLE VIII

  MISCELLANEOUS    56

Section 8.1

   

Coordination with Ancillary Agreements; Conflicts

   56

Section 8.2

   

Expenses

   56

Section 8.3

   

Termination

   57

Section 8.4

   

Amendment and Modification

   57

Section 8.5

   

Waiver

   57

Section 8.6

   

Notices

   57

Section 8.7

   

Interpretation

   58

Section 8.8

   

Entire Agreement

   58

Section 8.9

   

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

   59

Section 8.10

   

Governing Law

   59

Section 8.11

   

Assignment

   59

Section 8.12

   

Severability

   59

Section 8.13

   

Counterparts

   59

Section 8.14

   

Facsimile Signature

   60

Section 8.15

   

Payment

   60

Section 8.16

   

Parties’ Obligations

   60

 

ii


SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), between Kraft Foods Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ Kraft Foods Inc. ” or “ SnackCo ”), and Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ GroceryCo ”).

RECITALS

A. Kraft Foods Inc., acting through itself and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries, currently conducts the GroceryCo Business and the SnackCo Business.

B. The Kraft Foods Board has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of Kraft Foods Inc. and its shareholders to separate Kraft Foods Inc. into two publicly traded companies: (a) GroceryCo, which following the Distribution will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the GroceryCo Business; and (b) SnackCo, which following the Distribution will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the SnackCo Business.

C. On the Distribution Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Kraft Foods Inc. shall distribute to the Record Holders, on a pro rata basis, all the outstanding shares of common stock, no par value, of GroceryCo (“ GroceryCo Common Stock ”) then owned by Kraft Foods Inc. (the “ Distribution ”).

D. The Distribution is intended to qualify as a tax-free spin-off pursuant to Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Table of Definitions . The following terms have the meanings set forth on the pages referenced below:

 

Definition

   Page  

Action

     3   

Affiliate

     3   

Agent

     3   

Agreement

     1   

Allocation Committee

     3   

Ancillary Agreements

     4   

Definition

   Page  

Applicable GroceryCo Proportion

     4   

Applicable Proportion

     4   

Applicable SnackCo Proportion

     4   

Asbestos Liability

     5   

Assets

     5   

Business

     6   
 


Table of Definitions (cont.)

 

Definition

   Page  

Business Day

     6   

Business Liability Claim Deductible

     6   

Canadian Tax Act

     30   

Canadian Transfer Agreement

     7   

CERCLA

     49   

Code

     1   

Consents

     7   

Consultant

     34   

Contribution and Internal Distribution

     7   

Covered Business

     7   

Covered GroceryCo Employee

     7   

Covered SnackCo Employee

     7   

Covered Trademark License

     7   

CRA

     30   

Credit Support Instruments

     7   

D&O Policies

     40   

DES

     7   

DES Liability

     7   

Determination Request

     33   

Dispute

     53   

Dispute Notice

     54   

Distribution

     1   

Distribution Date

     8   

Distribution Ratio

     8   

Employee Matters Agreement

     8   

Environmental Laws

     8   

Environmental Liabilities

     8   

ERISA Action

     17   

Evaluation Period

     38   

Exchange Act

     8   

Exclusive Negotiation Period

     38   

Finally Determined

     8   

Form 10

     9   

GAAP

     9   

Governmental Approvals

     9   

Governmental Authority

     9   

GroceryCo

     1   

GroceryCo Action

     9   

GroceryCo Assets

     9   

GroceryCo Balance Sheet

     10   

GroceryCo Business

     10   

GroceryCo Canada

     11   

GroceryCo Common Stock

     1   

GroceryCo Credit Support Instruments

     27   

Definition

   Page  

GroceryCo Entities

     11   

GroceryCo Group

     11   

GroceryCo Indemnified Parties

     44   

GroceryCo Liabilities

     11   

GroceryCo Portion

     35   

GroceryCo Products

     13   

GroceryCo Receivables

     36   

Group

     13   

Hazardous Substances

     13   

ICDR

     54   

Inadequacy Notice

     38   

Indemnified Party

     44   

Indemnifying Party

     44   

Indemnity Payment

     48   

Information

     13   

Information Statement

     13   

Insurance Proceeds

     13   

Intercompany Agreements

     13   

Internal Reorganization

     14   

IP Agreement (Non-Trademark)

     14   

IP Agreement (Trademark)

     14   

IRS

     29   

Known Environmental Liabilities

     14   

Kraft Foods 10-Q

     10   

Kraft Foods Board

     14   

Kraft Foods Common Stock

     14   

Kraft Foods Inc.

     1   

Kraft Foods Shareholders

     14   

Law

     14   

Liabilities

     14   

Litigation Matters

     52   

Litigation Matters Memorandum

     15   

Managing Party

     33   

Misdirected GroceryCo Deductions

     36   

Misdirected GroceryCo Payments

     36   

Misdirected Invoice

     37   

Misdirected SnackCo Deductions

     36   

Misdirected SnackCo Payments

     36   

NASDAQ

     15   

Negotiation Notice

     38   

Non-Managing Party

     15   

Offer Letter

     38   

Other Excluded SnackCo Businesses

     19   

Person

     15   
 

 

2


Table of Definitions (cont.)

 

Definition

   Page  

Predecessor

     15   

Privileged Information

     52   

Products Action

     15   

Record Date

     15   

Record Holders

     15   

Refreshment Beverages Products

     15   

Remedial Action

     15   

Representatives

     35   

Retained Information

     51   

ROFO Notice

     38   

ROFO Offeror

     16   

Sale Transaction

     16   

SEC

     16   

Security Interest

     16   

Selling Party

     38   

Separation

     16   

Served Business

     16   

Shared Contract

     17   

Shared Insurance Liabilities

     17   

Shared Liability

     17   

SKUs

     10   

SnackCo

     1   

SnackCo Action

     18   

Definition

   Page  

SnackCo Assets

     18   

SnackCo Balance Sheet

     19   

SnackCo Business

     19   

SnackCo Canada

     19   

SnackCo Credit Support Instruments

     27   

SnackCo Entities

     20   

SnackCo Group

     20   

SnackCo Indemnified Parties

     43   

SnackCo Liabilities

     20   

SnackCo Portion

     35   

SnackCo Receivables

     36   

Subsidiary

     21   

Supply Agreement

     22   

Tax

     22   

Tax Advisor

     22   

Tax Sharing Agreement

     22   

Third Party

     45   

Third-Party Claim

     45   

Transition Services Agreements

     22   

Unclaimed Property Audit

     17   

Unknown Environmental Liabilities

     22   

Warehouse Agreement

     22   

Workers’ Compensation Liability

     22   
 

 

Section 1.2 Certain Defined Terms . For the purposes of this Agreement:

Action ” means any claim, demand, action, suit, countersuit, audit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any United States or non-United States federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or international arbitration or mediation tribunal.

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (except as otherwise provided in any such Ancillary Agreement), none of the SnackCo Entities shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any GroceryCo Entity and none of the GroceryCo Entities shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any SnackCo Entity. As used in this definition of “Affiliate,” “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

Agent ” means Wells Fargo Shareowner Services.

 

3


Allocation Committee ” means a committee composed of one representative designated from time to time by each of GroceryCo and SnackCo that shall be established in accordance with Section 4.2.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the Canadian Transfer Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the IP Agreement (Non-Trademark), the IP Agreement (Trademark), the R&D Agreement, the Supply Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Transition Services Agreements, the Warehouse Agreement and any other instruments, assignments, documents and agreements executed in connection with the implementation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Internal Reorganization.

Applicable GroceryCo Proportion ” means:

(a) with respect to any Shared Liability other than any Shared Liability relating to any ERISA Action or the Unclaimed Property Audit, 33 1/3%;

(b) with respect to any Shared Liability relating to any ERISA Action, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the number of GroceryCo Employees or Former GroceryCo Employees (in each case as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) who are active or vested inactive participants in the applicable Split Plan (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) as of the Distribution by (ii) the number of GroceryCo Employees, Former GroceryCo Employees, SnackCo Employees and Former SnackCo Employees (in each case as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) who are active or vested inactive participants in the applicable Split Plan as of the Distribution; and

(c) with respect to the Unclaimed Property Audit, 50%.

Applicable Proportion ” means (a) as to GroceryCo, the Applicable GroceryCo Proportion, and (b) as to SnackCo, the Applicable SnackCo Proportion.

Applicable SnackCo Proportion ” means:

(a) with respect to any Shared Liability other than any Shared Liability relating to any ERISA Action or the Unclaimed Property Audit, 66 2/3%;

(b) with respect to any Shared Liability relating to any ERISA Action, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the number of SnackCo Employees or Former SnackCo Employees (in each case as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) who are active or vested inactive participants in the applicable Split Plan (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) as of the Distribution by (ii) the number of GroceryCo Employees, Former GroceryCo Employees, SnackCo Employees and Former SnackCo Employees (in each case as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) who are active or vested inactive participants in the applicable Split Plan as of the Distribution; and

 

4


(c) with respect to the Unclaimed Property Audit, 50%.

Asbestos Liability ” means any Liability arising out of or attributable to actual or alleged personal injuries asserted by a Person resulting from the existence, operation, maintenance, removal or disposal of any asbestos-containing materials present at any real property formerly owned, leased or occupied by any member of either Group (or any of their respective Predecessors) during the period of ownership, lease or occupancy by any member of either Group (or any of their respective Predecessors) prior to the Distribution, to the extent that a workers’ compensation program does not apply to such Person’s injuries.

Assets ” means all assets, properties and rights (including goodwill), wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other Third Parties or elsewhere), whether real, personal or mixed, tangible, intangible, corporeal, incorporeal or contingent, in each case whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person, including the following:

(a) all accounting and other books, records and files whether in paper, microfilm, microfiche, computer tape or disc, magnetic tape or any other form;

(b) all apparatus, computers and other electronic data processing equipment, fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture, office equipment, automobiles, trucks, aircraft, motor vehicles and other transportation equipment, special and general tools, test devices, prototypes and models and other tangible personal property;

(c) all inventories of materials, parts, supplies, raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods and products;

(d) all interests in real property of whatever nature, including easements and rights-of-way, whether as owner, mortgagee or holder of a Security Interest in real property, lessor, sublessor, lessee, sublessee or otherwise, and copies of all related documentation;

(e) all interests in any capital stock or other equity, partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interests of any Subsidiary or any other Person, all bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any Subsidiary or any other Person, all loans, advances or other extensions of credit or capital contributions to any Subsidiary or any other Person and all other investments in securities of any Person;

(f) all license agreements, leases of personal property, open purchase orders for raw materials, supplies, parts or services, unfilled orders for the manufacture and sale of products and other contracts, agreements or commitments;

(g) all deposits, letters of credit and performance and surety bonds;

 

5


(h) all written technical information, data, specifications, research and development information, engineering drawings, operating and maintenance manuals, and materials and analyses prepared by consultants and other Third Parties;

(i) all domestic and foreign patents, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, service marks and registrations and applications for any of the foregoing, mask works, trade secrets, recipes, formulas, know-how, domain names, social media accounts and addresses, inventions, other proprietary information and licenses from Third Parties granting the right to use any of the foregoing;

(j) all computer applications, programs and other software, including operating software, network software, firmware, middleware, design software, design tools, systems documentation and instructions;

(k) all cost information, sales and pricing data, customer prospect lists, supplier records, customer and supplier lists, records pertaining to customers and customer accounts, customer and vendor data, correspondence and lists, product literature, artwork, design, development and manufacturing files, vendor and customer drawings, formulations and specifications, quality records and reports and other books, records, studies, surveys, reports, plans and documents;

(l) all prepaid expenses, trade accounts and other accounts and notes receivable;

(m) all rights under contracts or agreements, all claims or rights against any Person arising from the ownership of any Asset, all rights in connection with any bids or offers and all claims, choses in action or similar rights, whether accrued or contingent;

(n) all insurance proceeds and rights under insurance policies and all rights in the nature of insurance, indemnification or contribution;

(o) all licenses, permits, approvals and authorizations that have been issued by any Governmental Authority and all pending applications therefor;

(p) all cash or cash equivalents, bank accounts, lock boxes and other deposit arrangements;

(q) copies of all documentation related to insurance policies; and

(r) all interest rate, currency, commodity or other swap, collar, cap or other hedging or similar agreements or arrangements.

Business ” means the GroceryCo Business or the SnackCo Business, as the context requires.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

 

6


Business Liability Claim Deductible ” means any deductible, self-insured retention, or retrospective premium where there is coverage, or where Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries and its and their respective Predecessors typically have had coverage under the policies existing prior to the Distribution under a commercial general liability, employee benefits liability, employment practices liability, crime coverage, automobile liability, errors and omissions, products, completed operations or similar policy for any Liabilities (other than cleanup/remediation of asbestos or Environmental Liabilities), whether such Liabilities are known or unknown as of the Distribution, and which Liabilities remain unpaid as of the Distribution.

Canadian Transfer Agreement ” means the Canadian Asset Transfer Agreement, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date, between GroceryCo Canada and SnackCo Canada, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

Consents ” means any consents, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, any Person other than a member of either Group.

Contribution and Internal Distribution ” means all of the transactions described in Step 2 of Section I, Step 2 of Section J, and Step 1 of Section K of the document entitled “Detailed Transaction Steps” delivered by Kraft Foods Inc. to GroceryCo.

Covered Business ” means any businesses and operations conducted by any one or more members of either Group or other assets of one or more of the members of either Group, in each case, that include a Reserved Business. “Covered Business” also includes any ownership interest or license or other rights with respect to any of the material trademarks, patents and other intellectual property used in, or relating to, any Reserved Business as of the Distribution, including any material patent that has claims that cover any products that are or would be competitive with any products of such Reserved Business.

Covered GroceryCo Employee ” means any employee of any member of the GroceryCo Group (a) in the “I-band” or above as of the Distribution or (b) listed on Schedule 1.2(1) .

Covered SnackCo Employee ” means any employee of any member of the SnackCo Group (a) in the “I-band” or above as of the Distribution or (b) listed on Schedule 1.2(2) .

Covered Trademark License ” means:

(a) with respect to the GroceryCo Group, any of the licenses granted by SnackCo IPCo to GroceryCo IPCo (each as defined in the IP Agreement (Trademark)) under the IP Agreement (Trademark) that are perpetual or have a duration of ten years, which licenses are described on Schedule 1.2(3) ; and

 

7


(b) with respect to the SnackCo Group, any of the licenses granted by GroceryCo IPCo to SnackCo IPCo under the IP Agreement (Trademark) that are perpetual or have a duration of ten years, which licenses are described on Schedule 1.2(4) .

Credit Support Instruments ” means surety bonds, covenants, indemnities, undertakings, letters of credit or similar assurances or other credit support.

DES ” means diethylstilbestrol.

DES Liability ” means any Liability arising out of or attributable to the actual or alleged exposure of any Person to DES as a result of the manufacture, sale or distribution by any member of either Group (or any of their respective Predecessors) on or prior to the Distribution of any product containing DES.

Distribution Date ” means the date, determined by the Kraft Foods Board, on which the Distribution occurs.

Distribution Ratio ” means the number of shares of GroceryCo Common Stock to be distributed in respect of each share of Kraft Foods Common Stock in the Distribution, which ratio shall be determined by the Kraft Foods Board prior to the Record Date.

Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between GroceryCo and SnackCo, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws ” means all Laws, including all judicial and administrative orders, determinations, and consent agreements or decrees, that (a) relate to pollution, protection of the environment or human exposure to Hazardous Substances, (b) classify, list, designate or define any waste, chemical, substance or material as a Hazardous Substance or (c) call for the remediation of or require reporting with respect to Hazardous Substances or regulate the use, manufacture, generation, handling, labeling, testing, transport, treatment, storage, processing, discharge, disposal, release, threatened release, control or cleanup of Hazardous Substances or materials containing Hazardous Substances, in each case enacted on the date of this Agreement (regardless of whether the compliance date relating thereto is before or after the Distribution).

Environmental Liabilities ” means any Liabilities, arising out of or resulting from any Environmental Law, contract or agreement relating to the environment, Hazardous Substances or human exposure to Hazardous Substances, including (a) fines, penalties, judgments, awards, settlements, losses, damages (including consequential damages), costs, fees (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees), expenses and disbursements, (b) costs of defense and other responses to any administrative or judicial action (including notices, claims, complaints, suits and other assertions of liability) and (c) responsibility for any investigation, remediation, monitoring or cleanup costs, injunctive relief, natural resource damages, and any other environmental compliance

 

8


or remedial measures, in each case known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen; provided , however , that “Environmental Liabilities” shall not include DES Liabilities or any Liabilities related to the actual or alleged exposure of any Person to asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, in each case, on or prior to the Distribution, including Asbestos Liabilities and any related Workers’ Compensation Liabilities.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Finally Determined ” means, with respect to any Action or threatened Action, that the outcome or resolution of that Action or threatened Action has either (a) been decided by an arbitrator or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction by judgment, order, award or other ruling or (b) been settled or voluntarily dismissed and, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), the claimants’ rights to maintain that Action or threatened Action have been finally adjudicated, waived, discharged or extinguished, and that judgment, order, ruling, award, settlement or dismissal (whether mandatory or voluntary, but if voluntary that dismissal must be final, binding and with prejudice as to all claims specifically pleaded in that Action) is subject to no further appeal, vacatur proceeding or discretionary review.

Form 10 ” means the registration statement on Form 10 filed by GroceryCo with the SEC to effect the registration of GroceryCo Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with the Distribution, as such registration statement may be amended or supplemented from time to time, including any amendment or supplement thereto.

Governmental Approvals ” means any notices, reports or other filings to be given to or made with, or any releases, Consents, substitutions, approvals, amendments, registrations, permits or authorizations to be obtained from, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any United States or non-United States federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, tribal or international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or governmental authority.

GroceryCo Action ” has the meaning set forth in the Litigation Matters Memorandum.

GroceryCo Assets ” means:

(a) the Assets listed or described on Schedule 1.2(5) (which for the avoidance of doubt is not a comprehensive listing of all GroceryCo Assets and is not intended to limit the other clauses of this definition of “GroceryCo Assets”) and all other Assets that are expressly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets to be transferred to or retained by any member of the GroceryCo Group;

 

9


(b) all interests in the capital stock of, or any other equity interests in, the members of the GroceryCo Group (other than GroceryCo), and the capital stock and other equity, partnership, membership, joint venture and similar interests set on Schedule 1.2(6) ;

(c) all Assets reflected as assets of the members of the GroceryCo Group on the GroceryCo Balance Sheet and any Assets acquired by or for any member of the GroceryCo Group subsequent to the date of the GroceryCo Balance Sheet that, had they been acquired on or before such date and owned as of such date, would have been reflected on the GroceryCo Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis, subject to any dispositions of any such Assets subsequent to the date of the GroceryCo Balance Sheet;

(d) all approvals, registrations, permits or authorizations issued by any Governmental Authority that relate exclusively to the GroceryCo Business or the GroceryCo Assets and are held in the name of any member of the SnackCo Group;

(e) all Assets owned or held immediately prior to the Distribution by Kraft Foods Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries that primarily relate to or are primarily used in the GroceryCo Business (the intention of this clause (e) is only to rectify any inadvertent omission of transfer or conveyance of any Asset that, had the parties given specific consideration to such Asset as of the date of this Agreement, would have otherwise been classified as a GroceryCo Asset; no Asset shall be a GroceryCo Asset solely as a result of this clause (e) unless a claim with respect thereto is made by GroceryCo on or prior to the date that is 18 months after the Distribution); and

(f) all recoveries or other Assets (net of any expenses) received by any member of either Group with respect to any GroceryCo Action.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the GroceryCo Assets shall not include any Assets governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict that may arise in the application or interpretation of any of the foregoing provisions, for the purpose of determining what is and is not a GroceryCo Asset, any item explicitly included in clause (a), (b) or (f) of the definition of “SnackCo Assets” shall take priority over any of clauses (c) through (e) of this definition of “GroceryCo Assets” and clause (e) of the definition of “SnackCo Assets” shall take priority over clause (c) of this definition of “GroceryCo Assets.”

GroceryCo Balance Sheet ” means the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of GroceryCo, including the notes thereto, as of June 30, 2012, included in the Information Statement.

GroceryCo Business ” means:

(a) the business and operations conducted by Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution comprising what is referred to in Kraft Foods Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the six months ended June 30, 2012 (the “ Kraft Foods

 

10


10-Q ”) as the U.S. Beverages , U.S. Cheese , U.S. Convenient Meals and U.S. Grocery segments, including the production, distribution, manufacture, marketing, packaging and sale of products under the stock keeping units ( “SKUs ”) listed on Schedule 1.2(7) , as applicable (other than any SKUs of the SnackCo Group that may be inadvertently listed on such Schedule);

(b) the business and operations conducted by Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution relating to the production, distribution, manufacture, marketing, packaging and sale of products included in the GroceryCo Business under clause (a) above or under one of the brands listed on Schedule 1.2(8) , in each case through what is referred to in the Kraft Foods 10-Q as the Kraft Foods Canada & N.A. Foodservice segment, including the SKUs listed on Schedule 1.2(7) , as applicable (other than any SKUs of the SnackCo Group that may be inadvertently listed on such Schedule);

(c) the business and operations conducted by Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution in the Caribbean and Puerto Rico relating to the production, distribution, manufacture, marketing, packaging and sale of products included in the GroceryCo Business under clause (a) or (b) above (other than Refreshment Beverages Products), including the SKUs listed on Schedule 1.2(7) , as applicable (other than any SKUs of the SnackCo Group that may be inadvertently listed on such Schedule);

(d) the business and operations conducted by Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution relating to the production, distribution, manufacture, marketing, packaging and sale of products included in the GroceryCo Business under clause (a) or (b) above (other than Refreshment Beverages Products and products sold under the brands listed on Schedule 1.2(9) ) that are sold in any geographic region other than the United States, Canada, the Caribbean or Puerto Rico as an export from the United States or Canada to Third Parties through the export group of Kraft Foods Inc., including the SKUs listed on Schedule 1.2(7) , as applicable (other than any SKUs of the SnackCo Group that (i) may be inadvertently listed on such Schedule or (ii) relate to Refreshment Beverages Products and products sold under the brands listed on Schedule 1.2(9) );

(e) the Other Excluded SnackCo Businesses; and

(f) any other businesses or operations conducted primarily through the use of the GroceryCo Assets.

For the avoidance of doubt, this definition of “GroceryCo Business” shall not be construed to transfer to any member of either Group any trademark or other intellectual property governed by the IP Agreement (Trademark) or the IP Agreement (Non-Trademark).

GroceryCo Canada ” means Kraft Canada Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada.

GroceryCo Entities ” means the members of the GroceryCo Group.

 

11


GroceryCo Group ” means GroceryCo and each Person that will be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of GroceryCo immediately prior to the Distribution (but after giving effect to the Internal Reorganization), including the entities listed on Schedule 1.2(10) , and each Person that is or becomes a member of the GroceryCo Group after the Distribution, including in all circumstances any Person that is or was merged into GroceryCo or any such direct or indirect Subsidiary.

GroceryCo Liabilities ” means:

(a) the Liabilities listed or described on Schedule 1.2(11) and all other Liabilities that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Liabilities to be assumed by any member of the GroceryCo Group, and all obligations and Liabilities of any member of the GroceryCo Group under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

(b) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the indebtedness of Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.2(12) (including any Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from a claim by a holder of any such indebtedness, in its capacity as such);

(c) all Liabilities reflected as liabilities or obligations on the GroceryCo Balance Sheet, and all Liabilities arising or assumed after the date of the GroceryCo Balance Sheet that, had they arisen or been assumed on or before such date and been existing obligations as of such date, would have been reflected on the GroceryCo Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the GroceryCo Balance Sheet;

(d) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any GroceryCo Action;

(e) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in the Information Statement other than information relating to the SnackCo Business and the other items specified on Schedule 1.2(13) and Schedule 1.2(23) ;

(f) all Known Environmental Liabilities, except for those that relate to any active facility owned or operated by any member of the SnackCo Group as of the Distribution and those set forth on Schedule 1.2(14) ;

(g) all Unknown Environmental Liabilities associated with any current or former properties used in the operation of the GroceryCo Business, including the facilities listed or described on Schedule 1.2(15) ;

(h) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the terminated, divested or discontinued businesses or operations of Kraft Foods Inc., any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Predecessors that are listed or described on Schedule 1.2(16) ;

 

12


(i) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

(i) the operation or conduct of the GroceryCo Business, as conducted at any time prior to the Distribution (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such person’s authority), which act or failure to act relates to the GroceryCo Business);

(ii) the operation or conduct of any business conducted by any member of the GroceryCo Group at any time after the Distribution (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such person’s authority));

(iii) any GroceryCo Asset; or

(iv) any Environmental Liability resulting from any properties included in or associated with the GroceryCo Assets (including any business, operations or properties, and any Liability resulting from off-site disposal of waste from such business, operations or properties, for which a current or future owner or operator of the GroceryCo Assets or the GroceryCo Business may be alleged to be responsible as a matter of Law, contract or otherwise due to such ownership or operation of the GroceryCo Assets or the GroceryCo Business), arising on or after the Distribution; and

(j) the Applicable GroceryCo Proportion of any Shared Liability.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the GroceryCo Liabilities shall not include any Liabilities governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict that may arise in the application or interpretation of any of the foregoing provisions, for the purpose of determining what is and is not a GroceryCo Liability, any item explicitly included in clause (a), (b), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) or (i) of the definition of “SnackCo Liabilities” shall take priority over any of clauses (c) and (i) of this definition of “GroceryCo Liabilities.”

GroceryCo Products ” means any products included in the GroceryCo Business or sold by any of the businesses listed or described on Schedule 1.2(16) .

Group ” means the GroceryCo Group or the SnackCo Group, as the context requires.

Hazardous Substances ” means all materials, wastes or substances defined by, or regulated under any Environmental Laws as contaminants or as hazardous, restricted or toxic, provided that Hazardous Substances as defined in this Agreement does not include DES.

 

13


Information ” means all records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information.

Information Statement ” means the Information Statement, attached as an exhibit to the Form 10, to be sent or otherwise made available to each Kraft Foods Shareholder in connection with the Distribution, as such Information Statement may be amended from time to time, including any amendment or supplement thereto.

Insurance Proceeds ” means those monies received by or on behalf of an insured from a Third Party insurance carrier or paid by a Third Party insurance carrier on behalf of the insured.

Intercompany Agreement ” means any agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding, whether or not in writing, between or among any GroceryCo Entity, on the one hand, and any SnackCo Entity, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and each other agreement or instrument expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to be entered into by any of the parties or any GroceryCo Entities and SnackCo Entities shall be an Intercompany Agreement.

Internal Reorganization ” means all of the transactions, other than the Distribution, described in the document entitled “Detailed Transaction Steps” delivered by Kraft Foods Inc. to GroceryCo.

IP Agreement (Non-Trademark) ” means the Master Intellectual Property Ownership and License Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between GroceryCo IP LLC and Kraft Foods Global Brands LLC, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

IP Agreement (Trademark) ” means the Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Trademarks and Related Intellectual Property, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between GroceryCo and SnackCo, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

Known Environmental Liabilities ” means those Environmental Liabilities listed on Schedule 1.2(17) relating to events or conditions occurring or arising during the period prior to the Distribution.

Kraft Foods Board ” means the board of directors of Kraft Foods Inc. or an authorized committee thereof.

Kraft Foods Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, no par value, of Kraft Foods Inc.

 

14


Kraft Foods Shareholders ” means the shareholders of Kraft Foods Inc.

Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of common law, order, decree, government approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, guideline, policy, requirement or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, whether in effect on or after the date of this Agreement, in each case, as amended.

Liabilities ” means any and all losses, claims, charges, debts, demands, Actions, damages, obligations, payments, costs and expenses, sums of money, bonds, indemnities and similar obligations, penalties, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, omissions, guarantees, make whole agreements and similar obligations, and other liabilities, including all contractual obligations, whether absolute or contingent, inchoate or otherwise, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, and including those arising under any Law, Action, threatened or contemplated Action (including the costs and expenses of demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys’ fees and any and all costs and expenses (including allocated costs of in-house counsel and other personnel) whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened or contemplated Actions), order or consent decree of any Governmental Authority or any award of any arbitrator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking, including those arising under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or incurred by a party hereto or thereto in connection with enforcing its rights to indemnification hereunder or thereunder, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person.

Litigation Matters Memorandum ” means the Litigation Matters Memorandum, dated as of the date of this Agreement, exchanged between GroceryCo and SnackCo, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

NASDAQ ” means the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Non-Managing Party ” means, as between GroceryCo and SnackCo, the party that is not the Managing Party with respect to any Shared Liability.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, syndicate, person, trust, association, organization or other entity, including any Governmental Authority, and including any successor, by merger or otherwise, of any of the foregoing.

 

15


Predecessor ” means an entity whose rights, interests, assets, obligations, liabilities and duties the current entity has assumed, either through acquisition, merger or by operation of law.

Products Action ” means any Action by any Third Party asserted against any member of either Group alleging any product liability, breach of warranty, negligence, deceptive trade practices, false advertising or failure to warn or similar claim with respect to any GroceryCo Product.

Record Date ” means 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date determined by the Kraft Foods Board as the record date for determining the Kraft Foods Shareholders entitled to receive shares of GroceryCo Common Stock in the Distribution.

Record Holders ” means the Kraft Foods Shareholders on the Record Date.

Refreshment Beverages Products ” means any powdered beverages products and liquid concentrate products and any ready to drink products marketed or sold under any powdered beverages or liquid concentrate brands, including Country Time , Crystal Lite , Kool-Aid , Tang and Mio , but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Capri Sun , in each case produced, distributed, manufactured, marketed, packaged or sold by Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution.

Remedial Action ” means (a) any measures or actions required or undertaken to investigate, assess, evaluate, monitor, clean up, remove, treat, contain or otherwise remediate the presence or release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment or to prevent or minimize a release or threatened release of Hazardous Substances so that they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health and welfare or the environment; (b) any remedial action, remediation, response or removal as those terms are defined in 42 U.S.C. § 9601; or (c) any “corrective action” as that term has been construed by Governmental Authorities pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 6924.

Reserved Business ” means:

(a) with respect to the SnackCo Group, any businesses and operations conducted by one or more members of the SnackCo Group relating to any one or more of the production, distribution, manufacturing, marketing, packaging and sale of cream cheese products (where cream cheese constitutes 75% or more of the weight of the product) and/or processed cheese products (where processed cheese constitutes 75% or more of the weight of the product), in each case, including any of the material manufacturing assets used in any such businesses and operations; and

(b) with respect to any Selling Party, the business and operations of the Selling Party to which a Covered Trademark License of such Selling Party relates, including any of the material manufacturing assets used in any such business and operations.

 

16


ROFO Offeror ” means, (a) when a member of the GroceryCo Group is the Selling Party, SnackCo or any member of the SnackCo Group to whom SnackCo has transferred the rights set forth in Section 4.6 pursuant to Section 4.6(g), and (b) when a member of the SnackCo Group is the Selling Party, GroceryCo or any member of the GroceryCo Group to whom GroceryCo has transferred the rights set forth in Section 4.6 pursuant to Section 4.6(g).

Sale Transaction ” means, with respect to any Covered Business, any direct or indirect sale, assignment, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition or conveyance of legal or beneficial interest in such Covered Business to any Person that is not a controlled Affiliate of the Selling Party. In the case of any Covered Trademark License, “Sale Transaction” shall also include any direct or indirect sale, assignment, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition or conveyance of legal or beneficial interest in a significant portion of the business set forth opposite such Covered Trademark License on Schedule 1.2(3) or Schedule 1.2(4) , as applicable.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Security Interest ” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-way, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.

Separation ” means (a) the Internal Reorganization, (b) any other actions to be taken pursuant to Article II and (c) any other transfers of Assets and assumptions of Liabilities, in each case, between a member of one Group and a member of the other Group, provided for in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

Shared Contract ” means any contract or agreement of any member of either Group (a) that relates to both the GroceryCo Business and the SnackCo Business and (b) either (i) that the parties specifically intended to amend or divide, modify, partially assign or replicate (in whole or in part) the respective rights and obligations under and in respect of such contract or agreement prior to the Distribution, but were not able to do so prior to the Distribution, or (ii) the existence of which either party discovers prior to the date that is 18 months after the Distribution and had the parties given specific consideration to such contract or agreement they would have amended or divided, modified, partially assigned or replicated (in whole or in part) the respective rights and obligations under and in respect of such contract or agreement.

Shared Insurance Liabilities ” means any Liabilities for which GroceryCo, on the one hand, and SnackCo, on the other hand, have recourse to the same pool of insurance funds and where there is a reasonable likelihood that such Liabilities will exceed the pool or where the pool of insurance funds has been exhausted.

 

17


Shared Liability ” means any of the following:

(a) any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

(i) any Action by any Third Party, including any shareholder derivative action, asserted against any member of either Group directly based on any act or omission, or alleged act or omission, taken to effect the Distribution and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, other than any item included in clause (b) or (e) of the definition of “GroceryCo Liabilities” or clause (b) or (e) of the definition of “SnackCo Liabilities;”

(ii) any shareholder derivative or securities class action (A) brought by any current or former equity security holder of Kraft Foods Inc. and (B) arising exclusively from any acts, omissions, disclosures, or lack of disclosure occurring prior to the Distribution, irrespective of the facts alleged, including any information contained in the sections of the Information Statement set forth on Schedule 1.2(13) , but excluding any item included in clause (b) or (e) of the definition of “GroceryCo Liabilities” or clause (b) or (e) of the definition of “SnackCo Liabilities;”

(iii) any Action by any Third Party with respect to any Split Plan (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) that (A) alleges a breach of fiduciary duty or a prohibited transaction under ERISA (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) that occurred prior to the Distribution and (B) is not otherwise a GroceryCo Action or a SnackCo Action (an “ ERISA Action ”); or

(iv) the unclaimed property audit described on Schedule 1.2(18) (the “ Unclaimed Property Audit ”); or

(b) any Liability (i) relating to, arising out of or resulting from any business or operations of any member of either Group or any of their Predecessors that (A) was discontinued, abandoned, completed or otherwise terminated (in whole or in part) prior to the Distribution and (B) is not included in the GroceryCo Business or the SnackCo Business or listed or described on Schedule 1.2(16) or Schedule 1.2(25) and (ii) is not listed in clauses (a) through (h) of the definition of “GroceryCo Liabilities” and clauses (a) through (h) of the definition of “SnackCo Liabilities.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shared Liabilities shall not include any Liabilities governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any Liability arising in connection with the Unclaimed Property Audit shall be governed by this Agreement and shall not be governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict that may arise in the application or interpretation of any of the foregoing provisions, for the purpose of determining what is and is not a Shared Liability, any item described in clause (a) of this definition of “Shared Liabilities” shall take priority over any of clauses (a) through (e) and clause (h) of the definition of “GroceryCo Liabilities” and clauses (a) through (e) and clause (h) of the definition of “SnackCo Liabilities.”

 

18


SnackCo Action ” has the meaning set forth in the Litigation Matters Memorandum.

SnackCo Assets ” means:

(a) the Assets listed or described on Schedule 1.2(19) (which for the avoidance of doubt is not a comprehensive listing of all SnackCo Assets and is not intended to limit the other clauses of this definition of “SnackCo Assets”) and all other Assets that are expressly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets to be transferred to or retained by any member of the SnackCo Group;

(b) all interests in the capital stock of, or any other equity interests in, the members of the SnackCo Group (other than SnackCo), and the capital stock and other equity, partnership, membership, joint venture and similar interests listed on Schedule 1.2(20) ;

(c) all Assets reflected as assets of the members of the SnackCo Group on the SnackCo Balance Sheet and any Assets acquired by or for any member of the SnackCo Group subsequent to the date of the SnackCo Balance Sheet that, had they been acquired on or before such date and owned as of such date, would have been reflected on the SnackCo Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to any dispositions of any such Assets subsequent to the date of the SnackCo Balance Sheet;

(d) all approvals, registrations, permits or authorizations issued by any Governmental Authority that relate exclusively to the SnackCo Business or the SnackCo Assets and are held in the name of any member of the GroceryCo Group;

(e) all Assets owned or held immediately prior to the Distribution by Kraft Foods Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries that primarily relate to or are primarily used in the SnackCo Business (the intention of this clause (e) is only to rectify any inadvertent omission of transfer or conveyance of any Asset that, had the parties given specific consideration to such Asset as of the date of this Agreement, would have otherwise been classified as a SnackCo Asset; no Asset shall be a SnackCo Asset solely as a result of this clause (e) unless a claim with respect thereto is made by SnackCo on or prior to the date that is 18 months after the Distribution); and

(f) all recoveries or other Assets (net of any expenses) received by any member of either Group with respect to any SnackCo Action.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the SnackCo Assets shall not include any Assets governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict that may arise in the application or interpretation of any of the foregoing provisions, for the purpose of determining what is and is not a SnackCo Asset, any item explicitly included in clause (a), (b) or (f) of the definition of “GroceryCo Assets” shall take priority over any of clauses (c) through (e) of this definition of “SnackCo Assets” and clause (e) of the definition of “GroceryCo Assets” shall take priority over clause (c) of this definition of “SnackCo Assets.”

 

19


SnackCo Balance Sheet ” means the balance sheet that would be created by taking the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Kraft Foods Inc., including the notes thereto, as of June 30, 2012 and excluding the assets and liabilities and other items that (a) are reflected on the GroceryCo Balance Sheet or (b) would have been reflected on the GroceryCo Balance Sheet under clause (c) of the definition of “GroceryCo Assets” or clause (c) of the definition of “GroceryCo Liabilities.”

SnackCo Business ” means:

(a) the business and operations conducted by Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution comprising what is referred to in the Kraft Foods 10-Q as the U.S. Snacks , Kraft Foods Europe and Kraft Foods Developing Markets segments (but excluding (i) the production, distribution, manufacture, marketing, packaging and sale of Planters and Corn Nuts branded products (but for the avoidance of doubt, not Back-to-Nature nuts) (the “ Other Excluded SnackCo Businesses ”) and (ii) the other businesses and operations included in clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “GroceryCo Business”);

(b) the business and operations conducted by Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution comprising what is referred to in the Kraft Foods 10-Q as the Kraft Foods Canada & N.A. Foodservice segment (but excluding the businesses and operations described in clause (b) of the definition of “GroceryCo Business”); and

(c) any other businesses or operations conducted primarily through the use of the SnackCo Assets.

For the avoidance of doubt, this definition of “SnackCo Business” shall not be construed to transfer to any member of either Group any trademark or other intellectual property governed by the IP Agreement (Non-Trademark) or the IP Agreement (Trademark).

SnackCo Canada ” means             , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada.

SnackCo Entities ” means the members of the SnackCo Group.

SnackCo Group ” means SnackCo and each Person that will be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of SnackCo immediately after the Distribution and each Person that is or becomes a member of the SnackCo Group after the Distribution, including any Person that is or was merged into SnackCo or any such direct or indirect Subsidiary.

SnackCo Liabilities ” means:

(a) the Liabilities listed or described on Schedule 1.2(21) and all other Liabilities that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as

 

20


Liabilities to be assumed by any member of the SnackCo Group, and all obligations and Liabilities of any member of the SnackCo Group under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

(b) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the indebtedness of Kraft Foods Inc. and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.2(22) (including any Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from a claim by a holder of any such indebtedness, in its capacity as such);

(c) all Liabilities reflected as liabilities or obligations on the SnackCo Balance Sheet, and all Liabilities arising or assumed after the date of the SnackCo Balance Sheet that, had they arisen or been assumed on or before such date and been existing obligations as of such date, would have been reflected on the SnackCo Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the SnackCo Balance Sheet;

(d) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any SnackCo Action;

(e) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in the Information Statement relating to the SnackCo Business, including the items specified on Schedule 1.2(23) but excluding any of the items specified on Schedule 1.2(13) ;

(f) all DES Liabilities relating to events or conditions occurring or arising during the period prior to the Distribution Date;

(g) all Unknown Environmental Liabilities associated with any current or former properties used in the operation of the SnackCo Business, including the facilities listed or described on Schedule 1.2(24) and all existing and identified Environmental Liabilities of Kraft Foods Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their respective Predecessors relating to events or conditions occurring or arising during the period prior to the Distribution that relate to any active facility owned or operated by any member of the SnackCo Group as of the Distribution and those set forth on Schedule 1.2(14) ;

(h) all Asbestos Liabilities;

(i) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the terminated, divested or discontinued businesses or operations of Kraft Foods Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Predecessors that are listed or described on Schedule 1.2(25) ;

 

21


(j) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

(i) the operation or conduct of the SnackCo Business, as conducted at any time prior to the Distribution (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such person’s authority), which act or failure to act relates to the SnackCo Business);

(ii) the operation or conduct of any business conducted by any member of the SnackCo Group at any time after the Distribution (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such person’s authority));

(iii) any SnackCo Asset; or

(iv) any Environmental Liability resulting from any properties included in or associated with the SnackCo Assets (including any business, operations or properties, and any Liability resulting from off-site disposal of waste from such business, operations or properties, for which a current or future owner or operator of the SnackCo Assets or the SnackCo Business may be alleged to be responsible as a matter of Law, contract or otherwise due to such ownership or operation of the SnackCo Assets or the SnackCo Business) arising on or after the Distribution; and

(k) the Applicable SnackCo Proportion of any Shared Liability.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the SnackCo Liabilities shall not include any Liabilities governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict that may arise in the application or interpretation of any of the foregoing provisions, for the purpose of determining what is and is not a SnackCo Liability, any item explicitly included in clause (a), (b), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of the definition of “GroceryCo Liabilities” shall take priority over any of clauses (c) and (j) of this definition of “SnackCo Liabilities.”

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which at least a majority of the securities or interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that no Person that is not directly or indirectly wholly owned by any other Person shall be a Subsidiary of such other Person unless such other Person controls, or has the right, power or ability to control, that Person.

Supply Agreement ” means the Master Supply Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between the members of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group named therein, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

 

22


Tax ” has the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Tax Advisor ” means Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP.

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between GroceryCo and SnackCo, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

Transition Services Agreements ” means the Master General Transition Services Agreement, the Master Research and Development Transition Services Agreement and the Master Information Technology Transition Services Agreement, each dated as of the date of this Agreement and each between the members of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group named therein, each as may be amended or modified from time to time.

Unknown Environmental Liabilities ” means those Environmental Liabilities that are not Known Environmental Liabilities arising out of the business or operations of any member of either Group during the period prior to the Distribution.

Warehouse Agreement ” means the Shared Warehouse Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between the members of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group named therein, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

Workers’ Compensation Liability ” has the meaning set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement.

ARTICLE II

THE SEPARATION

Section 2.1 Internal Reorganization; Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities .

(a) Prior to the Distribution, the parties shall cause the Internal Reorganization to be completed, and shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, execute all such instruments, assignments, documents and other agreements (including the Canadian Transfer Agreement) necessary to effect the Internal Reorganization.

(b) Prior to the Distribution, the parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, (i) execute such instruments of assignment and transfer and take such other corporate actions as are necessary to (A) transfer to one or more members of the GroceryCo Group all of the right, title and interest of the SnackCo Group in and to all GroceryCo Assets and (B) transfer to one or more members of the SnackCo Group all of

 

23


the right, title and interest of the GroceryCo Group in and to all SnackCo Assets and (ii) take all actions necessary to (A) cause one or more members of the GroceryCo Group to assume all of the GroceryCo Liabilities to the extent such GroceryCo Liabilities would otherwise remain obligations of any member of the SnackCo Group and (B) cause one or more members of the SnackCo Group to assume all of the SnackCo Liabilities to the extent such SnackCo Liabilities would otherwise remain obligations of any member of the GroceryCo Group. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary (x) neither party shall be required to transfer any Information except as required by Article VI and (y) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements do not purport to transfer any insurance policy.

Section 2.2 Governmental Approvals and Consents; Transfers, Assignments and Assumptions Not Effected Prior to the Distribution .

(a) To the extent that any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement requires any Governmental Approval or Consent, the parties will use their reasonable best efforts to obtain such Governmental Approval or Consent.

(b) To the extent that any transfer or assignment of Assets or assumption of Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall not have been consummated prior to the Distribution, the parties shall use reasonable best efforts to effect, and shall cause the other members of their Group to effect, such transfers as soon after the Distribution as shall be practicable. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the transfer of any Assets or the assumption of any Liabilities that by their terms or operation of law cannot or should not be transferred. In the event that any such transfer of Assets or assumption of Liabilities has not been consummated, from and after the Distribution until such time as such Asset is transferred or such Liability is assumed (i) the party retaining such Asset shall thereafter hold such Asset for the use and benefit of the party entitled to it (at the expense of the party entitled to it) and (ii) the party intended to assume such Liability shall, or shall cause the applicable member of its Group to, pay or reimburse the party retaining such Liability for all amounts paid or incurred in connection with the retention of such Liability. In addition, the party retaining such Asset or Liability shall, insofar as reasonably practicable and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat such Asset or Liability in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the party entitled to such Asset or by the party intended to assume such Liability in order to place such party, insofar as reasonably practicable, in the same position as if such Asset or Liability had been transferred or assumed as contemplated by this Agreement or by any Ancillary Agreement and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Asset or Liability, including possession, use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and control over such Asset or Liability, are to inure from and after the Distribution to the member or members of the Group entitled to such Asset or intended to assume such Liability. In furtherance of the foregoing three sentences, the parties agree that, as of the Distribution, each party shall be deemed to have acquired beneficial ownership over all of the Assets, together with all rights and privileges incident thereto, and shall be deemed to have assumed all of the Liabilities, and all duties, obligations and responsibilities incident thereto, that such party is entitled to acquire or intended to assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the applicable Ancillary Agreement.

 

24


(c) If and when the applicable Consents, Governmental Approvals and/or conditions referred to in Section 2.2(b) are obtained or satisfied, the transfer or assumption of the applicable Asset or Liability shall be effected in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement or the applicable Ancillary Agreement.

(d) The party retaining any Asset or Liability due to the deferral of the transfer of such Asset or the deferral of the assumption of such Liability pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or otherwise shall not be obligated, in connection with this Section 2.2, to expend any money or take any action that would require the expenditure of money unless the party entitled to such Asset or the party intended to assume such Liability advances the necessary funds.

(e) From and after the Distribution, the parties agree to treat, for U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax purposes, any Asset or Liability that is not transferred prior to the Distribution and is subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(b) as owned by the member of the Group to which such Asset or Liability was intended to be transferred. The parties shall not take any position inconsistent with this Section 2.2(e) unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

Section 2.3 Termination of Agreements .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the GroceryCo Entities, on the one hand, and the SnackCo Entities, on the other hand, hereby terminate any and all Intercompany Agreements, effective as of the Distribution. No terminated Intercompany Agreement (including any provision thereof that purports to survive termination) shall be of any further force or effect from and after the Distribution. Each party shall, at the reasonable request of any other party, take, or cause to be taken, such other actions as may be necessary to effect the provisions of this Section 2.3(a). The parties, on behalf of the members of their respective Groups, hereby waive any advance notice provision or other termination requirements with respect to any Intercompany Agreement.

(b) The provisions of Section 2.3(a) shall not apply to any of the following Intercompany Agreements (or to any of the provisions thereof):

(i) any Intercompany Agreement to which any non-wholly owned Subsidiary or non-wholly owned Affiliate of GroceryCo or SnackCo, as the case may be, is a party (it being understood that directors’ qualifying shares or similar interests will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Subsidiary is wholly owned);

(ii) any other Intercompany Agreement that this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement expressly contemplates will survive the Distribution; and

(iii) any Intercompany Agreement listed or described on Schedule 2.3(b)(iii) .

 

25


(c) Except as otherwise expressly and specifically provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the relevant members of the SnackCo Group and the GroceryCo Group shall satisfy all intercompany receivables, payables, loans and other accounts between any SnackCo Entity, on the one hand, and any GroceryCo Entity, on the other hand, in existence as of immediately prior to the Distribution and after giving effect to the Internal Reorganization no later than the Distribution by (i) forgiveness by the relevant obligee or (ii) one or a related series of repayments, distributions of and/or contributions to capital, in each case as determined by SnackCo.

Section 2.4 Novation of GroceryCo Liabilities .

(a) Each of GroceryCo and SnackCo, at the written request of the other party within 18 months after the Distribution, shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any release, Consent, substitution or amendment required to novate or assign all rights and obligations under any agreements, leases, licenses and other obligations or Liabilities of any nature whatsoever that constitute GroceryCo Liabilities, or to obtain in writing the unconditional release of all parties to such arrangements other than any GroceryCo Entities, so that, in any such case, GroceryCo and the other GroceryCo Entities will be solely responsible for such GroceryCo Liabilities; provided , however , that the party receiving the request shall not be obligated to (i) pay any consideration or surrender, release or modify any rights or remedies therefor to any Third Party from which such releases, Consents, substitutions and amendments are requested except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or (ii) take any action pursuant to this Section 2.4 to the extent such action would result in an undue burden on such party or the other members of its Group or would unreasonably interfere with any of its or such other members’ employees’ normal functions and duties.

(b) If GroceryCo or SnackCo is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any required release, Consent, substitution or amendment, the applicable SnackCo Entity will continue to be bound by the applicable underlying agreement, lease, license or other obligation or other Liabilities and, unless not permitted by Law or the terms thereof, GroceryCo shall, or shall cause another GroceryCo Entity to, as agent or subcontractor for such SnackCo Entity, pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such SnackCo Entity thereunder. GroceryCo shall indemnify each SnackCo Indemnified Party and hold it harmless against, or shall cause its applicable Subsidiary to indemnify the applicable SnackCo Indemnified Party and hold it harmless against, any Liabilities arising in connection therewith. SnackCo shall pay and remit, or cause to be paid or remitted, to the applicable GroceryCo Entity, all money, rights and other consideration received by any SnackCo Entity (net of any applicable expenses) in respect of such performance by such GroceryCo Entity (unless any such consideration is a SnackCo Asset). If and when any such release, Consent, substitution or amendment shall be obtained or such agreement, lease, license or other rights, obligations or other Liabilities shall otherwise become assignable or able to be novated, SnackCo shall thereafter assign, or cause to be assigned, all the SnackCo Entities’ rights, obligations and other Liabilities thereunder to the applicable GroceryCo Entity without payment of any further consideration and the applicable GroceryCo Entity shall, without payment of any further consideration, assume such rights, obligations and other Liabilities.

 

26


Section 2.5 Novation of SnackCo Liabilities .

(a) Each of GroceryCo and SnackCo, at the written request of the other party within 18 months after the Distribution, shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any release, Consent, substitution or amendment required to novate or assign all rights and obligations under any agreements, leases, licenses and other obligations or Liabilities of any nature whatsoever that constitute SnackCo Liabilities, or to obtain in writing the unconditional release of all parties to such arrangements other than any SnackCo Entities, so that, in any such case, SnackCo and the other SnackCo Entities will be solely responsible for such SnackCo Liabilities; provided , however , that the party receiving the request shall not be obligated to (i) pay any consideration or surrender, release or modify any rights or remedies therefor to any Third Party from which such releases, Consents, substitutions and amendments are requested except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or (ii) take any action pursuant to this Section 2.5 to the extent such action would result in an undue burden on such party or the other members of its Group or would unreasonably interfere with any of its or such other members’ employees’ normal functions and duties.

(b) If GroceryCo or SnackCo is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any required release, Consent, substitution or amendment, the applicable GroceryCo Entity will continue to be bound by the applicable underlying agreement, lease, license or other obligation or other Liabilities and, unless not permitted by Law or the terms thereof, SnackCo shall, or shall cause another SnackCo Entity to, as agent or subcontractor for such GroceryCo Entity, pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such GroceryCo Entity thereunder. SnackCo shall indemnify each GroceryCo Indemnified Party and hold it harmless against, or shall cause its applicable Subsidiary to indemnify the applicable GroceryCo Indemnified Party and hold it harmless against, any Liabilities arising in connection therewith. GroceryCo shall pay and remit, or cause to be paid or remitted, to the applicable SnackCo Entity, all money, rights and other consideration received by any GroceryCo Entity (net of any applicable expenses) in respect of such performance by such SnackCo Entity (unless any such consideration is a GroceryCo Asset). If and when any such release, Consent, substitution, approval or amendment shall be obtained or such agreement, lease, license or other rights, obligations or other Liabilities shall otherwise become assignable or able to be novated, GroceryCo shall thereafter assign, or cause to be assigned, all the GroceryCo Entities’ rights, obligations and other Liabilities thereunder to the applicable SnackCo Entity without payment of any further consideration and the applicable SnackCo Entity shall, without payment of any further consideration, assume such rights, obligations and other Liabilities.

Section 2.6 Treatment of Cash . From the date of this Agreement until the Distribution, except as separately provided in the Canadian Transfer Agreement and in the next sentence, Kraft Foods Inc. shall be entitled to use, retain or otherwise dispose of all cash generated by the GroceryCo Business and the GroceryCo Assets in accordance with the ordinary course operation of Kraft Food Inc.’s cash management systems. Kraft Foods Inc. shall provide GroceryCo with a minimum cash balance of $             as of immediately prior to the Distribution. All cash held by any member of the GroceryCo Group as of the Distribution shall be a GroceryCo Asset and all cash held by any member of the SnackCo Group as of the Distribution shall be a SnackCo Asset.

 

27


Section 2.7 Replacement of Credit Support .

(a) GroceryCo shall use reasonable best efforts to arrange, at its cost and expense and effective at or prior to the Distribution, the replacement of all Credit Support Instruments to the extent relating to the GroceryCo Business and provided by or through any member of the SnackCo Group for the benefit of any member of the GroceryCo Group (the “ GroceryCo Credit Support Instruments ”) with alternate arrangements that do not require any credit support from any member of the SnackCo Group, and shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain from the beneficiaries of such GroceryCo Credit Support Instruments written releases indicating that the applicable member of the SnackCo Group will, effective upon the Distribution, have no liability with respect to such GroceryCo Credit Support Instruments. In the event that GroceryCo is unable to obtain any such alternative arrangements for any GroceryCo Credit Support Instrument prior to the Distribution, it shall have responsibility for the payment and performance of the obligations underlying such GroceryCo Credit Support Instrument.

(b) SnackCo shall use reasonable best efforts to arrange, at its cost and expense and effective at or prior to the Distribution, the replacement of all Credit Support Instruments to the extent relating to the SnackCo Business and provided by or through any member of the GroceryCo Group for the benefit of any member of the SnackCo Group (the “ SnackCo Credit Support Instruments ”) with alternate arrangements that do not require any credit support from any member of the GroceryCo Group, and shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain from the beneficiaries of such SnackCo Credit Support Instruments written releases indicating that the applicable member of the GroceryCo Group will, effective upon the Distribution, have no liability with respect to such SnackCo Credit Support Instruments. In the event that SnackCo is unable to obtain any such alternative arrangements for any SnackCo Credit Support Instrument prior to the Distribution, it shall have responsibility for the payment and performance of the obligations underlying such SnackCo Credit Support Instrument. SnackCo shall not be required to take, and shall not take, any of the actions described in the first sentence of this Section 2.7(b) in connection with the SnackCo Credit Support Instrument listed on Schedule 2.7(b) , which will survive the Distribution.

Section 2.8 Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties . Each of SnackCo (on behalf of itself and each other SnackCo Entity) and GroceryCo (on behalf of itself and each other GroceryCo Entity) understands and agrees that, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, no party (including its Affiliates) to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise, makes any representations or warranties relating in any way to the Assets, businesses or Liabilities transferred or assumed as contemplated hereby or thereby, to any Consent required in connection therewith, to the value or freedom from any Security Interests of, or any other matter concerning, any Assets of such party, or to the absence of any defenses or right of setoff or

 

28


freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other Asset, including any accounts receivable, of any party, or to the legal sufficiency of any assignment, document or instrument delivered hereunder to convey title to any Asset or thing of value upon the execution, delivery and filing hereof or thereof. Except as may expressly be set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, (a) the parties and the members of their respective Groups are transferring all such Assets on an “as is,” “where is” basis, (b) the parties are expressly disclaiming any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a specific purpose or otherwise, (c) the respective transferees shall bear the economic and legal risks that any conveyance shall prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good and marketable title, free and clear of any Security Interest and (d) none of the SnackCo Entities or the GroceryCo Entities (including their Affiliates) or any other Person makes any representation or warranty with respect to any information, documents or material made available in connection with the Separation or the Distribution, or the entering into of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

ARTICLE III

THE DISTRIBUTION

Section 3.1 Actions Prior to the Distribution .

(a) Subject to the conditions specified in Section 3.2 and subject to Section 3.5, each of the parties shall use its reasonable best efforts to consummate the Distribution. Such actions shall include those specified in this Section 3.1.

(b) Prior to the Distribution, each of the parties will execute and deliver all Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, and will cause the other SnackCo Entities and GroceryCo Entities, as applicable, to execute and deliver any Ancillary Agreements to which such Persons are parties.

(c) Prior to the Distribution, GroceryCo shall mail a notice of Internet availability of the Information Statement or the Information Statement to the Record Holders.

(d) GroceryCo shall prepare, file with the SEC and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective any registration statements or amendments thereto required to effect the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit and other plans necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

(e) Each of the parties shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky Laws of the states or other political subdivisions of the United States or of other foreign jurisdictions in connection with the Distribution.

(f) GroceryCo shall prepare and file, and shall use reasonable best efforts to have approved prior to the Distribution, an application for the listing on NASDAQ of the GroceryCo Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution, subject to official notice of listing.

 

29


(g) Prior to the Distribution, the existing directors of GroceryCo shall duly elect the individuals listed as members of the GroceryCo board of directors in the Information Statement, and such individuals shall become the members of the GroceryCo board of directors effective as of no later than immediately prior to the Distribution; provided , however , that to the extent required by any Law or requirement of NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange, as applicable, one independent director shall be appointed by the existing board of directors of GroceryCo and begin his or her term prior to the Distribution in accordance with such Law or requirement.

(h) Prior to the Distribution, each individual who will be an employee of any SnackCo Entity after the Distribution and who is a director or officer of any GroceryCo Entity shall have resigned or been removed from each such directorship and office held by such person, effective no later than immediately prior to the Distribution.

(i) Immediately prior to the Distribution, GroceryCo’s Restated Articles of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Form 10, shall be in effect.

(j) The parties shall, subject to Section 3.5, take all reasonable steps necessary and appropriate to cause the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 to be satisfied and to effect the Distribution on the Distribution Date.

Section 3.2 Conditions to Distribution . The obligations of the parties to consummate the Distribution shall be conditioned on the satisfaction, or waiver by the Kraft Foods Board, of the following conditions:

(a) The Kraft Foods Board shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, have authorized and approved the Separation and the Distribution and not withdrawn such authorization and approval.

(b) The Kraft Foods Board shall have declared the dividend of GroceryCo Common Stock to the Record Holders.

(c) The SEC shall have declared the Form 10 effective under the Exchange Act, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Form 10 shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC.

(d) NASDAQ or another national securities exchange approved by the Kraft Foods Board shall have accepted the GroceryCo Common Stock for listing, subject to official notice of issuance.

(e) The Internal Reorganization shall have been completed.

(f) The private letter ruling that Kraft Foods Inc. received from the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”), to the effect that, subject to the accuracy of

 

30


and compliance with certain representations, assumptions and covenants (i) the Contribution and Internal Distribution will qualify for non-recognition of gain or loss to SnackCo and GroceryCo pursuant to Sections 368 and 355 of the Code (except to the extent the IRS generally will not rule on certain transfers of intellectual property, which will be covered solely by the opinion of Kraft Foods Inc.’s Tax Advisor) and (ii) the Distribution will qualify for non-recognition of gain or loss to Kraft Foods Inc. and the Kraft Foods Shareholders pursuant to Section 355 of the Code, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares, will not have been revoked or modified in any material respect as of the Distribution Date.

(g) Kraft Foods Inc. shall have received an opinion from its Tax Advisor, in form and substance satisfactory to Kraft Foods Inc. in its sole and absolute discretion, that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with certain representations, assumptions and covenants, (i) the Contribution and Internal Distribution will qualify for non-recognition of gain or loss to Kraft Foods Inc. and GroceryCo pursuant to Sections 368 and 355 of the Code and (ii) the Distribution will qualify for non-recognition of gain or loss to Kraft Foods Inc. and the Kraft Foods Shareholders pursuant to Section 355 of the Code, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares.

(h) Kraft Foods Inc. shall have received an advance income tax ruling from the Canada Revenue Agency (“ CRA ”), in form and substance satisfactory to Kraft Foods Inc. in its sole and absolute discretion, to the effect that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with certain representations, assumptions and covenants and based on the current provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “ Canadian Tax Act ”), the separation of the assets and liabilities in Canada held in connection with the SnackCo Business from the assets and liabilities in Canada held in connection with the GroceryCo Business will be treated for purposes of the Canadian Tax Act as resulting in a “butterfly” reorganization with no material Canadian federal income tax payable by SnackCo’s Canadian subsidiary, GroceryCo’s Canadian subsidiary or their respective shareholders, and that advance income tax ruling will remain in effect as of the Distribution Date.

(i) The Kraft Foods Board shall have received an opinion from Evercore Partners, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Kraft Foods Board, with respect to the capital adequacy and solvency of each of SnackCo and GroceryCo immediately after the Distribution.

(j) No order, injunction or decree that would prevent the consummation of the Distribution shall be threatened, pending or issued (and still in effect) by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, no other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Distribution shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of Kraft Foods Inc. shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution.

(k) No other events or developments shall have occurred prior to the Distribution that, in the judgment of the Kraft Foods Board, would result in the Distribution having a material adverse effect on Kraft Foods Inc. or the Kraft Foods Shareholders.

 

31


(l) The actions set forth in Sections 3.1(b), (c), (g), (h) and (i) shall have been completed.

The foregoing conditions may only be waived by the Kraft Foods Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, are for the sole benefit of Kraft Foods Inc. and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of the Kraft Foods Board to waive or not waive such conditions or in any way limit the right of termination of this Agreement set forth in Section 8.3 or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in Section 8.3. Any determination made by the Kraft Foods Board prior to the Distribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.2 shall be conclusive.

Section 3.3 The Distribution .

(a) GroceryCo shall cooperate with Kraft Foods Inc. to accomplish the Distribution and shall, at the direction of Kraft Foods Inc., use its reasonable best efforts to promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect the Distribution. Each of the parties will provide, or cause the applicable member of its Group to provide, to the Agent all documents and information required to complete the Distribution.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, (i) on or prior to the Distribution Date, for the benefit of and distribution to the Record Holders, Kraft Foods Inc. will deliver to the Agent all of the issued and outstanding shares of GroceryCo Common Stock then owned by Kraft Foods Inc. and book-entry authorizations for such shares and (ii) on the Distribution Date, Kraft Foods Inc. shall instruct the Agent to (A) distribute to each Record Holder (or such Record Holder’s bank, brokerage firm or other nominee on such Record Holder’s behalf) electronically, by direct registration in book-entry form, the number of whole shares of GroceryCo Common Stock to which such Record Holder is entitled based on the Distribution Ratio and (B) receive and hold for and on behalf of each Record Holder, the number of fractional shares of GroceryCo Common Stock to which such Record Holder is entitled based on the Distribution Ratio. The Distribution shall be effective at 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Distribution Date. On or as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Agent will mail to each Record Holder an account statement indicating the number of whole shares of GroceryCo Common Stock that have been registered in book-entry form in such Record Holder’s name.

(c) With respect to the shares of GroceryCo Common Stock remaining with the Agent 180 days after the Distribution Date, the Agent shall deliver any such shares as directed by GroceryCo, with the consent of SnackCo (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 3.4 Fractional Shares . The Agent and SnackCo shall, as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, (a) determine the number of whole shares and

 

32


fractional shares of GroceryCo Common Stock that each Record Holder is entitled to receive in the Distribution, (b) aggregate all such fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby in open market transactions at then-prevailing trading prices on behalf of Record Holders to whom fractional share interests were distributed in the Distribution and (c) distribute to each such Record Holder, or for the benefit of each beneficial owner of fractional shares, such Record Holder’s or beneficial owner’s ratable share of the net proceeds of such sales, based upon the average gross selling price per share of GroceryCo Common Stock after making appropriate deductions for any amount required to be withheld under applicable Tax Law and less any brokers’ charges, commissions or transfer Taxes. The Agent, in its sole discretion, will determine the timing and method of selling such shares, the selling price of such shares and the broker-dealer to which such shares will be sold; provided , however , that the designated broker-dealer is not an Affiliate of GroceryCo or Kraft Foods Inc. Neither SnackCo nor GroceryCo will pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of such shares.

Section 3.5 Sole Discretion of the Kraft Foods Board . The Kraft Foods Board shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Record Date, the Distribution Date and all terms of the Distribution, including the form, structure and terms of any transactions and/or offerings to effect the Distribution and the timing of and conditions to the consummation thereof. In addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth below, the Kraft Foods Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, may at any time and from time to time until the Distribution decide to abandon the Distribution or modify or change the terms of the Distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution.

ARTICLE IV

FURTHER ASSURANCES; ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Section 4.1 Further Assurances .

(a) In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the parties shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, subject to Section 3.5, use its reasonable best efforts, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) Without limiting Section 4.1(a), prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, each party shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the other party and its Subsidiaries, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting party, to (i) execute and deliver, or use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including any instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer as such party may be reasonably requested to execute and deliver to the other party, (ii) make, or cause to be made, all filings with, and obtain, or cause to be obtained, all Consents, approvals or authorizations of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument, (iii) seek,

 

33


obtain, or cause to be obtained, any Governmental Approvals or other Consents required to effect the Separation or the Distribution and (iv) take all such other actions as such party may reasonably be requested to take by any other party from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the transfers of the GroceryCo Assets and the SnackCo Assets, the assignment and assumption of the GroceryCo Liabilities and the SnackCo Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Without limiting Section 4.1(a), each party shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, at the reasonable request, cost and expense of any other party, take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to vest in such other party good and marketable title, if and to the extent it is practicable to do so.

Section 4.2 Shared Liabilities .

(a) After the Distribution, GroceryCo and SnackCo shall form the Allocation Committee to determine in good faith whether GroceryCo or SnackCo shall be the Managing Party of any Shared Liability. With respect to any Shared Liability, the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party, as applicable, may, within 15 days after receipt of the notice given by the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 5.5(a), make a written request to the Allocation Committee for a determination as to the Managing Party (a “ Determination Request ”). If the Allocation Committee reaches a determination (which shall be made within 15 days after a Determination Request on a matter submitted to the Allocation Committee by either of GroceryCo or SnackCo), then that determination shall be binding on the members of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group and their respective successors and assigns. In the event that the Allocation Committee cannot reach a determination within 15 days after the making of such Determination Request, then the Allocation Committee shall request the CPR Institute, New York City, to appoint an expert determiner to select the Managing Party. GroceryCo and SnackCo shall be jointly and severally responsible for the fees and expenses of the CPR Institute and the fees and expenses of the expert determiner. The Allocation Committee shall request CPR Institute (or if CPR Institute is not able to act in such a manner, a similar independent Third Party selected by GroceryCo and SnackCo) to appoint the expert determiner within four Business Days after receiving the request. Within two Business Days after the appointment, and with the cooperation of GroceryCo and SnackCo, the expert determiner shall meet separately (via telephone), for no more than 90 minutes, with representatives of GroceryCo and with representatives of SnackCo, to obtain their respective positions on the selection of the Managing Party. The expert determiner shall issue the decision on the selection of the Managing Party to the Allocation Committee within one Business Day after completion of the second meeting. The decision shall not be accompanied with reasons.

(b) Either GroceryCo or SnackCo shall be the “ Managing Party ” of each Shared Liability. In determining which party shall be the Managing Party, the Allocation Committee shall consider as the primary factor in such a determination which party is subject to the greater financial, operational and reputational risk or exposure in connection with such Shared Liability, including the relative Applicable Proportions with respect to such Shared Liability. The Allocation Committee shall also

 

34


consider such other factors as the Allocation Committee deems appropriate, including, if applicable, which party has control over the potentially relevant documentation and possible witnesses with respect to such Shared Liability and which party has more relevant expertise in managing similar liabilities.

(c) The Managing Party shall be responsible for managing, and shall have the authority to manage, the defense and resolution (including, subject to Section 5.5(b)(iv), settlement) of a Shared Liability. The Non-Managing Party shall not be entitled to raise as a defense to its obligations to pay any amount in respect of any Shared Liability that the Non-Managing Party was not consulted in the response to or defense thereof (except to the extent such consultation was required under this Agreement), that such party’s views or opinions as to the conduct of such response to or defense or the reasonableness of any settlement were not accepted or adopted, that such party does not approve of the quality or manner of the response to or defense thereof or that such Shared Liability was incurred by reason of a settlement rather than by a judgment or other determination of liability.

(d) Any amount owed in respect of any Shared Liability shall be remitted within 30 days after the party entitled to such amount provides an invoice (including reasonable supporting information with respect thereto) to the party owing such amount.

(e) With respect to any Environmental Liability that is a Shared Liability under clause (b) of the definition of “Shared Liability”:

(i) Unless the parties jointly agree that one is not necessary, the Managing Party shall retain a qualified independent environmental consultant (a “ Consultant ”), which Consultant shall be subject to the Non-Managing Party’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). The Managing Party’s contract with the Consultant shall expressly state that the Non-Managing Party may rely upon the Consultant’s work. The Managing Party shall undertake such defense, prosecution, investigation, containment and/or remediation in a commercially reasonable fashion in accordance with Environmental Laws for facilities of the type being remediated such that any Remedial Action complies with only the minimum requirements of Environmental Laws and shall not cause, through its own inaction, any undue delay in obtaining written notice from the appropriate Regulatory Authority that no further investigation or remediation is necessary with respect to the matter that is the subject of the indemnification claim, or, if no Regulatory Authority is involved in such matter, either a good faith determination from the Consultant that no further investigation or remediation is required to bring the property that is the subject of the Remedial Action into conformance with the minimum requirements of Environmental Laws for facilities of the type being remediated or other resolution of the investigation or remediation reasonably acceptable to the Non-Managing Party. The Managing Party shall promptly provide copies to the Non-Managing Party of all notices, correspondence, draft reports, submissions, work plans and final reports and shall give the Non-Managing Party a reasonable opportunity (at the Non-Managing Party’s own expense) to comment on any submissions the Managing Party intends to deliver or submit to the appropriate Regulatory Authority prior to such

 

35


submission; provided , however , that the Managing Party shall not make such submission to the appropriate Regulatory Authority without a prior approval of the Non-Managing Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed). The Non-Managing Party may, at its own expense, hire its own consultants, attorneys or other professionals to monitor the defense, prosecution, investigation, containment and/or remediation, including any field work undertaken by the Managing Party, and the Managing Party shall provide the Non-Managing Party with copies of the results of all such field work. The type of Remedial Action undertaken by the Managing Party and the results thereof shall be subject to the approval of the Non-Managing Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the above, the Non-Managing Party shall not take any actions that shall unreasonably interfere with the Managing Party’s performance of the defense, prosecution, investigation, containment and/or remediation, nor shall the implementation of the Remedial Action hereunder unreasonably interfere with the Non-Managing Party’s operation of its business, unless otherwise required by a Governmental Authority.

(ii) The Non-Managing Party shall grant the Managing Party and its Consultants, or any other qualified consultant or subcontractor engaged by the Managing Party to perform the Remedial Action, and their officers, agents, employees, and authorized representatives (collectively, the “ Representatives ”) access as reasonably necessary for the completion of the Remedial Action, subject to the following conditions: (A) the Non-Managing Party shall receive at least five working days’ advance notice of the Consultant’s or Representative’s intention to initially enter the properties to conduct the remedial work; however, such time period may be shortened by agreement between the parties; (B) the access to the properties granted by the Non-Managing Party hereunder shall be limited to access reasonably necessary for the execution and supervision of the Remedial Action, and the Managing Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Remedial Action in accordance with the schedule referenced in the scope of work for the relevant property; (C) the Managing Party shall require the Consultants and their Representatives to procure and maintain insurance consistent with industry practices; and (D) following the execution of the Remedial Action, and in no case later than 30 days after on-site activities have been completed, the Managing Party shall undertake commercially reasonable measures (determined from the perspective of an objective commercially reasonable Person who was both paying the cost of restoration and operating the business on the property that was the subject of the Remedial Action) to return the properties to their approximate condition prior to the taking of the Remedial Action (absent the contamination that was the subject of the Remedial Action), and arrange for the prompt removal of all equipment and materials brought to the relevant property by Consultants or any of their Representatives during the course of the Remedial Action.

Section 4.3 Certain Shared Contracts . The parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, use their respective reasonable best efforts to work together (and, if necessary and desirable, to work with the Third Party to such Shared Contract) in an effort to divide, partially assign, modify and/or replicate (in whole or in part) the respective rights and obligations under and in respect of any Shared Contract, such that (a) a member of the GroceryCo Group is the beneficiary of the rights and is responsible for the

 

36


obligations related to that portion of such Shared Contract relating to the GroceryCo Business (the “ GroceryCo Portion ”), which rights shall be a GroceryCo Asset and which obligations shall be a GroceryCo Liability, and (b) a member of the SnackCo Group is the beneficiary of the rights and is responsible for the obligations related to such Shared Contract relating to the SnackCo Business (the “ SnackCo Portion ”), which rights shall be a SnackCo Asset and which obligations shall be a SnackCo Liability. If the parties, or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, are not able to enter into an arrangement to formally divide, partially assign, modify and/or replicate such Shared Contract as contemplated by the previous sentence, then the parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, cooperate in any lawful arrangement to provide that a member of the GroceryCo Group shall receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the GroceryCo Portion under such Shared Contract and a member of the SnackCo Group shall receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the SnackCo Portion under such Shared Contract; provided , however , that no party shall be required to expend any money or take any action in furtherance of this Section 4.3 that would require the expenditure of money (other than any payment obligations under the applicable Shared Contract).

Section 4.4 Misdirected Customer Payments and Deductions .

(a) Subject to Section 4.4(e), on each Business Day during the three-month period following the Distribution: (i) GroceryCo shall notify SnackCo of (A) the amount of customer payments that relate to accounts receivable of any member of the SnackCo Group (“ SnackCo Receivables ”) received by any member of the GroceryCo Group on the previous Business Day (such payments, “ Misdirected SnackCo Payments ”) and (B) the amount of any customer deductions that relate to SnackCo Receivables made on the previous Business Day against payments owed to any member of the GroceryCo Group (such deductions, “ Misdirected SnackCo Deductions ”), and (ii) SnackCo shall notify GroceryCo of (A) the amount of customer payments that relate to accounts receivable of any member of the GroceryCo Group (“ GroceryCo Receivables ”) received by any member of the SnackCo Group on the previous Business Day (such payments, “ Misdirected GroceryCo Payments ”) and (B) the amount of any customer deductions that relate to GroceryCo Receivables made on the previous Business Day against payments owed to any member of the SnackCo Group (such deductions, “ Misdirected GroceryCo Deductions ”). Each such notice shall include the name of each applicable customer and the amount of each applicable payment and deduction.

(b) On the last day of each calendar month during such three-month period: (i) if the amount of Misdirected GroceryCo Payments during such month plus the amount of Misdirected SnackCo Deductions during such month exceeds the amount of Misdirected SnackCo Payments during such month plus the amount of Misdirected GroceryCo Deductions during such month, then SnackCo shall pay GroceryCo the amount of such difference and (ii) if the amount of Misdirected SnackCo Payments during such month plus the amount Misdirected GroceryCo Deductions during such month exceeds the

 

37


amount of Misdirected GroceryCo Payments during such month plus the amount of Misdirected SnackCo Deductions during such month, then GroceryCo shall pay SnackCo the amount of such difference.

(c) In the event that after the three-month period following the Distribution, any member of the GroceryCo Group receives a Misdirected SnackCo Payment or any member of SnackCo Group receives a Misdirected GroceryCo Payment, the receiving party shall return such payment to the applicable payor.

(d) Subject to Section 4.4(e), during the three-month period following the Distribution, GroceryCo will promptly upon receipt thereof forward to SnackCo any invoice received by any member of the GroceryCo Group and addressed to any member of the SnackCo Group, and SnackCo will promptly upon receipt thereof forward to GroceryCo any invoice received by any member of the SnackCo Group and addressed to any member of the GroceryCo Group (any invoice described in this sentence, a “ Misdirected Invoice ”). After such three-month period, each of SnackCo and GroceryCo will return any Misdirected Invoices received by a member of their respective Groups to the applicable vendor for correction.

(e) This Section 4.4 shall not apply in respect of the parties to the Canadian Transfer Agreement or to any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries (including partnerships), the provisions of which agreement shall govern all matters relating to misdirected payments and misdirected invoices as between such Persons.

Section 4.5 Non-Solicitation .

(a) For a period of two years following the Distribution, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive Vice Presidents of Human Resources of GroceryCo and SnackCo, GroceryCo shall not, and shall cause the other members of the GroceryCo Group not to, directly or indirectly solicit, recruit or hire any Covered SnackCo Group Employee; provided , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) a general solicitation to the public of general advertising or similar methods of solicitation by search firms not specifically directed at Covered SnackCo Group Employees (so long as no member of the GroceryCo Group hires any such Covered SnackCo Group Employee in violation of this Section 4.5(a)) or (ii) GroceryCo or any of other member of the GroceryCo Group from soliciting, recruiting or hiring any Covered SnackCo Group Employee who has ceased to be employed or retained by any member of the SnackCo Group for at least six months.

(b) For a period of two years following the Distribution, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive Vice Presidents of Human Resources of SnackCo and GroceryCo, SnackCo shall not, and shall cause the other members of the SnackCo Group not to, directly or indirectly solicit, recruit or hire any Covered GroceryCo Group Employee; provided , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) a general solicitation to the public of general advertising or similar methods of solicitation by search firms not specifically directed at Covered GroceryCo Group Employees (so long as no member of the SnackCo Group hires any such Covered GroceryCo Group Employee in violation of this Section 4.5(b)) or (ii) SnackCo or any of other member of the SnackCo Group from soliciting, recruiting or hiring any Covered GroceryCo Group Employee who has ceased to be employed or retained by any member of the GroceryCo Group for at least six months.

 

38


Section 4.6 Rights of First Offer .

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.6(f) and except if prohibited by any contractual arrangements in place as of the Distribution and, in the case of any Covered Trademark License, subject to the terms of the IP Agreement (Trademark) at any time or from time to time after the Distribution and prior to the fifth anniversary of the Distribution, prior to any member of either Group (a “ Selling Party ”) engaging in detailed discussions with, or providing detailed business and financial information about any Covered Business to, any Person that is not a controlled Affiliate of the Selling Party for a potential Sale Transaction with respect to any Covered Business, such Selling Party shall deliver to the applicable ROFO Offeror a written notice (the “ ROFO Notice ”) stating such Selling Party’s intention to pursue such proposed Sale Transaction and describing the applicable Covered Business in reasonable detail.

(b) The ROFO Offeror shall have 30 days after receipt from the Selling Party of a packet of business and financial information reasonably sufficient to make an initial indication of interest with respect to the Covered Business, which will include any such information the Selling Party proposes to provide to any Third Party (such period, the “ Evaluation Period ”), to decide whether to make a non-binding written offer (such written offer, an “ Offer Letter ”) to purchase the Covered Business from the Selling Party. The Offer Letter shall set forth (i) the price at which the ROFO Offeror proposes to acquire the Covered Business in the proposed Sale Transaction, (ii) the material closing conditions of the proposed Sale Transaction and (iii) a summary of the other key terms and conditions of the proposed Sale Transaction.

(c) In the event that the ROFO Offeror fails to provide an Offer Letter that complies with the requirements of Section 4.6(b) prior to the expiration of the Evaluation Period, the Selling Party shall, during the 365-day period following the end of the Evaluation Period, be free to enter into a definitive agreement with a Third Party for a Sale Transaction with respect to the Covered Business. In the event that the Selling Party shall not have entered into any such definitive agreement within such 365-day period (or any such definitive agreement is terminated prior to the consummation of the Sale Transaction), such Selling Party shall not pursue a Sale Transaction with respect to any Covered Business without first reoffering such Covered Business in the manner set forth in this Section 4.6.

(d) Within five Business Days following the Selling Party’s receipt of an Offer Letter that complies with the timing requirements of Section 4.6(b), the Selling Party shall notify the ROFO Offeror in writing as to whether the Selling Party has determined that the offer set forth in the Offer Letter is inadequate (such notice, an “ Inadequacy Determination ”) or whether the Selling Party has agreed to enter into good faith negotiations with the ROFO Offeror (such notice, a “ Negotiation Notice ”). During the 60-day period following the ROFO Offeror’s receipt

 

39


of a Negotiation Notice (the “ Exclusive Negotiation Period ”), the Selling Party and the ROFO Offeror shall negotiate in good faith and on an exclusive basis the terms of the proposed Sale Transaction. During the Exclusive Negotiation Period, the Selling Party shall provide the ROFO Offeror with all such business and financial information with respect to the Covered Business and all such reasonable access during ordinary business hours to management of the Covered Business, in each case, as is reasonably requested by the ROFO Offeror and subject to the ROFO Offeror’s execution of a customary confidentiality agreement. In the event that the Selling Party provides an Inadequacy Notice or the Selling Party and the ROFO Offeror are unable to agree on mutually acceptable terms with respect to the proposed Sale Transaction during the Exclusive Negotiation Period, the Selling Party shall, during the 365-day period following the delivery of the Inadequacy Notice or the end of the Exclusive Negotiation Period (or the date of termination of a definitive agreement between the Selling Party and the ROFO Offeror with respect to a Sale Transaction), as applicable, be free to enter into a definitive agreement with a Third Party for a Sale Transaction with respect to the Covered Business on terms and conditions that are in the aggregate more favorable to the Selling Party in the good faith judgment of the Selling Party than the terms and conditions offered by the ROFO Offeror in the Offer Letter or the Exclusive Negotiation Period. In the event that the Selling Party shall not have entered into any such definitive agreement within such 365-day period (or any such definitive agreement is terminated prior to the consummation of the Sale Transaction), such Selling Party shall not pursue a Sale Transaction with respect to any Covered Business without first reoffering such Covered Business in the manner set forth in this Section 4.6.

(e) In the event that the revenue attributable to a Reserved Business or a Covered Trademark License (i) accounted, in each case, for less than 50% of the total revenue of a Covered Business in the 12-month period prior to the date of the ROFO Notice and (ii) the Selling Party can reasonably and in a cost-effective manner separate such Reserved Business or Covered Trademark License from such Covered Business, then the Selling Party shall provide the ROFO Offeror the right to make an offer with respect to only such Reserved Business pursuant to and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 4.6 and all references in this Section 4.6 to Covered Business shall refer only to such Reserved Business or Covered Trademark License.

(f) The rights of first offer set forth in this Section 4.6 shall not apply to (i) any Sale Transaction or series of related Sales Transactions to the same Third Party with respect to a Covered Business if the revenue attributable to all Reserved Businesses or Covered Trademark Licenses, as applicable, included in such Covered Business accounted, in the aggregate, for less than 10% of such Covered Business’s total revenue during the 12-month period prior to any applicable date of determination or (ii) the issuance or acquisition of any equity securities of GroceryCo or SnackCo (or any public company successor thereto) if a member of the GroceryCo Group or a member of the SnackCo Group, as applicable, retains 100% ownership in its Reserved Businesses and Covered Trademark Licenses after such acquisition.

(g) The rights of first offer set forth in this Section 4.6 shall not be transferrable; provided , however , that each of GroceryCo and SnackCo may, upon receipt of a ROFO Notice, transfer their rights as a ROFO Offeror to any member of their respective Groups.

 

40


Section 4.7 Insurance Matters .

(a) Until the Distribution, each member of either Group shall (i) cause itself and its employees, officers and directors to continue to be covered as insured parties under existing policies of insurance and (ii) permit the members of the other Group and their respective employees, officers and directors to submit claims arising from or relating to facts, circumstances, events or matters that occurred at or prior to the Distribution to the extent permitted under such policies. From and after the Distribution, (x) no member of either Group will have responsibility to obtain coverage for any member of the other Group, (y) each member of either Group shall have the right to remove any member of the other Group and its employees, officers and directors as insured parties under any policy of insurance issued by any insurance carrier effective immediately following the Distribution and (z) neither party will be entitled following the Distribution to make any claims for insurance coverage under the other insurance policies of the members of the other Group to the extent such claims are based upon facts, circumstances, events or matters occurring after the Distribution. No member of either Group shall be deemed to have made any representation or warranty as to the availability of any coverage under any such insurance policy.

(b) After the Distribution, each member of each Group and each of their respective current, former and future directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing, shall have the right to assert claims arising from or relating to facts, circumstances, events or matters that occurred prior to the Distribution under any applicable insurance policies of the members of either Group to the extent permitted under the insurance policies up to the full available limits of such policies. Where indemnification is not available under Article V, each member of each Group shall be responsible for pursuing and administering its own insurance claims and any other member of either Group shall provide such reasonable cooperation as is appropriate with respect to notice of those claims and otherwise, and, with respect to those claims, in the event any member of either Group elects to pursue insurance coverage through litigation or other action against an insurer, that member will be responsible for its own costs and fees in connection therewith.

(c) After the Distribution, to the extent that any claims have been duly reported at or before the Distribution under the directors and officers liability insurance policies or fiduciary liability insurance policies (collectively, “ D&O Policies ”) maintained by the members of each Group, the members of each Group shall not take any action that would limit the coverage of the individuals who acted as directors or officers of any member of either Group at or prior to the Distribution under any D&O Policies maintained by the members of either Group. The members of each Group shall reasonably cooperate with the individuals who acted as directors and officers of any member of either Group at or prior to the Distribution in their pursuit of any coverage claims under such D&O Policies that could inure to the benefit of such individuals. The members of each Group shall allow one another and their agents and representatives, upon

 

41


reasonable prior notice and during regular business hours, to examine and make copies of the relevant D&O Policies and shall provide such cooperation as is reasonably requested by the members of the other Group, their directors and their officers.

(d) Effective as of the Distribution, the existing insurance policy covering directors and officers of the members of each Group will be converted to a six-year run-off policy with policy limits of $275 million. Each of the members of either Group shall be responsible for obtaining its own directors and officers policy for acts or omissions occurring on or after the Distribution.

(e) If any Asset transferred pursuant to this Agreement suffers or has suffered any damage, destruction or other casualty loss that arises or has arisen prior to the Distribution and for which no insurance claim has yet been made as of the Distribution, the party who transferred the Asset shall make a claim on any available insurance and pay any such proceeds to the party who received the Asset.

(f) Workers’ compensation claims in certain states may have dates of injury which occur over a period of time (Cumulative Trauma (CT) claims). The parties agree that for all CT claims involving GroceryCo employees where injurious exposure is claimed by the employee to have both predated and postdated the Distribution Date, GroceryCo will be the exclusive responsible party for the administration, litigation and resolution of the claim. The claim will be administered exclusively by GroceryCo or its carrier or third-party administrator. The assigned administrator will be instructed, and it will be documented in the appropriate claims handling instructions, that no litigation or competing claims for reimbursement or apportionment will be sought against any former employers. At the close of the case, however, or at a mutually agreeable date, the parties will agree upon an accounting of the claims costs, including all medical, indemnity and expense benefits paid to or on behalf of the claimant, which shall be allocated between SnackCo and GroceryCo according to the generally followed methodology for workers’ compensation claims in the relevant jurisdiction

(g) Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any member of either Group from agreeing to modify or compromise insurance rights (including by means of commutation, novation, rescission, reformation, policy buyback or otherwise) with an insurer that has been placed in liquidation, rehabilitation, conservation, supervision or similar proceedings, provided that, where those insurance rights potentially also would have benefited any member of the other Group, whether by virtue of any indemnification obligations, by virtue of any insurance rights under the policy at issue, or otherwise, then GroceryCo and SnackCo must both agree in advance and in writing to any modification or compromise of those insurance rights.

Section 4.8 Co-Owned Copyrights . Any copyrights owned by Kraft Foods Inc. or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Distribution in any manuals or policies that are not primarily related to the GroceryCo Business or SnackCo Business (e.g., 5S Sales Manual) shall be jointly owned, on an equal undivided basis, by GroceryCo IPCo or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and SnackCo IPCo or its Affiliates, on the other hand, and may be used by either party or its Affiliates without a duty of accounting or other obligation to the other party.

 

42


ARTICLE V

MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.1 Release of Pre-Distribution Claims .

(a) Except (i) as provided in Section 5.1(c), (ii) as may be otherwise provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and (iii) for any matter for which any GroceryCo Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V, effective as of the Distribution, GroceryCo does hereby, for itself and each other GroceryCo Entity and their respective Affiliates, Predecessors, successors and assigns, and, to the extent GroceryCo legally may, all Persons that at any time prior or subsequent to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, members, agents or employees of GroceryCo or any other GroceryCo Entity (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge each SnackCo Entity, its Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons that at any time prior to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, members, agents or employees of SnackCo or any other SnackCo Entity (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at law or in equity, whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, existing or arising from or relating to any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, whether or not known as of the Distribution Date, including in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Separation or the Distribution.

(b) Except (i) as provided in Section 5.1(c), (ii) as may be otherwise provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and (iii) for any matter for which any SnackCo Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V, SnackCo does hereby, for itself and each other SnackCo Entity and its Affiliates, successors and assigns, and, to the extent SnackCo legally may, all Persons that at any time prior to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, members, agents or employees of SnackCo or any other SnackCo Entity (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge each GroceryCo Entity, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons that at any time prior to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, members, agents or employees of GroceryCo or any other GroceryCo Entity (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at law or in equity, whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, whether or not known as of the Distribution Date, including in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Separation or the Distribution.

 

43


(c) Nothing contained in Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) shall impair any right of any Person to enforce this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, including the applicable Schedules hereto and thereto, or any arrangement that is not to terminate as of the Distribution, as specified in Section 2.3(b). Nothing contained in Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) shall release any Person from:

(i) any Liability provided in or resulting from any agreement among any SnackCo Entities and any GroceryCo Entities that is not to terminate as of the Distribution, as specified in Section 2.3(b), or any other Liability that is not to terminate as of the Distribution, as specified in Section 2.3(b);

(ii) any Liability, contingent or otherwise, assumed, transferred, assigned or allocated to the Group of which such Person is a member in accordance with, or any other Liability of any member of any Group under, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; or

(iii) any Liability the release of which would result in the release of any Person other than a Person released pursuant to this Section 5.1; provided that the parties agree not to bring suit or permit any of their Subsidiaries to bring suit against any Person with respect to any Liability to the extent that such Person would be released with respect to such Liability by this Section 5.1 but for the provisions of this clause (iii).

(d) GroceryCo shall not make, and shall not permit any other GroceryCo Entity to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim for indemnification, against any SnackCo Entity, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 5.1(a), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 5.1(a). SnackCo shall not, and shall not permit any other SnackCo Entity to, make any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim for indemnification, against any GroceryCo Entity, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 5.1(b), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 5.1(b).

(e) At any time, at the request of any other party, each party shall cause each member of its respective Group to execute and deliver releases in form reasonably satisfactory to the other party reflecting the provisions of this Section 5.1.

Section 5.2 Indemnification by GroceryCo . Subject to Section 5.4, following the Distribution, GroceryCo shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless SnackCo, each SnackCo Entity and each of their respective current, former and future directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ SnackCo Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the SnackCo Indemnified Parties (except to the extent they are Liabilities of SnackCo Canada or its direct or indirect subsidiaries (including partnerships), in which case GroceryCo shall cause GroceryCo Canada to fulfill its indemnification obligations in the Canadian Transfer Agreement) relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (with corresponding credits for recovered or reimbursed payments):

(a) the GroceryCo Liabilities (other than any Business Liability Claim Deductible, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.3(c)); and

 

44


(b) any breach by any GroceryCo Entity of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements (other than the Supply Agreement, the Warehouse Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement and the Transition Services Agreements, each of which shall be subject to the provisions contained therein).

Section 5.3 Indemnification by SnackCo . Subject to Section 5.4, following the Distribution, SnackCo shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless GroceryCo, each GroceryCo Entity and each of their respective current, former and future directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ GroceryCo Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the GroceryCo Indemnified Parties (except to the extent they are Liabilities of GroceryCo Canada or its direct or indirect subsidiaries (including partnerships), in which case SnackCo shall cause SnackCo Canada to fulfill its indemnification obligations in the Canadian Transfer Agreement) relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (with corresponding credits for recovered or reimbursed payments):

(a) the SnackCo Liabilities;

(b) any breach by any SnackCo Entity of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements (other than the Supply Agreement, the Warehouse Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement and the Transition Services Agreements, each of which shall be subject to the provisions contained therein); and

(c) any Business Liability Claim Deductible or Workers’ Compensation Liability (including the employer liability portion of a typical workers’ compensation policy) incurred by the GroceryCo Indemnified Parties arising out of any acts or events occurring or failing to occur, or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur, or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution; provided , however , that the maximum amount for which SnackCo shall be required to pay to the GroceryCo Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Section 5.3(c) with respect to all Products Actions shall be $50 million in the aggregate.

Section 5.4 Notice and Payment of Direct Claims . If any GroceryCo Indemnified Party or any SnackCo Indemnified Party (an “ Indemnified Party ”) determines that it is or may be entitled to indemnification by any party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (other than in connection with any Action subject to Section 5.5), the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice specifying, to the extent reasonably practicable, the basis for its claim for indemnification and, if then reasonably quantifiable, the amount for which the Indemnified Party reasonably believes it is or may be entitled to be indemnified. Within 30 days after receipt of such notice, the Indemnifying Party shall pay the Indemnified Party that amount in cash or other immediately available funds unless the Indemnifying Party objects to the claim for

 

45


indemnification or the amount of the claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not give the Indemnified Party written notice objecting to that indemnity claim and setting forth the grounds for the objection within such 30-day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have objected to such indemnity claim. If there is a timely objection by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party in cash the amount, if any, that is Finally Determined to be required to be paid by the Indemnifying Party in respect of that indemnity claim within 15 days after that indemnity claim has been so Finally Determined.

Section 5.5 Third-Party Claims .

(a) Promptly after the earlier of receipt of (i) notice that any Person (other than a Taxing Authority (as defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement)) that is not a GroceryCo Entity or a SnackCo Entity (a “ Third Party ”) has commenced an Action against or otherwise involving any Indemnified Party or (ii) information from a Third Party alleging the existence of a claim against an Indemnified Party, in either case, with respect to which indemnification may be sought (in whole or in part) under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party written notice of the Third-Party Claim. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided in this Section 5.5 shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice.

(b) With respect to any Third-Party Claim that is a Shared Liability:

(i) Upon the making of a Determination Request with respect to any Third-Party Claims, the applicable Indemnified Party shall assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim until a determination as to whether such Third-Party Claim is a Shared Liability. In the event of such assumption of defense, such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to reimbursement of all the costs and expenses of such defense once a final determination or acknowledgement is made that such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification with respect to such Third-Party Claim; provided , that if such Third-Party Claim is determined to be a Shared Liability, such costs and expenses shall be shared as provided in Section 5.5(b)(ii). If it is determined or agreed that the Third-Party Claim is a Shared Liability, the Managing Party shall assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim as soon as reasonably practicable following such determination.

(ii) A party’s costs and expenses of assuming the defense of (subject to Section 5.5(b)(i)), and/or seeking to settle or compromise (subject to Section 5.5(b)(iv)), any Third-Party Claim that is a Shared Liability shall be included in the calculation of the amount of the applicable Shared Liability in determining the obligations of the parties with respect thereto.

(iii) The Managing Party shall consult with the Non-Managing Party prior to taking any action with respect to any Third-Party Claim that is a Shared Liability if the Managing Party’s action could reasonably be expected to have a significant

 

46


adverse impact (financial or non-financial) on the Non-Managing Party, including a significant adverse impact on the rights, obligations, operations, standing or reputation of the Non-Managing Party (or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), and the Managing Party shall not take such action without the prior written consent of the Non-Managing Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(iv) The Managing Party shall promptly give notice to the Non-Managing Party regarding the substance of any settlement related discussions with respect to any Third-Party Claim that is a Shared Liability if (A) the Non-Managing Party is required to share in any significant aspect of the costs and expenses, proceeds or obligations resulting from such settlement or (B) the settlement can reasonably be expected to have a significant impact (financial or nonfinancial) on the Non-Managing Party. In such instances, the Managing Party shall not settle such Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Non-Managing Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(v) The Non-Managing Party shall cooperate, at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, in a reasonable manner in the defense of any Third-Party Claim that is a Shared Liability.

(c) With respect to any Third-Party Claim that is or may be a Shared Insurance Liability, GroceryCo and SnackCo: (i) shall maintain open communications on the status of such claim; (ii) shall permit one another reasonable access to non-privileged information on such claim; and (iii) agree, upon exhaustion of the shared pool of insurance funds, to re-balance, at least annually, the insurance recovery for such Shared Insurance Liabilities to make each Group’s share of the insurance proceeds proportional to such Group’s share of the total amount paid in settlements and/or judgments by insurance and the parties with respect to such Shared Insurance Liabilities.

(d) With respect to any Third-Party Claim that is not a Shared Liability:

(i) Within 30 days after receipt of the notice given by the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 5.5(a), the Indemnifying Party may either (A) assume and control the defense (including claims administration) of such Third-Party Claim at its sole cost and expense by giving written notice to that effect to the Indemnified Party or (B) object to the claim for indemnification set forth in such notice; provided , that if the Indemnifying Party does not within that 30-day period give the Indemnified Party written notice objecting to such indemnification claim and setting forth the grounds for the objection, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have acknowledged its liability for such indemnification claim. Until such time as the Indemnifying Party has assumed the defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to control the defense of such Third-Party Claim. GroceryCo shall provide a copy of any notice under this Section 5.5(d)(i) with respect to any workers’ compensation claim or any claim with respect to a Business Liability Claim Deductible to the risk manager or designee of same at SnackCo.

 

47


(ii) If the Indemnifying Party has assumed the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with Section 5.5(d)(i), the defense of the Indemnified Party shall be controlled by the Indemnifying Party and counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party, which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnifying Party may settle or compromise the Third-Party Claim without the prior consent of the Indemnified Party so long as any settlement or compromise of the Third-Party Claim includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all claims that are the subject of that Third-Party Claim; provided , that the Indemnifying Party may not agree to any such settlement or compromise pursuant to which any liability shall be admitted or any remedy or relief, other than monetary damages for which the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible under this Agreement, shall be applied to or against the Indemnified Party, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.5, (A) in the event that a Business Liability Claim Deductible with respect to any Third-Party Claim has been paid, or there is a reasonable likelihood of exposure above the Business Liability Claim Deductible, then the party with exposure above the Business Liability Claim Deductible shall have the right to assume control of the defense and settlement of such Third-Party Claim and (B) with respect to any Products Action, the party reasonably likely to have the greater exposure shall have the right to control the defense and settlement of such Products Action from the commencement of such Products Action.

(iii) Where liability for an indemnification claim has been accepted under Section 5.5(d), (A) the Indemnified Party shall cooperate, at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, in a reasonable manner in the defense of any Third-Party Claim for which the Indemnifying Party has acknowledged liability, (B) the Indemnifying Party shall, upon request from the Indemnifying Party, promptly pay to the Indemnified Party the amount of any expense, loss or other amount subject to indemnification resulting from the Third-Party Claim for which the Indemnifying Party has acknowledged liability and (C) the Indemnified Party may exercise any and all of its rights under applicable Law to collect that amount.

(iv) If there is a timely objection by the Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i), the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to exercise any remedies available under Article VII for a determination as to whether the Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification. If it has been Finally Determined that the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification, the Indemnifying Party shall, upon request from the Indemnified Party, promptly pay to the Indemnified Party the amount of any expense, loss or other amount subject to indemnification resulting from the Third-Party Claim for which the Indemnifying Party’s responsibility has been so Finally Determined. If the Indemnified Party does not seek a determination pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party in cash the amount, if any, for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement within 30 days after such Third-Party Claim has been Finally Determined.

(v) The Indemnified Party shall take all necessary action to keep and maintain in force all insurance that applies to any claim for which indemnification is

 

48


sought. The Indemnified Party shall also use reasonable efforts to ensure that Insurance Proceeds received with respect to claims, costs and expenses under insurance policies in force shall be paid to reduce the net exposure of the Indemnified Party.

Section 5.6 Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts .

(a) Each of GroceryCo (on behalf of itself and each other member of the GroceryCo Group) and SnackCo (on behalf of itself and each other member of the SnackCo Group) intends that any Liability subject to indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement will be net of Insurance Proceeds and other amounts received that actually reduce the amount of the Liability for which indemnification is sought. Accordingly, the amount which any Indemnifying Party is required to pay to any Indemnified Party will be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds and other amounts theretofore actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party in reduction of the related Liability. If an Indemnified Party receives a payment (an “ Indemnity Payment ”) required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liability and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds or other amounts therefor, then the Indemnified Party will promptly pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to the excess of the Indemnity Payment received over the amount of the Indemnity Payment that would have been due if the Insurance Proceeds or other amounts had been received, realized or recovered.

(b) In the case of any Shared Liability, any Insurance Proceeds actually received, realized or recovered by any party in respect of the Shared Liability will be shared between the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group in accordance with their respective Applicable Proportions, regardless of which Group may actually receive, realize or recover such Insurance Proceeds.

(c) An insurer that would otherwise be obligated to defend or make payment in response to any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement, have any subrogation rights with respect thereto, it being expressly understood and agreed that no insurer or any other Third Party shall be entitled to a “windfall” (i.e., a benefit it would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement) by virtue of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement. It is understood that the retention of the insurance policies by an Indemnifying Party or an Indemnified Party is in no way intended to limit, inhibit or preclude any right to insurance coverage for any Liability or any other rights under any insurance policy by SnackCo, GroceryCo or any other Kraft Foods Inc. affiliated entity under any insurance policy for insurance coverage, defense, reimbursement, subrogation or otherwise.

(d) Upon indemnification of the Business Liability Claims Deductibles under this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to rights of the Indemnified Party against insurers or other Third Parties with respect to such indemnified amount. The Indemnified Party shall, upon request, provide a formal assignment of a claim against an insurer or other Third Party to the Indemnifying Party with respect to the

 

49


indemnified amount or shall otherwise reasonably cooperate at the Indemnifying Party’s request and expense, with any attempt, by subrogation or otherwise, by the Indemnifying Party to recoup indemnified amounts from insurers or other Third Parties.

Section 5.7 Remedies Cumulative . The remedies provided in this Article V shall be cumulative and shall not preclude any Indemnified Party from asserting any other rights or the Indemnified Party from seeking any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party, except that the remedies provided in this Article V shall be the exclusive remedy for claims for contribution or other rights of recovery arising out of or relating to any Environmental Law, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“ CERCLA ”), whether now or hereinafter in effect.

Section 5.8 Survival of Indemnities . The rights and obligations of each of GroceryCo or SnackCo and their respective Indemnified Parties under this Article V shall survive any party’s sale or other transfer of any Assets or businesses or assignment of any Liabilities.

ARTICLE VI

EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; LITIGATION MANAGEMENT;

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 6.1 Agreement for Exchange of Information . Prior to or as promptly as practicable after the Distribution and from time to time as reasonably requested by either party, the party receiving the request shall deliver to the requesting party: (a) any corporate books and records of any member of the requesting party’s Group in the possession of the party receiving the request or any member of its Group and (b) originals or copies of any corporate books and records of the Group of the party receiving the request that primarily relate to the requesting party’s business, its former businesses, its Assets or its Liabilities. From and after the Distribution, all such books, records and copies (where copies are delivered in lieu of originals), whether or not delivered, shall be the property of the members of the requesting party’s Group; provided , however , that all such Information contained in such books, records or copies relating to the other party’s Group shall be subject to the applicable confidentiality provisions and restricted use provisions, if any, contained in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and any confidentiality restrictions imposed by applicable Law. Each party will retain copies of any original books and records delivered to the other party pursuant to this Section 6.1; provided , however , that all such Information contained in such books, records or copies (whether or not delivered to the requesting party) relating to the requesting party’s Group shall be subject to the applicable confidentiality provisions and restricted use provisions, if any, contained in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and any confidentiality restrictions imposed by applicable Law.

Section 6.2 Access to Information .

(a) In addition to the provisions set forth in Section 6.1 and except in the case of an adversarial Action or threatened adversarial Action by any member of one

 

50


Group against any member of the other Group (which shall be governed by such discovery rules as may be applicable thereto), from and after the Distribution and upon reasonable notice, a member of either Group may request, on behalf of itself or its representatives, at the expense of the requesting party, reasonable access and duplicating rights during normal business hours to all Information developed or obtained prior to the Distribution within the possession of any member of the other Group and to the personnel of any member of the other Group, in each case, to the extent such access relates to the requesting party or its businesses, its former businesses, its Assets or Liabilities, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. In each case, the requesting party shall cooperate with the other party to minimize the risk of unreasonable interference with the other party’s business. The party receiving the request shall have the right to deny access to the Information if such party determines in its good faith that the exchange of such Information is reasonably likely to violate any Law or binding agreement, or waive or jeopardize any attorney-client privilege or attorney work product protection; provided , however , that the parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, take all reasonable measures to permit the sharing of such Information in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence. In the event access is granted to any Information in this Agreement or in the Ancillary Agreements to which access is restricted by Law or otherwise, the parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, take such actions as are reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to have such restrictions removed or to seek an exemption therefrom or to otherwise provide the requesting party with the benefit of the Information to the same extent such actions would have been taken on behalf of the requesting party had such a restriction not existed and the Distribution not occurred.

(b) Each of GroceryCo and SnackCo agrees that it will only process personal data (as defined by EU Directive 95/46/EC of 24 October 1995) provided to it by the members of the other Group in accordance with all applicable privacy and data protection law obligations and will implement and maintain at all times appropriate technical and organizational measures to protect such personal data against unauthorized or unlawful processing and accidental loss, destruction, damage, alteration and disclosure. In addition, each party agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the other party in respect of any obligations under privacy and data protection legislation affecting the disclosure of such personal data to the other party and will not knowingly process such personal data in such a way to cause the other party to violate any of its obligations under any applicable privacy and data protection legislation

Section 6.3 Litigation Management and Support; Production of Witnesses .

(a) From and after the Distribution, GroceryCo (or an applicable member of the GroceryCo Group) shall be responsible for managing, and shall have the authority to manage, the defense or prosecution, as applicable, and resolution (including settlement) of any GroceryCo Action, and SnackCo (or an applicable member of the SnackCo Group) shall be responsible for managing, and shall have the authority to manage, the defense or prosecution, as applicable, and resolution (including settlement) of any SnackCo Action.

 

51


(b) Notwithstanding any provisions of Section 6.2 to the contrary, after the Distribution, each member of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group shall use reasonable best efforts to assist the other with respect to any Third-Party Claim or potential Third-Party Claim. In addition, any member of either Group shall have the right to request in writing that a member of the other Group make available for consultation or witness purposes, its directors, officers, employees, consultants or agents who have expertise or knowledge with respect to the other party’s business or products or matters in litigation or alternative dispute resolution to the extent that the requesting party believes any such persons may reasonably be useful or required in connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings in which the requesting party may from time to time be involved. Upon such request, the affected members of the applicable Group shall select a person or persons to provide the requested assistance after conferring in good faith to determine which person or persons should provide such assistance. Upon such determination, the requested party agrees to make the designated person or persons available to the requesting party upon reasonable notice to the same extent such requested party would have made such person available if the Distribution had not occurred. The requesting party agrees to cooperate with the requested party in giving consideration to such persons’ business demands.

Section 6.4 Reimbursement . Except to the extent otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the party requesting Information, consulting or witness services under this Article VI shall reimburse the recipient for the reasonable and documented costs and expenses, if any, incurred in providing such Information, consulting or witness services to the requesting party.

Section 6.5 Retention of Records . Except as otherwise required by Law or agreed in writing, or as otherwise provided in any Ancillary Agreement, each member of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group shall use its reasonable best efforts to retain, for the retention periods set forth in its record retention policy as in effect on the Distribution Date or as amended after the Distribution Date in accordance with the following sentence or such longer period as required by Law, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, all Information in such party’s possession substantially relating to the other party or its businesses, its former businesses, its Assets or Liabilities, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (the “ Retained Information ”). Each member of the GroceryCo Group or the SnackCo Group may amend its record retention policy after the Distribution Date so long as (a) the amended policy complies with applicable Law, (b) the amended policy treats the Retained Information in the same manner as such member’s other Information and (c) the amended policy does not allow for the destruction of any Retained Information prior to the earliest date after the Distribution on which such member would have been able to destroy such Retained Information under the policy in effect as of the Distribution. If any member of either Group amends its record retention policy in compliance with the preceding sentence in a manner that reduces the retention period for any Retained Information, it shall provide GroceryCo, in the case of any such amendment by a member of the SnackCo Group, or SnackCo, in the case of any such amendment by any member of the GroceryCo Group, written notice detailing the changes to the record retention policy, and the party receiving such notice and the members of its Group shall have the opportunity to obtain any Retained Information that would be eligible for destruction under the revised policy at least 90 days prior to the destruction of such Retained Information.

 

52


Section 6.6 Privileged Information . In furtherance of the rights and obligations of the parties set forth in this Article VI:

(a) Each of GroceryCo (on behalf of itself and the other members of the GroceryCo Group) and SnackCo (on behalf of itself and the other members of the SnackCo Group) acknowledges that: (i) each member of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group has or may obtain Information that is or may be protected from disclosure pursuant to the attorney-client privilege, the work product doctrine, the common interest and joint defense doctrines or other applicable privileges (“ Privileged Information ”); (ii) actual, threatened or future litigation, investigations, proceedings (including arbitration proceedings), claims or other legal matters have been or may be asserted by or against, or otherwise affect, some or all members of the GroceryCo Group or the SnackCo Group (“ Litigation Matters ”); (iii) members of the GroceryCo Group and the SnackCo Group have or may in the future have a common legal interest in Litigation Matters, in the Privileged Information and in the preservation of the protected status of the Privileged Information; and (iv) each of GroceryCo and SnackCo (on behalf of itself and the other members of its Group) intends that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and any transfer of Privileged Information in connection herewith or therewith shall not operate as a waiver of any applicable privilege or protection afforded Privileged Information.

(b) Each of GroceryCo and SnackCo agrees, on behalf of itself and each member of the Group of which it is a member, not to disclose or otherwise waive any privilege or protection attaching to any Privileged Information relating to a member of the other Group or relating to or arising in connection with the relationship between the Groups prior to the Distribution, without providing prompt written notice to and obtaining the prior written consent of the other.

(c) Upon any member of the GroceryCo Group or the SnackCo Group receiving any subpoena or other compulsory disclosure notice from a court, other Governmental Authority or otherwise that requests disclosure of Privileged Information belonging to a member of the other Group, the recipient of the notice shall promptly provide to SnackCo, in the case of receipt by a member of the GroceryCo Group, or to GroceryCo, in the case of receipt by a member of the SnackCo Group, a copy of such notice, the intended response and all materials or information relating to the other Group that might be disclosed. In the event of a disagreement as to the intended response or disclosure, unless and until the disagreement is resolved as provided in Article VII, the members of the GroceryCo Group and members of the SnackCo Group shall cooperate to assert all defenses to disclosure claimed, at the cost and expense of the members of the Group claiming such defenses to disclosure, and shall not disclose any disputed documents or information until all legal defenses and claims of privilege have been Finally Determined.

 

53


Section 6.7 Confidentiality .

(a) From and after the Distribution, each of the parties shall hold, and shall cause the other members of its Group to hold, in strict confidence, with at least the same degree of care that it applies to its own business sensitive and proprietary information, all Information concerning or belonging to the members of the other Group obtained by it prior to the Distribution or furnished to it by any member of the other Group pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. Each of the parties shall not, and shall cause the other members of its Group not to, disclose any such Information to any other Person, except (i) to the extent that disclosure is compelled by subpoena or other compulsory disclosure notice from a court, other Governmental Authority or, in the opinion of SnackCo’s or GroceryCo’s counsel (as the case may be), by other requirements of Law, but only after compliance with Section 6.7(b), (ii) to the extent such party can show that such Information was (A) in the public domain through no fault of such party or any member of such Group or any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, (B) later lawfully acquired from other sources by such party (or any member of such party’s Group), which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation or (C) independently generated without reference to any proprietary or confidential Information of the disclosing party or the other members of its Group or (iii) to its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives who need to know such Information (who shall be advised of their obligations hereunder with respect to such Information).

(b) Upon any member of the GroceryCo Group or the SnackCo Group receiving any subpoena or other compulsory disclosure notice from a court, other Governmental Authority or otherwise that requests disclosure of Information that is subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Section 6.7, the recipient of the notice shall promptly provide to SnackCo, in the case of receipt by a member of the GroceryCo Group, or to GroceryCo, in the case of receipt by a member of the SnackCo Group, a copy of such notice and an opportunity to seek reasonable protective arrangements. In the event that such appropriate protective arrangements are not obtained, the Person that is required to disclose such Information shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, only that portion of such Information that is legally required to be disclosed and shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such Information.

(c) When any Information concerning the other Group or its business is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, each party will, and will cause the members of its Group to, promptly after request of the other party, use reasonable best efforts to destroy all such Information.

Section 6.8 Joint Defense . In the event that both a member of the SnackCo Group and a member of the GroceryCo Group are defendants in the same proceeding, upon reasonable request, the appropriate member or members of each such Group shall enter into a written joint defense agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to such parties.

 

54


ARTICLE VII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 7.1 Step Process . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreements, or the breach thereof (a “ Dispute ”), shall be resolved: (a) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in Section 7.2; and (b) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, by binding arbitration as provided in Section 7.3. Each party agrees on behalf of itself and each member of its respective Group that the procedures set forth in this Article VII shall be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration hereunder will toll the applicable statute of limitations for the duration of any such proceedings.

Section 7.2 Negotiation and Mediation . If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve such Dispute by direct discussions and negotiation. If the parties to the Dispute agree, the parties may also attempt to resolve the Dispute by a mediation administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Mediation Procedures.

Section 7.3 Arbitration .

(a) If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, either party shall have the right to commence arbitration. In that event, the Dispute shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules. The place of arbitration shall be New York City, New York. Any Dispute concerning the propriety of the commencement of the arbitration shall be finally settled by such arbitration. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its Assets.

(b) The number of arbitrators shall be three. The claimant shall designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent shall designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they shall have 21 days to select the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR shall appoint the chair by use of the “list method.”

Section 7.4 Interim Relief . At any time during the resolution of a Dispute between the parties, either party has the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions until such time as the arbitration award is rendered or the Dispute is otherwise resolved.

Section 7.5 Remedies . The arbitrators shall have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

 

55


Section 7.6 Expenses . Each party shall bear its own costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees in pursuit and resolution of any Dispute; provided , however , that, in the event of any arbitration pursuant to Section 7.3, the non-prevailing party shall bear both parties’ costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such arbitration (including the fees of any arbitrator).

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Coordination with Ancillary Agreements; Conflicts .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of an Ancillary Agreement, the provisions of the Ancillary Agreement shall control over the inconsistent provisions of this Agreement as to matters specifically addressed in the Ancillary Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Tax Sharing Agreement shall govern all matters (including any indemnities and payments among the parties and each other member of their respective Groups and the allocation of any rights and obligations pursuant to agreements entered into with Third Parties) relating to Taxes or otherwise specifically addressed in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

(b) GroceryCo Canada and SnackCo Canada are entering into the Canadian Transfer Agreement addressing the parties’ respective rights and obligations with respect to certain of the matters addressed in this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall effect, constitute or change the timing of (i) any transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition of, or any amendment, modification, supplement or other change of or to, any right, title, interest or benefit in any Asset owned or held by GroceryCo Canada, SnackCo Canada or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries (including partnerships), or (ii) any transfer, assumption, forgiveness or release of, or any amendment, modification, supplement or other change of or to, any Liabilities of GroceryCo Canada, SnackCo Canada or of any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries (including partnerships). It is intended that (x) as a result of the Internal Reorganization, none of GroceryCo Canada, SnackCo Canada or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries (including partnerships) will have any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings that would otherwise be terminated under Section 2.3(a) or any intercompany receivables, payables, loans and other amounts that would otherwise be forgiven under Section 2.3(c), and (y) the Canadian Transfer Agreement will be drafted in a manner to be consistent with and implement the concepts that are described and implemented in this Agreement as they relate to the Assets and Liabilities of GroceryCo Canada, SnackCo Canada and their direct and indirect subsidiaries (including partnerships).

Section 8.2 Expenses . SnackCo shall be responsible for all fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred by any member of either Group to the extent accrued prior to the

 

56


Distribution in connection with the Separation and the Distribution and the performance of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, whether performed by a Third Party or internally. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, to the extent not accrued prior to the Distribution, all fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with the Separation and the Distribution and the performance of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, whether performed by a Third Party or internally, will be paid by the party incurring such fees or expenses. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent not accrued prior to the Distribution (a) SnackCo will be responsible for any transfer fees (including any pricing increases) related to the transfer of any SnackCo Assets to any member of the SnackCo Group (including all fees and expenses payable by a member of either Group in connection with the transfer of any Assets pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of “SnackCo Assets”) and the cost of any replacement for any Asset that is not a SnackCo Asset and (b) GroceryCo will be responsible for any fees to NASDAQ and any transfer fees (including any pricing increases) related to the transfer of any GroceryCo Assets to any member of the GroceryCo Group (including all fees and expenses payable by a member of either Group in connection with the transfer of any Assets pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of “GroceryCo Assets”) and the cost of any replacement for any Asset that is not a GroceryCo Asset.

Section 8.3 Termination . This Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement may be terminated by the Kraft Foods Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time prior to the Distribution. In the event of any termination of this Agreement prior to the Distribution, no party (or any member of its Group or any of its or their respective directors or officers) shall have any Liability or further obligation to any other party (or any member of its Group) with respect to this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement.

Section 8.4 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements may not be amended, modified or supplemented in any manner, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, except by an instrument in writing specifically designated as an amendment hereto, signed on behalf of each party hereto or thereto, as applicable.

Section 8.5 Waiver . No failure or delay of any party (or the applicable member of its Group) in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties (and the other members of their respective Groups) under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have hereunder or thereunder. Any agreement on the part of any party to any such waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on behalf of such party.

Section 8.6 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or if by facsimile, upon written confirmation of receipt by facsimile, e-mail or otherwise, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered utilizing

 

57


a next-day service by a recognized next-day courier or (c) on the earlier of confirmed receipt or the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered to the addresses set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

  (i) if to SnackCo or any other SnackCo Entity, to:

Kraft Foods, Inc.

 

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

Facsimile:

 

  (ii) if to GroceryCo or any other GroceryCo Entity, to:

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attention: Office of the General Counsel

Facsimile:

Section 8.7 Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, Article, Annex or Exhibit, such reference shall be to a Section, Article, Annex or Exhibit of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement or in any Exhibit are for convenience of reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule, Annex or Exhibit but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreement to which such Schedule, Annex or Exhibit is attached, as applicable. All Schedules, Annexes and Exhibits annexed hereto or referred to in this Agreement are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in this Agreement. The word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified.

Section 8.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the Annexes, Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices hereto and thereto constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior written agreements, arrangements, communications and understandings and all prior and contemporaneous oral agreements, arrangements, communications and understandings among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. None of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements shall be deemed to contain or imply any restriction, covenant, representation, warranty, agreement or undertaking of any party with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or in any document required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder. Notwithstanding any oral agreement or course of action of the parties or their

 

58


representatives to the contrary, no party to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be under any legal obligation to enter into or complete the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby unless and until this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement, as applicable, shall have been executed and delivered by each of the parties.

Section 8.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any Indemnified Party, nothing in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 8.10 Governing Law . This Agreement and all disputes or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal Laws of the State of New York, without regard to the Laws of any other jurisdiction that might be applied because of the conflicts of laws principles of the State of New York (other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law).

Section 8.11 Assignment . Except as specifically provided in any Ancillary Agreement, none of this Agreement, any of the Ancillary Agreements or any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder or thereunder may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by any party without the prior written consent of the other party to the agreement being so assigned or delegated, and any such assignment without such prior written consent shall be null and void. If any party to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (or any of its successors or permitted assigns) (a) shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (b) shall transfer all or substantially all of its properties and/or Assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, the party (or its successors or permitted assigns, as applicable) shall ensure that such Person assumes all of the obligations of such party (or its successors or permitted assigns, as applicable) under this Agreement and all applicable Ancillary Agreements, in which case the consent described in the previous sentence shall not be required.

Section 8.12 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable Law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 8.13 Counterparts . This Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party hereto or thereto and delivered to the other party hereto or thereto.

 

59


Section 8.14 Facsimile Signature . This Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and a facsimile signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

Section 8.15 Payment . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, any amount payable pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement by one party (or any member of such party’s Group) shall be paid within 30 days after presentation of an invoice or a written demand by the party entitled to receive such payments. Such demand shall include documentation setting forth the basis for the amount payable. Any payment not made within 30 days of the written demand for such payment shall accrue interest at a rate equal to the rate of interest from time to time announced publicly by The Wall Street Journal as its prime rate, calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed.

Section 8.16 Parties’ Obligations . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, each of GroceryCo (on behalf of itself and the other members of the GroceryCo Group) and SnackCo (on behalf of itself and the other members of the SnackCo Group) acknowledges and agrees that a party’s obligations under this Agreement shall include obligations of each member of its respective Group and each of its and their respective employees. Each of GroceryCo and SnackCo agrees to cause the members of its Group to take any action or refrain from taking any action required of such members under this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

60


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Separation and Distribution Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

KRAFT FOODS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
 
KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Separation and Distribution Agreement]


Schedule 1.2(1): Covered GroceryCo Employees

Schedule 1.2(2): Covered SnackCo Employees

Schedule 1.2(3): GroceryCo Covered IP Trademark Licenses

Schedule 1.2(4): SnackCo Covered IP Trademark Licenses

Schedule 1.2(5): GroceryCo Assets

Schedule 1.2(6): GroceryCo Equity Interests

Schedule 1.2(7): GroceryCo U.S. SKUs

Schedule 1.2(8): GroceryCo Canada & N.A. Business

Schedule 1.2(9): Excluded Export Brands

Schedule 1.2(10): GroceryCo Group

Schedule 1.2(11): GroceryCo Liabilities

Schedule 1.2(12): GroceryCo Group Indebtedness

Schedule 1.2(13): Certain Information Statement Information

Schedule 1.2(14): SnackCo Known Environmental Liabilities

Schedule 1.2(15): GroceryCo Properties

Schedule 1.2(16): Discontinued GroceryCo Businesses

Schedule 1.2(17): Known Environmental Liabilities

Schedule 1.2(18): Unclaimed Property Audit

Schedule 1.2(19): SnackCo Assets

Schedule 1.2(20): SnackCo Equity Interests

Schedule 1.2(21): SnackCo Liabilities

Schedule 1.2(22): SnackCo Group Indebtedness

Schedule 1.2(23): Information Statement

Schedule 1.2(24): SnackCo Properties

Schedule 1.2(25): Discontinued SnackCo Businesses

Schedule 2.3(b)(iii): Surviving Agreements

Schedule 2.7(b): Credit Support Instruments

Exhibit 8.1

[Letterhead of]

SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP

                    , 2012

Kraft Foods Inc.

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, Illinois 60093

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as U.S. tax counsel for Kraft Foods Inc. (“SnackCo”) in connection with a series of transactions (the “Proposed Transaction”) in which (i) Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (“GroceryCo”), a wholly owned subsidiary of SnackCo, will transfer certain U.S. snack assets, including certain subsidiaries, to a newly formed limited liability company, Kraft Foods Snack Company LLC (“New Snack Co”) (which will be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), in exchange for all of the interests in New Snack Co and the assumption of certain liabilities by New Snack Co (the “New Snack Co Contribution”); (ii) Kraft Foods International, Inc. (“KFII”), a wholly owned subsidiary of GroceryCo, will merge into Mondelēz International Holdings LLC (“MIH”), a new wholly owned subsidiary of New Snack Co (which will be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), and KFII’s shares will be cancelled for no consideration (the “Merger”); (iii) GroceryCo will distribute all of its interests in New Snack Co to SnackCo (the “Internal Distribution”); and (iv) SnackCo will distribute the shares of GroceryCo pro rata to SnackCo’s shareholders (the “Distribution”).

This opinion letter relates to the tax-free nature of the Proposed Transaction under sections 355 and 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and certain collateral issues. We have assumed that the Proposed Transaction will occur in accordance with the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of                     , 2012, and all exhibits thereto (the Agreement and all exhibits thereto, collectively being the “Distribution Agreement”) and that the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement, the Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Trademarks and Related Intellectual Property and all other ancillary agreements will be executed in the form included in the Registration Statement on Form 10 as exhibits.

Pursuant to a request filed with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) (including all exhibits thereto and all supplemental submissions, the “Ruling Request”), SnackCo has secured a private letter ruling (the “Ruling”), which addresses certain U.S. federal


Kraft Foods Inc.

                    , 2012

Page 2

income tax consequences of the Proposed Transaction. There are certain issues which, pursuant to IRS policy, the Ruling does not address. Our opinion addresses these issues as well as certain other U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Proposed Transaction in accordance with the Distribution Agreement.

For purposes of the opinion set forth below, we have relied upon such documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate, including without limitation the Distribution Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement, the Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Trademarks and Related Intellectual Property, the Ruling Request, and the Ruling, including all representations, covenants and statements made in such documents. In addition, we have obtained such additional information and representations as we have deemed relevant and necessary through consultation with various representatives of SnackCo, including a written representation letter verifying certain facts that have been represented to us (the “Representation Letter”). We have also reviewed and relied upon the letter and underlying documentation supporting management’s business purpose for the Distribution (the “Business Purpose Letter”).

In our examination of documents, we have assumed that all documents submitted to us as photocopies, facsimile copies, or electronic mail attachments faithfully reproduce the originals thereof, that such originals are authentic, that all such documents have been or will be duly executed to the extent required, and that all obligations imposed by any such documents on the parties thereto have been or will be performed or satisfied in accordance with their terms.

Finally, we have assumed that (i) all parties will act in accordance with the agreements and covenants set forth in the Distribution Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement, the Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Trademarks and Related Intellectual Property and other relevant documents and (ii) the representations and statements made by SnackCo in the Ruling Request, the Ruling, the Distribution Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement, the Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Trademarks and Related Intellectual Property, the Representation Letter, and the Business Purpose Letter and the information contained therein and the information provided to us in other documentation or orally are true, correct, and complete and will remain true, correct, and complete at all times up to and including the time of the Proposed Transaction.

Based on (a) the facts and documents described above, including in particular the Ruling and Ruling Request; (b) the Representation Letter and the Business Purpose Letter executed by the management of SnackCo; and (c) existing provisions of the Code, Treasury Department regulations, IRS announcements, published positions and private


Kraft Foods Inc.

                    , 2012

Page 3

letter rulings, and court decisions in effect as of the date of this opinion, it is our opinion that for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

The Merger

Pursuant to the Ruling, the Merger will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if KFII transferred substantially all of its assets to MIH in exchange for MIH interests with a value equal to the fair market value of KFII’s assets, and such interests will be treated as having been transferred by KFII to GroceryCo in exchange for the stock of KFII (the “KFII Reorganization”). GroceryCo will be deemed to contribute the MIH interests deemed received to New Snack Co as part of the New Snack Co Contribution to reflect the actual ownership of MIH.

 

  1) The KFII Reorganization will qualify as a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(A). KFII and MIH will each be a “party to a reorganization” under section 368(b).

 

  2) No gain or loss will be recognized by KFII upon the transfer of its assets to MIH in exchange for deemed interests in MIH and the assumption by MIH of KFII’s liabilities.

 

  3) No gain or loss will be recognized by MIH on the receipt of KFII’s assets in exchange for deemed interests in MIH.

 

  4) No gain or loss will be recognized by KFII on the deemed distribution of MIH interests to GroceryCo.

 

  5) No gain or loss will be recognized by GroceryCo upon its deemed exchange of KFII stock for MIH interests.

The New Snack Co Contribution and the Internal Distribution

 

  1) The New Snack Co Contribution, followed by the Internal Distribution, will be a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D). GroceryCo and New Snack Co will each be “a party to a reorganization” under section 368(b).

 

  2) No gain or loss will be recognized by GroceryCo on the transfer of the U.S. snack assets, including certain subsidiaries, in exchange for the interests in New Snack Co and the assumption of liabilities by New Snack Co in the New Snack Co Contribution.


Kraft Foods Inc.

                    , 2012

Page 4

 

  3) No gain or loss will be recognized by New Snack Co on the receipt of the U.S. snack assets, including certain subsidiaries, in exchange for the interests in New Snack Co and the assumption of liabilities of GroceryCo in the New Snack Co Contribution.

 

  4) No gain or loss will be recognized by GroceryCo on the distribution of the interests of New Snack Co in the Internal Distribution.

 

  5) No gain or loss will be recognized by (and no amount will be included in the income of) SnackCo upon the receipt of the interests of New Snack Co in the Internal Distribution.

The Distribution

 

  1) No gain or loss will be recognized by SnackCo on the Distribution, except to the extent of any excess loss accounts or deferred intercompany gains.

 

  2) No gain or loss will be recognized by (and no amount will be included in the income of) the shareholders of SnackCo on the Distribution, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares.

 

  3) The aggregate basis of the SnackCo shares and the GroceryCo shares in the hands of each SnackCo shareholder immediately after the Distribution (as adjusted under Treas. Reg. § 1.358-1) will equal the basis the shareholder had in the SnackCo shares immediately before the Distribution, allocated in the manner described in Treas. Reg. § 1.358-2(a)(2)(iv).

 

  4) The holding period of the stock of GroceryCo received by the SnackCo shareholders in the Distribution will include the holding period of the SnackCo shares on which the distribution was made, provided that the shares of SnackCo stock are held as a capital asset on the date of the Distribution.

Our opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, no complete assurance can be given that the opinion expressed herein, if contested, would be sustained by a court. Our opinion is based solely on the documents we have examined, the additional information we have obtained, the assumptions we have made, and the representations that have been made to us. Our opinion cannot be relied upon if any of the facts contained in such documents or in any such additional information are inaccurate or incomplete, or later become inaccurate.

Finally, our opinion is limited to the U.S. federal income tax matters specifically covered hereunder, and we have not been asked to address herein, nor have we addressed


Kraft Foods Inc.

                    , 2012

Page 5

herein, any other federal, state, local, or foreign income, estate, gift, transfer, sales, use, or other tax consequences that may result from the Proposed Transaction or any other transaction.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form 10 of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. We also consent to the use of our name under the caption “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Contribution, Internal Distribution and Distribution” in the Information Statement included in such Registration Statement and to the discussion of this opinion letter in such Information Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Very Truly Yours,

SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

Trustee

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of June 4, 2012

 

 

Debt Securities

 

 

 


KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

Reconciliation and tie showing the location in the Indenture dated as of June 4, 2012 of the provisions inserted pursuant to Sections 310 to 318(a), inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

        

Indenture Section

SECTION 310

  (a) (1)      609
 

(a) (2)

     609
 

(a) (3)

     Not Applicable
 

(a) (4)

     Not Applicable
 

(b)

     608, 610(d)
 

(c)

     Not Applicable

SECTION 311

 

(a)

     613
 

(b)

     613
 

(c)

     Not Applicable

SECTION 312

 

(a)

     701, 702 (a)
 

(b)

     702 (b)
 

(c)

     702 (c)

SECTION 313

 

(a)

     703 (a)
 

(b)

     703 (b)
 

(c)

     703 (a)
 

(d)

     703 (b)

SECTION 314

 

(a)

     704 and 1005
 

(b)

     Not Applicable
 

(c)

     102
 

(c) (1)

     102
 

(c) (2)

     102
 

(c) (3)

     Not Applicable
 

(d)

     Not Applicable
 

(e)

     102

SECTION 315

 

(a)

     601 (a)
 

(b)

     602, 703 (a) and 106
 

(c)

     601 (b)
 

(d)

     601 (c)
 

(d) (1)

     601 (a) (1)
 

(d) (2)

     601 (a) (2)
 

(d) (3)

     601 (c) (3)
 

(e)

     514

SECTION 316

 

(a)

     101
 

(a) (1) (A)

     502 and 512
 

(a) (1) (B)

     513
 

(a) (2)

     Not Applicable
 

(b)

     508
 

(c)

     Not Applicable

 

i


SECTION 317

 

(a) (1)

     503
 

(a) (2)

     504
 

(b)

     1003

SECTION 318

 

(a)

     107

 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

     1   

SECTION 101.

    

Definitions.

     1   

SECTION 102.

    

Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

     11   

SECTION 103.

    

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

     11   

SECTION 104.

    

Acts of Holders.

     12   

SECTION 105.

    

Notices, Etc., to Trustee and the Company.

     14   

SECTION 106.

    

Notice to Holders; Waiver.

     14   

SECTION 107.

    

Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

     15   

SECTION 108.

    

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

     15   

SECTION 109.

    

Successors and Assigns.

     15   

SECTION 110.

    

Separability Clause.

     16   

SECTION 111.

    

Benefits of Indenture.

     16   

SECTION 112.

    

Governing Law, Waiver of Jury Trial.

     16   

SECTION 113.

    

Non-Business Day.

     16   

SECTION 114.

    

Immunity of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors.

     16   

SECTION 115.

    

Certain Matters Relating to Currencies.

     17   

SECTION 116.

    

Language of Notices, Etc.

     17   

SECTION 117.

    

Force Majeure.

     17   

SECTION 118.

    

U.S.A. Patriot Act.

     17   

SECTION 119.

    

Execution in Counterparts.

     18   

ARTICLE TWO SECURITY FORMS

     18   

SECTION 201.

    

Forms of Securities.

     18   

SECTION 202.

    

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

     19   

SECTION 203.

    

Securities in Global Form.

     19   

ARTICLE THREE THE SECURITIES

     20   

SECTION 301.

    

Title; Payment and Terms.

     20   

SECTION 302.

    

Denominations and Currencies.

     23   

SECTION 303.

    

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

     23   

SECTION 304.

    

Temporary Securities and Exchange of Securities.

     25   

SECTION 305.

    

Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

     28   

SECTION 306.

    

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities and Coupons.

     31   

SECTION 307.

    

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

     32   

SECTION 308.

    

Persons Deemed Owners.

     34   

SECTION 309.

    

Cancellation.

     35   

SECTION 310.

    

Computation of Interest.

     35   

SECTION 311.

    

Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities.

     35   

SECTION 312.

    

Appointment and Resignation of Currency Determination Agent.

     38   

SECTION 313.

    

CUSIP Numbers.

     39   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

ARTICLE FOUR SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     39   

SECTION 401.

    

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     39   

SECTION 402.

    

Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     39   

SECTION 403.

    

Covenant Defeasance.

     40   

SECTION 404.

    

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

     40   

SECTION 405.

    

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

     41   

SECTION 406.

    

Survival of Certain Obligations.

     42   

SECTION 407.

    

Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee.

     43   

SECTION 408.

    

Application of Trust Moneys.

     43   

SECTION 409.

    

Repayment to the Company; Unclaimed Money.

     43   

SECTION 410.

    

Reinstatement.

     44   

ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES

     44   

SECTION 501.

    

Events of Default.

     44   

SECTION 502.

    

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

     45   

SECTION 503.

    

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

     47   

SECTION 504.

    

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     47   

SECTION 505.

    

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities or Coupons.

     48   

SECTION 506.

    

Application of Money Collected.

     49   

SECTION 507.

    

Limitation on Suits.

     49   

SECTION 508.

    

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest, if any.

     50   

SECTION 509.

    

Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

     50   

SECTION 510.

    

Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

     50   

SECTION 511.

    

Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

     50   

SECTION 512.

    

Control by Holders.

     51   

SECTION 513.

    

Waiver of Past Defaults.

     51   

SECTION 514.

    

Undertaking for Costs.

     51   

SECTION 515.

    

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

     52   

SECTION 516.

    

Judgment Currency.

     52   

ARTICLE SIX THE TRUSTEE

     53   

SECTION 601.

    

Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

     53   

SECTION 602.

    

Notice of Defaults.

     54   

SECTION 603.

    

Certain Rights of Trustee.

     54   

SECTION 604.

    

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

     56   

SECTION 605.

    

May Hold Securities.

     56   

SECTION 606.

    

Money Held in Trust.

     56   

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

SECTION 607.

    

Compensation and Reimbursement.

     56   

SECTION 608.

    

Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

     57   

SECTION 609.

    

Corporate Trustee Required; Different Trustees for Different Series; Eligibility.

     57   

SECTION 610.

    

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

     58   

SECTION 611.

    

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

     60   

SECTION 612.

    

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

     61   

SECTION 613.

    

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

     61   

SECTION 614.

    

Authenticating Agents.

     61   

ARTICLE SEVEN HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

     63   

SECTION 701.

    

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

     63   

SECTION 702.

    

Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

     63   

SECTION 703.

    

Reports by Trustee.

     64   

SECTION 704.

    

Reports by Company.

     65   

ARTICLE EIGHT CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

     66   

SECTION 801.

    

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

     66   

SECTION 802.

    

Successor Corporation Substituted.

     66   

ARTICLE NINE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     67   

SECTION 901.

    

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

     67   

SECTION 902.

    

Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.

     68   

SECTION 903.

    

Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

     70   

SECTION 904.

    

Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

     70   

SECTION 905.

    

Conformity With Trust Indenture Act.

     70   

SECTION 906.

    

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

     70   

ARTICLE TEN COVENANTS

     70   

SECTION 1001.

    

Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest, if any.

     70   

SECTION 1002.

    

Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     71   

SECTION 1003.

    

Money for Securities Payments To Be Held in Trust.

     72   

SECTION 1004.

    

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

     73   

SECTION 1005.

    

Statements as to Compliance.

     73   

SECTION 1006.

    

Corporate Existence.

     74   

SECTION 1007.

    

Limitations on Liens.

     74   

SECTION 1008.

    

Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

     75   

SECTION 1009.

    

Waiver of Certain Covenants.

     76   

SECTION 1010.

    

Payment of Additional Amounts.

     76   

SECTION 1011.

    

Calculation of Original Issue Discount.

     79   

 

v


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

ARTICLE ELEVEN REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

     79   

SECTION 1101.

    

Applicability of This Article.

     79   

SECTION 1102.

    

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

     79   

SECTION 1103.

    

Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

     80   

SECTION 1104.

    

Notice of Redemption.

     80   

SECTION 1105.

    

Deposit of Redemption Price.

     81   

SECTION 1106.

    

Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

     81   

SECTION 1107.

    

Securities Redeemed in Part.

     82   

SECTION 1108.

    

Tax Redemption; Special Tax Redemption.

     83   

ARTICLE TWELVE SINKING FUNDS

     85   

SECTION 1201.

    

Applicability of This Article.

     85   

SECTION 1202.

    

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments With Securities.

     86   

SECTION 1203.

    

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

     86   

ARTICLE THIRTEEN MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     86   

SECTION 1301.

    

Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called.

     86   

SECTION 1302.

    

Call, Notice and Place of Meetings.

     87   

SECTION 1303.

    

Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings.

     87   

SECTION 1304.

    

Quorum; Action.

     87   

SECTION 1305.

    

Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings.

     88   

SECTION 1306.

    

Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.

     89   

ARTICLE FOURTEEN GUARANTEES

     89   

SECTION 1401.

    

Guarantee

     89   

SECTION 1402.

    

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

     91   

SECTION 1403.

    

Execution and Delivery

     91   

SECTION 1404.

    

Subrogation

     92   

SECTION 1405.

    

Benefits Acknowledged

     92   

SECTION 1406.

    

Release of Guarantees

     92   

 

vi


DEFINED TERMS

 

        

$

     5   

Act

     2   

Affected Security

     2   

Affiliate

     2   

Authenticating Agent

     2   

Authorized Newspapers

     2   

Bearer Security

     2   

Board of Directors

     2   

Board Resolution

     2   

Business Day

     3   

Capital Stock

     3   

Certificate of a Firm of Independent Public Accountants

     3   

Clearstream

     3   

Code

     3   

Commission

     3   

Company

     1, 3   

Company Order

     3   

Company Request

     3   

Component Currency

     4   

Consolidated Capitalization

     4   

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets

     4   

Conversion Event

     4   

Corporate Trust office

     4   

corporation

     4   

coupon

     4   

Currency Determination Agent

     4   

Defaulted Interest

     5   

Depositary

     5   

Determination Notice

     5   

Dollars

     5   

Election Date

     5   

Euro

     5   

Euroclear

     5   

Event of Default

     5   

Exchange Date

     5   

Foreign Currency

     5   

Global Exchange Agent

     5   

Global Securities

     5   

Government Obligations

     5   

Holder

     6   

Indenture

     6   
     Page  

Indexed Security

     6   

interest

     6   

Interest Payment Date

     6   

Issue Date

     7   

Judgment Date

     7   

LIBOR

     7   

LIBOR Currency

     7   

LIBOR Security

     7   

London Business Day

     7   

Luxembourg Stock Exchange

     7   

Market Exchange Rate

     7   

Maturity

     7   

Notice of Default

     7   

Officers’ Certificate

     7   

OID Security

     7   

Opinion of Counsel

     8   

Outstanding

     8   

Paying Agent

     8   

Person

     9   

Place of Payment

     9   

Predecessor Security

     9   

Principal Facility

     9   

Principal Financial Center

     9   

Redemption Date

     9   

Redemption Price

     9   

Registered Security

     9   

Regular Record Date

     9   

Responsible Officer

     10   

Securities

     1, 10   

Security Register

     10   

Security Registrar

     10   

series

     10   

Special Record Date

     10   

Stated Maturity

     10   

Subsidiary

     10   

Substitute Date

     10   

Trust Indenture Act

     10   

Trustee

     1, 10   

United States

     10   

United States Alien

     11   

Western Europe

     11   

Yield to Maturity

     11   
 

 

vii


This is an INDENTURE dated as of June 4, 2012 between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a corporation duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia and having its principal office at Three Lakes Drive, Northfield, Illinois 60093 (hereinafter called the “Company”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, as Trustee (hereinafter called the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company deems it desirable to issue from time to time for its lawful purposes securities (hereinafter called the “Securities”) evidencing its unsecured indebtedness and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Securities, unlimited as to principal amount, to have such titles, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such time or times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company proposes to do all things necessary to make the Securities, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or series thereof, as follows:

Article One

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture and all Securities issued hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to

 

1


any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the date or time of such computation; and

(4) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

Certain terms, used principally in Article Three and Article Six, are defined in those Articles.

“Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

“Affected Security” has the meaning specified Section 1108.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized to authenticate and deliver Securities on behalf of the Trustee for the Securities of any series pursuant to Section 614.

“Authorized Newspapers” means a newspaper customarily published in an official language of the country of publication or in the English language at least once a day for at least five days in each calendar week and of general circulation in The City of New York and in London and, to the extent the Securities are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange shall so require, in Luxembourg or, if it shall be impracticable in the opinion of the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series to make such publication, in another capital city in Western Europe, as defined herein. Such publication (which may be in different newspapers) is expected to be made in the Eastern edition of The Wall Street Journal, in the London edition of the Financial Times and, if applicable, in the Luxemburger Wort.

“Bearer Security” means any Security established pursuant to Section 201 which is payable to bearer.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board or any director or directors and/or officer or officers of the Company to whom that board or committee shall have duly delegated its authority.

“Board Resolution” means (1) a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, or (2) a certificate signed by the director or directors or officer or officers to whom the Board of Directors shall have duly delegated its authority, and delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of any series.

 

2


“Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in The City of New York; provided, however, that, with respect to Securities not denominated in Dollars, the day is also not a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in the Principal Financial Center of the country issuing the Foreign Currency or currency unit or, if the Foreign Currency or currency unit is Euro, the day is also a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open; provided, further, that, with respect to LIBOR Securities, the day is also a London Business Day.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

“Certificate of a Firm of Independent Public Accountants” means a certificate signed by any firm of independent public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Company. The term “independent” when used with respect to any specified firm of public accountants means such a firm which (1) is in fact independent within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder, (2) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company or in any other obligor upon the Securities of any series or in any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor, and (3) is not connected with the Company or such other obligor or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor, as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions, but such firm may be the regular independent accountants employed by the Company. Whenever it is herein provided that any Certificate of a Firm of Independent Public Accountants shall be furnished to the Trustee for Securities of any series, such Certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is independent within the meaning hereof.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking societe anonyme, Luxembourg.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

“Company Request” and “Company Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by (1) a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the

 

3


Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, or (2) by any two Persons designated in a Company Order previously delivered to the Trustee for Securities of any series by any two of the foregoing officers and delivered to the Trustee for Securities of any series.

“Component Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 311(e).

“Consolidated Capitalization” means the total of all of the assets appearing on the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, less the following:

(a) current liabilities, including liabilities for indebtedness maturing more than 12 months from the date of the original creation thereof, but maturing within 12 months from the date of such consolidated balance sheet; and

(b) deferred income tax liabilities appearing on such consolidated balance sheet.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the excess over current liabilities of all assets appearing on the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries less goodwill and other intangible assets and the minority interests of others in Subsidiaries, all as appearing on such balance sheet.

“Conversion Event” means the unavailability of any Foreign Currency or currency unit due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Company’s control.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee for Securities of any series at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, at the date of the execution of this Indenture, is located at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 60 Wall Street, 27th Floor, MS: NYC60-2710 New York NY 10005, Attention: Corporates Team/ Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (in addition, copies of correspondence are to be sent to Deutsche Bank National Trust Company for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Trust & Securities Services, 100 Plaza One, 6th Floor – MS JCY03-0699, Jersey City, NJ 07311-3901, Attention: Corporates Team/ Kraft Foods Group, Inc.), or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

“corporation” includes corporations, limited liability companies, companies and business trusts.

“coupon” means any interest coupon appertaining to a Bearer Security.

“Currency Determination Agent”, with respect to Securities of any series, means, unless otherwise specified in the Securities of any series, a New York Clearing House bank designated pursuant to Section 301 or Section 312.

 

4


“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in the form of a Global Security, the Person designated as Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 301 until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depositary” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depositary” as used with respect to the Securities of any such series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of that series.

“Determination Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 1108(b).

“Dollars” and the sign “$” mean the currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

“Election Date” has the meaning specified in Section 311(e).

“Euro” means the single currency of the participating member states of the European Union as defined under EC Regulation 1103/97 adopted under Article 235 of the Treaty on European Union and under EC Regulation 974/98 adopted under Article 1091(4) of the Treaty on European Union or any successor European legislation from time to time.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.A., as operator of the Euroclear System.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

“Exchange Date” has the meaning specified in Section 304.

“Foreign Currency” means a currency issued and actively maintained as a country’s recognized unit of domestic exchange by the government of any country other than the United States, and such term shall include the Euro.

“Global Exchange Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 304.

“Global Securities” means Securities in global form.

“Government Obligations” means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the government which issued the currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable (except as provided in Section 311(b) and 311(d) in which case with respect to Securities for which an election has occurred pursuant to Section 311(b), or a Conversion Event has occurred as provided in Section 311(d), such obligations shall be issued in the currency or currency unit in which such Securities are payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event) or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of the government which issued the currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as provided in Section 311(b) and 311(d), in which case with respect to Securities for which an election has occurred pursuant to Section 311(b), or a Conversion Event has occurred as provided in Section 311(d), such obligations shall be issued in the currency or currency unit in which such Securities are payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event), the payment

 

5


of which is unconditionally guaranteed by such government, which, in either case, are full faith and credit obligations of such government payable in such currency and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Securities of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Securities of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Securities of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

“Holder”, when used with respect to any Security, means in the case of a Registered Security the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register, and in the case of a Bearer Security the bearer thereof and, when used with respect to any coupon, means any bearer thereof.

“Indenture” means this instrument as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of a particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.

“Indexed Security” means any Security as to which the amount of payments of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest, if any, due thereon is determined with reference to the rate of exchange between the currency or currency unit in which the Security is denominated and any other specified currency or currency unit, to the relationship between two or more currencies or currency units, to the price of one or more specified securities or commodities, to one or more securities or commodities exchange indices or other indices or by other similar methods or formulas, all as specified in accordance with Section 301.

“interest”, when used with respect to any Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

“Interest Payment Date”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

 

6


“Issue Date” means the date on which the Securities of a particular series are originally issued under this Indenture.

“Judgment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 516.

“LIBOR” means, with respect to any LIBOR Security, the rate specified as LIBOR for such series of Securities in accordance with Section 301.

“LIBOR Currency” means the currency specified pursuant to Section 301 as to which LIBOR will be calculated or, if no currency is specified pursuant to Section 301, Dollars.

“LIBOR Security” means any Security which bears interest at a floating rate calculated with reference to LIBOR.

“London Business Day” means, with respect to any LIBOR Security, a day on which commercial banks are open for business, including dealings in the LIBOR Currency, in London.

“Luxembourg Stock Exchange”, unless specified with respect to any particular series of Securities, means the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

“Market Exchange Rate” with respect to any Foreign Currency or currency unit on any date means, unless otherwise specified in accordance with Section 301, the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in such Foreign Currency or currency unit as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for such Foreign Currency or currency unit.

“Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal (or, if the context so requires, in the case of an OID Security, a lesser amount or, in the case of an Indexed Security, an amount determined in accordance with the specified terms of that Security) of that Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, request for redemption, repayment at the option of the holder, pursuant to any sinking fund or otherwise.

“Notice of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501(3).

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by any Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President (any reference to a Vice President of the Company herein shall be deemed to include any Vice President of the Company whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of any series.

“OID Security” means a Security which provides for an amount (excluding any amounts attributable to accrued but unpaid interest thereon) less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

 

7


“Opinion of Counsel” means, for purposes of Section 1108, a written opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing and, for all other purposes hereof, means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(1) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee for such Securities or delivered to such Trustee for cancellation;

(2) Securities or portions thereof for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount and in the required currency or currency unit has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee for such Securities or any Paying Agent (other than the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities (if the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided, however, that, if such Securities or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture, or provision therefor satisfactory to such Trustee has been made; and

(3) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented proof satisfactory to the Trustee for such Securities that any such Securities are held by bona fide holders in due course;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (a) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee for such Securities shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of such Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded; Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of such Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor; (b) the principal amount of an OID Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 502; and (c) the principal amount of a Security denominated in a Foreign Currency or currency unit that shall be deemed to be outstanding for such purposes shall be determined in accordance with Section 115.

“Paying Agent” means the Trustee or any other Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any Securities of any series on behalf of the Company.

 

8


“Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, joint venture, tribunal, trust, government or political subdivision or agency or instrumentality thereof, or any other entity or organization.

“Place of Payment”, when used with respect to the Securities of any particular series, means the place or places where the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series are payable, as contemplated by Section 301.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by that particular Security, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or a Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Security or the Security to which the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, as the case may be.

“Principal Facility” has the meaning specified in Section 1007.

“Principal Financial Center” means, unless otherwise specified in accordance with Section 301:

(1) the capital city of the country issuing the Foreign Currency or currency unit, except that with respect to Dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand and Swiss francs, the “Principal Financial Center” will be The City of New York, Sydney and Melbourne, Toronto, Johannesburg and Zurich, respectively; or

(2) the capital city of the country to which the LIBOR Currency relates, except that with respect to Dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand and Swiss francs, the “Principal Financial Center” will be The City of New York, Toronto, Johannesburg and Zurich, respectively.

“Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means, unless otherwise specified in such Security an amount, in the currency or currency unit in which such Security is denominated or which is otherwise provided for pursuant hereto, equal to the principal amount thereof and premium, if any, thereon, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.

“Registered Security” means any Security established pursuant to Section 201 which is registered in the Security Register.

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of any series, means the date, if any, specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

 

9


“Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee for any series of Securities, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistance secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Securities” means securities evidencing unsecured indebtedness of the Company authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

A “series” of Securities means all Securities denoted as part of the same series authorized by or pursuant to a particular Board Resolution.

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series means a date fixed by the Trustee for such series pursuant to Section 307.

“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security or a coupon representing such installment of interest as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation of which at least a majority of all outstanding stock or other interests having ordinary voting power in the election of directors, managers or trustees (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) thereof is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries.

“Substitute Date” has the meaning specified in Section 516.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument and, subject to the provisions of Article Six hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder. If there shall be at one time more than one Trustee hereunder, “Trustee” shall mean each such Trustee and shall apply to each such Trustee only with respect to those series of Securities with respect to which it is serving as Trustee.

“United States” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series, the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction (including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico).

 

10


“United States Alien” has the meaning specified in Section 1010.

“Western Europe” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series, any of the member states of the European Union as of the date hereof and Switzerland, Norway, Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic and the Slovak Republic (and “Western European” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing).

“Yield to Maturity”, when used with respect to any OID Security, means the yield to maturity, if any, set forth on the face thereof.

SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee for any series of Securities to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to such Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel such action is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate (other than certificates provided pursuant to Section 1005) or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only

 

11


one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.

Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

SECTION 104. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by one or more agents duly appointed in writing. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given by Holders of such series may, alternatively, be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders of Securities of such series voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article Thirteen, or a combination of such instruments and any such record. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities and the Company and any agent of such Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 1306.

The Company may at its discretion set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Registered Securities entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture, but the Company shall have no obligation

 

12


to do so. If not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of Holders of Registered Securities of a particular series made by any Person in respect of any such action or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such vote or consent. Upon the fixing of such a record date those Persons who were Holders of Registered Securities at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled with respect to such Registered Securities to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or association or a member of a partnership, or an official of a public or governmental body, on behalf of such corporation, association, partnership or public or governmental body or by a fiduciary, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.

(c) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities deems sufficient.

(d) The principal amount and serial numbers of Registered Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Security Register.

(e) The principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may be proved by the production of such Bearer Securities or by a certificate executed, as depositary, by any trust company, bank, banker or other depositary, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee for such Securities to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depositary, or exhibited to it, the Bearer Securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Bearer Securities, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by such Trustee to be satisfactory. The Trustee for such Securities and the Company may assume that such ownership of any Bearer Security continues until (1) another certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Bearer Security is produced, (2) such Bearer Security is produced to such Trustee by some other Person, (3) such Bearer Security is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security, or (4) such Bearer Security is no longer Outstanding. The principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Company and the Trustee for such Securities deem sufficient.

(f) Subject to Section 115, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture, the principal amount of an OID Security that may be counted in making such determination and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be equal to the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 at the time the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee for such Securities.

 

13


(g) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee for such Securities, the Security Registrar, any Paying Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

SECTION 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and the Company.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(a) the Trustee for a series of Securities by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing, to or with such Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporates Team/ Kraft Foods Group, Inc., or if sent by facsimile transmission or email in PDF format, to a facsimile number or email address, as the case may be, provided by the Trustee, with a copy sent, first class postage prepaid, to the Trustee addressed to it as provided above, or

(b) the Company by such Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) of Section 501) if furnished in writing and sent, first class postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to such Trustee by the Company, or if sent by facsimile transmission or email in PDF format, to a facsimile number or email address, as the case may be, provided to the Trustee by the Company, with a copy sent, first class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it as provided above.

SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, (1) such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) to Holders of Registered Securities if in writing and sent, first class postage prepaid, or by email in PDF format to each Holder affected by such event, at his physical address or email address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice; and (2) such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) to Holders of Bearer Securities who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee for such purpose within the previous two years if in writing and sent, first class postage prepaid, or by email to each such Holder at his physical address or email address as so filed not later than the latest date and not earlier than the earliest date prescribed for the giving of such notice, or to all other Holders of Bearer Securities if published in an Authorized Newspaper on a Business Day at least twice, the first such publication to be not earlier than the earliest date, and the second such publication to be not later than the latest date, prescribed herein for the giving of such notice.

 

14


In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail, neither the failure to send such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder of a Registered Security shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities given as provided herein. Any notice sent in the manner prescribed by this Indenture shall be deemed to have been given whether or not received by any particular Holder. In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders of Registered Securities by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee for such Securities shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders.

In case by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper or Authorized Newspapers or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to publish any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, then such notification to Holders of Bearer Securities as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee for such Securities shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders for every purpose hereunder. Neither the failure to give notice by publication to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, nor any defect in any notice so published, shall affect the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Registered Securities given as provided herein.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee for such Securities, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

SECTION 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 through 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act through the operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

15


SECTION 110. Separability Clause.

If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities or coupons shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities or in any coupons appertaining thereto, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Securities or coupons, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 112. Governing Law, Waiver of Jury Trial.

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 113. Non-Business Day.

Unless otherwise stated with respect to Securities of any series, in any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of a Security of any particular series shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment with respect to Securities of that series, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities or coupons) payment of principal, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, with respect to such Security need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

SECTION 114. Immunity of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Security or coupon of any series, or for any claim based thereon, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or indirectly through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that this Indenture and all the Securities and coupons of each series are solely corporate obligations, and that no personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is incurred by, any incorporator, stockholder,

 

16


officer or director, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or indirectly through the Company or any successor corporation, because of the incurring of the indebtedness hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or coupons of any series, or to be implied herefrom or therefrom; and that all such personal liability is hereby expressly released and waived as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of the Securities and coupons of each series.

SECTION 115. Certain Matters Relating to Currencies.

Subject to Section 311, each reference to any currency or currency unit in any Security, or in the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture relating thereto, shall mean only the referenced currency or currency unit and no other currency or currency unit. The Trustee shall segregate moneys, funds and accounts held by the Trustee in one currency or currency unit from any moneys, funds or accounts held in any other currencies or currency units, notwithstanding any provision herein which would otherwise permit the Trustee to commingle such amounts. Whenever any action or Act is to be taken hereunder by the Holders of Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency or currency unit, then for purposes of determining the principal amount of Securities held by such Holders, the aggregate principal amount of the Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency or currency unit shall be deemed to be that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such principal amount on the basis of a spot rate of exchange specified to the Trustee for such series in an Officers’ Certificate for such Foreign Currency or currency unit into Dollars as of the date the taking of such action or Act by the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the Securities is evidenced to such Trustee.

SECTION 116. Language of Notices, Etc.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, and any published notice may also be in an official language of the country of publication.

SECTION 117. Force Majeure.

The Trustee, Security Registrar and Paying Agent shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Trustee, Security Registrar or Paying Agent (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

SECTION 118. U.S.A. Patriot Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act) requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account. The parties to this Agreement agree that they

 

17


will provide to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

SECTION 119. Execution in Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in two or more counterparts, which when so executed shall constitute one and the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Article Two

SECURITY FORMS

SECTION 201. Forms of Securities.

The Registered Securities, if any, of each series and the Bearer Securities, if any, of each series and related coupons shall be in such form or forms (including global form) as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with any law, with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto, with any rules of any securities exchange, automated quotation system or clearing agency or to conform to usage, as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities or coupons, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities or coupons. If temporary Securities of any series are issued in global form as permitted by Section 304, the form thereof shall be established as provided in the preceding sentence.

Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, Bearer Securities shall have interest coupons attached.

Prior to the delivery of a Security of any series in any such form to the Trustee for the Securities of such series for authentication, the Company shall deliver to such Trustee the following:

(a) The Board Resolution by or pursuant to which such form of Security has been approved and, if applicable, the supplemental indenture by or pursuant to which such form of Security has been approved;

 

18


(b) An Officers’ Certificate dated the date such Certificate is delivered to such Trustee stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of Securities in such form have been complied with; and

(c) An Opinion of Counsel stating that (A), the Securities in such form have been established by a supplemental indenture or by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with this Article 2 and in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; (B) that the terms of such Securities have been established in accordance with Article 2 and in conformity with the other provisions of this Indenture; (C) that all laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities have been complied with; and (D) Securities in such form, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, when (i) completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to such Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, (ii) authenticated and delivered by such Trustee in accordance with this Indenture within the authorization as to aggregate principal amount established from time to time by the Board of Directors, and (iii) sold in the manner specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to the effects of applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles, to an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities. The definitive Securities and coupons, if any, shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities or coupons, as evidenced by their execution thereof.

(d) The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities under this Section 201 if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders.

SECTION 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

The Certificate of Authentication on all Securities shall be in substantially the following form: “This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:  

 

Authorized Signatory”

SECTION 203. Securities in Global Form.

If any Security of a series is issuable in global form, such Security may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon and may also provide that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities represented

 

19


thereby may from time to time be reduced to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee and in such manner as shall be specified in such Security. Any instructions by the Company with respect to a Security in global form, after its initial issuance, shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 102. Global Securities may be issued in either registered or bearer form and in either temporary or permanent form.

Article Three

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 301. Title; Payment and Terms.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued up to the aggregate principal amount of Securities from time to time authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series, each of which shall be issued pursuant to a Board Resolution or pursuant to a supplemental indenture hereto. There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions or in one or more supplemental indentures or pursuant to one or more supplemental indentures and, subject to Section 303, set forth in, or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate of the Company, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series all or any of the following, as applicable (each of which, if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of that series and set forth in the Securities of that series when issued from time to time):

(1) the title of the Securities of that series (which shall distinguish the Securities of that series from all other series of Securities);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of that series pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107);

(3) whether Securities of that series are to be issuable as Registered Securities, Bearer Securities or both and any restrictions on the exchange of one form of Securities for another and on the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities in either form;

(4) the date or dates (or manner of determining the same) on which the principal of the Securities of that series is payable (which, if so provided in such Board Resolution, may be determined by the Company from time to time and set forth in the Securities of the series issued from time to time);

 

20


(5) the rate or rates (or the manner of calculation thereof) at which the Securities of that series shall bear interest (if any), the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable (or manner of determining the same) and the Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Registered Securities on any Interest Payment Date and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary Global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 307;

(6) the place or places where, subject to the provisions of Section 1002, the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on Securities of that series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, any Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served;

(7) the period or periods within which (or manner of determining the same), the price or prices at which (or manner of determining the same), the currency or currency unit in which, and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of that series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, and any remarketing arrangements with respect to the Securities of that series;

(8) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of that series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which (or manner of determining the same), the price or prices at which (or manner of determining the same), the currency or currency unit in which, and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of that series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(9) if the currency in which the Securities of that series shall be issuable is Dollars, the denominations in which any Registered Securities of that series shall be issuable, if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, and the denominations in which any Bearer Securities of that series shall be issuable, if other than the denomination of $5,000;

(10) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of that series which shall be payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502;

(11) any Events of Default and covenants of the Company with respect to the Securities of that series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

(12) if a Person other than Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is to act as Trustee for the Securities of that series, the name and location of the Corporate Trust Office of such Trustee;

 

21


(13) if other than Dollars, the currency or currency unit in which payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series shall be made or in which the Securities of that series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of the provisions of Section 311;

(14) if the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a currency or currency unit other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, in accordance with provisions in addition to or in lieu of, or in accordance with, the provisions of Section 311, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the currency or currency unit in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the currency or currency unit in which such Securities are to be so payable;

(15) the designation of the original Currency Determination Agent, if any;

(16) if the Securities of such series are issuable as Indexed Securities, the manner in which the amount of payments of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on that series shall be determined;

(17) if the Securities of that series do not bear interest, the applicable dates for purposes of Section 701;

(18) if other than as set forth in Article Four, provisions for the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that series;

(19) the date as of which any Bearer Securities of that series and any Global Security representing Outstanding Securities of that series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of that series to be issued;

(20) the application, if any, of Section 1010 to the Securities of that series;

(21) whether the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security or Securities and, in such case, the Depositary and Global Exchange Agent, if any, for such Global Security or Securities, whether such global form shall be permanent or temporary and, if applicable, the Exchange Date;

(22) if Securities of the series are to be issuable initially in the form of a temporary Global Security, the circumstances under which the temporary Global Security can be exchanged for definitive Securities and whether the definitive Securities will be Registered Securities and/or Bearer Securities and will be in global form and whether interest in respect of any portion of such Global Security payable in respect of an Interest Payment Date prior to the Exchange Date shall be paid to any clearing organization with respect to a portion of such Global Security held for its account and, in such event, the terms and conditions (including any certification requirements) upon

 

22


which any such interest payment received by a clearing organization will be credited to the Persons entitled to interest payable on such Interest Payment Date if other than as provided in this Article Three;

(23) whether the Securities of the series will be convertible or exchangeable into other securities of the Company or another Person, and if so, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable, including the conversion price or exchange rate and the conversion or exchange period, and any additions or changes to the Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series to permit or facilitate such conversion or exchange;

(24) the form of the Securities of the series;

(25) whether the Securities shall be issued with Guarantees and, if so, the terms, if any, of any Guarantee of the payment of principal and interest, if any, with respect to Securities of the Series and any corresponding changes to the provisions of this Indenture as then in effect; and

(26) any other terms of that series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture).

All Securities of any particular series and the coupons appertaining to any Bearer Securities of such series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination, rate of interest, Stated Maturity and the date from which interest, if any, shall accrue, and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution relating thereto. The terms of such Securities, as set forth above, may be determined by the Company from time to time if so provided in or established pursuant to the authority granted in a Board Resolution. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time, and unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened for issuance of additional Securities of such series.

SECTION 302. Denominations and Currencies.

Unless otherwise provided with respect to any series of Securities as contemplated by Section 301, any Registered Securities of a series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, and any Bearer Securities of a series shall be issuable in the denomination of $5,000, or the equivalent amounts thereof in the case of Registered Securities and Bearer Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency or currency unit.

SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

The Securities and any related coupons shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, or one or more of its Presidents or Vice Presidents. The Securities shall be so executed under the corporate seal of the Company reproduced thereon and attested to by its Secretary or any one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

Securities and coupons bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

23


At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series together with any coupons appertaining thereto, executed by the Company to the Trustee for the Securities of such series for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and such Trustee, in accordance with the Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver such Securities; provided, however, that, during the “restricted period” (as defined in Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7) of the United States Treasury Regulations), no Bearer Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States; and provided, further, that a Bearer Security may be delivered outside the United States in connection with its original issuance only if the Person entitled to receive such Bearer Security shall have furnished to the Trustee for the Securities of such series a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture. If any Security shall be represented by a permanent Global Security, then, for purposes of this Section and Section 304, the notation of a beneficial owner’s interest therein upon original issuance of such Security or upon exchange of a portion of a temporary Global Security shall be deemed to be delivery in connection with the original issuance of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent Global Security. Except as permitted by Section 306 or 307, the Trustee for the Securities of a series shall not authenticate and deliver any Bearer Security unless all appurtenant coupons for interest then matured other than matured coupons in default have been detached and canceled. If all the Securities of any one series are not to be issued at one time and if a Board Resolution relating to such Securities shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities, including, without limitation, procedures with respect to interest rate, Stated Maturity, date of issuance and date from which interest, if any, shall accrue.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to Sections 102 and 201 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued.

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication, and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, each Bearer Security shall be dated as of the date of original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued. No Security or coupon appertaining thereto shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein manually executed by the Trustee for such Security or on its behalf pursuant to Section 614, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Each Depositary designated pursuant to Section 301 for a Global Security in registered form must, at the time of its designation and at all times while it serves as Depositary, be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other applicable statute or regulation.

 

24


In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for such series then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such Trustee, or any successor Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee or successor Authentication Agent had itself authenticated such Securities.

SECTION 304. Temporary Securities and Exchange of Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any particular series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee for the Securities of such series shall authenticate and deliver, in the manner specified in Section 303, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, photocopied or otherwise produced, in any denomination, with like terms and conditions as the definitive Securities of like series in lieu of which they are issued in registered form or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities. Any such temporary Securities may be in global form, representing such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein.

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged only in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraphs), if temporary Securities of any particular series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of such definitive Securities, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for such definitive Securities and of a like Stated Maturity and with like terms and provisions upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series, together with all unmatured and matured coupons in default, if any, at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any particular series, the Company shall execute and (in accordance with a Company Order delivered at or prior to the authentication of the first definitive Security of such series) the Trustee for the Securities of such series or the Global Exchange Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of authorized denominations of the same series and of a like Stated Maturity and with like terms and provisions; provided, however, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, no definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Registered Security; and provided, further, that a definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Bearer Security only in compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 303. Until exchanged as hereinabove provided, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of the same series and with like terms and conditions, except as to payment of interest, if any, authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Any temporary Global Security and any permanent Global Security shall, unless otherwise provided therein, be delivered to a Depositary designated pursuant to Section 301.

 

25


Without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the date specified in or determined pursuant to the terms of any such temporary Global Security (the “Exchange Date”), the Securities represented by any temporary Global Security of a series of Securities issuable in bearer form may be exchanged for definitive Securities (subject to the second succeeding paragraph) or Securities to be represented thereafter by one or more permanent Global Securities, without interest coupons. On or after the Exchange Date such temporary Global Security shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee for such Security, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, or the agent appointed by the Company pursuant to Section 301 to effect the exchange of the temporary Global Security for definitive Securities (the “Global Exchange Agent”), and following such surrender, such Trustee or the Global Exchange Agent (as appointed by the Trustee as an Authenticating Agent pursuant to Section 614) shall (1) endorse the temporary Global Security to reflect the reduction of its principal amount by an equal aggregate principal amount of such Security, (2) endorse the applicable permanent Global Security, if any, to reflect the initial amount, or an increase in the amount of Securities represented thereby, (3) manually authenticate such definitive Securities or such permanent Global Security, as the case may be, (4) subject to Section 303, deliver such definitive Securities to the Holder thereof or, as the case may be, deliver such permanent Global Security to the Depositary to be held outside the United States for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream, for credit to the respective accounts at Euroclear and Clearstream, designated by or on behalf of the beneficial owners of such Securities (or to such other accounts as they may direct) and (5) redeliver such temporary Global Security to the Depositary, unless such temporary Global Security shall have been canceled in accordance with Section 309 hereof; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified in such temporary Global Security, upon such presentation by the Depositary, such temporary Global Security shall be accompanied by a certificate dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date and signed by Euroclear as to the portion of such temporary Global Security held for its account then to be exchanged for definitive Securities or one or more permanent Global Securities, as the case may be, and a certificate dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date and signed by Clearstream, as to the portion of such temporary Global Security held for its account then to be exchanged for definitive Securities or one or more permanent Global Securities, as the case may be, each substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B to this Indenture. Each certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, shall be based on certificates of the account holders listed in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, as being entitled to all or any portion of the applicable temporary Global Security. An account holder of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, desiring to effect the exchange of interest in a temporary Global Security for an interest in definitive Securities or one or more permanent Global Securities shall instruct Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, to request such exchange on its behalf and shall deliver to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the Exchange Date. Until so exchanged, temporary Global Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities and permanent Global Securities of the same series authenticated and delivered hereunder, except as provided in the fourth succeeding paragraph.

The delivery to the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series or the Global Exchange Agent by Euroclear or Clearstream of any certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto may be relied upon by the Company and such Trustee or the Global Exchange Agent as conclusive evidence that a corresponding certificate or certificates has or have been delivered to Euroclear or to Clearstream, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

26


On or prior to the Exchange Date, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series or the Global Exchange Agent definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such temporary Global Security, executed by the Company. At any time, on or after the Exchange Date, upon 30 days’ notice to the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series or the Global Exchange Agent by Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, acting at the request of or on behalf of the beneficial owner, a Security represented by a temporary Global Security or a permanent Global Security, as the case may be, may be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities without charge and such Trustee or the Global Exchange Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such temporary Global Security or such permanent Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and with like terms and provisions as the portion of such temporary Global Security or such permanent Global Security to be exchanged, which, unless the Securities of the series are not issuable both as Bearer Securities and as Registered Securities, as contemplated by Section 301, shall be in the form of Bearer Securities or Registered Securities, or any combination thereof, as shall be specified by the beneficial owner thereof; provided, however, that definitive Bearer Securities shall be delivered in exchange for a portion of the temporary Global Security or the permanent Global Security only in compliance with the requirements of the second preceding paragraph. On or prior to the thirtieth day following receipt by the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series or the Global Exchange Agent of such notice with respect to a Security, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, the temporary Global Security or the permanent Global Security, as the case may be, shall be surrendered by the Depositary to such Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, or the Global Exchange Agent to be exchanged in whole, or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities without charge following such surrender, upon the request of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and such Trustee or the Global Exchange Agent shall (1) endorse the applicable temporary Global Security or the permanent Global Security to reflect the reduction of its principal amount by the aggregate principal amount of such Security, (2) in accordance with procedures acceptable to the Trustee cause the terms of such Security and coupons, if any, to be entered on a definitive Security, (3) manually authenticate such definitive Security and (4) if a Bearer Security is to be delivered, deliver such definitive Security outside the United States to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, for or on behalf of the beneficial owner thereof, in exchange for a portion of such permanent Global Security.

Unless otherwise specified in such temporary Global Security or permanent Global Security, any such exchange shall be made free of charge to the beneficial owners of such temporary Global Security or permanent Global Security, except that a Person receiving definitive Securities must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like in the event that such Person does not take delivery of such definitive Securities in person at the offices of Euroclear or Clearstream. Definitive Securities in bearer form to be delivered in exchange for any portion of a temporary Global Security or a permanent Global Security shall be delivered only outside the United States.

 

27


Until exchanged in full as hereinabove provided, any temporary Global Security or permanent Global Security shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of the same series and with like terms and conditions, except as to payment of interest, if any, authenticated and delivered hereunder. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, interest payable on such temporary Global Security on an Interest Payment Date for Securities of such series shall be payable to Euroclear and Clearstream on such Interest Payment Date upon delivery by Euroclear and Clearstream to the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series or the Global Exchange Agent in the case of payment of interest on a temporary Global Security with respect to an Interest Payment Date occurring prior to the applicable Exchange Date of a certificate or certificates substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C to this Indenture, for credit without further interest on or after such Interest Payment Date to the respective accounts of the Persons who are the beneficial owners of such Global Security on such Interest Payment Date and who have, in the case of payment of interest on a temporary Global Security with respect to an Interest Payment Date occurring prior to the applicable Exchange Date, each delivered to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D to this Indenture.

Any definitive Bearer Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series or the Global Exchange Agent in exchange for a portion of a temporary Global Security or a permanent Global Security shall not bear a coupon for any interest which shall theretofore have been duly paid by such Trustee to Euroclear or Clearstream or by the Company to such Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 304.

With respect to Exhibits A, B, C and D to this Indenture, the Company may, in its discretion and if required or desirable under applicable law, substitute one or more other forms of such exhibits for such exhibits, eliminate the requirement that any or all certificates be provided, or change the time that any certificate may be required, provided that such substitute form or forms or notice of elimination or change of such certification requirement have theretofore been delivered to the Trustee with a Company Request and such form or forms, elimination or change is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee for the Securities of each series a register (the register maintained in such office being herein sometimes referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities. The Trustee for the Securities of each series is hereby initially appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities of such series as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any particular series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee for the Securities of each series shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of any authorized denominations, and of a like Stated Maturity and of a like series and aggregate principal amount and with like terms and conditions.

 

28


Except as set forth below, at the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any particular series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of any authorized denominations, and of a like Stated Maturity and of a like series and aggregate principal amount and with like terms and conditions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee for such Securities shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, Registered Securities may not be exchanged for Bearer Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section or Section 304, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Registered Securities in definitive form, a Global Security representing all or a portion of the Registered Securities of a series may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary for such series or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

At the option of the Holder, Bearer Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and with like terms and provisions upon surrender of the Bearer Securities to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, with all unmatured coupons and all matured coupons in default thereto appertaining. If the Holder of a Bearer Security is unable to produce any such unmatured coupon or coupons or matured coupon or coupons in default, such exchange may be effected if the Bearer Securities are accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company (or to the Trustee for the Security in case of matured coupons in default) in an amount equal to the face amount of such missing coupon or coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and such Trustee if there is furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which such a payment shall have been made, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, interest represented by coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons at an office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series located outside the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at any such office or agency in exchange for a Registered Security of the same series and with like terms and conditions after the close of business at such office or agency on or after (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be (or, if such coupon is so surrendered with such Bearer Security, such coupon shall be returned to the person so surrendering the Bearer Security), and interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

29


Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee for such Securities shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

If at any time the Depositary for Securities of a series in registered form notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Securities of such series or if at any time the Depositary for the Securities of such series shall no longer be eligible under Section 303, the Company shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to the Securities for such series. If (i) a successor Depositary for the Securities of such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee for Securities of such series in registered form a Company Order stating that the Securities of such series shall be exchangeable, or (iii) an Event of Default under Section 501 hereof has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Securities of such series, the Company’s election pursuant to Section 301 shall no longer be effective with respect to the Securities for such series and the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver Securities of such series in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security or Securities representing such series in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.

The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Registered Securities of any series issued in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities. In such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of definitive Registered Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver, Registered Securities of such series in definitive form and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security or Securities representing such series in exchange for such Global Security or Securities. If specified by the Company pursuant to Section 301 with respect to a series of Securities in registered form, the Depositary for such series of Securities may surrender a Global Security for such series of Securities in exchange in whole or in part for Securities of such series of like tenor and terms and in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depositary. Thereupon the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge, (i) to each Person specified by such Depositary a new Security or Securities of the same series, of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Security; and (ii) to such Depositary a new Global Security of like tenor and terms and in a denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Securities delivered to Holders thereof.

Upon the exchange of a Global Security for Securities in definitive form, such Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee. Registered Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee in writing. The Trustee shall deliver such Registered Security to the persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

 

30


All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee for such Security) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar for such series duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that series selected for redemption under Section 1104 and ending at the close of business on (A) if Securities of the series are issuable only as Registered Securities, the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption and (B) if Securities of the series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the day of the first publication of the relevant notice of redemption or, if Securities of the series are also issuable as Registered Securities and there is no publication, the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption as a whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part, or (iii) to exchange any Bearer Security so selected for redemption except that such a Bearer Security may be exchanged for a Registered Security of that series and like tenor; provided, however, that such Registered Security shall be simultaneously surrendered for redemption.

Furthermore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 305, the Company will not be required to exchange any Securities if, as a result of the exchange, the Company would suffer adverse consequences under any United States law or regulation.

SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities and Coupons.

If (i) any mutilated Security or a Security with a mutilated coupon appertaining thereto is surrendered to the Trustee for such Security or the Company and the Trustee for a Security receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security or coupon and (ii) there is delivered to the Company and such Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of written notice to the Company or such Trustee that such Security or coupon has been acquired by a protected purchaser (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), the Company shall execute and upon its written request such Trustee shall authenticate

 

31


and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for such mutilated Security, or in exchange for the Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains (with all appurtenant coupons not mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen) a new Security of the same series and in a like principal amount and of a like Stated Maturity and with like terms and conditions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or to the Security to which such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security or coupon (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security or coupon) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee for such Security such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and such Trustee and any agent of either of them of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and the ownership thereof; provided, however, that principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on Bearer Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any interest on Bearer Securities shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including all fees and expenses of the Trustee for such Security) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series, with its coupons, if any, issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for any mutilated Security, or in exchange for a Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security and its coupons, if any, or the destroyed, lost or stolen coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and each such new Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and each such new Security shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series and their coupons, if any, duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or coupons.

SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

Interest on any Registered Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, if so provided in such Security, be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest payment.

 

32


Unless otherwise provided with respect to the Securities of any series, payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company (i) in the case of Registered Securities, by check mailed or delivered to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or by transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located inside the United States, or (ii) in the case of Bearer Securities, upon presentation and surrender of the appropriate coupon appertaining thereto or by transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located outside the United States.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series in definitive form, whether having identical or different terms and provisions, having the same Interest Payment Dates will, at the option of the Company, be entitled to receive interest payments, other than at Maturity, by wire transfer of immediately available funds if appropriate wire transfer instructions have been received in writing by the Trustee for the Securities of such series at least 15 days prior to the applicable Interest Payment Date. Any wire instructions received by the Trustee for the Securities of such series shall remain in effect until revoked by the Holder.

Unless otherwise provided or contemplated by Section 301, every permanent Global Security will provide that interest, if any, payable on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to each of Euroclear and Clearstream with respect to that portion of such permanent Global Security held for its account by the Depositary. Each of Euroclear and Clearstream will in such circumstances credit the interest received by it in respect of such permanent Global Security to the accounts of the beneficial owners thereof.

Any interest on any Registered Security of any particular series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of that series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee for the Registered Securities of such series in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of that series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with such Trustee an amount of money in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d)), equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to such Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon such Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by

 

33


such Trustee of the written notice of the proposed payment. Such Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of that series at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Such Trustee may, in its discretion, in the name and at the expense of the Company, cause a similar notice to be published at least once in an Authorized Newspaper published in The City of New York and London, but such publication shall not be a condition precedent to the establishment of such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of that series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2);

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on Registered Securities of any particular series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Registered Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice is given by the Company to the Trustee for the Securities of such series of the proposed manner of payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by such Trustee. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 305, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee for such Security and any agent of the Company or such Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 307) interest, if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and none of the Company, such Trustee or any agent of the Company or such Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Title to any Bearer Security and any coupons appertaining thereto shall pass by delivery. The Company, the Trustee for such Security and any agent of the Company or such Trustee may treat the bearer of any Bearer Security and the bearer of any coupon as the absolute owner of such Bearer Security or coupon for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security or coupon be overdue, and none of the Company, such Trustee or any agent of the Company or such Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

34


SECTION 309. Cancellation.

All Securities and coupons surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange, or delivered in satisfaction of any sinking fund payment, shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee for such Securities, be delivered to such Trustee and, in the case of Registered Securities and matured coupons, shall be promptly canceled by it. All Bearer Securities and unmatured coupons so delivered to the Trustee for such Securities shall be canceled by such Trustee. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for Securities of a series for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by such Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, in the case of a series, all the Securities of which are not to be originally issued at one time, a Security of such series shall not be deemed to have been Outstanding at any time hereunder if and to the extent that, subsequent to the authentication and delivery thereof, such Security is delivered to the Trustee for such Security for cancellation by the Company or any agent thereof upon the failure of the original purchaser thereof to make payment therefor against delivery thereof, and any Security so delivered to such Trustee shall be promptly canceled by it. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities and coupons held by the Trustee for such Securities shall be disposed of by such Trustee in accordance with its standard procedures and, upon the Company’s written request, a certificate of disposition evidencing such disposition of Securities and coupons shall be provided to the Company by such Trustee. In the case of any temporary Global Security, which shall be disposed of if the entire aggregate principal amount of the Securities represented thereby has been exchanged, the certificate of disposition shall state that all certificates required pursuant to Section 304 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (or in the form of any substitute exhibit as provided in the last paragraph of Section 304), to be given by Euroclear or Clearstream, have been duly presented to the Trustee for such Securities by Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be. Permanent Global Securities shall not be disposed of until exchanged in full for definitive Securities or until payment thereon is made in full.

SECTION 310. Computation of Interest.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any particular series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 311. Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities.

Unless otherwise specified in accordance with Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (d) below, principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on Securities of any series denominated in a Foreign Currency or currency unit will be payable by the Company in Dollars based on the equivalent of that Foreign Currency or currency unit converted into Dollars in the manner described in paragraph (c) below.

 

35


(b) It may be provided pursuant to Section 301 with respect to Registered Securities of any series denominated in a Foreign Currency or currency unit that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraph (d) below, to receive payments of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on such Registered Securities in such Foreign Currency or currency unit by delivering to the Trustee (or to any duly appointed Paying Agent) for the Registered Securities of that series a written election, to be in form and substance satisfactory to such Trustee (or to any such Paying Agent), not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date. If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in such Foreign Currency or currency unit, such election will remain in effect for such Holder until changed by such Holder by written notice to the Trustee (or to any such Paying Agent) for the Registered Securities of that series; provided, however, that any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date; and provided, further, that no such change or election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred, the Company has exercised any defeasance, satisfaction or discharge options pursuant to Article Four or notice of redemption has been given by the Company pursuant to Article Eleven. If any Holder makes any such election, such election will not be effective as to any transferee of such Holder and such transferee shall be paid in Dollars unless such transferee makes an election as specified above; provided, however, that such election, if in effect while funds are on deposit with respect to the Registered Securities of such series as described in Section 404 or 405, will be effective on any transferee of such Holder unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for such Registered Securities. Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee (or to any duly appointed Paying Agent) for the Registered Securities of such series not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in Dollars.

(c) With respect to any Registered Securities of any series denominated in a Foreign Currency or currency unit and payable in Dollars, the amount of Dollars so payable will be determined by the Currency Determination Agent based on the indicative quotation in The City of New York selected by the Currency Determination Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the applicable payment date that yields the largest number of Dollars on conversion of Foreign Currency or currency units. Such selection shall be made from among the quotations appearing on the bank composite or multi-contributor pages of the Reuters Monitor Foreign Exchange Service or, if not available, the Bridge Telerate Monitor Foreign Exchange Service, for three (or two if three are not available) major banks in The City of New York. The first three (or two) such banks selected by the Currency Determination Agent which are offering quotes on the Reuters Foreign Exchange Service, as the case may be, shall be used. If such quotations are unavailable from either such foreign exchange service, such selection shall be made from the quotations received by the Currency Determination Agent from no more than three nor less than two recognized foreign exchange dealers in The City of New York selected by the Currency Determination Agent and approved by the Company (one of which may be the Currency Determination Agent) for the purchase by the quoting dealer, for settlement on such payment date, of the aggregate amount of

 

36


the Foreign Currency or currency unit payable on such payment date in respect of all Registered Securities denominated in such Foreign Currency or currency unit and for which the applicable dealer commits to execute a contract. If fewer than two such bid quotations are available at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the applicable payment date, such payment will be based on the Market Exchange Rate as of the second Business Day preceding the applicable payment date. If the Market Exchange Rate for such date is not then available, payments shall be made in the Foreign Currency or currency unit.

(d) If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency or currency unit in which Registered Securities of any series are payable, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Registered Securities of that series occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency or currency unit was used, the Company may make such payment in Dollars. The Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee for the Registered Securities of such series and by such Trustee or any Paying Agent for the Registered Securities of such series to the Holders of such Registered Securities with respect to such payment date shall be determined by the Currency Determination Agent on the basis of the Market Exchange Rate as of the second Business Day preceding the applicable payment date or, if such Market Exchange Rate is not then available, on the basis of the most recently available Market Exchange Rate, or as otherwise established pursuant to Section 301 with respect to such Notes. Any payment in respect of such Registered Security made under such circumstances in Dollars will not constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

(e) For purposes of this Indenture the following terms shall have the following meanings:

A “Component Currency” shall mean any currency which is a component of any unit.

“Election Date” shall mean, for the Registered Securities of any series, the date specified pursuant to Section 301(14).

(f) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 311, the following shall apply: (i) if the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the number of units of that currency as a component shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion, (ii) if two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the amounts of those currencies as components shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the amounts of the consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such a single currency, (iii) if any Component Currency is divided into two or more currencies, the amount of that original Component Currency as a component shall be replaced by the amounts of such two or more currencies having an aggregate value on the date of division equal to the amount of the former Component Currency immediately before such division and (iv) in the event of an official redenomination of any currency (including, without limitation, a currency unit), the obligations of the Company to make payments in or with reference to such currency on the Registered Securities of any series shall, in all cases, be deemed immediately following such redenomination to be obligations to make payments in or with reference to that amount of redenominated currency representing the amount of such currency immediately before such redenomination.

 

37


(g) All determinations referred to in this Section 311 made by the Currency Determination Agent shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Holders of the applicable Securities. The Currency Determination Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Trustee for the Securities of such series of any such decision or determination. The Currency Determination Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Trustee of any such decision or determination. The Currency Determination Agent shall have no liability for any determinations referred to in this Section 311 made by it in the absence of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

(h) The Trustee for the Securities of a particular series shall be fully justified and protected in relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Currency Determination Agent with respect to any of the matters addressed in or contemplated by this Section 311 and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine such information independently.

SECTION 312. Appointment and Resignation of Currency Determination Agent.

(a) If and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency unit or a currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency unit or a currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company shall maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, a Currency Determination Agent. The Company shall cause the Currency Determination Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 301 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and for the purpose of converting the issued currency or currency unit into the applicable payment currency or currency unit for the payment of principal, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 311.

(b) No resignation of the Currency Determination Agent and no appointment of a successor Currency Determination Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Currency Determination Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities accepting such appointment executed by the successor Currency Determination Agent.

(c) If the Currency Determination Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Currency Determination Agent for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Currency Determination Agent or Currency Determination Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Currency Determination Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall only be one Currency Determination Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series).

 

38


SECTION 313. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

Article Four

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 401. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Securities of any series, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to a particular series of Securities, elect to have either Section 402 or 403 be applied to all of the Outstanding Securities of that series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Four.

SECTION 402. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 401 of the option applicable to this Section 402, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all Outstanding Securities of the particular series on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all the obligations relating to the Outstanding Securities of that series and the Securities of that series shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 406, Section 408 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to below in this Section 402, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture and cured all then existing Events of Default (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Securities of the particular series and coupons, if any, of such series to receive payments in respect of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due or on the Redemption Date solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture; (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities concerning issuing temporary Securities of that series, or, where relevant, registration of such Securities, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities of that series and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Security payments held in trust; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee for the Securities of that series, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and (d) this Article Four and the obligations set forth in Section 406 hereof. Subject to compliance with this Article Four, the Company may exercise its option under Section 402 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 403 with respect to the Securities of a particular series.

 

39


SECTION 403. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 401 of the option applicable to this Section 403, the Company shall be released from any obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 704, 801, 1007 and 1008 hereof with respect to the Outstanding Securities of the particular series on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Securities of that series shall thereafter be deemed not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Securities shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Securities of that series, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a default or Event of Default under subsection 501(3) but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Securities of that series shall be unaffected thereby.

SECTION 404. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 402 or Section 403 to the outstanding Securities of a particular series:

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit, or cause to be irrevocably deposited, with the Trustee for the Securities of that series, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of that series, cash in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of that series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of that series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d), in which case the deposit to be made with respect to Securities for which an election has occurred pursuant to Section 311(b), or a Conversion Event has occurred as provided in Section 311(d), shall be made in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of that series are payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event), Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay principal, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, due on the outstanding Securities of that series and any related coupons at the Stated Maturity, or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, with respect to the outstanding Securities of that series and any related coupons;

(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of that series an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to such Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue

 

40


Service a ruling or (2) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of that series an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to such Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Event of Default or event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit after giving effect to such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and no Event of Default under Section 501(4) or Section 501(5) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 123rd day after such date;

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound; and

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of that series an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

SECTION 405. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Securities of any particular series issued hereunder when either (i) all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered and all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto (except (A) coupons appertaining to Bearer Securities surrendered for exchange for Registered Securities and maturing after such exchange, whose surrender is not required or has been waived as provided in Section 305, (B) lost, stolen or destroyed Securities or coupons of such series which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, (C) coupons appertaining to Securities called for redemption and maturing after the relevant Redemption Date, whose surrender is not required as provided in Section 1106 and (D) Securities and coupons of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in the last paragraph of Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of that series for cancellation or (ii) (A) all Securities of that series and any coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to Trustee for

 

41


cancellation are due and payable by their terms within one year or have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with such Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount of cash in any combination of currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d), in which case the deposit to be made with respect to Securities for which an election has occurred pursuant to Section 311(b) or a Conversion Event has occurred as provided in Section 311(d), shall be made in the currency or currency unit in which such Securities are payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event) sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities and coupons not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of that series for cancellation of principal, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; (B) no Event of Default or event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit after giving effect thereto and no Event of Default under Section 501(4) or Section 501(5) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 123rd day after such date; (C) the Company has paid, or caused to be paid, all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and (D) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee for the Securities of that series under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Securities and coupons at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be. In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee for the Securities of that series stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

SECTION 406. Survival of Certain Obligations.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and of the Securities of a particular series referred to in Sections 401, 402, 404, or 405, the respective obligations of the Company and the Trustee for the Securities of a particular series under Sections 303, 304, 305, 307, 309, 407, 408, 409, 410, and 508, Article Six, and Sections 701, 702, 1002, 1003, 1004 and 1006, shall survive with respect to Securities of that series until the Securities of that series are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Company and the Trustee for the Securities of a particular series with respect to that series under Sections 407, 408, 409, 410 and 607 shall survive. Nothing contained in this Article Four shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee of any series of Securities under this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 404 or 405 with respect to all the Securities of any series not payable in Dollars, upon the happening of any Conversion Event the Company shall be obligated to make the payments in Dollars required by Section 311(d) to the extent that the Trustee is unable to convert any Foreign Currency or currency unit or currency unit in its possession pursuant to Sections 404 or 405 into the Dollar equivalent of such Foreign Currency or currency unit, as the case may be. If, after the deposits referred to in Sections 404 or 405 have been made, (x) the Holder of a Security is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 311(b) to receive payment in a currency or currency unit other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Sections 404 or 405 was made, or (y) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 311(d), then the indebtedness represented by such Security shall be fully discharged to the extent that the deposit made with respect to such

 

42


Security shall be converted into the currency or currency unit in which such Security is payable. The Trustee shall return to the Company any non-converted funds or securities in its possession after such payments have been made.

SECTION 407. Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee.

Subject to Section 410, after (i) the conditions of Section 404 or 405 have been satisfied with respect to the Securities of a particular series, (ii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company and (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of that series an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent referred to in clause (i) above relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, the Trustee for the Securities of that series upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of all of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified in this Article Four.

SECTION 408. Application of Trust Moneys.

All money and Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee for the Securities of a particular series pursuant to Section 404 or 405 in respect of the Securities of that series shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the Securities and all related coupons of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee for the Securities of a particular series against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 404 or 405 with respect to the Securities of that series or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Securities of that series.

SECTION 409. Repayment to the Company; Unclaimed Money.

The Trustee and any Paying Agent for a series of Securities shall promptly pay or return to the Company upon Company Order any cash or Government Obligations held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities and all related coupons for Securities of that series for which cash or Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 404 or 405. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent for the Securities of any series, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any Security of any particular series and all related coupons appertaining thereto and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and premium, if any, and interest, if any, has become due and payable shall, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat, or abandoned or unclaimed property law, be paid to the Company on Company Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trusts; and the Holder of such Security and all related coupons shall, thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of such Trustee or such

 

43


Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that such Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment may give written notice to the Holder of such Security in the manner set forth in Section 106, that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat, or abandoned or unclaimed property law, be repaid to the Company, as the case may be.

SECTION 410. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent for a series of Securities is unable to apply any cash or Government Obligations, as applicable, in accordance with Section 402, 403, 404 or 405 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities of that series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 402, 403, 404 or 405 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent for that series is permitted to apply all such cash or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 402, 403, 404 or 405; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any Securities and any related coupons because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities and such coupons to receive such payment from the cash or Government Obligations, as applicable, held by such Trustee or Paying Agent.

Article Five

REMEDIES

SECTION 501. Events of Default.

“Event of Default” wherever used herein with respect to any particular series of Securities means any one of the following events and such other events as may be established with respect to the Securities of such series as contemplated by Section 301 (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any Security of that series and any related coupon when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(2) default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on any Security of that series at its Maturity or default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment when and as due by the terms of any Security of that series; or

(3) default in the performance of, or breach of, any covenant or warranty of the Company in respect of any Security of that series contained in this Indenture or in such Securities (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or

 

44


whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with) or in the applicable Board Resolution under which such series is issued as contemplated by Section 301 and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee for the Securities of such series or to the Company and such Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(4) the Company shall commence any case or proceeding seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as debtor or to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent or seeking reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, arrangement, composition or readjustment of its debts or any other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement, composition, readjustment of debt or other similar act or law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, now or hereafter existing; or the Company shall apply for a receiver, custodian or trustee (other than any trustee appointed as a mortgagee or secured party in connection with the issuance of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company) of it or for all or a substantial part of its property; or the Company shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the Company shall take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

(5) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or similar official of it or any substantial part of its property; and such case or other proceeding (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or a similar order against it or (B) shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(6) any other Event of Default provided in the Security or the Board Resolution with respect to Securities of that series.

SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

If an Event of Default with respect to any particular series of Securities and any related coupons occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default described in Section 501(4) or 501(5)), then and in every such case either the Trustee for the Securities of such series or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the entire principal amount (or, in the case of (i) OID Securities, such lesser amount as may be provided for in the terms of that series or (ii) Indexed Securities, the amount determined in accordance with the specified terms of those Securities) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to such Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration of acceleration such principal or such lesser amount, as the case may be, together with accrued interest and all other amounts owing hereunder, shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

 

45


If any Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) or 501(5) occurs with respect to the Company, all of the unpaid principal amount (or, if the Securities of any series then outstanding are (i) OID Securities, such lesser amount as may be provided for in the terms of that series or (ii) Indexed Securities, the amount determined in accordance with the specified terms of those Securities) and accrued interest on all Securities of each series then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any Holder.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee for the Securities of any series as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and such Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with such Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d)): 33

(A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series and any related coupons;

(B) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon from the date such principal became due at a rate per annum equal to the rate borne by the Securities of such series (or, in the case of (i) OID Securities, the Securities’ Yield to Maturity or (ii) Indexed Securities, the rate determined in accordance with the specified terms of those Securities), to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable;

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate borne by the Securities of such series (or, in the case of (i) OID Securities, the Securities’ Yield to Maturity or (ii) Indexed Securities, the rate determined in accordance with the specified terms of those Securities); and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by such Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of such Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to such Trustee under Section 607;

and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to the Securities of such series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of Securities of that series which has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

 

46


No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

The Company covenants that if:

(1) default is made in the payment of any interest upon any Security of any series and any related coupons when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days; or

(2) default is made in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on any Security of any series at its Maturity;

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee for the Securities of such series, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities and coupons, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities and coupons for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, with interest upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate borne by such Securities (or, in the case of (i) OID Securities, the Securities’ Yield to Maturity or (ii) Indexed Securities, the rate determined in accordance with the specified terms of those Securities); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of such Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to such Trustee under Section 607.

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, such Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding against the Company for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any particular series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee for the Securities of such series may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of that series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as such Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of any series), its property or its creditors, the Trustee for the Securities of such series irrespective of whether the principal (or, if the Securities of such series are (i) OID Securities or (ii) Indexed Securities, such amount as may be due and payable with respect to such Securities pursuant to a declaration in accordance with Section 502) on any Security of such series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of

 

47


whether such Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or, if the Securities of such series are (i) OID Securities or (ii) Indexed Securities, such amount as may be due and payable with respect to such Securities pursuant to a declaration in accordance with Section 502), premium, if any, and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities of such series and any related coupons and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of such Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of such Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to such Trustee under Section 607) and of the Holders of the Securities of such series and any related coupons allowed in such judicial proceeding;

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and

(iii) unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders of the Securities of such series in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other person performing similar functions;

and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities and coupons to make such payments to such Trustee, and in the event that such Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders of Securities and coupons, to pay to such Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of such Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due such Trustee under Section 607. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee for the Securities of any series to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security or coupon any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of such series or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee for the Securities or coupons of any series to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding, except as aforesaid, for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other person performing similar functions.

SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities or Coupons.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities or coupons of any series may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee for the Securities of any series without the possession of any of the Securities or coupons of such series or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by such Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of such Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to such Trustee under Section 607, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities and coupons of such series in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

48


SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected.

Any money collected by the Trustee for the Securities of any series pursuant to this Article with respect to the Securities or coupons of such series shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by such Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or premium, if any, or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities or coupons of such series, or both, as the case may be, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: to the payment of all amounts due such Trustee under Section 607;

Second: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities and coupons of such series for principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities and coupons for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, respectively; and

Third: the balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of any Security of any particular series or any related coupons shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(1) an Event of Default with respect to that series shall have occurred and be continuing and such Holder shall have previously given written notice to the Trustee for the Securities of such series of such default and the continuance thereof;

(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee for the Securities of such series to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to such Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) such Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to such Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; it being understood and intended and being expressly covenanted by the taker and holder of every Security, with every other taker

 

49


and holder with the Trustee that no one or more Holders of Securities of that series shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities of that series, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders of Securities of that series (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest, if any.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security or coupon shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 307) interest, if any, on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security or coupon (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee for the Securities of any series or any Holder of a Security or coupon has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to such Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, such Trustee and the Holders of Securities or coupons shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of such Trustee and such Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or coupons in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee for the Securities of any series or to the Holders of Securities or coupons is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee for the Securities of any series or of any Holder of any Security of such series to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to such Trustee for the Securities or coupons of any series or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by such Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

50


SECTION 512. Control by Holders.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any particular series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee for the Securities of such series with respect to the Securities of that series or exercising any trust or power conferred on such Trustee with respect to such Securities, provided that:

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture and could not involve the Trustee in personal liability; and

(2) such Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by such Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any particular series and any related coupons may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of that series waive any past default hereunder with respect to that series and its consequences, except:

(1) a default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Security of that series; or

(2) a default with respect to a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of that series affected.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 514. Undertaking for Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security or coupon by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for the Securities or coupons of any series for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee for the Securities of any series, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any particular series or to any suit instituted

 

51


by any Holder of any Security or coupon for the enforcement of the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Security of such series or the payment of any coupon on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security or coupon (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

SECTION 515. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee for any series of Securities, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 516. Judgment Currency.

If, for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any court with respect to any obligation of the Company hereunder or under any Security or any related coupon, it shall become necessary to convert any amount in the currency or currency unit due hereunder or under such Security or coupon into any other currency or currency unit, then such conversion shall be made by the Currency Determination Agent at the Market Exchange Rate as in effect on the date of entry of the judgment (the “Judgment Date”). If pursuant to any such judgment, conversion shall be made on a date (the “Substitute Date”) other than the Judgment Date and there shall occur a change between the Market Exchange Rate as in effect on the Judgment Date and the Market Exchange Rate as in effect on the Substitute Date, the Company agrees to pay such additional amounts (if any) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid is equal to the amount in such other currency or currency unit which, when converted at the Market Exchange Rate as in effect on the Judgment Date, is the amount due hereunder or under such Security or coupon. Any amount due from the Company under this Section 516 shall be due as a separate debt and is not to be affected by or merged into any judgment being obtained for any other sums due hereunder or in respect of any Security or coupon. In no event, however, shall the Company be required to pay more in the currency or currency unit due hereunder or under such Security or coupon at the Market Exchange Rate as in effect on the Judgment Date than the amount of currency or currency unit stated to be due hereunder or under such Security or coupon so that in any event the Company’s obligations hereunder or under such Security or coupon will be effectively maintained as obligations in such currency or currency unit, and the Company shall be entitled to withhold (or be reimbursed for, as the case may be) any excess of the amount actually realized upon any such conversion on the Substitute Date over the amount due and payable on the Judgment Date.

 

52


Article Six

THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series for which the Trustee is serving as such,

(1) such Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against such Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of willful misconduct on its part, such Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to such Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to such Trustee, such Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(b) In case an Event of Default with respect to a series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee for the Securities of such series shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee for Securities of any series from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;

(2) such Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) such Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any particular series, determined as provided in Sections 104 and 512, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to such Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon such Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that series; and

 

53


(4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee for any series of Securities to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee for any series of Securities shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults.

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to Securities of any particular series, the Trustee for the Securities of such series shall give to Holders of Securities of that series, in the manner set forth in Section 106, notice of such default actually known to a Responsible Officer of such Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Security of that series, or in the deposit of any sinking fund payment with respect to Securities of that series, such Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of such Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of Securities of that series and related coupons; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 501(3) with respect to Securities of that series no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of that series.

SECTION 603. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 601:

(a) the Trustee for any series of Security may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, discretion, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture such Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

 

54


(d) such Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) such Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this Indenture for which it is acting as Trustee, unless such Holders shall have offered to such Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(f) such Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, discretion, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but such Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters at it may see fit, and, if such Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

(g) such Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and such Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, by the Company or by any Holder of the Securities, and such notice references the Securities and the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee should be deemed to have knowledge of any default or Event of Default with respect to matters set forth in Sections 501(1) and 501(2).

(i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

(j) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 

55


(l) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder; and

(m) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

SECTION 604. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication thereof, and in any coupons shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee for any series of Securities, nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee for any series of Securities makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities of any series or coupons. Neither the Trustee for any series of Securities nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 605. May Hold Securities.

The Trustee for any series of Securities, any Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company or such Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not such Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust.

Money held by the Trustee for any series of Securities in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except as provided in Section 115 and except to the extent required by law. The Trustee for any series of Securities shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement.

The Company agrees:

(1) to pay to the Trustee for any series of Securities from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee for any series of Securities in Dollars upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by such Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its gross negligence or bad faith; and

 

56


(3) to indemnify such Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their agents in Dollars for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, damage, claims, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether or not asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder; or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section.

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section the Trustee for any series of Securities shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by such Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on particular Securities.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) or (5), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.

The Company’s obligations under this Section 607 and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the discharge of the Company’s obligations pursuant to Article Four of this Indenture and/or the termination of this Indenture.

SECTION 608. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

The Trustee for the Securities shall be subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act during the period of time required thereby. Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. In determining whether the Trustee has a conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the Securities of any series, there shall be excluded Securities of any particular series of Securities other than that series.

SECTION 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Different Trustees for Different Series; Eligibility.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be

(i) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by federal or State authority, or

 

57


(ii) a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation, or other order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees,

having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under the common control with the Company shall serve as Trustee for the Securities. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereunder specified in this Article.

A different Trustee may be appointed by the Company for each series of Securities prior to the issuance of such Securities. If the initial Trustee for any series of Securities is to be other than Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Company and such Trustee shall, prior to the issuance of such Securities, execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto, which shall provide for the appointment of such Trustee as Trustee for the Securities of such series and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

SECTION 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee for the Securities of any series and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611.

(b) The Trustee for the Securities of any series may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of such series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of such series within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction, at the expense of the Company, for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(c) The Trustee for the Securities of any series may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of such series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to such Trustee and to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been

 

58


delivered to the Trustee for the Securities of such series within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the Trustee being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction, at the expense of the Company, for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee for the Securities of any series shall fail to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act pursuant to Section 608 hereof after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed in accordance with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, or

(2) such Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) such Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of such Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of such Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove such Trustee or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of such Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee for the Securities of any series shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for the Securities of any series for any cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee for the Securities of such series and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee for the Securities of such series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and shall have accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, and if such Trustee is still incapable of acting, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee

 

59


with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of that series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

SECTION 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) Every such successor Trustee appointed hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the written request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on written request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in Subsections (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

60


(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee for the Securities of any series shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

SECTION 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any corporation into which the Trustee for the Securities of any series may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of such Trustee, shall be the successor of such Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for such series then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee or Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee or successor Authenticating Agent had itself authenticated such Securities.

SECTION 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

If and when the Trustee shall be or shall become a creditor, directly or indirectly, secured or unsecured, of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated.

SECTION 614. Authenticating Agents.

From time to time the Trustee for the Securities of any series may, subject to its sole discretion, appoint one or more Authenticating Agents with respect to the Securities of such series, which may include the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, with power to act on the Trustee’s behalf and subject to its discretion in the authentication and delivery of Securities of such series in connection with transfers and exchanges under Sections 304, 305 and 1107 as fully to all intents and purposes as though such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized by those Sections of this Indenture to authenticate and deliver Securities of such series. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Securities of such series by an Authenticating Agent for such Securities pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Securities “by the Trustee” for the Securities of such series. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent

 

61


for any series of Securities shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the Authenticating Agent or such successor corporation.

Any Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company. The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company in the manner set forth in Section 105. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner set forth in Section 106. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent for such series from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. If an appointment with respect to one or more series of Securities is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certification of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

“This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:  

 

As Authenticating Agent
By:  

 

[Authorized Signatory]

 

62


Article Seven

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

SECTION 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

With respect to each particular series of Securities, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee for the Securities of such series,

(a) semiannually, not more than 15 days after each Regular Record Date relating to that series (or, if there is no Regular Record Date relating to that series, on June 30 and December 31), a list, in such form as such Trustee may reasonably require, containing all the information in the possession or control of the Company or any of its Paying Agents other than such Trustee as to the names and addresses of the Holders of that series as of such dates,

(b) on semi-annual dates on each year to be determined pursuant to Section 301 if the Securities of such series do not bear interest, a list of similar form and content, and

(c) at such other times as such Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished,

excluding from any such list names and addresses received by such Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar for the Securities of such series, if so acting.

SECTION 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

(a) The Trustee for each series of Securities shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders of the Securities of such series contained in the most recent lists furnished to such Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders of the Securities of such series received by such Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar for such series, if so acting. The Trustee for each series of Securities may destroy any list relating to such series of Securities furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list relating to such series so furnished.

(b) If three or more Holders of Securities of any particular series (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in writing to the Trustee for the Securities of any such series, and furnish to such Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Security of that series for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Securities of that series with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities of that series and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then such Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either

(i) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by such Trustee in accordance with Section 702(a), or

 

63


(ii) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Securities of that series whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by such Trustee in accordance with Section 702(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Holders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

If any such Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to that information, such Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of Securities of that series whose name and address appears in the information preserved at the time by such Trustee in accordance with Section 702(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to such Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, such Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of such Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Securities of that series or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, such Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Holders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise such Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

(c) Every Holder of Securities of each series or coupons, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee for the Securities of such series that neither the Company nor such Trustee, nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Securities of such series in accordance with Section 702(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 702(b).

SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee.

(a) Within 60 days after May 15 of each year, the Trustee for the Securities of each series shall send to each Holder of the Securities of such series entitled to receive reports pursuant to Section 704(3), a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee for the Securities of each series shall also comply with Sections 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) At the time that the Trustee for the Securities of each series mails such a report to the Holders of Securities of such series, each such Trustee shall file a copy of that report with the Commission and with each stock exchange on which the Securities of that series are listed. The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the appropriate Trustee when the Securities of any series are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

64


SECTION 704. Reports by Company.

The Company will:

(1) file with the Trustee for the Securities of such series, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it will file with such Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

(2) file with the Trustee for the Securities of such series and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents, and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(3) transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities of each series, as provided in Section 703(a), within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee for the Securities of such series, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

With respect to the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), the Company may file all information, documents and reports required by this Section 704 by email in PDF format; provided, however, that upon the Trustee’s written request, the Company shall provide the Trustee with physical copies of such information, documents or reports.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

65


Article Eight

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

SECTION 801. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:

(1) the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee for each series of Securities, in form satisfactory to each such Trustee, the due and punctual payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, (including all additional amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Sections 516 or 1010) on all the Securities and any related coupons and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities, shall have happened and be continuing; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee for each series of Securities an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

SECTION 802. Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company herein and thereafter the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, the Securities and any related coupons and, in the event of any such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, the Company as the predecessor corporation may thereupon or at any time thereafter be dissolved, wound up, or liquidated.

 

66


Article Nine

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities or coupons, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee for the Securities of any or all series, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to such Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company, for the benefit of the Holders of all or any particular series of Securities and any related coupons (and, if such covenants are to be for the benefit of fewer than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are being included solely for the benefit of such series), or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

(3) to add any additional Events of Default with respect to any or all series of Securities (and, if any such Event of Default applies to fewer than all series of Securities, stating each series to which such Event of Default applies); or

(4) to add to or to change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide that Bearer Securities may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of, or any premium or interest on Bearer Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Registered Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Bearer Securities of other authorized denominations, to provide for the issuance of uncertificated Securities of any series in addition to or in place of any certificated Securities and to make all appropriate changes for such purposes; provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related coupons in any material respect; or

(5) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

(6) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder of a Trustee other than Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Trustee for a series of Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 609; or

 

67


(7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611(b); or

(8) to add to the conditions, limitations and restrictions on the authorized amount, form, terms or purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth, other conditions, limitations and restrictions thereafter to be observed; or

(9) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Section 401; provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related coupons or any other series of Securities in any material respect; or

(10) to add to or change or eliminate any provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with any amendments to the Trust Indenture Act; or

(11) to establish the form and terms of any series of Securities;

(12) to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities of such series or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any such Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted under this Indenture; or

(13) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee for the Securities of any series or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any particular series in any material respect.

SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.

The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee for the Securities of any or all series may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of such Securities and any related coupons under this Indenture, but only with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series of Securities then Outstanding affected thereby, in each case by Act of said Holders of Securities of each such series delivered to the Company and the Trustee for Securities of each such series; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon, if any (or, in the case of OID Securities, reduce the rate of accretion of original issue discount), or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any obligation of the Company to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 1010 (except as contemplated by Section 801(1) and permitted by Section 901(1)) or reduce the amount of the principal of an OID Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, or provable in bankruptcy, or, in the case of Indexed Securities, reduce the amount payable in accordance with the terms of those Securities upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, or provable in bankruptcy, pursuant to Section 502, or change the Place of Payment, or the currency or currency unit in which any Security or the principal or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date); or impair any right of Holders of Securities hereunder to repay or purchase Securities at their option; reduce or alter the method of computation of any amount payable upon redemption, repayment or purchase of any Securities by the Issuer (or the time when such redemption, repayment or purchase may be made) or adversely affect the right to convert or exchange any Security into other securities of the Company or another Person as may be provided pursuant to Section 301;

 

68


(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any particular series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture; or

(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section 513 or 1009, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected thereby; provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder of a Security or coupon with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 1009, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 609, 61l(b), 901(6) and 901(7).

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

69


SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee for any series of Securities shall receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms. The Trustee for any series of Securities may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects such Trustee’s own rights, liabilities, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder and of any coupons appertaining thereto shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 905. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act.

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities of any particular series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee for the Securities of such series, bear a notation in form approved by such Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series and any related coupons so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee for the Securities of such series and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and such Securities may be authenticated and delivered by such Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series and any related coupons.

Article Ten

COVENANTS

SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest, if any.

The Company agrees, for the benefit of each particular series of Securities, that it will duly and punctually pay in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d)) principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on that series of Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities of

 

70


such series, any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture. On or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable payment date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of each Series in accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, any interest due on Bearer Securities on or before Maturity shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the several coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they severally mature. The interest, if any, due in respect of any temporary or permanent Global Security, together with any additional amounts payable in respect thereof, as provided in the terms and conditions of such Security, shall be payable, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 1010, only upon presentation of such Security to the Trustee thereof for notation thereon of the payment of such interest.

SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

If Securities of a series are issuable only as Registered Securities the Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for that series an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, an office or agency where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company with respect to the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the Company will maintain (A) an office or agency (which may be the same office or agency) in a Place of Payment for that series in the United States where any Registered Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where any Registered Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served and where Bearer Securities of that series and related coupons may be presented or surrendered for payment in the circumstances described in the following paragraph (and not otherwise), (B) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that series which is located outside the United States, an office or agency where Securities of that series and related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment; provided, however, that if the Securities of that series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company will maintain a Paying Agent for the Securities of that series in Luxembourg or in any other required city located outside the United States, so long as the Securities of that series are listed on such exchange, and (C) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that series located outside the United States an office or agency where any Registered Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee for the Securities of that series of the location, and any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of any series of Securities or shall fail to furnish the Trustee for the Securities of that series with the address thereof, such presentations (to the extent permitted by law), and surrenders of Securities of that series may be made and notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of such Trustee, except that Bearer Securities of that series

 

71


and the related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment at the offices specified in the Security, and the Company hereby appoints the same as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

No payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on Bearer Securities shall be made at any office or agency of the Company in the United States or by check mailed to any address in the United States or by transfer to an account maintained with a bank located in the United States. Payments will not be made in respect of Bearer Securities or coupons appertaining thereto pursuant to presentation to the Company or its designated Paying Agents within the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any Bearer Security denominated and payable in Dollars will be made at the office of the Company’s Paying Agent in the United States, if, and only if, payment in Dollars of the full amount of such principal, premium or interest, as the case may be, at all offices or agencies outside the United States maintained for that purpose by the Company in accordance with this Indenture is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions and the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to that effect.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside the Place of Payment) where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all of the purposes specified above in this Section and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for such purpose. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee for the Securities of each series so affected of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

If and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, a Currency Determination Agent.

SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments To Be Held in Trust.

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any particular series of Securities and any related coupons, it will, on or before each due date of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d)) sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee for the Securities of such series in writing of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any particular series of Securities and any related coupons, it will, on or before each due date of principal of, or

 

72


premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any such Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent for the Securities of such series a sum (in the currency or currency unit described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee for the Securities of such series) the Company will promptly notify such Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any particular series of Securities other than the Trustee for the Securities of such series to execute and deliver to such Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with such Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on Securities of that series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give such Trustee written notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on Securities of that series; and

(3) at any time during the continuation of any such default, upon the written request of such Trustee, forthwith pay to such Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee for the Securities of any series all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by such Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to such Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

SECTION 1004. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or upon its income, profits or property, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon its property; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

SECTION 1005. Statements as to Compliance.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee for each series of Securities, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a written statement signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company complying with Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act stating that:

(1) a review of the activities of the Company during such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under his supervision; and

(2) to the best of his knowledge, based on such review, the Company is in compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture.

 

73


For purposes of this Section, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

SECTION 1006. Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 1007. Limitations on Liens.

(a) Except as expressly provided in Subsection (b) of this Section 1007, the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to be created, assumed or incurred, any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance (all of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to as “liens”) to secure any indebtedness for borrowed money (i) upon any shares of Capital Stock issued by any Subsidiary that owns any Principal Facility (as hereinafter defined) to the extent such shares are owned by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries, or (ii) upon any Principal Facility, in either case without making effective provision whereby all the Securities shall be directly secured equally and ratably with the indebtedness secured by such lien, so long as any such indebtedness shall be so secured; provided, however, that this Section 1007 shall not be applicable to the following:

(1) in the case of a Principal Facility, liens incurred in connection with the issuance by a state or political subdivision thereof of any securities the interest on which is exempt from federal income taxes by virtue of Section 103 of the Code or any other laws or regulations in effect at the time of such issuance;

(2) liens existing on the date hereof;

(3) liens on property or shares of Capital Stock existing when acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary (including acquisition through merger, share exchange or consolidation) or securing the payment of all or part of the purchase price, construction or improvement thereof incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction or improvement or commencement of full operation of such property for the purpose of financing all or a portion of such purchase or construction or improvement; or

 

74


(4) liens for the sole purpose of extending, renewing or replacing in whole or in part the indebtedness secured by any lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) through (3) or in this clause (4); provided, however, that the principal amount of indebtedness secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of indebtedness so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, and that such extension, renewal or replacement shall be limited to all or a part of the property which secured the lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property).

(b) The Company and/or any Subsidiary may create, assume or incur, or suffer to be created, assumed or incurred, liens which would otherwise be prohibited by Subsection (a) of this Section 1007, provided that the indebtedness secured thereby, plus the aggregate value of the Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted by the provisions of Subsection (b) of Section 1008, does not at the time exceed the greater of 10% of Consolidated Capitalization or 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

(c) The term “Principal Facility” shall mean all real property located within the United States and constituting part of any manufacturing plant or distribution facility owned and operated by the Company or any Subsidiary, together with such manufacturing plant or distribution facility, including all plumbing, electrical, ventilating, heating, cooling, lighting and other utility systems, ducts and pipes attached to or constituting a part thereof; provided, however, that such term shall not include trade fixtures (unless such trade fixtures are attached to the manufacturing plant or distribution facility in a manner that does not permit removal therefrom without causing substantial damage thereto), business machinery, equipment, motorized vehicles, tools, supplies and materials, security systems, cameras, inventory and other personal property and materials, and provided further, however, that such term shall not include any particular manufacturing plant or distribution facility as of any particular date unless the net book value thereof included in the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries exceeds 0.25% of Consolidated Capitalization.

(d) The Certificate of a Firm of Independent Public Accountants shall be conclusive evidence as to the amount, at the date specified in such Certificate, of net book value of any particular manufacturing plant or distribution facility, Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or Consolidated Capitalization, as the case may be.

SECTION 1008. Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

(a) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will sell or transfer a Principal Facility now owned or hereafter acquired with the intention of taking back a lease of such property, except a lease for a temporary period of less than 3 years, including renewals, with the intent that the use by the Company or a Subsidiary will be discontinued on or before the expiration of such period (any transaction subject to the provisions of this Section 1008 being herein referred to as a “Sale and Leaseback Transaction”) unless the Company shall apply an amount equal to the value of the property so leased to the retirement (other than any mandatory retirement), within 180 days of the effective date of any such arrangement, of non-subordinated indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company which had a stated maturity of more than one year from the date of its creation.

 

75


(b) The Company or a Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction which would otherwise be prohibited by Subsection (a) of this Section 1008, provided that the value thereof plus the aggregate indebtedness permitted to be secured under the provisions of Subsection (b) of Section 1007 does not at the time exceed the greater of 10% of Consolidated Capitalization or 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

(c) The term “value” shall, for the purpose of this Section 1008 and Section 1007(b), mean, with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as of any particular time, the amount equal to the greater of (i) the net proceeds of the sale of the property leased pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or (ii) the fair value of such property at the time of entering into such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as determined by the Board of Directors, in each such case divided first by the number of full years of the term of the lease and then multiplied by the number of full years of such term remaining at the time of determination, without regard to any renewal or extension options contained in the lease.

(d) The Certificate of a Firm of Independent Public Accountants shall be conclusive evidence as to the amount, at the date specified in such Certificate, of the net book value of any particular manufacturing plant or distribution facility, Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or Consolidated Capitalization, as the case may be.

SECTION 1009. Waiver of Certain Covenants.

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Sections 1004 to 1008, inclusive, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series of Securities affected by the omission shall, in each case by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee for the Securities of each series with respect to any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 1010. Payment of Additional Amounts.

If specified pursuant to Section 301, the provisions of this Section 1010 shall be applicable to Securities of any series.

The Company will, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth below, pay to the Holder of any Security or coupon who is a United States Alien such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment on such Security or coupon, after deduction or withholding by the Company or any of its Paying Agents for or on account of any present or future tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed upon or as a result of such payment by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), will not be less than the amount provided in such Security or in such coupon to be then due and payable. However, the Company will not make any payment of additional amounts if the Holder is subject to taxation solely for reasons other than its ownership of the Security or coupon, nor will the Company make any payment of additional amounts for or on account of:

(a) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the existence of any present or former connection (other than the mere fact of being a Holder of a Security or coupon) between such Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary or person holding a power over such Holder, if such Holder is an estate or trust, or a member or shareholder of such Holder, if such Holder is a partnership or corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such Holder (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, person holding a power, member or shareholder) being or having been a citizen, resident of the United States or treated as a resident thereof;

 

76


(b) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary or person holding a power over such Holder, if such Holder is an estate or trust, or a member or shareholder of such Holder, if such Holder is a partnership or corporation) (i) being or having been present in, or engaged in a trade or business in, the United States, (ii) being treated as having been present in, or engaged in a trade or business in, the United States, or (iii) having or having had a permanent establishment in the United States;

(c) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary or person holding a power over such Holder, if such Holder is an estate or trust, or a member or shareholder of such Holder, if such Holder is a partnership or corporation) being or having been with respect to the United States a personal holding company, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign personal holding company, a passive foreign investment company, or a foreign private foundation or other foreign tax-exempt organization, or being a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

(d) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on a Holder that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code;

(e) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been so imposed but for the presentation by the Holder for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

(f) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is payable by any method other than withholding or deduction by the Company or any Paying Agent from payments in respect of such Security or coupon;

(g) any gift, estate, inheritance, sales, transfer, personal property or excise tax or any similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

(h) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any Paying Agent from any payment in respect of any Security or coupon if such payment can be made without such withholding by at least one other Paying Agent;

 

77


(i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of a change in law, regulation or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

(j) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed as a result of the failure to comply with applicable certification, information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the Holder or beneficial owner of a Security or coupon, if such compliance is required by statute or by regulation of the United States, as a precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

(k) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed with respect to payments on any Registered Security by reason of the failure of the Holder to fulfill the statement requirement of Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code; or

(l) any combination of items (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j) and (k).

In addition, the Company will not pay additional amounts to a beneficial owner of a Security or coupon that is a fiduciary, partnership, limited liability company or other fiscally transparent entity, or to a beneficial owner of a Security or coupon that is not the sole beneficial owner of such Security or coupon, as the case may be. This exception, however, will apply only to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to the fiduciary, or a beneficial owner or member of the partnership, limited liability company or other fiscally transparent entity, would not have been entitled to the payment of an additional amount had the beneficiary, settlor, beneficial owner or member received directly its beneficial or distributive share of the payment.

As used herein, the term “United States Alien” means a person that is not a United States person. The term “United States person” means a citizen or resident of the United States or a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, a trust subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of the United States person as described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, or a trust that existed on August 20, 1996, and elected to continue its treatment as a domestic trust. “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction (including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico).

Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any Security or payment with respect to any coupon of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of additional amounts provided for in the terms of such Securities and this Section to the extent that, in such context, additional amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section and express mention of the payment of additional amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding additional amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

78


If the Securities of a series provide for the payment of additional amounts as contemplated by Section 301(20), at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series will not bear interest prior to maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal and any premium is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below mentioned Officers’ Certificate, the Company will furnish the Trustee for that series of Securities and the Company’s principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than such Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate instructing such Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series or any related coupons who are United States Aliens without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge referred to above or described in the Securities of that series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officers’ Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities or coupons and the Company will pay to the Trustee for such series of Securities or such Paying Agent such additional amounts as may be required pursuant to the terms applicable to such series. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee for such series of Securities and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 1010.

SECTION 1011. Calculation of Original Issue Discount.

The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Article Eleven

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 1101. Applicability of This Article.

Redemption of Securities of any series (whether by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) as permitted or required by any form of Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be made in accordance with such form of Security and this Article; provided, however, that if any provision of any such form of Security shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the provision of such form of Security shall govern.

SECTION 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities of any series shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of the Securities of any particular series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the

 

79


Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee for the Securities of such series) notify such Trustee by Company Request of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of that series to be redeemed and shall deliver to such Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable such Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 1103. In the case of any redemption of Securities of any series prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee for Securities of such series with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

SECTION 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Company may select the series to be redeemed, and if less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the particular Securities of that series to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee for the Securities of such series, from the Outstanding Securities of that series not previously called for redemption, by such method as such Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series, or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of that series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series pursuant to Section 302 in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are denominated.

The Trustee for the Securities of any series to be redeemed shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities of such series selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 1104. Notice of Redemption.

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 106 not later than the thirtieth day and not earlier than the sixtieth day prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed.

All notices of redemption shall identify the Securities (including the CUSIP numbers) and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the Redemption Price,

(3) if less than all Outstanding Securities of a particular series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed, including the CUSIP number of such Securities,

 

80


(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that interest thereon, if any (or in the case of OID Securities, original issue discount), shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

(5) the place or places where such Securities, together in the case of Bearer Securities with all coupons appertaining thereto, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price,

(6) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case,

(7) that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, Bearer Securities of any series, if any, surrendered for redemption must be accompanied by all coupons maturing subsequent to the date fixed for redemption or the amount of any such missing coupon or coupons will be deducted from the Redemption Price or security or indemnity satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee for such series and any Paying Agent is furnished, and

(8) if Bearer Securities of any series are to be redeemed and any Registered Securities of such series are not to be redeemed, and if such Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities not subject to redemption on this Redemption Date pursuant to Section 305 or otherwise, the last date, as determined by the Company, on which such exchanges may be made.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s written request, by the Trustee for such Securities in the name and at the expense of the Company.

SECTION 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00am New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee for the Securities to be redeemed or with a Paying Agent for such Securities (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent for such Securities, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such Series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d)) sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, thereon), and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of such series are payable

 

81


(except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d)) and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and the coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Securities so to be redeemed, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Upon surrender of such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security or specified portions thereof shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price; provided, however, that installments of interest on Bearer Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of coupons for such interest, and provided, further, that unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant record dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Bearer Security surrendered for redemption shall not be accompanied by all coupons appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security may be paid after deducting from the Redemption Price an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company if there is furnished to the Company, the Trustee for such Security and any Paying Agent such security or indemnity as they may require to save the Company, such Trustee and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to such Trustee or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made from the Redemption Price, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided, however, that interest represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal thereof and premium, if any, thereon shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at a rate per annum equal to the rate borne by the Security (or, in the case of (i) OID Securities, the Security’s Yield to Maturity or (ii) Indexed Securities, the rate determined in accordance with the specified terms of those Securities).

SECTION 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part.

Any Registered Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with, if the Company or the Trustee for such Security so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar for such Security duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and such Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Registered Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, of the same series and having the same terms and provisions and in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Registered Security so surrendered.

 

82


SECTION 1108. Tax Redemption; Special Tax Redemption.

(a) Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, Securities of any series may be redeemed at the option of the Company in whole, but not in part, on not more than 60 days’ and not less than 30 days’ notice, on any Redemption Date at the Redemption Price specified pursuant to Section 301, if the Company determines that (A) as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the United States or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in official position regarding application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States), which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after a date specified in Section 301 with respect to any Security of such series, the Company has or will become obligated to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 1010 with respect to any Security of such series or (B) on or after a date specified in Section 301 with respect to any Security of such series, any action has been taken by any taxing authority of, or any decision has been rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, including any of those actions specified in (A) above, whether or not such action was taken or decision was rendered with respect to the Company, or any change, amendment, application or interpretation shall be officially proposed, which, in any such case, in the Opinion of Counsel to the Company will result in a material probability that the Company will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to any Security of such series, and (C) in any such case specified in (A) or (B) above the Company, in its business judgment, determines that such obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Company.

(b) Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, if the Company shall determine that any payment made outside the United States by the Company or any of its Paying Agents of principal or interest due in respect of any Bearer Security (an “Affected Security”) of such series or any coupon appertaining thereto would, under any present or future laws or regulations of the United States, be subject to any certification, information or other reporting requirement of any kind, the effect of which requirement is the disclosure to the Company, any Paying Agent or any governmental authority of the nationality, residence or identity (as distinguished from, for example, status as a United States Alien) of a beneficial owner of such Affected Security of such series or coupon that is a United States Alien (other than such a requirement that (i) would not be applicable to a payment made by the Company or any one of its Paying Agents (A) directly to the beneficial owner or (B) to a custodian, nominee or other agent of the beneficial owner, (ii) can be satisfied by such custodian, nominee or other agent certifying to the effect that such beneficial owner is a United States Alien; provided that, in each case referred to in clause (i)(B) or (ii), payment by such custodian, nominee or other agent to such beneficial owner is not otherwise subject to any such requirement (other than a requirement which is imposed on a custodian, nominee or other agent described in item (iv) of this sentence), (iii) would not be applicable to a payment made by at least one other Paying Agent or (iv) is applicable to a payment to a custodian, nominee or other agent of the beneficial owner of such Security who is (A) a United States person (as hereinafter defined), (B) a controlled foreign corporation for United States tax purposes, (C) a foreign person 50% or more of the gross income of which for the three-year period ending with the close of its taxable year preceding the year of payment is effectively connected with a United States trade or business, (D) is a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year, one or more of its partners are United States

 

83


persons who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership or if, at any time during its tax year, it is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (E) a U.S. branch of a foreign bank or a foreign insurance company for United States tax purposes or (F) is otherwise related to the United States), the Company shall elect by notice to the Trustee for such series of Securities either (x) to redeem the Affected Securities of such series, as a whole, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount thereof, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, or (y) if the conditions of the next succeeding paragraph are satisfied, to pay the additional amounts specified in such paragraph. The Company shall make such determination and election as soon as practicable and give prompt notice thereof (the “Determination Notice”) in the manner described in Section 106 stating the effective date of such certification, information or reporting requirement, whether the Company has elected to redeem the Affected Securities of such series or to pay the additional amounts specified in the next succeeding paragraph, and (if applicable) the last date by which the redemption of the Affected Securities of such series must take place, as provided in the next succeeding sentence. If the Company elects to redeem the Affected Securities of such series, such redemption shall take place on such date, not later than one year after the giving of the Determination Notice, as the Company shall specify by notice to such Trustee given not less than 45 nor more than 75 days before the Redemption Date. Notice of such redemption of the Affected Securities of such series shall be given to the Holders thereof not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not so redeem the Affected Securities of such series if the Company shall subsequently determine by notice to the Trustee, not less than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date, that subsequent payments on the Affected Securities of such series would not be subject to any such certification, information or other reporting requirement, in which case the Company shall give prompt notice of such subsequent determination in the manner specified in Section 106 and any earlier redemption notice shall be revoked and be of no further effect. The right of the Holders of Affected Securities called for redemption to exchange such Affected Securities for Registered Securities (which Registered Securities will remain Outstanding following such redemption) will terminate on the fifteenth day prior to the Redemption Date, and no further exchanges of Affected Securities for Registered Securities shall be permitted unless the Company shall have made the subsequent determination and given the notice referred to in the preceding sentence.

If and so long as the certification, information or other reporting requirement referred to in the preceding paragraph would be fully satisfied by payment of a withholding tax, backup withholding tax or similar charge, the Company may elect by notice to the Trustee to pay such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment made outside the United States following the effective date of such requirement by the Company or any of its Paying Agents of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, due in respect of any Affected Security of such series or any coupon appertaining thereto to a Holder who certifies that the beneficial owner is a United States Alien (but without any requirement that the nationality, residence or identity of such beneficial owner be disclosed to the Company, any Paying Agent or any governmental authority), after deduction or withholding for or on account of such withholding tax, backup withholding tax or similar charge (other than a withholding tax, backup withholding tax or similar charge that (i) is the result of a certification, information or other reporting requirement described in the third parenthetical clause of the first sentence of the preceding paragraph or (ii) is imposed as a result of presentation of any such Affected Security or such

 

84


coupon for payment more than 10 days after the date on which such payment becomes due and payable or on which payment thereof was duly provided for, whichever occurs later), will not be less than the amount provided in such Affected Security or such coupon to be then due and payable. In the event the Company elects to pay such additional amounts, (the Company’s election to exercise such right to be evidenced by prompt notice to the Trustee for the Securities of the appropriate series), the Company will have the right, at its sole option, at any time, to redeem the Affected Securities of such series as a whole, but not in part, at the Redemption Price, subject to the provisions of the last four sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph. If the Company has made the determination described in the preceding paragraph with respect to certification, information or other reporting requirements applicable only to interest and subsequently makes a determination in the manner and of the nature referred to in such preceding paragraph with respect to such requirements applicable to principal, the Company will redeem the Affected Securities of such series in the manner and on the terms described in the preceding paragraph unless the Company elects to have the provisions of this paragraph apply rather than the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph. If in such circumstances the Affected Securities of such series are to be redeemed, the Company shall have no obligation to pay additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph with respect to principal, premium, if any, or interest accrued and unpaid after the date of the notice of such determination indicating such redemption, but will be obligated to pay such additional amounts with respect to interest accrued and unpaid to the date of such determination. If the Company elects to pay additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph and the condition specified in the first sentence of this paragraph should no longer be satisfied, then the Company shall promptly redeem the Affected Securities of such series in whole, but not in part, at the Redemption Price subject to the provisions of the last four sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph. If the Company elects to, or is required to, redeem the Affected Securities of such series pursuant to this paragraph, it shall publish in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 106 prompt notice thereof. If the Affected Securities of such series are to be redeemed pursuant to this paragraph, the redemption shall take place on such date, not later than one year after publication of the notice of redemption, as the Company shall specify by notice to the Trustee for such series of Securities at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. Any redemption payments made by the Company pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the continuing obligation of the Company to pay additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph.

Article Twelve

SINKING FUNDS

SECTION 1201. Applicability of This Article.

Redemption of Securities through operation of a sinking fund as permitted or required by any form of Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be made in accordance with such form of Security and this Article; provided, however, that if any provision of any such form of Security shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the provision of such form of Security shall govern.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any particular series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”,

 

85


and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any particular series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any particular series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any particular series as provided for by the terms of Securities of that series.

SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments With Securities.

The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption), together in the case of any Bearer Securities of such series with all unmatured coupons appertaining thereto, and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided, however, that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee for such Securities at the principal amount thereof and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any particular series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee for the Securities of such series an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the currency or currency unit in which the Securities of that series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of that series and except as provided in Sections 311(b) and 311(d)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202 and shall state the basis for such credit and that such Securities have not previously been so credited and will also deliver to such Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Such Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

Article Thirteen

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

SECTION 1301. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called.

If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article

 

86


to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

SECTION 1302. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings.

(a) The Trustee for any series of Securities that includes Bearer Securities, may at any time call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 1301, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or in London, as such Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of such series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 106, not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

(b) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any such series shall have requested the Trustee for any such series to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 1301, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and such Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 30 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or in London, for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

SECTION 1303. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings.

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (1) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (2) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee for such series and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

SECTION 1304. Quorum; Action.

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Subject to Section 1305(d), notice of the reconvening

 

87


of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 1302(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly that Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided, however, that except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage which is less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series. Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series and the related coupons, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

SECTION 1305. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee for any series of Securities that includes Bearer Securities may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 or by having the signature of the person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by Section 104 to certify to the holding of Bearer Securities. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 104 or other proof.

(b) The Trustee for any series of Securities that includes Bearer Securities shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 1302(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

 

88


(c) At any meeting each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities of such series held or represented by him as determined in accordance with Section 115; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

(d) Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 1302 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting; and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 1306. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 1302 and, if applicable, Section 1304. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company, and another to the Trustee for such series of Securities to be preserved by such Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Article Fourteen

GUARANTEES

SECTION 1401. Guarantee

(a) Subject to this Article 14, to the extent provided for in any series of Securities under the Indenture, each of the Guarantors hereby will, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, such series of Securities or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Security shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on the Securities, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Securities shall be promptly paid in full or

 

89


performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Securities or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Company when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Securities or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Securities and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 1406.

(c) Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 1401.

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 5 for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 5, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

(f) Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may

 

90


be, if at any time payment and performance of the Securities are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Securities or the Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Securities shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(g) In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

SECTION 1402. Limitation on Guarantor Liability

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Securities, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of bankruptcy law in the United States, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 14, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

SECTION 1403. Execution and Delivery

(a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 1401, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a supplemental indenture to this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer or person holding an equivalent title.

(b) Each Guarantor shall in such supplemental indenture agree that its Guarantee set forth in Section 14.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Securities.

(c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or a supplemental indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless.

 

91


(d) The delivery of any Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture or supplemental indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

SECTION 1404. Subrogation

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 1401; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Securities shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 1405. Benefits Acknowledged

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 1406. Release of Guarantees

(a) A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the trustee shall be required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

 

  (1) (A) the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option or, except in the case of a Guarantee of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 4 or the Company’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(B) as specified in a supplemental indenture to this Indenture; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction and/or release have been complied with.

At the written request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

 

92


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Barbara L. Brasier

Name:   Barbara L. Brasier
Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

/s/ Jacqueline Bartnick

Name:   Jacqueline Bartnick
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Linda Reale

Name:   Linda Reale
Title:   Vice President

 

93


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED TO

EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM BY A

BENEFICIAL OWNER OF SECURITIES, IN ORDER TO

RECEIVE A DEFINITIVE BEARER SECURITY IN EXCHANGE

FOR AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY OR TO

EXCHANGE AN INTEREST IN A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY

FOR AN INTEREST IN A PERMANENT GLOBAL SECURITY]

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

[Insert title or description of Securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2012 (the “Indenture”) between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Terms used herein unless otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

This is to certify that as of the date hereof [and except as provided in the fourth paragraph hereof]*, $ principal amount of the above-captioned Securities represented by a temporary Global Security (the “temporary Global Security”) held by you for our account is:

(i) beneficially owned by persons that are not United States persons (as defined below);

(ii) owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(iv) (“financial institutions”)) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the beneficial interest in the temporary Global Security through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the beneficial interest in the temporary Global Security through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such United States financial institution hereby agrees, for the benefit of the Company, that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder); or

(iii) owned by financial institution(s) for the purpose of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)) and, in addition, financial institution(s) described in this clause (iii) (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)), further certify that they have not acquired the beneficial interest in the temporary Global Security for the purpose of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States.

“United States person” means a citizen or resident of the United States or a corporation or partnership created or organized under the laws of the United States or any

 

A-1


political subdivision thereof, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, a trust subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of a United States person as described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, or a trust that existed on August 20, 1996, and elected to continue its treatment as a domestic trust. “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction (including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico).

[This certificate excepts and does not relate to $         principal amount of the temporary Global Security held by you for our account as to which we are not able to provide a certificate in this form. We understand that exchange of such portion of the temporary Global Security for [definitive Bearer Securities] [interests in a permanent Global Security] cannot be made until we are able to provide a certificate in this form.]*

We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex, in writing or electronically on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the above-captioned Securities held by you for our account if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain tax laws and regulations in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated:

 

[Name of Person Making Certification]
By:  

 

* Delete if inappropriate.

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN TO THE APPROPRIATE

TRUSTEE BY EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM REGARDING THE EXCHANGE

OF A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITIES OR

FOR A PORTION OF A PERMANENT GLOBAL SECURITY]

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

[Insert title or description of Securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2012 (the “Indenture”) between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Terms used herein unless otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

We refer to that portion of the temporary Global Security in respect of the above-captioned Securities which is herewith submitted to be exchanged for [definitive Bearer Securities] [interests in a permanent Global Security] (the “Submitted Portion”) as provided in the Prospectus Supplement dated [insert date of Prospectus Supplement] in respect of such issue. This is to certify that (i) we have received in writing or by tested telex or electronically (in accordance with the requirements of United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(3)(ii)) a certificate or certificates with respect to the entire Submitted Portion, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture, and (ii) the Submitted Portion includes no part of the temporary Global Security excepted in such certificates.

We further certify that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of the persons giving such certificates to the effect that the statements made by them with respect to any part of the Submitted Portion are no longer true and cannot be relied on as of the date thereof.

 

B-1


We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain tax laws and regulations in the United States of America. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

Submitted Portion:

U.S. $

Dated:

 

[[    ], as operator of the Euroclear System]*
[Clearstream]*
By:  

 

* Delete if inappropriate.

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED TO

EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM BY A

BENEFICIAL OWNER OF SECURITIES, IN ORDER TO

RECEIVE PAYMENT ON A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY]

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

[Insert title or description of Securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2012 (the “Indenture”) between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Terms used herein unless otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

This is to certify that as of the date hereof [and except as provided in the fourth paragraph hereof]*, $ principal amount of the above-captioned Securities represented by a temporary Global Security (the “temporary Global Security”) held by you for our account is:

(i) beneficially owned by persons that are not United States persons (as defined below);

(ii) owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(iv) (“financial institutions”)) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the beneficial interest in the temporary Global Security through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the beneficial interest in the temporary Global Security through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such United States financial institution hereby agrees, for the benefit of the Company, that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder); or

(iii) owned by financial institution(s) for the purpose of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)) and, in addition, financial institution(s) described in this clause (iii) (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)), further certify that they have not acquired the beneficial interest in the temporary Global Security for the purpose of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States.

“United States person” means a citizen or resident of the United States or a corporation or partnership created or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, a trust subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of a United States person as described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, or a trust

 

C-1


that existed on August 20, 1996, and elected to continue its treatment as a domestic trust. “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction (including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico).

[This certificate excepts and does not relate to $         principal amount of the temporary Global Security held by you for our account as to which we are not able to provide a certificate in this form. We understand that payments, if any, due with respect to such portion of the temporary Global Security cannot be made until we are able to provide a certificate in this form.]*

We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex, in writing or electronically on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the above-captioned Securities held by you for our account if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain tax laws and regulations in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated:

 

[Name of Person Making Certification]
By:  

 

* Delete if inappropriate.

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN TO THE APPROPRIATE

TRUSTEE BY EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM REGARDING PAYMENT

ON A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY]

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

[Insert title or description of Securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2012 (the “Indenture”) between Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Terms used herein unless otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

We refer to that portion of the temporary Global Security in respect of the above-captioned Securities for which we hereby request that you make payment to us of the amounts payable on the relevant payment date (the “Submitted Portion”) as provided in the Prospectus Supplement dated [insert date of Prospectus Supplement] in respect of such issue. This is to certify that (i) we have received in writing or by tested telex or electronically (in accordance with the requirements of United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(3)(ii)) a certificate or certificates with respect to the entire Submitted Portion, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture, and (ii) the Submitted Portion includes no part of the temporary Global Security excepted in such certificates.

We further certify that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of the persons giving such certificates to the effect that the statements made by them with respect to any part of the Submitted Portion are no longer true and cannot be relied on as of the date thereof.

 

D-1


We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain tax laws and regulations in the United States of America. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

Submitted Portion:

U.S. $

Dated:

 

[[    ], as operator of the Euroclear System]*
[Clearstream]*
By:  

 

* Delete if inappropriate.

 

D-2

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

as the Company,

KRAFT FOODS INC.,

as the Guarantor

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as the Trustee

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1

DATED AS OF JUNE 4, 2012

TO INDENTURE

DATED AS OF JUNE 4, 2012

Relating To

$1,000,000,000 1.625% Notes due 2015

$1,000,000,000 2.250% Notes due 2017

$2,000,000,000 3.500% Notes due 2022

$2,000,000,000 5.000% Notes due 2042


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1 , dated as of June 4, 2012 (the “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), a Virginia corporation, Kraft Foods Inc. (the “ Guarantor ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), to the Base Indenture (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2012 (the “ Base Indenture ”), providing for the issuance from time to time of its notes and other evidences of senior debt securities, to be issued in one or more series as therein provided;

WHEREAS , pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture, the Company desires to provide for the establishment of four series of notes to be known respectively as its 1.625% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “ 2015 Notes ”), its 2.250% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ 2017 Notes ”), its 3.500% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ 2022 Notes ”) and its 5.000% Senior Notes due 2042 (the “ 2042 Notes ” and, together with the 2015 Notes, the 2017 Notes and the 2022 Notes, the “ Notes ”), the form and substance of such Notes and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in the Base Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture (together, the “ Indenture ”);

WHEREAS, the Notes initially will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on a senior unsecured basis (the “ Guarantee ”) by the Guarantor; and

WHEREAS , the Company and the Guarantor have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, and all requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a legal, valid and binding instrument in accordance with its terms, to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, and to make the Guarantee included herein, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, and all acts and things necessary have been done and performed to make this Supplemental Indenture enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.

WITNESSETH:

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises contained herein, each party agrees for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Supplemental Indenture shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Base Indenture.

Section 1.02 . References in this Supplemental Indenture to article and section numbers shall be deemed to be references to article and section numbers of this Supplemental Indenture unless otherwise specified.

Section 1.03 . For purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, the following terms have the meanings ascribed to them as follows:

Additional Notes ” means any additional Notes that may be issued from time to time pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 2.01.

Base Indenture ” has the meaning provided in the recitals.

Depositary ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03.


Distribution ” has the meaning provided in the definition of “Spin-Off.”

Exchange Notes ” means notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Global Snacks Business ” means the Guarantor’s U.S. and Canadian snacks and confectionery business, including the related foodservice operations, but excluding the Planters and Corn Nuts businesses, and all of its current businesses conducted outside of the United States and Canada, except for the North American Grocery Export Business.

Grocery Business Lines ” means the Guarantor’s current (as of the date hereof) U.S. and Canadian grocery, beverages, cheese, convenient meals, Planters and Corn Nuts businesses, including the related foodservice operations and the grocery business operations in Puerto Rico (excluding the powdered and liquid concentrate beverages businesses in Puerto Rico).

Indenture ” has the meaning provided in the recitals.

Initial Notes ” means the aggregate principal amount of each series of Notes issued on the date hereof, as specified on the first paragraph of Section 2.01.

Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

Internal Reorganization ” means the series of transactions described in clause (i) in the definition of “Spin-Off.”

New Snacks Company ” has the meaning provided in the definition of “Spin-Off.”

North American Grocery Export Business ” means the Guarantor’s export operations related to the Grocery Business Lines in the United States and Canada, except for the Philadelphia cream cheese, and certain powdered and liquid concentrate beverage businesses in a number of jurisdictions and the businesses related to certain branded products that the Guarantor will market and sell in a limited number of countries outside of the United States and Canada.

Notes ” has the meaning provided in the recitals. For the avoidance of doubt, “Notes” shall include the Additional Notes, if any.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (i) the registration rights agreement, dated as of June 4, 2012 among the Company, the Guarantor, and the representatives of the initial purchasers party thereto and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

Spin-Off ” means the series of transactions pursuant to which (i) (A) the Company will allocate, transfer and assign, or cause to be allocated, transferred and assigned, the assets and liabilities of the Guarantor’s Global Snacks Business to a new wholly owned Subsidiary being a Delaware limited liability company (the “ New Snacks Company ”) in exchange for 100% of the outstanding shares of New Snacks Company and (B) the Company will distribute all of the outstanding shares of New Snacks Company to the Guarantor and (ii) the Guarantor’s distribution to its shareholders of 100% of the outstanding shares of the Company (the “ Distribution ”).

Supplemental Indenture ” has the meaning provided in the preamble.

Trustee ” has the meaning provided in the preamble.

 

-2-


ARTICLE TWO

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES

Section 2.01 . Designation and Principal Amount .

The Notes are hereby authorized and are respectively designated the 1.625% Notes due 2015, the 2.250% Notes due 2017, the 3.500% Notes due 2022 and the 5.000% Notes due 2042, each unlimited in aggregate principal amount. The 2015 Notes issued on the date hereof pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000, the 2017 Notes issued on the date hereof pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000, the 2022 Notes issued on the date hereof pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000,000 and the 2042 Notes issued on the date hereof pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000,000, which amounts shall be set forth in the written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of the Notes pursuant to Section 301 of the Base Indenture.

In addition, without the consent of the holders of an applicable series of Notes, the Company may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, additional Notes having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as such series of Notes (except for the issue date, issue price, and, in some cases, the first payment of interest or interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional Notes); provided that if such additional Notes are not fungible with such Notes issued on the date hereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the additional Notes will be issued under a separate CUSIP number. Any additional Notes having such similar terms, together with the applicable series of Notes issued on the date hereof, shall constitute a single series of notes under the Indenture. No additional Notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to the applicable series of Notes.

Section 2.02 . Maturity .

(a) Unless an earlier redemption has occurred, the principal amount of the 2015 Notes shall mature and be due and payable, together with any accrued interest thereon, on June 4, 2015.

(b) Unless an earlier redemption has occurred, the principal amount of the 2017 Notes shall mature and be due and payable, together with any accrued interest thereon, on June 5, 2017.

(c) Unless an earlier redemption has occurred, the principal amount of the 2022 Notes shall mature and be due and payable, together with any accrued interest thereon, on June 6, 2022.

(d) Unless an earlier redemption has occurred, the principal amount of the 2042 Notes shall mature and be due and payable, together with any accrued interest thereon, on June 4, 2042.

Section 2.03 . Form and Payment .

The Notes shall be issued as global notes, in fully registered book-entry form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Notes and the Trustee’s Certificates of Authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 , Exhibit A-3 and Exhibit A-4 , respectively, which forms are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Supplemental Indenture.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

Principal, premium, if any, and/or interest, if any, on the global notes representing the Notes shall be made to The Depository Trust Company (together with any successor thereto, the “ Depositary ”).

 

-3-


The global notes representing the Notes shall be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depositary and shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary. No global note may be transferred except as a whole by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or such nominee to a successor of the Depositary or a nominee of such successor.

Additional provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes and any other Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture are set forth in Appendix A , which is hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 2.04 . Interest .

Interest on the 2015 Notes shall accrue at the rate of 1.625% per annum, interest on the 2017 Notes shall accrue at the rate of 2.250% per annum, interest on the 2022 Notes shall accrue at the rate of 3.500% per annum and interest on the 2042 Notes shall accrue at the rate of 5.000% per annum. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from June 4, 2012 or the most recent interest payment date on which interest was paid. Interest on the 2015 Notes shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 4 and December 4 of each year, beginning on December 4, 2012; interest on the 2017 Notes shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 5 and December 5 of each year, beginning on December 5, 2012; interest on the 2022 Notes shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 6 and December 6 of each year, beginning on December 6, 2012; and interest on the 2042 Notes shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 4 and December 4 of each year, beginning on December 4, 2012 (with respect to the applicable series of Notes, each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the 2015 Notes shall be payable to the Holders in whose names the 2015 Notes are registered at the close of business on the preceding May 19 and November 19; interest on the 2017 Notes shall be payable to the Holders in whose names the 2017 Notes are registered at the close of business on the preceding May 20 and November 20; interest on the 2022 Notes shall be payable to the Holders in whose names the 2022 Notes are registered at the close of business on the preceding May 21 and November 21; and interest on the 2042 Notes shall be payable to the Holders in whose names the 2042 Notes are registered at the close of business on the preceding May 19 and November 19 (with respect to the applicable series of Notes, each a “ Record Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprising twelve 30-day months.

ARTICLE THREE

GUARANTEE

Section 3.01 . Guarantee of Kraft Foods Inc .

Pursuant to Article Fourteen of the Base Indenture, as of the date hereof, the obligations of the Company pursuant to the Notes, including any repurchase obligations resulting from a Change of Control (as defined in the Notes), will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured basis, by the Guarantor.

Section 3.02 . Release of the Guarantee .

The Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee without any action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder upon the occurrence of the Distribution (so long as the other transactions constituting the Spin-Off have occurred). The Guarantor’s Guarantee shall also terminate upon defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in “Defeasance.”

 

-4-


ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01 . Application of Supplemental Indenture .

The Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed. This Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Base Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

Section 4.02 . Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 through 317 of the Trust Indenture Act, the imposed duties shall control.

Section 4.03 . Conflict with Base Indenture .

To the extent not expressly amended or modified by this Supplemental Indenture, the Base Indenture shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture relating to the Notes is inconsistent with any provision of the Base Indenture, the provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall control.

Section 4.04 . Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 4.05 . Successors .

All agreements of the Company in the Base Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in the Base Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 4.06 . Counterparts .

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 4.07 . Trustee Disclaimer .

The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes other than as to the validity of its execution and delivery by the Trustee. The recitals and statements herein and in the Notes are deemed to be those of the Company and not the Trustee and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the same. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture have caused it to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ Barbara L. Brasier

Name:

  Barbara L. Brasier

Title:

  Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

KRAFT FOODS INC., as Guarantor
By:   /s/ David A. Brearton

Name:

  David A. Brearton

Title:

  Executive Vice President and CFO

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:   /s/ Jacqueline Bartnick

Name:

  Jacqueline Bartnick

Title:

  Director
By:   /s/ Linda Reale

Name:

  Linda Reale

Title:

  Vice President

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture No. 1]


Appendix A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES,

ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

Section 1.1 Definitions .

(a) Capitalized Terms .

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Initial Note, Additional Note or Exchange Note issued pursuant to the Indenture (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

Distribution Compliance Period ,” with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear systems Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

IAI ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any Notes in global form that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

U.S. person ” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.

 

A-1


(b) Other Definitions .

 

Term:

   Defined in
Section:
 

“Agent Members”

     2.1 (c) 

“Definitive Notes Legend”

     2.2 (e) 

“ERISA Legend”

     2.2 (b) 

“Global Note”

     2.1 (b) 

“Global Notes Legend”

     2.2 (e) 

“IAI Global Note”

     2.1 (b) 

“Regulation S Global Note”

     2.1 (b) 

“Regulation S Notes”

     2.1 (a) 

“Restricted Notes Legend”

     2.3 (e) 

“Rule 144A Global Note”

     2.1 (b) 

“Rule 144A Notes”

     2.1 (a) 

Section 2.1 Form and Dating

(a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the initial purchasers thereof and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A Notes ”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S (“ Regulation S Notes ”). Additional Notes may also be considered to be Rule 144A Notes or Regulation S Notes, as applicable.

(b)  Global Notes . Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered RA-1 upward (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes, numbered RS-1 upward (collectively, the “ Regulation S Global Note ”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. One or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend, numbered RIAI-1 upward (collectively, the “ IAI Global Note ”) shall also be issued at the request of the Trustee, deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “ Global Note ” and are collectively referred to herein as “ Global Notes .” Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Sections 304 and 305 of this Indenture and Section 2.2(c) of this Appendix A.

(c) Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and Section 303 of this Indenture and pursuant to a Company Order signed by one authorized officer of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

 

A-2


Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(d) Definitive Notes . Except as provided in Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

Section 2.2 Transfer and Exchange .

(a)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . When Definitive Notes are presented to the Security Registrar with a written request:

(i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

(ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Security Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

(1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

(2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of this Appendix A or otherwise in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend, and are accompanied by a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto.

(b)  Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note . A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, together with:

(i) a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto; and

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,

the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such

 

A-3


instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If the applicable Global Note is not then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

(c)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.2(d) of this Appendix A, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Security Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or another Global Note, and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part if the transfer is by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(d) Restrictions on Transfer of Global Notes; Voluntary Exchange of Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes for Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .

(i) Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through another Transfer Restricted Global Note shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto. In addition, in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a Rule 144A Global Note or an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a certification or a signed letter in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture to the Trustee.

(ii) During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the Restricted Notes Legend on such Regulation S Global Note and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture for exchange or registration of transfers and, in the case of a transfer to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a certification or a signed letter in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture to the Trustee. Such written certifications or letter shall no longer be required after

 

A-4


the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

(iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture for an exchange from a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note.

(iv) Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Security Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture) and/or upon delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(v) If no Unrestricted Global Note is outstanding at the time of a transfer contemplated by the preceding clauses (iii) and (iv), the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Unrestricted Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

(e)  Legends .

(i) Except as permitted by Section 2.2(d), this Section 2.2(e), Section 2.2(i) and Section 2.2(j) of this Appendix A, each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“ Restricted Notes Legend ”):

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

[(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND][IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A AND REGULATION S NOTES]

[IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF $250,000, AND][IN THE CASE IAI GLOBAL NOTES]

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

 

A-5


(A) TO KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF $250,000, OR

(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (F) ABOVE, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ Definitive Notes Legend ”):

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE SECURITY REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH SECURITY REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ Global Notes Legend ”):

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET

 

A-6


FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

Each Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ ERISA Legend ”):

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Security Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Security Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture) and provides such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv) Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer.

(v) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note . At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 

A-7


(g)  Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Security Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306, 906 and 1107 of this Indenture).

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(v) In order to effect any transfer or exchange of an interest in any Transfer Restricted Note for an interest in a Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and has not been registered under the Securities Act, if the Security Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably acceptable to the Security Registrar to the effect that no registration under the Securities Act is required in respect of such exchange or transfer or the re-sale of such interest by the beneficial holder thereof, shall be required to be delivered to the Security Registrar and the Trustee.

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(iii) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

A-8


(i) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 303 of the Base Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

Section 2.3 Definitive Notes .

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Security Registrar has received a request from the Depository. In addition, any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Company or Trustee.

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.2(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(c) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.3(a) of this Appendix A, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

 

A-9


Exhibit A-1

Form of Global Note representing the 2015 Notes

No. RA-[    ]

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

1.625% NOTE DUE 2015

representing

$                    

CUSIP No. 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A) TO KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF $250,000, OR

(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

 

- 1 -


PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (F) ABOVE, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC., a Virginia corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                               on June 4, 2015, and to pay interest thereon from June 4, 2012 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semiannually on June 4 and December 4, in each year, commencing December 4, 2012, at the rate of 1.625% per annum until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment.

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be May 19 or November 19 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holders on such

 

- 2 -


Regular Record Date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee for the Notes, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Securities Register or by wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee at a bank located in the United States. All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note will be made by the Company in immediately available funds.

Additional provisions of this Note are contained on the reverse hereof, and such provisions shall have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee for the Notes by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

Signature Page Follows

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.
By:    

Name:

  Barbara L. Brasier

Title:

  Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

Attest:
By:    

Name:

  David A. Brearton

Title:

  Executive Vice President and CFO

 

- 4 -


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated: June 4, 2012.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

- 5 -


(Reverse of Note)

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Securities”) of the Company of the series hereinafter specified, which series is limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,000,000,000 (except as provided in the Indenture hereinafter mentioned), all such Securities issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of June 4, 2012 between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of June 4, 2012, among the Company, Kraft Foods Inc. (the “Guarantor”) and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, herein called the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all other indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the rights and limitations of rights thereunder of the Holders of the Securities and of the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee for each series of Securities and of the Company, and the terms upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated and delivered. As provided in the Indenture, the Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may be issued in various aggregate principal amounts, may mature at different times, may bear interest, if any, at different rates, may be subject to different redemption provisions, if any, may be subject to different sinking, purchase or analogous funds, if any, may be subject to different covenants and Events of Default and may otherwise vary as in the Indenture provided or permitted. This Note is one of a series of the Securities designated therein as 1.625% Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”).

The Company may, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, issue additional notes having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes, except for the issue price, issue date and, in some cases, the first payment of interest or interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes. Any additional notes having such similar terms, together with the Notes, shall constitute a single series of notes under the Indenture. No additional notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to the Notes.

Guarantee

Pursuant to Article Fourteen of the Base Indenture, the Guarantor hereby agrees that it shall provide a Guarantee on a senior unsecured basis of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes. The Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee without any action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Supplemental Indenture.

Change of Control

If a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined below) occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes, Holders may require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of their Notes pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) of payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail a notice to Holders describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures described in such notice. The Company must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Notes by virtue of such conflicts.

 

- 6 -


On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of notes properly tendered the purchase price for the Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes surrendered; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of a repurchase at the option of Holders, the following definitions are applicable:

“Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies (as defined below) on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies); provided that a below investment grade rating event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect to a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a below investment grade rating event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event hereunder) if the rating agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at its request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprising or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the below investment grade rating event).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”) other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and other than the Internal Reorganization; (2) the approval by the holders of the Company’s common stock of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture); (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person or Group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding number of shares of the Company’s voting stock; or (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the issuance of

 

- 7 -


the Notes; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, respectively.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Person” has the meaning set forth in the indenture and includes a “person” as used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if any of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Payment of Additional Amounts

Section 1010 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes, except that the term “Holder,” when used in Section 1010 of the Indenture, shall mean the beneficial owner of a Note or any person holding on behalf or for the account of the beneficial owner of a Note.

Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Company may redeem the Notes prior to maturity in whole, but not in part, on not more than 60 days’ notice and not less than 30 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of such Notes plus any accrued interest and additional amounts to the date fixed for redemption if:

as a result of a change in or amendment to the tax laws, regulations or rulings of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States or any change in official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States) that is announced or becomes effective on or after June 4, 2012, the Company has or will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes as described in Section 1010 of the Indenture, or

on or after June 4, 2012, any action is taken by a taxing authority of, or any decision has been rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States, including any of those actions specified above, whether or not such action was taken or decision was rendered with respect to the Company, or any change, amendment, application or interpretation is officially proposed, which, in any such case, in the written opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing, will result in a material probability that the Company will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes, and the Company in its business judgment determine that such obligations cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Company.

If the Company exercises its option to redeem the Notes, the Company will deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by an authorized officer stating that it is entitled to redeem the Notes and an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that the circumstances described in the above bullets exist.

 

- 8 -


Payment of Additional Interest

The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner and on the same dates as interest at the rate stated herein and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of additional interest, the following definitions are applicable:

“Additional Interest” means all interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set for in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the registration rights agreement, dated as of June 4, 2012 among the Company, the Guarantor, and the representatives of the initial purchasers party thereto and (ii) with respect to any additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

Reports

For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The requirements set forth in this paragraph may be satisfied by delivering such information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party, provided, that the Trustee will have no responsibility to determine if such posting has occurred) to which access will be given to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes (which prospective purchasers will be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.

Defeasance

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire principal of all the Securities of any series upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein.

Certain of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to Notes, may be terminated if the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on a the Indenture.

Events of Default

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 501(4) or 501(5) of the Indenture) with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, then either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes of this series then Outstanding may declare the entire principal amount of the Notes of this series due and payable in the manner and with effect provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) or 501(5) occurs with respect to the Company, all of the unpaid principal amount and accrued interest then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any Holder.

Amendments

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series issued under the Indenture to be affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such

 

- 9 -


.series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences with respect to such series. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Payment

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed.

Transfer, Registration and Exchange

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company to be maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at any other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon due or one or more new notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a like tenor and of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee for the Notes and any agent of the Company or such Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, such Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Notes are not subject to a sinking fund.

This Note shall for all purposes be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth therein.

 

- 10 -


ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

(Name and address of Assignee, including zip code, must be printed or typewritten)

 

 

 

 

the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably, constituting and appointing

 

 

 

 

to transfer the said Note on the books of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                        

 

   NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

- 11 -


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $              principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)     ¨    to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
(2)     ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)     ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or
(4)     ¨    to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
(5)     ¨    pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
(6)     ¨    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter in the form provided on the reverse side of such Notes; or
(7)     ¨    pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(8)     ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of

 

- 12 -


the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

 

 

  Your Signature

Date:                                     

 

 

  Signature of Signature Guarantor

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                                     

  

 

  

NOTICE:       To be executed by an executive officer

   Name:
   Title:

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 13 -


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have all or part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Change of Control, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                            (integral multiples of $1,000, provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000)

Date:                             

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:                             

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 14 -


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                              . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

  

Amount of

increase

in Principal

Amount of

this

Global Note

  

Principal

Amount of

this Global

Note

following

such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee,
Depositary or

Custodian

 

 

 

- 15 -


FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Fax No.: (847) 646-3173

Email: Darin.Aprati@kraftfoods.com

Attention: Treasurer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[              ] principal amount of the 1.625% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “ Notes ”) of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                             

Address:                             

Taxpayer ID Number:                             

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause 2.2(d)(ii) of Appendix A to the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

 

  ,

 

by:

 

 

 

- 16 -


Exhibit A-2

Form of Global Note representing 2017 Notes

No. RA-[    ]

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

2.250% NOTE DUE 2017

representing

$                    

CUSIP No. 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A) TO KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF $250,000, OR

(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

- 1 -


PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (F) ABOVE, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC., a Virginia corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                               on June 5, 2017, and to pay interest thereon from June 4, 2012 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semiannually on June 5 and December 5, in each year, commencing December 5, 2012, at the rate of 2.250% per annum until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment.

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be May 20 or November 20 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such

 

- 2 -


interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee for the Notes, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Securities Register or by wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee at a bank located in the United States. All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note will be made by the Company in immediately available funds.

Additional provisions of this Note are contained on the reverse hereof, and such provisions shall have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee for the Notes by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

Signature Page Follows

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.
By:    
Name:   Barbara L. Brasier
Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

Attest:
By:    
Name:   David A. Brearton
Title:   Executive Vice President and CFO

 

- 4 -


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated: June 4, 2012.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Trustee

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

- 5 -


(Reverse of Note)

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Securities”) of the Company of the series hereinafter specified, which series is limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,000,000,000 (except as provided in the Indenture hereinafter mentioned), all such Securities issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of June 4, 2012 between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of June 4, 2012, among the Company, Kraft Foods Inc. (the “Guarantor”) and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, herein called the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all other indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the rights and limitations of rights thereunder of the Holders of the Securities and of the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee for each series of Securities and of the Company, and the terms upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated and delivered. As provided in the Indenture, the Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may be issued in various aggregate principal amounts, may mature at different times, may bear interest, if any, at different rates, may be subject to different redemption provisions, if any, may be subject to different sinking, purchase or analogous funds, if any, may be subject to different covenants and Events of Default and may otherwise vary as in the Indenture provided or permitted. This Note is one of a series of the Securities designated therein as 2.250% Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”).

The Company may, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, issue additional notes having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes, except for the issue price, issue date and, in some cases, the first payment of interest or interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes. Any additional notes having such similar terms, together with the Notes, shall constitute a single series of notes under the Indenture. No additional notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to the Notes.

Guarantee

Pursuant to Article Fourteen of the Base Indenture, the Guarantor hereby agrees that it shall provide a Guarantee on a senior unsecured basis of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes. The Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee without any action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Supplemental Indenture.

Change of Control

If a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined below) occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes, Holders may require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of their Notes pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) of payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail a notice to Holders describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures described in such notice. The Company must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Notes by virtue of such conflicts.

 

- 6 -


On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

   

accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

   

deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

   

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of notes properly tendered the purchase price for the Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes surrendered; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of a repurchase at the option of Holders, the following definitions are applicable:

“Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies (as defined below) on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies); provided that a below investment grade rating event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect to a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a below investment grade rating event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event hereunder) if the rating agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at its request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprising or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the below investment grade rating event).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”) other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and other than the Internal Reorganization; (2) the approval by the holders of the Company’s common stock of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture); (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person or Group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding number of shares of the Company’s voting stock; or (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the issuance of

 

- 7 -


the Notes; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, respectively.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Person” has the meaning set forth in the indenture and includes a “person” as used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if any of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Payment of Additional Amounts

Section 1010 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes, except that the term “Holder,” when used in Section 1010 of the Indenture, shall mean the beneficial owner of a Note or any person holding on behalf or for the account of the beneficial owner of a Note.

Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Company may redeem the Notes prior to maturity in whole, but not in part, on not more than 60 days’ notice and not less than 30 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of such Notes plus any accrued interest and additional amounts to the date fixed for redemption if:

 

   

as a result of a change in or amendment to the tax laws, regulations or rulings of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States or any change in official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States) that is announced or becomes effective on or after June 4, 2012, the Company has or will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes as described in Section 1010 of the Indenture, or

 

   

on or after June 4, 2012, any action is taken by a taxing authority of, or any decision has been rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States, including any of those actions specified above, whether or not such action was taken or decision was rendered with respect to the Company, or any change, amendment, application or interpretation is officially proposed, which, in any such case, in the written opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing, will result in a material probability that the Company will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes, and the Company in its business judgment determine that such obligations cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Company.

If the Company exercises its option to redeem the Notes, the Company will deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by an authorized officer stating that it is entitled to redeem the Notes and an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that the circumstances described in the above bullets exist.

 

- 8 -


Payment of Additional Interest

The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner and on the same dates as interest at the rate stated herein and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of additional interest, the following definitions are applicable:

“Additional Interest” means all interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set for in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the registration rights agreement, dated as of June 4, 2012 among the Company, the Guarantor, and the representatives of the initial purchasers party thereto and (ii) with respect to any additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

Reports

For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The requirements set forth in this paragraph may be satisfied by delivering such information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party, provided, that the Trustee will have no responsibility to determine if such posting has occurred) to which access will be given to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes (which prospective purchasers will be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.

Defeasance

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire principal of all the Securities of any series upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein.

Certain of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to Notes, may be terminated if the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on a the Indenture.

Events of Default

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 501(4) or 501(5) of the Indenture) with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, then either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes of this series then Outstanding may declare the entire principal amount of the Notes of this series due and payable in the manner and with effect provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) or 501(5) occurs with respect to the Company, all of the unpaid principal amount and accrued interest then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any Holder.

Amendments

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series issued under the Indenture to be affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such

 

- 9 -


series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences with respect to such series. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Payment

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed.

Transfer, Registration and Exchange

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company to be maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at any other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon due or one or more new notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a like tenor and of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee for the Notes and any agent of the Company or such Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, such Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Notes are not subject to a sinking fund.

This Note shall for all purposes be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth therein.

 

- 10 -


ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

(Name and address of Assignee, including zip code, must be printed or typewritten)

 

 

 

 

the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably, constituting and appointing

 

 

 

 

to transfer the said Note on the books of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                        

 

   NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

- 11 -


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $              principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)     ¨    to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
(2)     ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)     ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or
(4)     ¨    to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
(5)     ¨    pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
(6)     ¨    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter in the form provided on the reverse side of such Notes; or
(7)     ¨    pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(8)     ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of

 

- 12 -


the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

 

 

  Your Signature

Date:                                     

 

 

  Signature of Signature Guarantor

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                                     

  

 

  

NOTICE:       To be executed by an executive officer

   Name:
   Title:

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 13 -


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have all or part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Change of Control, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                            (integral multiples of $1,000, provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000)

Date:                             

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:                             

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 14 -


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                              . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

  

Amount of

increase

in Principal

Amount of

this

Global Note

  

Principal

Amount of

this Global

Note

following

such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee,
Depositary or

Custodian

 

- 15 -


FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Fax No.: (847) 646-3173

Email: Darin.Aprati@kraftfoods.com

Attention: Treasurer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[              ] principal amount of the 2.250% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                             

Address:                             

Taxpayer ID Number:                             

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause 2.2(d)(ii) of Appendix A to the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

 

  ,

 

by:

 

 

 

- 16 -


Exhibit A-3

Form of Global Note representing the 2022 Notes

No. RA-[    ]

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

3.500% NOTE DUE 2022

representing

$                    

CUSIP No. 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A) TO KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF $250,000, OR

(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

- 1 -


PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (F) ABOVE, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC., a Virginia corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                               on June 6, 2022, and to pay interest thereon from June 4, 2012 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semiannually on June 6 and December 6, in each year, commencing December 6, 2012, at the rate of 3.500% per annum until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment.

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be May 21 or November 21 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holders on such

 

- 2 -


Regular Record Date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee for the Notes, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Securities Register or by wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee at a bank located in the United States. All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note will be made by the Company in immediately available funds.

Additional provisions of this Note are contained on the reverse hereof, and such provisions shall have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee for the Notes by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

Signature Page Follows

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

By:

   
Name:   Barbara L. Brasier
Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

Attest:

By:

   
Name:   David A. Brearton
Title:   Executive Vice President and CFO

 

- 4 -


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated: June 4, 2012.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS, as Trustee

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

- 5 -


(Reverse of Note)

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Securities”) of the Company of the series hereinafter specified, which series is limited in aggregate principal amount to $2,000,000,000 (except as provided in the Indenture hereinafter mentioned), all such Securities issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of June 4, 2012 between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of June 4, 2012, among the Company, Kraft Foods Inc. (the “Guarantor”) and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, herein called the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all other indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the rights and limitations of rights thereunder of the Holders of the Securities and of the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee for each series of Securities and of the Company, and the terms upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated and delivered. As provided in the Indenture, the Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may be issued in various aggregate principal amounts, may mature at different times, may bear interest, if any, at different rates, may be subject to different redemption provisions, if any, may be subject to different sinking, purchase or analogous funds, if any, may be subject to different covenants and Events of Default and may otherwise vary as in the Indenture provided or permitted. This Note is one of a series of the Securities designated therein as 3.500% Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”).

The Company may, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, issue additional notes having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes, except for the issue price, issue date and, in some cases, the first payment of interest or interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes. Any additional notes having such similar terms, together with the Notes, shall constitute a single series of notes under the Indenture. No additional notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to the Notes.

Guarantee

Pursuant to Article Fourteen of the Base Indenture, the Guarantor hereby agrees that it shall provide a Guarantee on a senior unsecured basis of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes. The Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee without any action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Supplemental Indenture.

Change of Control

If a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined below) occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes, Holders may require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of their Notes pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) of payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail a notice to Holders describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures described in such notice. The Company must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Notes by virtue of such conflicts.

 

- 6 -


On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

   

accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

   

deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

   

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of notes properly tendered the purchase price for the Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes surrendered; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of a repurchase at the option of Holders, the following definitions are applicable:

“Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies (as defined below) on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies); provided that a below investment grade rating event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect to a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a below investment grade rating event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event hereunder) if the rating agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at its request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprising or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the below investment grade rating event).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”) other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and other than the Internal Reorganization; (2) the approval by the holders of the Company’s common stock of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture); (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person or Group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding number of shares of the Company’s voting stock; or (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the issuance of

 

- 7 -


the Notes; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, respectively.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Person” has the meaning set forth in the indenture and includes a “person” as used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if any of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Payment of Additional Amounts

Section 1010 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes, except that the term “Holder,” when used in Section 1010 of the Indenture, shall mean the beneficial owner of a Note or any person holding on behalf or for the account of the beneficial owner of a Note.

Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Company may redeem the Notes prior to maturity in whole, but not in part, on not more than 60 days’ notice and not less than 30 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of such Notes plus any accrued interest and additional amounts to the date fixed for redemption if:

 

   

as a result of a change in or amendment to the tax laws, regulations or rulings of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States or any change in official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States) that is announced or becomes effective on or after June 4, 2012, the Company has or will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes as described in Section 1010 of the Indenture, or

 

   

on or after June 4, 2012, any action is taken by a taxing authority of, or any decision has been rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States, including any of those actions specified above, whether or not such action was taken or decision was rendered with respect to the Company, or any change, amendment, application or interpretation is officially proposed, which, in any such case, in the written opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing, will result in a material probability that the Company will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes, and the Company in its business judgment determine that such obligations cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Company.

If the Company exercises its option to redeem the Notes, the Company will deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by an authorized officer stating that it is entitled to redeem the Notes and an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that the circumstances described in the above bullets exist.

 

- 8 -


Payment of Additional Interest

The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner and on the same dates as interest at the rate stated herein and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of additional interest, the following definitions are applicable:

“Additional Interest” means all interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set for in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the registration rights agreement, dated as of June 4, 2012 among the Company, the Guarantor, and the representatives of the initial purchasers party thereto and (ii) with respect to any additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

Reports

For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The requirements set forth in this paragraph may be satisfied by delivering such information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party, provided, that the Trustee will have no responsibility to determine if such posting has occurred) to which access will be given to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes (which prospective purchasers will be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.

Defeasance

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire principal of all the Securities of any series upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein.

Certain of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to Notes, may be terminated if the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on a the Indenture.

Events of Default

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 501(4) or 501(5) of the Indenture) with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, then either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes of this series then Outstanding may declare the entire principal amount of the Notes of this series due and payable in the manner and with effect provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) or 501(5) occurs with respect to the Company, all of the unpaid principal amount and accrued interest then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any Holder.

Amendments

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series issued under the Indenture to be affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such

 

- 9 -


series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences with respect to such series. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Payment

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed.

Transfer, Registration and Exchange

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company to be maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at any other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon due or one or more new notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a like tenor and of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee for the Notes and any agent of the Company or such Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, such Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Notes are not subject to a sinking fund.

This Note shall for all purposes be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth therein.

 

- 10 -


ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

(Name and address of Assignee, including zip code, must be printed or typewritten)

 

 

 

 

the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably, constituting and appointing

 

 

 

 

to transfer the said Note on the books of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                        

 

   NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

- 11 -


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $              principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)     ¨    to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
(2)     ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)     ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or
(4)     ¨    to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
(5)     ¨    pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
(6)     ¨    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter in the form provided on the reverse side of such Notes; or
(7)     ¨    pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(8)     ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of

 

- 12 -


the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

 

 

  Your Signature

Date:                                     

 

 

  Signature of Signature Guarantor

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                                     

  

 

  

NOTICE:       To be executed by an executive officer

   Name:
   Title:

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 13 -


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have all or part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Change of Control, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                            (integral multiples of $1,000, provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000)

Date:                             

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:                             

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 14 -


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                              . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

  

Amount of

increase

in Principal

Amount of

this

Global Note

  

Principal

Amount of

this Global

Note

following

such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee,
Depositary or

Custodian

 

- 15 -


FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Fax No.: (847) 646-3173

Email: Darin.Aprati@kraftfoods.com

Attention: Treasurer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[              ] principal amount of the 3.500% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                             

Address:                             

Taxpayer ID Number:                             

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause 2.2(d)(ii) of Appendix A to the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

 

  ,

 

by:

 

 

 

- 16 -


Exhibit A-4

Form of Global Note representing the 2042 Notes

No. RA-[    ]

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

5.000% NOTE DUE 2042

representing

$                    

CUSIP No. 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

(1) REPRESENTS THAT

(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

(A) TO KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

(E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OF $250,000, OR

 

- 1 -


(F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (F) ABOVE, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC., a Virginia corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                               on June 4, 2042, and to pay interest thereon from June 4, 2012 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semiannually on June 4 and December 4, in each year, commencing December 4, 2012, at the rate of 5.000% per annum until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment.

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be May 19 or November 19 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such

 

- 2 -


interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee for the Notes, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Securities Register or by wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee at a bank located in the United States. All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note will be made by the Company in immediately available funds.

Additional provisions of this Note are contained on the reverse hereof, and such provisions shall have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee for the Notes by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

Signature Page Follows

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC. has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.
By:    

Name:

  Barbara L. Brasier

Title:

  Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

Attest:
By:    

Name:

  David A. Brearton

Title:

  Executive Vice President and CFO

 

- 4 -


CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated: June 4, 2012.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

- 5 -


(Reverse of Note)

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Securities”) of the Company of the series hereinafter specified, which series is limited in aggregate principal amount to $2,000,000,000 (except as provided in the Indenture hereinafter mentioned), all such Securities issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of June 4, 2012 between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of June 4, 2012, among the Company, Kraft Foods Inc. (the “Guarantor”) and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, herein called the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all other indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the rights and limitations of rights thereunder of the Holders of the Securities and of the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee for each series of Securities and of the Company, and the terms upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated and delivered. As provided in the Indenture, the Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may be issued in various aggregate principal amounts, may mature at different times, may bear interest, if any, at different rates, may be subject to different redemption provisions, if any, may be subject to different sinking, purchase or analogous funds, if any, may be subject to different covenants and Events of Default and may otherwise vary as in the Indenture provided or permitted. This Note is one of a series of the Securities designated therein as 5.000% Notes due 2042 (the “Notes”).

The Company may, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, issue additional notes having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes, except for the issue price, issue date and, in some cases, the first payment of interest or interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes. Any additional notes having such similar terms, together with the Notes, shall constitute a single series of notes under the Indenture. No additional notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to the Notes.

Guarantee

Pursuant to Article Fourteen of the Base Indenture, the Guarantor hereby agrees that it shall provide a Guarantee on a senior unsecured basis of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes. The Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantee without any action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Supplemental Indenture.

Change of Control

If a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined below) occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes, Holders may require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of their Notes pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) of payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail a notice to Holders describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures described in such notice. The Company must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Notes by virtue of such conflicts.

 

- 6 -


On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

   

accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

   

deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

   

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of notes properly tendered the purchase price for the Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes surrendered; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of a repurchase at the option of Holders, the following definitions are applicable:

“Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies (as defined below) on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies); provided that a below investment grade rating event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect to a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a below investment grade rating event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event hereunder) if the rating agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at its request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprising or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the below investment grade rating event).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”) other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and other than the Internal Reorganization; (2) the approval by the holders of the Company’s common stock of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture); (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person or Group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding number of shares of the Company’s voting stock; or (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the issuance of

 

- 7 -


the Notes; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, respectively.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Person” has the meaning set forth in the indenture and includes a “person” as used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if any of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Payment of Additional Amounts

Section 1010 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes, except that the term “Holder,” when used in Section 1010 of the Indenture, shall mean the beneficial owner of a Note or any person holding on behalf or for the account of the beneficial owner of a Note.

Redemption for Tax Reasons

The Company may redeem the Notes prior to maturity in whole, but not in part, on not more than 60 days’ notice and not less than 30 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of such Notes plus any accrued interest and additional amounts to the date fixed for redemption if:

 

   

as a result of a change in or amendment to the tax laws, regulations or rulings of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States or any change in official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States) that is announced or becomes effective on or after June 4, 2012, the Company has or will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes as described in Section 1010 of the Indenture, or

 

   

on or after June 4, 2012, any action is taken by a taxing authority of, or any decision has been rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction in, the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States, including any of those actions specified above, whether or not such action was taken or decision was rendered with respect to the Company, or any change, amendment, application or interpretation is officially proposed, which, in any such case, in the written opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing, will result in a material probability that the Company will become obligated to pay additional amounts with respect to such series of Notes, and the Company in its business judgment determine that such obligations cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Company.

If the Company exercises its option to redeem the Notes, the Company will deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by an authorized officer stating that it is entitled to redeem the Notes and an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that the circumstances described in the above bullets exist.

 

- 8 -


Payment of Additional Interest

The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner and on the same dates as interest at the rate stated herein and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

For purposes of the foregoing discussion of additional interest, the following definitions are applicable:

“Additional Interest” means all interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set for in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the registration rights agreement, dated as of June 4, 2012 among the Company, the Guarantor, and the representatives of the initial purchasers party thereto and (ii) with respect to any additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

Reports

For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The requirements set forth in this paragraph may be satisfied by delivering such information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party, provided, that the Trustee will have no responsibility to determine if such posting has occurred) to which access will be given to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes (which prospective purchasers will be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.

Defeasance

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire principal of all the Securities of any series upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein.

Certain of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture with respect to Notes, may be terminated if the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on a the Indenture.

Events of Default

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 501(4) or 501(5) of the Indenture) with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, then either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes of this series then Outstanding may declare the entire principal amount of the Notes of this series due and payable in the manner and with effect provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) or 501(5) occurs with respect to the Company, all of the unpaid principal amount and accrued interest then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any Holder.

Amendments

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities under the Indenture at any time by the Company with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series issued under the Indenture to be affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such

 

- 9 -


series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences with respect to such series. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

Payment

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed.

Transfer, Registration and Exchange

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company to be maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at any other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon due or one or more new notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a like tenor and of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee for the Notes and any agent of the Company or such Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, such Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Notes are not subject to a sinking fund.

This Note shall for all purposes be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth therein.

 

- 10 -


ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

(Name and address of Assignee, including zip code, must be printed or typewritten)

 

 

 

 

the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably, constituting and appointing

 

 

 

 

to transfer the said Note on the books of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                        

 

   NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

- 11 -


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

This certificate relates to $              principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or

 

¨  

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)     ¨    to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
(2)     ¨    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)     ¨    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or
(4)     ¨    to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
(5)     ¨    pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
(6)     ¨    to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter in the form provided on the reverse side of such Notes; or
(7)     ¨    pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(8)     ¨    pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of

 

- 12 -


the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

 

 

  Your Signature

Date:                                     

 

 

  Signature of Signature Guarantor

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                                     

  

 

  

NOTICE:       To be executed by an executive officer

   Name:
   Title:

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 13 -


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have all or part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Change of Control, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                            (integral multiples of $1,000, provided that the unpurchased portion must be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000)

Date:                             

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:                             

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

- 14 -


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                              . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

  

Amount of

increase

in Principal

Amount of

this

Global Note

  

Principal

Amount of

this Global

Note

following

such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee,
Depositary or

Custodian

 

 

 

- 15 -


FORM OF

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Fax No.: (847) 646-3173

Email: Darin.Aprati@kraftfoods.com

Attention: Treasurer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[              ] principal amount of the 5.000% Senior Notes due 2042 (the “ Notes ”) of Kraft Foods Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                             

Address:                             

Taxpayer ID Number:                             

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause 2.2(d)(ii) of Appendix A to the supplemental indenture under which the Notes were issued prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

 

  ,

 

by:

 

 

 

 

- 16 -

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

MASTER GENERAL TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

Dated as of                     , 2012

 

 


MASTER GENERAL TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Master General Transition Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Distribution Date (the “ Effective Date ”) between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ GroceryCo ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability (“ SnackCo ”).

WHEREAS, GroceryCo and SnackCo’s parent company are parties to that certain Separation Agreement dated as of the Distribution Date (the “ Separation Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the parties agreed to separate Kraft Foods Inc. into two companies: (a) GroceryCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the GroceryCo Business; and (b) SnackCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the SnackCo Business (the “ Separation ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and in order to ensure a smooth transition following the Separation, each party desires that the other party provide, or cause its Affiliates or contractors to provide, certain transition services (other than (a) information technology services, which services will be governed under the Master Information Technology Transition Services Agreement dated as of the Distribution Date, and (b) research and development transition services, which services will be governed under the Research and Development Agreement dated as of the Distribution Date) in exchange for the consideration stated in this Agreement and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the services to be provided hereunder will be specified in separate Project Statements (as further defined below) that will set forth the scope of the services to be provided as well as the party who will provide the services (the “Supplier” as further defined herein) to the other party (the “Buyer” as further defined herein); and

WHEREAS, each party in its capacity as a Buyer wishes to receive such specified transition services for use in connection with its Business in order to ensure a smooth transition following the Separation and services as Buyer may select, and each party in its capacity as a Supplier has agreed to provide such services in accordance with the terms specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, GroceryCo and SnackCo agree as follows:

1. Definitions. The following terms have the meanings indicated:

1.1 Allocated Cost ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

1.2 Buyer ” means with respect to a Service specified in a Project Statement, the party receiving such Service as specified in the Project Statement.

1.3 Buyer Data ” means data relating to the operation of the Business of Buyer in the possession or control of Supplier.


1.4 Canadian Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

1.5 Canadian Supplier ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

1.6 Change of Control ” means any: (A) event or series of events through which any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), becomes, or obtains rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of a party or any of its subsidiaries; (B) merger, consolidation or acquisition of or involving a party or any of its subsidiaries; (C) sale of any material amount of the assets of a party or any of its subsidiaries (including by a sale of stock or other securities of any such subsidiary); or (D) similar transaction or business combination involving a party or any of its subsidiaries or their business or capital units or assets.

1.7 Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.8 Contractor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

1.9 Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

1.10 Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement between the parties dated as of the Distribution Date.

1.11 Maximum Transition Period ” means the two-year period beginning on the Effective Date.

1.12 New Service ” means a Service not provided or supplied by Kraft Foods Inc., its subsidiaries and/or its Contractors for the Business of Buyer during the 12 months preceding the Effective Date.

1.13 Project Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

1.14 Representative ” means an Affiliate, Contractor or other Person providing Services hereunder on behalf of Supplier.

1.15 Services ” means collectively the Identified Services, any Menu Services and any Additional Services described in mutually agreed Project Statements.

1.16 Services Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

1.17 Supplier ” means with respect to a Service specified in a Project Statement, the party providing such Service as specified in the Project Statement.

1.18 Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

1.19 Transition Period ” means the maximum period of time set forth in the applicable Project Statement for a Service, as such Transition Period may be adjusted by mutual written agreement of the parties from time to time; provided , however , that in no event will the Transition Period exceed the date that is two years from the Effective Date.

 

- 2 -


Other capitalized terms have the meanings set forth elsewhere in this Agreement. Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Separation Agreement.

2. Transition Services.

2.1 Project Statements. The scope of each agreed upon Service to be provided under the terms of this Agreement will be set forth in a Project Statement substantially in the form set forth in Annex A (a “ Project Statement ”), including, as applicable, (i) the party that is the Supplier of the Service and the party that is the Buyer of the Service, (ii) a timeline for such Service, (iii) the location of such Service (including any Canada Services), (iv) each party’s Services Manager for such Project Statement, (v) any details regarding the Allocated Cost for such Service, (vi) payment terms, and (vii) any specifications applicable to such Service, if different from the specifications defined in this Agreement. No Project Statement will be binding or effective unless signed by both parties. Supplier will provide, or cause one or more of its Representatives to provide, to Buyer the Services described in executed Project Statements in accordance therewith and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Identified Services. Each Project Statement entered into as of the Effective Date is attached to this Agreement in Annex B , and the Services identified in such Project Statements are referred to in this Agreement, collectively, as the “ Identified Services ”. Supplier agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to provide, or cause one or more of its Representatives to provide, to Buyer each of the Identified Services for the applicable Transition Period indicated in each applicable Project Statement attached hereto in Annex B , and Buyer agrees to purchase and pay for the Identified Services as provided for in Section 5.

2.3 Menu Services. If Buyer desires to receive any services that are not Identified Services but that are listed on the menu of services available upon request as set forth in Annex C (“ Menu Services ”), Buyer will provide Supplier with a reasonably detailed written request for such proposed services. Within 30 days following such request, Supplier will, to the extent feasible, provide a good faith estimate of the costs, timing and resources required to provide such Menu Services, including a good faith summary of any costs or effects to other Services, equipment, systems, personnel or resources being provided to Buyer (“ Resulting Linked Effects ”). The parties will then promptly negotiate in good faith the terms of a Project Statement by which the proposed Menu Services would be provided under this Agreement. Supplier agrees to take commercially reasonable efforts to provide the proposed Menu Services to the extent not unduly burdensome in light of Supplier’s resource constraints and obligations, subject to the following conditions: (i) if the requested Menu Services could be obtained from other commercial service providers in a commercially reasonable manner, then Supplier will have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to decline to provide such Menu Services; (ii) Supplier will not be obligated to perform any Menu Services unless Buyer agrees to pay the Allocated Cost for such Menu Services, including any Allocated Costs associated with Resulting Linked Effects; and (iii) in no event will the Transition Period for any Menu Service extend beyond the Maximum Transition Period.

 

- 3 -


2.4 Additional Services.

(a) If Buyer desires to receive any services that are not Identified Services or Menu Services, or that represent a significant or material change to an Identified Service or a Menu Service, Buyer will provide Supplier with a reasonably detailed written request for such proposed services (the “ Additional Services ”) (such request sufficiently detailed to enable Supplier to weigh the risks and assess the feasibility of such request and attempt to estimate the resources and effort required to provide such proposed services). Within 30 days following such request, Supplier will, to the extent reasonably feasible, assess the request in good faith and provide notice of whether it will endeavor to provide the requested Additional Service. If Supplier does not respond to such request within 30 days following such request, then Supplier will be deemed to have refused such request.

(b) If a requested Additional Service is reasonably necessary to effect the Separation of the GroceryCo and SnackCo Businesses then Supplier will accept the request to provide the proposed Additional Service if it can feasibly provide such Additional Service without undue burden in light of Supplier’s resource constraints and obligations. Supplier will have no obligation to provide an Additional Service or to provide the Additional Service under any specific terms, and may decline to provide such requested Additional Service in its sole and absolute discretion, if any of the following apply: (i) the requested Additional Service is not reasonably necessary to effect the Separation of the GroceryCo and SnackCo Businesses; (ii) the requested Additional Service is not a Service that was provided or supplied by Kraft Foods Inc. and/or its subsidiaries for the Business of Buyer during the 12 months preceding the Effective Date; (iii) the requested Additional Service could be obtained from other commercial service providers in a commercially reasonable manner; (iv) Buyer will not agree to pay the Allocated Cost for such Additional Services, including any Allocated Costs associated with Resulting Linked Effects; or (v) the Transition Period for the requested Additional Service extends beyond the Maximum Transition Period.

(c) If Supplier accepts a request to provide an Additional Service, it will, to the extent reasonably feasible, provide a good faith estimate of the fees, timing and resources required to provide such Additional Services, including a good faith summary of any Resulting Linked Effects. The parties will then promptly negotiate in good faith a Project Statement by which the proposed Additional Services would be provided under this Agreement.

2.5 Disputes over requested Services . In the event that Buyer alleges that Supplier (or a proposed Supplier) has violated its obligation to consider or provide a requested Service hereunder, or has acted in bad faith in negotiating the terms applicable to a Service such Dispute will be subject to arbitration in accordance with Section 10.2(c).

2.6 Financial obligation . In providing the Services, Supplier and its Representatives will not be obligated to perform any of the following actions unless Buyer agrees to pay the fully Allocated Cost of such actions and the performance of such actions is reasonably within the control of Supplier and its Representatives: (i) maintain the employment of any specific employee; (ii) purchase, lease or license any additional equipment or software, except any replacement for existing equipment owned by Supplier and necessary to provide the Services pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (iii) pay any costs related to the conversion of the Buyer Data from one format to another; or (iv) pay any costs necessary to integrate Buyer’s systems for purposes of receiving the Services.

 

- 4 -


2.7 Means of providing Services. Supplier will, in its sole discretion, determine the means and resources used to provide the Services in accordance with its business judgment and subject to Section 4. Supplier will have sole discretion and responsibility for staffing, instructing and compensating its personnel and third parties who perform the Services.

2.8 Access to facilities and equipment. To the extent reasonably required to perform the Services hereunder, Buyer will provide (or, as necessary, will cause its Representatives to provide) Supplier with reasonable access to and use of Buyer’s applicable facilities and equipment.

2.9 Cooperation; consulting . Supplier and Buyer will use reasonable efforts to assist and cooperate with one another in the timely and orderly transfer of all matters that support or relate to the functions that are the subject of any Services. Buyer acknowledges that some Services to be provided under this Agreement require instructions and information from Buyer, which Buyer will provide to Supplier sufficiently in advance in order to enable Supplier or its Representatives to provide or procure such Services in a timely manner. Supplier will not be liable for any delays resulting from or caused by Buyer’s failure to provide such instructions or information in a timely manner, and Buyer will pay any reasonable additional costs or expenses, including labor, resulting therefrom. Buyer will provide all information reasonably required or requested by Supplier to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Except as otherwise specified for Menu Services, the cost for hourly consulting services provided by Supplier personnel included in Allocated Costs for any Services will be billed at $150 per hour plus reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses.

2.10 Inability to perform Services . In the event that Supplier will be unable to perform Services as required by this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the parties will cooperate, and Supplier will use its commercially reasonable efforts, to restore the affected Services as soon as possible. The foregoing is without prejudice to any rights and remedies Buyer may have in connection with such failure to perform.

3. Personnel.

3.1 Services Managers . Each party will each select a separate services manager (a “ Services Manager ”) for each Project Statement, with each such Services Manager to be identified in the applicable Project Statement, to act as its primary contact person for the provision or receipt, as applicable, of the Services hereunder. All communications relating to the provision of the Services will be directed to the Services Manager of the other party. The Services Managers of the parties will meet periodically, no less than quarterly, to discuss the status of the Services.

3.2 Supplier personnel . Except as otherwise set forth in the Separation Agreement or the Employee Matters Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not impose an obligation on Supplier to second or procure the secondment to Buyer of any employee or other personnel in connection with the provision of the Services. The parties agree that such

 

- 5 -


employees of Supplier and its Affiliates providing Services are employees, contract employees or secondees of Supplier or its Affiliates. All labor matters relating to any employees of Supplier and its Affiliates will be within the exclusive direction, control and supervision of Supplier and its Affiliates, and Buyer will take no action affecting such matters, and Supplier will have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment, termination, assignment, and compensation of such Supplier personnel; provided , however , that Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain sufficient personnel and facilities necessary to provide the Services. Supplier will be solely responsible for the payment of all salary and benefits, social security taxes, unemployment compensation tax, workers’ compensation tax, other employment taxes or withholdings and premiums and remittances with respect to employees of Supplier and its Affiliates used to provide Services, and all Supplier personnel providing Services under this Agreement will be deemed to be employees or representatives solely of Supplier for purposes of all compensation and employee benefits and not to be employees, representatives or agents of Buyer.

3.3 Contractors. The Services may be provided in whole or in part by (a) Affiliates of Supplier or (b) third party contractors or subcontractors (a “ Contractor ”) capable of providing the required level of service set forth in Section 4.

(a) If Supplier wishes to use a Contractor to provide Services for the benefit of Buyer that has not provided similar services to the Businesses during the 12 months preceding the Effective Date (a “ New Contractor ”), then Supplier will ensure that such New Contractor agrees in writing to be bound by the relevant terms and conditions of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will ensure that the New Contractor enters into a written confidentiality agreement on terms with respect to the Confidential Information of Buyer and its Affiliates that are substantially similar to and at least as protective of such Confidential Information as the terms of Section 9 of this Agreement.

(b) Supplier will take all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Services are not interrupted or materially disrupted in connection with the transition of provision of Services to any Contractor, including a New Contractor. Supplier will not be responsible for delays in the provision of Services arising from Buyer’s failure to respond promptly to reasonable requests or information provided by Supplier or caused by terms or negotiations requested by Buyer.

(c) If and to the extent that any failure, delay or other problem in connection with the Services (or any part thereof) is caused by the act or omission of a Contractor: (i) Supplier will not be in breach of this Agreement or otherwise liable to Buyer as a result of such failure, delay or other problem; (ii) Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies (if any) against the Contractor such that the failure, delay or other problem is remedied as soon as reasonably practicable and its impact on the Services and its Business is minimized; and (iii) Supplier will pay (or procure the payment) to Buyer such portion of any monetary compensation paid to Supplier by a Contractor in respect of any damages caused by the act or omission of that Contractor as relates to any damage suffered by Buyer or its Business as a result of that act or omission (in the event Contractor is found obligated to pay less than all compensation necessary to make whole both Supplier and Buyer, then Supplier and Buyer will split the compensation on a pro-rata basis consistent with each party’s portion of the total damages suffered).

 

- 6 -


3.4 Compliance with Policies; Safety of Personnel . Buyer acknowledges that Supplier has instituted and will continue to institute and revise a variety of policies and procedures for its provision of Services. All Services must be reasonably capable of being performed in a manner that is consistent with the policies and procedures of Supplier, including those relating to antitrust laws and health, safety, labor, employment and environmental laws and otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Supplier will use reasonable efforts to provide Buyer with advance written notice in the event it believes any Service is not consistent with such policies or procedures where the same would materially affect the Services to be provided. To the extent Services are performed on site, Supplier will be permitted to withdraw any personnel providing Services at that time if Supplier has a reasonable opinion that such personnel face any risk to their personal safety and prior written notice (to the extent possible) has been given to Buyer.

3.5 Retention of Supplier personnel. If, during the Term, Buyer hires, retains or otherwise engages any employee, Contractor or other personnel of Supplier, Supplier will not be in breach of this Agreement or otherwise liable to Buyer to the extent such hiring, retention or engagement impairs or affects the ability of Supplier to provide the Services hereunder (or any part thereof), including any failure, delay or other non-compliance with any requirements relating to the Services resulting therefrom.

4. Service Standards.

4.1 Service levels. (a) Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide those Services being supplied for Buyer’s Business as of the Effective Date at a relative service level consistent in all material respects with that provided to Buyer’s Business in the 12 months preceding the Effective Date; or (b) Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide New Services consistent with the specifications, if any, set forth in an applicable Project Statement. For any work performed on premises of Buyer, Supplier and its personnel will comply with all reasonable security, confidentiality, safety and health policies of Buyer (as applicable) if and to the extent Buyer informs Supplier of such policies in writing. In the event of a failure to meet such general service levels, Supplier will endeavor to identify and resolve the cause of the deficiency. If such issue remains unresolved for more than 30 days Buyer may refer the matter for resolution in accordance with Section 10.2.

4.2 Exceptions. It will not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement if Supplier fails to meet the service standards set forth in this Section 4 because of (i) the failure of Buyer to cooperate with or provide information, services or decisions to Supplier as required hereunder, (ii) failure caused by any act or omission of Buyer or its facilities, equipment, hardware or software, (iii) changes reasonably deemed to be required by changes in law, technology or the availability of reasonably commercially available products and services, (iv) changes otherwise permitted hereunder, (v) demands on, or changes to, the relevant systems, processes or personnel, provided Supplier expends commercially reasonable efforts to attempt to correct the situation within a reasonable period of time, (vi) failures by third party service providers not directly retained by Supplier, (vii) a Contractor’s failure to perform (subject to Section 3.3(c)(ii)), or (viii) Force Majeure as further provided in Section 10.2(b).

 

- 7 -


4.3 No warranty . O THER THAN AS PROVIDED IN THIS S ECTION  4, S UPPLIER DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE S ERVICES , WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED , AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES , WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY , SUITABILITY , FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , OR OTHERWISE FOR SAID S ERVICES .

5. Payment for Services.

5.1 Costs and charges. Supplier will charge Buyer the Allocated Cost for the Services provided hereunder.

5.2 Calculation of Allocated Cost. Allocated Cost ” means the fully allocated cost for providing Services calculated in a manner consistent with past practice, including the following (to the extent allocable to the provision of the Services): (a) the cost of licenses for software or other intellectual property (or other cost associated with obtaining rights to use software or intellectual property), including any termination, transfer, sublicensing, access, upgrade or conversion fees, (b) the cost of maintenance and support, including user support, (c) the fully loaded cost of personnel, (d) the cost of equipment, (e) the cost of disaster recovery services and backup services, (f) the cost of facilities and space, (g) the cost of supplies (including consumables), (h) the cost of utilities (HVAC, electricity, gas, etc.), (i) the cost of networking and connectivity, (j) the cost of legal fees associated with any advice, activities or agreements related to the foregoing areas, (k) any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Supplier with third parties (including Contractors) in connection with the provision of Services (including one-time set-up costs, license fees, costs to enter into third party agreements, costs to exit third party agreements, termination fees, and other costs incurred in connection with Contractors engaged in compliance with this Agreement), and (l) the cost of personnel retained, displaced or transferred (excluding severance costs for Supplier employees). Travel expenses must be reasonable and incurred in accordance with Supplier’s normal travel policy. Overhead allocations must be calculated consistently with Supplier’s practice as then generally used by Supplier in its applicable, respective geographic business. Allocated Costs will be subject to a mark-up of five percent, except for (i) materials and services provided by third parties, (ii) fees charged by third parties, and (iii) out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties (the “ Mark-Up ”).

5.3 Invoices and payment. Supplier will provide Buyer with monthly invoices reflecting: (i) the Services provided during the preceding month, (ii) the Allocated Cost owed for such Services provided during the preceding month, and (iii) any other charges incurred during the preceding month under the terms of this Agreement. Invoices will be sent in a format and containing a level of detail reasonably sufficient for Buyer to determine the accuracy of the computation of the amount charged and that such amount is being calculated in a manner consistent with this Agreement. Reasonable documentation will be provided for all out-of-pocket expenses consistent with Supplier’s practices. All amounts will be due and payable within 60 days of the date of invoice; provided, however, that with respect to any material purchases identified in a Project Statement or other attachment, such amounts will be due and payable in advance of the date that such Services are provided as set forth therein. Upon Buyer’s reasonable request, Supplier (or Canadian Supplier, as applicable) will provide explanations,

 

- 8 -


answer questions, and provide additional documentation regarding invoiced amounts. Unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the parties hereto, all payments due hereunder will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts set forth in Annex D (or such other account as may be designated in writing from time to time by Supplier).

5.4 Taxes.

(a) All amounts to be paid to Supplier (or Canadian Supplier, as applicable) under this Agreement are exclusive of any applicable taxes required by law to be collected from Buyer (including withholding, sales, use, excise or services tax, which may be assessed on the provision of the Services under this Agreement). If a withholding, sales, use, excise, services or similar tax is assessed on the provisions of any of the Services under this Agreement, Buyer (or a Canadian Affiliate, as applicable) will pay directly or reimburse or indemnify Supplier (or Canadian Supplier, as applicable) for such tax. The parties agree to cooperate with each other in determining the extent to which any tax is due and owing under the circumstances, and will provide and make available to each other any resale certificate, information regarding out of state use of materials, services or sale, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably requested by either party. The parties further agree to work together to structure the provision of the Services to eliminate or minimize applicable transfer taxes, including but not limited to, itemizing on invoices each Service provided to Buyer.

(b) In addition to any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer will be responsible for any and all sales, use, excise, services or similar taxes imposed on the provision of goods and services by Supplier or its Representatives to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (“ Sales Taxes ”) and will either (i) remit such Sales Taxes to Supplier (and Supplier will remit the amounts so received to the applicable taxing authority) or (ii) provide Supplier with a certificate or other proof, reasonably acceptable to Supplier, evidencing an exemption from liability for such Sales Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts under this Agreement are expressed exclusive of Sales Taxes.

5.5 Other expenses. After the Effective Date, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party hereto will pay its own legal, accounting, out-of-pocket and other expenses incident to this Agreement and to any action taken by such party in carrying this Agreement into effect.

5.6 Interest payable on amounts past due . All late payments due under this Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to the annualized interest rate at prime (as published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time) plus three percentage points, from the invoice due date to the date of payment. If Buyer disputes any portion of any invoice, Buyer must notify Supplier in writing of the nature and the basis of the dispute within 60 days after the date of the applicable invoice, after which time Buyer will have waived any rights to dispute such amount.

5.7 Audit . Supplier will keep reasonably detailed records, consistent with past practice, for any expenses that constitute a component upon which the price for Services is determined. Supplier will maintain the records in accordance with its then-current record retention policies. At reasonable intervals during the Term and for two years thereafter, Buyer personnel will, upon no less than five business days prior notice, or, if critical, upon reasonable

 

- 9 -


shorter notice under the circumstances, have access to the records for the purpose of verifying the invoices submitted to Buyer hereunder notwithstanding the termination of any Project Statement. The costs of all such audits will be borne by Buyer. The confidentiality provisions in Section 9 of this Agreement will govern all audits by Buyer.

6. Proprietary Rights.

6.1 Equipment. Except with respect to those items of equipment, systems, tools, facilities and other resources allocated to Buyer pursuant to the Separation Agreement, all equipment, systems, tools, facilities and other resources used by Supplier and any of its Affiliates in connection with the provision of Services hereunder will remain the property of Supplier and its Affiliates and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, will at all times be under the sole direction and control of Supplier and its Affiliates.

6.2 Intellectual property. To the extent Supplier or its Representatives use any know-how, processes, technology, trade secrets or other intellectual property owned by or licensed to Supplier or any of its Representatives (“ IP ”) in providing the Services, such IP (other than such IP licensed to Supplier by Buyer or its Affiliates) and any derivative works of, or modifications or improvements to, such IP conceived or created as part of the provision of Services (“ Improvements ”) will, as between the parties, remain the sole property of Supplier unless such Improvements were specifically created for Buyer or its Affiliates pursuant to a specific Service as specifically indicated in a Project Statement. The applicable party will and hereby does assign to the applicable owner designated above, and agrees to assign automatically in the future upon first recordation in a tangible medium or first reduction to practice, all of such party’s right, title and interest in and to all Improvements, if any. All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is any conflict between the terms of this Section 6.2 and specific terms of the Separation Agreement, then the terms of the Separation Agreement will prevail.

7. Term and Termination.

7.1 Term. Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to end its need to use the Services as soon as reasonably possible after the Effective Date; provided , however , that, Supplier will not be required to provide the Services later than the Maximum Transition Period or any earlier applicable Transition Period. This Agreement starts on the Effective Date and ends on the earlier of termination of all Services, unless sooner terminated by the parties in accordance with Section 7.3 (the “ Term ”).

7.2 Termination of a Service.

(a) Buyer may elect to terminate a Service at any time by providing Supplier with written notice prior to the effective date of termination of such Service. The amount of notice provided will be reasonable and in no event shorter than (i) 90 days, (ii) any longer required notice period specified in a Project Statement, and (iii) any greater minimum notice period as may be provided under applicable arrangements with Contractors. Following receipt of such notice (the “ Services Termination Notice ”), Supplier will provide, not later than 30 days following Supplier’s receipt of the Services Termination Notice, to Buyer written notice

 

- 10 -


regarding the impact of such termination on any other Services, including a good faith summary of any Resulting Linked Effects. In the event that Buyer still wishes to proceed with termination, then (A) Buyer will provide Supplier with written notice thereof, (B) the affected Services, including those linked Services identified by Supplier, will terminate effective at the end of the notice period, and (C) Supplier will not be liable for any Resulting Linked Effects arising from such terminations whether included in the prior good faith summary or otherwise.

(b) Buyer also may elect to terminate a Service upon at least 30 days’ notice to Supplier if Supplier notifies Buyer (as provided in Section 10.9) that it plans to use a New Contractor to perform any of the Services, and Supplier does not, within 30 days after the notice, commit not to use the New Contractor.

(c) Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of Buyer, Buyer may also elect to terminate a Service at any time, upon written notice to Supplier, if (i) Supplier will have failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement relating to such Service, (ii) Buyer has notified Supplier in writing of such failure, and (iii) for a period of 30 days after receipt by Supplier of written notice of such failure, such failure will not have been cured.

(d) Supplier may terminate a Service, upon written notice to Buyer, with respect to any Service for which Buyer fails to pay an amount when due hereunder

(e) if such amount remains unpaid for a period of 30 days after receipt by Buyer of written notice of such failure.

(f) A Service will terminate automatically at the end of its applicable Transition Period, or if no Transition Period is specified, at the end of the Maximum Transition Period.

7.3 Termination of Agreement. Either party may terminate this Agreement and all Services immediately without notice if (i) the other files for bankruptcy protection or has an involuntary petition for bankruptcy filed against it, becomes unable to pay its bills, sell or transfers property to creditors, dissolves or liquidates, has a liquidator or receiver appointed by a court, or is a party of any other similar legal proceedings, if in any such case termination is permitted by applicable law, or (ii) there occurs any Change of Control with respect to the other party.

7.4 No abandonment for Dispute . In the event of a pending Dispute between the parties, Supplier will not have the right to suspend, withhold, interrupt or terminate any Service involved in such Dispute, including for breach of this Agreement, unless and until an arbitrator or tribunal sanctioned under Section 10.2 authorizes or orders such interruption or termination. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will be fully compensated by money damages alone for, and will not be irreparably harmed by, providing Services during the pendency of any Dispute. In the event that Supplier threatens to stop performing Services in connection with a Dispute other than as permitted in this Section 7.4, Buyer will be entitled to an order for injunctive relief against Supplier. Supplier agrees that such an abandonment would result in irreparable injury to Buyer, that Buyer would have no adequate remedy at law, and that Supplier will not oppose Buyer’s motion for continuation of the Services or the entry of an order compelling performance by the Supplier of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

- 11 -


7.5 Costs upon termination. Upon any termination, Buyer will pay all amounts outstanding for Services provided by Supplier or its Contractors. Any termination of Services will be final, and monthly charges will be appropriately prorated. Buyer will be liable for all out-of-pocket costs, stranded costs or other costs incurred by Supplier that are not otherwise recoupable by Supplier in connection with termination or winding up of terminated Services, including (a) costs under third-party contracts for services, software or other items, including breakage fees or termination fees, (b) costs relating to any of Supplier’s personnel which are affected by termination of a Service, (excluding severance costs for Supplier employees), (c) fees associated with facilities, hardware or equipment affected by the terminated Service including fees related to terminated leases, (d) costs relating to or in connection with the termination of any related or linked Services, including any Resulting Linked Effects, and (e) costs of any materials or third-party services that, before notice of termination, Supplier paid for or obligated itself to pay for in connection with providing the Services, if and to the extent that Supplier cannot through reasonable commercial efforts obtain a refund for or terminate its obligation to pay for such materials and services.

7.6 Return of materials. The parties will, at the disclosing party’s request and upon termination of this Agreement, use all reasonable efforts to return to the other party or destroy all documents and materials in tangible form, and permanently erase all data in electronic form, containing any Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that certain systems utilized by Supplier may not permit the purging or deletion of data, and in such case Supplier agrees to maintain copies of affected Buyer data for the minimum amount of time permitted by such systems and not to use such data for any other purposes.

7.7 Data return. Upon termination of a Service for any reason, Supplier will promptly provide Buyer with a copy of any Buyer Data relating to such terminated Service (excluding any Buyer Data that has previously been provided to Buyer or that is otherwise already in the possession of Buyer). Buyer Data will be provided in its then current form, in an electronic format and media to be reasonably agreed upon by the parties. The foregoing obligation of Supplier is absolute, and Supplier will not be entitled to withhold such Buyer Data for any reason, including due to Buyer’s breach of this Agreement (provided that in the case Buyer is in breach of this Agreement, that Buyer pays Supplier prior to delivery for any reasonable costs incurred by Supplier to comply with Buyer’s data copy request). Upon providing Buyer with an electronic media copy of the Buyer Data, Supplier will have no further responsibility with respect to such data, including maintaining a backup or archive for Buyer, except as otherwise expressly provided in a Project Statement.

7.8 Access to personnel. When this Agreement or a Service terminates for whatever reason, Supplier will provide Buyer or its designee for a period of three months with reasonable access to personnel and information relating to the provision of the discontinued Service(s) in order to facilitate the future performance by Buyer of such Service(s); provided that nothing in the foregoing will require Supplier to maintain or retain any particular personnel, systems, software or data and the access granted hereunder will be to such resources that Supplier retains in its ordinary course of business.

 

- 12 -


8. Indemnity, Limitation of Liability and Mitigation of Damages.

8.1 Limit of liability. Neither party nor any of its Affiliates will be liable to the other party or for any special, punitive, consequential, incidental or exemplary damages (including lost or anticipated revenues or profits relating to the same and attorneys’ fees) arising from any claim relating to this Agreement or any of the Services to be provided under this Agreement or the Project Statements, or the performance of or failure to perform such party’s obligations under this Agreement or the Project Statements, whether such claim is based on warranty, contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, and regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable or an authorized representative of such party is advised of the possibility or likelihood of such damages.

8.2 Maximum liability. Except with respect to (a) a breach of the confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 9 or (b) Supplier’s unjustified refusal to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the aggregate liability of Supplier arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be limited by each specific Service, such that the aggregate liability of Supplier arising out of or in connection with each specific Service will not exceed an amount equal to the aggregate amount of fees (which fees will exclude any pass-through costs of Contractors) paid or payable for such specific Service under this Agreement.

8.3 Mitigation of damages. In addition, the parties will, in all circumstances, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and otherwise minimize damages, whether direct or indirect, due to, resulting from or arising in connection with any failure to comply fully with the obligations under this Agreement.

8.4 Buyer indemnity. Buyer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Supplier and each of its Representatives harmless against all damages, claims, actions, fines, penalties, expenses or costs (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Liabilities ”) attributable to any third-party claims asserted against Supplier or its Representatives to the extent arising from or relating to any breach of this Agreement resulting from the negligence or willful malfeasance of Buyer, any of its Representatives or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors. The limitations in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 do not apply to Buyer’s indemnification and defense obligations under this Section 8.4.

8.5 Supplier indemnity. Supplier agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and each of its Representatives harmless against all Liabilities attributable to any third-party claims to the extent arising from or relating to (i) the provision of Services under this Agreement resulting from the negligence or willful malfeasance of Supplier, any of its Representatives or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors, or (ii) the failure of Supplier or its Affiliates to perform the Services in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 4 (subject to the limitations and exceptions in Section 3.3(c) and 4.2). The limitations in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 do not apply to Supplier’s indemnification obligations under this Section 8.5.

8.6 Indemnity procedure. All claims for indemnification under this Section 8 will be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V of the Separation Agreement.

 

- 13 -


9. Confidentiality.

9.1 Each party will, and will cause its Representatives and their officers, directors, employees and agents to, hold as confidential and not disclose to any other party all information received by it under this Agreement that relates to the other party’s business or that relates to the other party’s activities or deliverables under this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”). “Confidential Information” includes: (a) this Agreement and its terms and conditions; (b) the IP and Improvements; (c) the Buyer Data; and (d) any information obtained or reviewed by a party in the course of reviewing the other party’s records in accordance with this Agreement. When a party discloses any of its Confidential Information to the other party it will make reasonable efforts to mark the information as “Confidential”, but any failure to mark the information as “Confidential” will not cause the information to lose its status as Confidential Information nor will it relieve the receiving party of its obligations under this Section 9 with respect to that information.

9.2 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, each party may: (a) disclose the other party’s Confidential Information if legally compelled to do so, provided that it promptly informs the other party of the required disclosure; (b) disclose this Agreement as reasonably necessary in connection with efforts to resolve a Dispute; and (c) disclose this Agreement to third parties for strategic due diligence purposes if the third party has signed a confidentiality agreement covering the disclosure.

9.3 “Confidential Information” does not include any information that: (a) is or becomes publicly known through no fault of the receiving party; (b) is known to the receiving party before disclosure under this Agreement, as documented by business records (and ownership of such information has not been allocated to the disclosing party pursuant to the Separation Agreement); (c) is disclosed to the receiving party by a third party having no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; or (d) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information as documented by reasonable evidence.

9.4 The parties’ obligations under this Section 9 will continue for five years after the termination of this Agreement, except that to the extent that any Confidential Information constitutes a trade secret, the receiving party’s obligations with respect to that Confidential Information will continue for five years or for such period as the information remains trade secret, whichever is longer.

10. General.

10.1 Canadian matters.

(a) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Identified Services may be provided by a Canadian Affiliate of the Supplier (each, a “ Canadian Supplier ”) for any one or more Canadian Affiliates of Buyer (each, a “ Canadian Buyer ”).

(b) The applicable Canadian Supplier will possess all of the rights and obligations of Supplier that relate to the Services to be performed by such Canadian Supplier. The applicable Canadian Buyer will possess all of the rights and obligations of Buyer that relate to the Services to be performed for such Canadian Buyer.

 

- 14 -


(c) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the Supplier or Canadian Supplier, as applicable, that provides Services to a Canadian Buyer will directly invoice the applicable Canadian Buyer in respect of such Services, and Buyer will cause the applicable Canadian Buyer to make payment for any Services provided to such Canadian Buyer directly to the Supplier or Canadian Supplier of such Services, as applicable.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.4, the Allocated Cost for Canadian Services will be exclusive of applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Supplier will invoice applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Buyer will withhold from payments to the applicable Supplier or Canadian Supplier any amounts required by law.

10.2 Dispute resolution. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection (a) below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection (b) below. The procedures set forth in this Section 10.2 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

(a) Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

(b) Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (i) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (ii) below.

(i) Arbitration .

(1) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the

 

- 15 -


chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(2) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(3) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(ii) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Arbitration for Service request Disputes . In the event of a dispute involving a denied or disputed request for a Service as provided in Section 2.5 or under an applicable Project Statement, any arbitration under subsection (b) will be submitted collectively once per month to, and heard before, Bain & Company, or if such accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of SnackCo or GroceryCo, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm (the “ Service Dispute Arbitrator ”). The arbitration will be limited solely to the issues of (i) whether the requested Service is reasonably necessary to effect the Separation of the GroceryCo and SnackCo Businesses or Supplier is otherwise obligated under the terms of this Agreement to provide the requested Service, and (ii) the reasonableness of the proposed terms for such Services. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the Service Dispute Arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the Service Dispute Arbitrator. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2(c), the provisions in Section 10.2(b) will apply to any arbitration under this Section 10.2(c).

 

- 16 -


(d) Arbitration for pricing Disputes . In the event of a dispute regarding the amount charged to Buyer for any Service, including calculation of Allocated Costs associated with a Service or a claim that the amount charged is not consistent with the terms of this Agreement, any arbitration under subsection (b) will be submitted collectively once per month to and heard before Ernst & Young LLP, or if such accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of SnackCo or GroceryCo, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm (the “ Pricing Dispute Arbitrator ”). The arbitration will be limited solely to the issues of price and cost calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2(d), the provisions in Section 10.2(b) will apply to any arbitration under this Section 10.2(d). Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the Pricing Dispute Arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the Pricing Dispute Arbitrator.

(e) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees and expert witness fees.

10.3 Force Majeure. Supplier will not be liable for any failure of performance attributable to acts or events (including war, terrorist activities, conditions or events of nature, industry wide supply shortages, civil disturbances, work stoppage, power failures, failure of telephone lines and equipment, fire and earthquake, or any law, order, proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand or requirement of any governmental authority) beyond its reasonable control which impair or prevent in whole or in part performance by Supplier hereunder (“ Force Majeure ”). If Supplier is unable to perform its obligations hereunder as a result of a Force Majeure event, Supplier will, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give notice of the occurrence of such event to Buyer and will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume the Services at the earliest practicable date; provided, however, that upon any failure of Supplier to provide Services under this Section 10.3, Buyer, in its sole discretion, may terminate its receipt of such Service effective upon notice to Supplier and will not be obligated to pay for Services not performed by Supplier due to an event of Force Majeure.

10.4 Relationship of parties. Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

10.5 Assignment . Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a controlled Affiliate, without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party.

 

- 17 -


Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a third party provider, upon prompt notice to and the approval of the non-assigning party, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No other assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement may be made without the non-assigning party’s prior written consent. In the event of any assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the assigning party nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations under this Agreement.

10.6 No third-party beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties to this Agreement and does not benefit or create any right or case of action for any other persons other than Representatives entitled to indemnification under Section 8.

10.7 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all annexes or other attachments) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties.

10.8 Waiver. Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

10.9 Notices. Except as may otherwise be provided in a Project Statement, all notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

 

    If to GroceryCo:    
       

 

   
       

 

   
    Attn:  

 

 
    Fax:  

 

 
    Email:  

 

 
  With a copy to:  
    Fax:  

 

 
    Email:  

 

 
    Attn:   General Counsel  

 

- 18 -


  If to SnackCo:  
   

 

 
   

 

 
    Attn:  

 

 
    Fax:  

 

 
    Email:  

 

 
  With a copy to:      
    Fax:  

 

 
    Email:  

 

 
    Attn:   General Counsel  

10.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

10.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

10.12 Interpretation . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

10.13 Governing law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with New York law.

10.14 Precedence . If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and specific terms of the Separation Agreement, then the terms of this Agreement will prevail. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement, the Separation Agreement and the terms of any Project Statement, the terms of the Project Statement will prevail.

10.15 Survival. Sections 1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 5.6, 5.7, 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 8, 9 and 10 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

     

MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC

By:   

 

    By:  

 

Its:   

 

    Its:  

 


Annex   A: Form of Project Statement
Annex   B: Project Statements
  B.1: Human Resources, Payroll and Benefits
  B.2: Accounting, Finance and Treasury
  B.3: Operations
  B.4: Retailer Programs, Consumer Programs/Services, Marketing/CIS
  B.5: Procurement and Hedging Services
Annex   C: Menu Services
  C.1: Human Resources, Payroll and Benefits
  C.2: Accounting, Finance and Treasury
  C.3: Operations
  C.4: Retailer Programs, Consumer Programs/Services, Marketing/CIS
  C.5: Procurement and Hedging Services
Annex   D: Wire Transfer Information

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

MASTER RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT TRANSITION SERVICES

AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

Dated as of                     , 2012

 

 


MASTER RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT TRANSITION SERVICES

AGREEMENT

This Master Research and Development Transition Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Distribution Date (the “ Effective Date ”), between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ GroceryCo ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SnackCo ”).

WHEREAS, GroceryCo and SnackCo’s parent company are parties to that certain Separation Agreement (the “ Separation Agreement ”) and the IP Separation Agreement (as defined below), both dated as of the Distribution Date;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the parties agreed to separate Kraft Foods Inc. into two companies: (a) GroceryCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the GroceryCo Business; and (b) SnackCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the SnackCo Business (the “ Separation ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and in order to ensure a smooth transition following the Separation, the parties each desire to provide to the other, and to receive from the other, certain research and development services on an interim basis;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, GroceryCo and SnackCo agree as follows:

1. Definitions . The following terms have the meanings indicated:

1.1 Affiliate ” of any entity means another entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first entity.

1.2 Allocated Costs ” means the fully allocated cost for providing Services calculated in a manner consistent with past practice, including the following (to the extent allocable to the provision of the Services): (a) the cost of licenses for software or other intellectual property (or other cost associated with obtaining rights to use software or intellectual property), including any termination, transfer, sublicensing, access, upgrade or conversion fees, (b) the cost of maintenance and support, including user support, (c) the fully loaded cost of personnel, (d) the cost of equipment, (e) the cost of disaster recovery services and backup services, (f) the cost of facilities and space, (g) the cost of supplies (including consumables), (h) the cost of utilities (HVAC, electricity, gas, etc.), (i) the cost of networking and connectivity, (j) the cost of legal fees associated with any advice, activities or agreements related to the foregoing areas, (k) any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Supplier with third parties (including Contractors) in connection with the provision of Services (including one-time set-up costs, license fees, costs to enter into third party agreements, costs to exit third party agreements, termination fees, and other costs incurred in connection with Contractors engaged in compliance with this Agreement), and (l) the cost of personnel retained, displaced or transferred (excluding severance costs for Supplier employees). Travel expenses must be reasonable and incurred in


accordance with Supplier’s normal travel policy. Overhead allocations must be calculated consistently with Supplier’s past practice as then generally used by Supplier in its applicable, respective geographic business. Allocated Costs will be subject to a mark-up of five percent, except for (i) materials and services provided by third parties, (ii) fees charged by third parties, and (iii) out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties.

1.3 Buyer ” is defined in Section 2.1.

1.4 Buyer Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual property owned by Buyer which Buyer provides or discloses to Supplier for Supplier’s use in the course of any Project, including all inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements, works of authorship, patent rights, copyrights, industrial design rights, database rights, trade secrets, and know-how.

1.5 “Canadian Buyer” is defined in Section 11.1(a).

1.6 “Canadian Supplier” is defined in Section 11.1(a)

1.7 Change of Control ” means any: (a) event or series of events through which any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), becomes, or obtains rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of a party or any of its subsidiaries; (b) merger, consolidation or acquisition of or involving a party or any of its subsidiaries; (c) sale of any material amount of the assets of a party or any of its subsidiaries (including by a sale of stock or other securities of any such subsidiary); or (d) similar transaction or business combination involving a party or any of its subsidiaries or their business or capital units or assets.

1.8 Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 8.

1.9 Contractor ” means a third party contractor or subcontractor of Supplier.

1.10 Dispute ” is defined in Section 11.2.

1.11 Employee Matters Agreement ” means that certain Employee Matters Agreement being entered into by the parties as of the Distribution Date.

1.12 IP Separation Agreement ” means that certain Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Patents, Trade Secrets and Related Intellectual Property being entered into by certain Affiliates of the parties as of the Distribution Date.

1.13 Project ” means the project identified in a Project Statement.

1.14 Project Statement ” means the agreement used to initiate and conduct a Project.

1.15 Representative ” means an Affiliate, Contractor or other Person providing Services under this Agreement or a Project Statement.

 

- 2 -


1.16 Services ” means the services and deliverables identified in a Project Statement.

1.17 Supplier ” is defined in Section 2.1.

1.18 Term ” is defined in Section 9.1(a).

1.19 Work Product ” means all intellectual property developed, authored, or created by Supplier, its employees or Contractors after the Effective Date and in the course of any Project, including all inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements, works of authorship, patent rights, copyrights, industrial design rights, database rights, trade secrets, and know-how, regardless of whether or not it incorporates, is based on or is derived from any of the Buyer Intellectual Property or any other preexisting information, material or rights.

Other capitalized terms have the meanings set forth elsewhere in this Agreement. Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Separation Agreement.

2. Services.

2.1 During the Term of this Agreement, the party identified as the Supplier in a Project Statement (“ Supplier ”) will use commercially reasonable efforts to perform and deliver the Services to the party identified as the Buyer in the Project Statement (“ Buyer ”) in accordance with the Project Statement. As of the Effective Date, the parties are entering the Project Statements listed on Exhibit A.

2.2 It will not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement if Supplier fails to meet the service standards set forth in Section 2.1 because of (i) the failure of Buyer to cooperate with or provide information, services or decisions to Supplier as required hereunder, (ii) failure caused by any act or omission of Buyer or its facilities, equipment, hardware or software, (iii) changes reasonably deemed to be required by changes in law, technology or the availability of reasonably commercially available products and services, (iv) changes otherwise permitted hereunder, (v) demands on, or changes to, the relevant systems, processes or personnel, provided Supplier expends commercially reasonable efforts to attempt to correct the situation within a reasonable period of time, (vi) failures by third party service providers not directly retained by Supplier, (vii) a Contractor’s failure to perform, or (viii) Force Majeure as further provided in Section 11.3.

2.3 Supplier may have the Services provided in whole or in part: (i) by Affiliates of Supplier; or (ii) by Contractors capable of providing the required level of service, if Buyer provides Supplier with at least 30 days prior written notice identifying the proposed Contractor and if the use of the Contractor would not be prohibited by, or involve disclosures prohibited by, the IP Separation Agreement. Except in the case of a full assignment of this Agreement by Supplier as permitted under Section 11.5, Supplier will be responsible for the Affiliates’ or Contractors’ performance of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement.

2.4 Except as otherwise set forth in a Project Statement, the Separation Agreement, or the Employee Matters Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not impose an obligation on Supplier to second or procure the secondment to Buyer of any employee or

 

- 3 -


other personnel in connection with the provision of the Services. The parties agree that such employees of Supplier and its Affiliates providing Services are employees, contract employees or secondees of Supplier or its Affiliates. All labor matters relating to any employees of Supplier and its Affiliates will be within the exclusive direction, control and supervision of Supplier and its Affiliates, and Buyer will take no action affecting such matters, and Supplier will have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment, termination, assignment, and compensation of such Supplier personnel; provided, however, that Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain sufficient personnel and facilities necessary to provide the Services. Supplier will be solely responsible for the payment of all salary and benefits, social security taxes, unemployment compensation tax, workers’ compensation tax, other employment taxes or withholdings and premiums and remittances with respect to employees of Supplier and its Affiliates used to provide Services, and all Supplier personnel providing Services under this Agreement will be deemed to be employees or representatives solely of Supplier for purposes of all compensation and employee benefits and not to be employees, representatives or agents of Buyer.

3. Pricing . Services will be billed, as set forth in the Project Statements, either (i) at fixed rates or (ii) based on Supplier’s Allocated Costs incurred in providing the Services plus five percent. The fixed rate charges set forth in Project Statements represent the Supplier’s estimated Allocated Costs for providing the corresponding Services plus five percent.

4. Records, Reports and Conferences.

4.1 Supplier will keep reasonably detailed records, consistent with past practice, of any expenses that constitute a component upon which the price for Services that are not billed at a fixed rate is determined. Supplier will maintain the records in accordance with its then-current record retention policies. At reasonable intervals during the Term and for two years thereafter, Buyer personnel will, upon no less than five business days prior notice, or, if critical, upon reasonable shorter notice under the circumstances, have access to the records for the purpose of verifying the invoices submitted to Buyer, notwithstanding the termination of any Project Statement. The costs of all such audits will be borne by Buyer. The confidentiality provisions in Section 8 of this Agreement will govern all audits by Buyer. To the extent that any Services are billed at a fixed rate under a Project Statement, Supplier will not be required to maintain records regarding the expenses upon which the fixed rate pricing is determined, and Buyer will not be entitled to audit any such records.

4.2 For each Project, Supplier may provide written project reports to Buyer to the extent provided for in the Project Statement or as otherwise agreed upon by the parties. Both parties will be entitled to duplicate and use the project reports in their normal business operations, subject to the provisions of Section 7 and any applicable Project Statement regarding Buyer’s use of Work Product.

4.3 During the term of any Project Statement, representatives of Supplier and Buyer will meet quarterly or at other mutually agreed upon times, and at mutually agreed upon places, to track and review the progress of Projects under the Project Statement in a manner consistent with best practices used for tracking and review of research and development services to Buyer’s business during the 12 months before the Effective Date.

 

- 4 -


5. Payment.

5.1 Invoices and payment. Supplier will provide Buyer with annual invoices reflecting (i) the fixed rate charges, as set forth the Project Statements, for Services provided during the preceding year under each Project Statement, and (ii) any other charges incurred during the preceding year under the terms of any Project Statements. The invoices for 2013 will cover Services rendered from the Effective Date through December 31, 2013. The invoices for 2014 will cover Services rendered from January 1, 2014 through the end of the Term. Invoices will be sent in a format and containing a level of detail reasonably sufficient for Buyer to determine the accuracy of the computation of the amount charged and that such amount is being calculated in a manner consistent with this Agreement. Reasonable documentation will be provided for all out-of-pocket expenses consistent with Supplier’s practices. All amounts will be due and payable within 60 days of the invoice date, except that when a Project Statement specifies that Supplier will prepay for any materials or Services or pay for them on a different schedule, those amounts will be due and payable as provided in the Project Statement. All payments will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts listed on Exhibit B or such other account as may be designated from time to time by Supplier. Upon Buyer’s reasonable request, Supplier will provide explanations, answer questions, and provide additional documentation regarding invoiced amounts.

5.2 Interest payable on amounts past due . All late payments due under this Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to the annualized interest rate at prime (as published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time) plus three percentage points, from the invoice due date to the date of payment. If Buyer disputes any portion of any invoice, Buyer must notify Supplier in writing of the nature and the basis of the dispute within 60 days after the date of the applicable invoice, after which time Buyer will have waived any rights to dispute such amount.

5.3 Taxes.

(a) All amounts to be paid to Supplier under this Agreement are exclusive of any applicable taxes required by law to be collected from Buyer (including withholding, sales, use, excise or services tax, which may be assessed on the provision of the Services under this Agreement). If a withholding, sales, use, excise, services or similar tax is assessed on the provisions of any of the Services under this Agreement, Buyer will pay directly or reimburse or indemnify Supplier for such tax. The parties agree to cooperate with each other in determining the extent to which any tax is due and owing under the circumstances, and will provide and make available to each other any resale certificate, information regarding out of state use of materials, services or sale, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably requested by either party. The parties further agree to work together to structure the provision of the Services to eliminate or minimize applicable transfer taxes, including but not limited to, itemizing on invoices each Service provided to Buyer.

(b) In addition to any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer will be responsible for any and all sales, use, excise, services or similar taxes imposed on the provision of goods and services by Supplier or its Representatives to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (“ Sales Taxes ”) and will either (i) remit such Sales

 

- 5 -


Taxes to Supplier (and Supplier will remit the amounts so received to the applicable taxing authority) or (ii) provide Supplier with a certificate or other proof, reasonably acceptable to Supplier, evidencing an exemption from liability for such Sales Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts under this Agreement are expressed exclusive of Sales Taxes.

5.4 Other expenses . After the Effective Date, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party will pay its own legal, accounting, out-of-pocket and other expenses incident to this Agreement and to any action taken by such party in carrying this Agreement into effect.

6. Equipment. Unless otherwise provided in a Project Statement and except with respect to those items of equipment, systems, tools, facilities, and other resources allocated to Buyer pursuant to the Separation Agreement, all equipment, systems, tools, equipment, facilities and other resources used by Supplier and any of its Affiliates in connection with the provision of Services hereunder will remain the property of Supplier and its Affiliates and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, will at all times be under the sole direction and control of Supplier and its Affiliates.

7. Intellectual Property.

7.1 Except as may otherwise be provided in a Project Statement or in the IP Separation Agreement (and, if there is a conflict between a Project Statement and the IP Separation Agreement, with the Project Statement prevailing): (a) Supplier will own and continue to own all rights in and to the Work Product; and (b) Supplier will have the sole right, in its own discretion, to decide whether to file patent applications or other applications for protection of rights in Work Product, and will have the sole discretion and responsibility for all decisions about the content and prosecution of such applications and the maintenance of any resulting patents or other grants or registrations.

7.2 The terms under which any Work Product relating to a particular Project may or will be licensed to Buyer will be specified in the Project Statement. If, after a Project is finished, Buyer wants to license Work Product related to the Project in a manner different than or beyond the scope that was specified in the Project Statement, the parties will discuss the modified or additional license in good faith, but Supplier will have no obligation to grant Buyer any such modified or additional license.

7.3 Except as may otherwise be provided in a Project Statement or in the IP Separation Agreement: (a) Buyer will own and continue to own all rights in and to the Buyer Intellectual Property, including any underlying Buyer Intellectual Property that Supplier uses or incorporates in developing any Work Product; and (b) Supplier will have no right to use the Buyer Intellectual Property except in connection with performing the Services.

7.4 Any intellectual property that is developed jointly by Representatives of the parties in any Project will be treated, with respect to ownership and rights to exploit, in the same manner as Shared IP (as defined in the IP Separation Agreement) is treated in the IP Separation Agreement, unless otherwise specifically provided in a Project Statement.

 

- 6 -


8. Confidentiality.

8.1 Each party will, and will cause its Representatives and their officers, directors, employees and agents to, hold as confidential and not disclose to any other party all information received by it under this Agreement that relates to the other party’s business or that relates to the other party’s activities under this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”). “Confidential Information” includes: (a) this Agreement and the Project Statements, and their terms and conditions; (b) the Work Product; (c) the Buyer Intellectual Property; and (d) any information exchanged, obtained or reviewed under Section 4.

8.2 Notwithstanding Section 8.1, each party may: (a) disclose the other party’s Confidential Information if legally compelled to do so, provided that it promptly informs the other party of the required disclosure; (b) disclose this Agreement as reasonably necessary in connection with a efforts to resolve a Dispute; and (c) disclose this Agreement to third parties for strategic due diligence purposes if the third party has signed a confidentiality agreement covering the disclosure.

8.3 In addition, unless the parties agree otherwise in a Project Statement or other writing, or unless the disclosure is prohibited by the IP Separation Agreement, Section 8.1 does not prevent the Buyer under a Project Statement from disclosing Supplier Confidential Information that is included or reflected in the Supplier’s deliverables under that Project Statement, through the Buyer utilizing or incorporating such Confidential Information in its publicly distributed products or services or communicating such Confidential Information to manufacturers and other third parties that are involved in the design, planning, manufacture, testing, handling, promotion, sale, storage, or distribution of such products or services; provided that (a) the manufacturer or other third party has signed an appropriate confidentiality agreement covering the disclosure, and (b) that any trade secrets included in the Confidential Information (as identified either in writing by the Buyer or in the IP Separation Agreement) are further protected by adequate security measures to maintain their secrecy and to prevent access by any persons who do not need to use the trade secrets to perform their duties for Buyer, including “Black Box” protections as identified in and required by the IP Separation Agreement.

8.4 “Confidential Information” does not include any information that: (a) is or becomes publicly known through no fault of the receiving party; (b) is known to the receiving party before disclosure under this Agreement, as documented by business records (and ownership of such information has not been allocated to the disclosing party pursuant to the Separation Agreement); (c) is disclosed to the receiving party by a third party having no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; or (d) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information as documented by reasonable evidence.

8.5 The parties’ obligations under this Section 8 will continue for five years after the termination of this Agreement, except that to the extent that any Confidential Information constitutes a trade secret, the receiving party’s obligations with respect to that Confidential Information will continue for five years or for such period as the information remains trade secret, whichever is longer.

 

- 7 -


9. Term and Termination.

9.1 Term and termination of this Agreement.

(a) This Agreement will remain in effect for two years after the Effective Date unless it is terminated early under subsections (b), (c), or (d) below (the “ Term ”).

(b) Buyer may terminate this Agreement (including all Project Statements) at any time without cause, on at least 180 days’ notice to Supplier. If Buyer terminates this Agreement under this subsection (b) before completion of any Projects, Buyer will pay Supplier:

(i) for Services not billed on a fixed-rate basis, the Allocated Costs incurred by Supplier in connection with the Services through the effective date of the termination, plus a five percent markup, provided that after receiving Buyer’s notice of termination, Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize such costs, including by attempting to cancel pending orders for materials and third-party services;

(ii) for Services billed on a fixed-rate basis: (1) a proportional fee for the year in which the termination becomes effective, calculated by multiplying the fixed rate for that year by a fraction consisting of the number of days in that year from January 1 up to and including the effective date of the termination, divided by 365; plus (2) any amounts due for the preceding year; and

(iii) for all Services, regardless of whether billed on a fixed-rate basis or not, all out-of-pocket costs, stranded costs or other costs incurred by Supplier that are not otherwise recoupable by Supplier in connection with termination or winding up of terminated Services (if not already included in the amounts to be paid to Supplier under clauses (i) and (ii) above), including (a) costs under third-party contracts for services, software or other items, including breakage fees or termination fees, (b) fees associated with facilities, hardware or equipment affected by the terminated Service including fees related to terminated leases, (c) costs relating to or in connection with the termination of any related or linked Services, and (d) costs of any materials or third-party services that, before notice of termination, Supplier paid for or obligated itself to pay for in connection with providing the Services, if and to the extent that Supplier cannot through reasonable commercial efforts obtain a refund for or terminate its obligation to pay for such materials and services.

(c) Either party may terminate this Agreement (including all Project Statements) because of material breach by the other party, on at least 30 days’ notice to the other party, if the breach is not cured within 30 days after the notice.

(d) Either party may terminate this Agreement (including all Project Statements) immediately without notice if the other files for bankruptcy protection or has an involuntary petition for bankruptcy filed against it, becomes unable to pay its bills, sell or transfers property to creditors, dissolves or liquidates, has a liquidator or receiver appointed by a court, or is a party of any other similar legal proceedings, if in any such case termination is permitted by applicable law.

 

- 8 -


(e) Either party may terminate this Agreement (including all Project Statements) immediately without prior notice if there occurs a Change of Control with respect to the other party.

9.2 Term and termination of Project Statements.

(a) A Project Statement will remain in effect for the term stated in the Project Statement (but no longer than two years after the Effective Date) unless it is terminated early under subsections (b) or (c) below.

(b) Buyer may terminate a Project Statement at any time without cause, on at least 180 days’ notice to Supplier. In addition, if Supplier notifies Buyer (as provided in Section 2.3) that it plans to use a Contractor to perform any of the Services under a Project Statement, Buyer may terminate the Project Statement on at least 30 days’ notice to Supplier unless Supplier, within the notice period, commits in writing not to use the Contractor. If Buyer terminates a Project Statement under this subsection (b) before completion of the Project, Buyer will pay Supplier:

(i) for Services not billed on a fixed-rate basis, the Allocated Costs incurred by Supplier in connection with the Services through the effective date of the termination, plus a five percent markup, provided that after receiving Buyer’s notice of termination, Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize such costs, including by attempting to cancel pending orders for materials and third-party services;

(ii) for Services billed on a fixed-rate basis: (1) a proportional fee for the year in which the termination becomes effective, calculated by multiplying the fixed rate for that year by a fraction consisting of the number of days in that year from January 1 up to and including the effective date of the termination, divided by 365; plus (2) any amounts due for the preceding year; and

(iii) for all Services, regardless of whether billed on a fixed-rate basis or not, all out-of-pocket costs, stranded costs or other costs incurred by Supplier that are not otherwise recoupable by Supplier in connection with termination or winding up of terminated Services (if not already included in the amounts to be paid to Supplier under clauses (i) and (ii) above), including (a) costs under third-party contracts for services, software or other items, including breakage fees or termination fees, (b) fees associated with facilities, hardware or equipment affected by the terminated Service including fees related to terminated leases, (c) costs relating to or in connection with the termination of any related or linked Services, and (d) costs of any materials or third-party services that, before notice of termination, Supplier paid for or obligated itself to pay for in connection with providing the Services, if and to the extent that Supplier cannot through reasonable commercial efforts obtain a refund for or terminate its obligation to pay for such materials and services.

 

- 9 -


Termination of one or more Project Statements without cause will not affect this Agreement or other Project Statements.

(c) Either party may terminate a Project Statement because of material breach by the other party, on at least 30 days’ notice to the other party, if the breach is not cured within 30 days after the notice.

(d) Either party may terminate a Project Statement immediately without prior notice if there occurs a Change of Control with respect to the other party.

9.3 No abandonment for Dispute . In the event of a pending Dispute between the parties, Supplier will not have the right to suspend, withhold, interrupt or terminate any Service involved in such Dispute, including for breach of this Agreement, unless and until an arbitrator or tribunal sanctioned under Section 11.2 authorizes or orders such interruption or termination. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will be fully compensated by money damages alone for, and will not be irreparably harmed by, providing Services during the pendency of any Dispute. In the event that Supplier threatens to stop performing Services in connection with a Dispute other than as permitted in this Section 9.3, Buyer will be entitled to an order for injunctive relief against Supplier. Supplier agrees that such an abandonment would result in irreparable injury to Buyer, that Buyer would have no adequate remedy at law, and that Supplier will not oppose Buyer’s motion for continuation of the Services or the entry of an order compelling performance by the Supplier of its obligations under this Agreement.

9.4 Return of materials. The parties will, at the disclosing party’s request and upon termination of this Agreement, use all reasonable efforts to return to the other party or destroy all documents and materials in tangible form, and permanently erase all data in electronic form, containing any Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that certain systems utilized by Supplier may not permit the purging or deletion of data, and in such case Supplier agrees to maintain copies of affected Buyer data for the minimum amount of time permitted by such systems and not to use such data for any other purposes.

10. Indemnity, Limitation of Liability and Mitigation of Damages.

10.1 Limit of liability . Neither party nor any of its Affiliates will be liable to the other party or for any special, punitive, consequential, incidental or exemplary damages (including lost or anticipated revenues or profits relating to the same and attorneys’ fees) arising from any claim relating to this Agreement or any of the Services to be provided under this Agreement or the Project Statements, or the performance of or failure to perform such party’s obligations under this Agreement or the Project Statements, whether such claim is based on warranty, contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, and regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable or an authorized representative of such party is advised of the possibility or likelihood of such damages.

10.2 Maximum liability . The aggregate liability of Supplier arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be limited by each specific Service, such that the aggregate

 

- 10 -


liability of Supplier arising out of or in connection with each specific Service will not exceed an amount equal to the aggregate amount of fees (which fees will exclude any pass-through costs of Contractors) paid or payable for such specific Service only under this Agreement.

10.3 Liability for violation of confidentiality provisions . Sections 10.1 and 10.2 do not apply to, and do not limit liability for, any violations of the provisions of Section 8.

10.4 Impact caused by Buyer hiring Supplier employees . If Buyer hires, retains or otherwise engages any employee, Contractor or other personnel of Supplier, Supplier will not be in breach of this Agreement or otherwise liable to Buyer to the extent such hiring, retention or engagement impairs or affects the ability of Supplier to provide the Services hereunder (or any part thereof), including any failure, delay or other non-compliance with any requirements relating to the Services resulting therefrom

10.5 Mitigation of damages . In addition, the parties will, in all circumstances, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and otherwise minimize damages, whether direct or indirect, due to, resulting from or arising in connection with any failure to comply fully with the obligations under this Agreement.

10.6 Buyer indemnity . Buyer will indemnify, defend and hold Supplier and each of its Representatives harmless against all damages, claims, actions, fines, penalties, expenses or costs (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Liabilities ”) attributable to any third-party claims asserted against Supplier or its Representatives to the extent arising from or relating to (i) allegations that the Buyer Intellectual Property or its use (by Supplier, Buyer, or others) in any products, processes, materials or works infringes the third party’s intellectual property rights, provided, however, that Buyer will not have the foregoing obligations to the extent that the third-party claim arises from or relates to any use of Buyer Intellectual Property made by Supplier or its Representatives other than in the course of providing the Services; or (ii) any breach of this Agreement resulting from the negligence or willful malfeasance of Buyer, any of its Representatives or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors. The limitations in Section 10.1 do not apply to Buyer’s indemnification and defense obligations under this Section 10.6.

10.7 Supplier indemnity . Supplier will indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and each of its Representatives harmless against all Liabilities attributable to any third-party claims to the extent arising from or relating to any breach of this Agreement resulting from the negligence or willful malfeasance of Supplier, any of its Representatives or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors. The limitations in Sections 10.1 and 10.2 do not apply to Supplier’s indemnification obligations under this Section 10.7.

10.8 Indemnity procedure . All claims for indemnification under this Section 10 will be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V of the Separation Agreement.

10.9 Disclaimer of warranties . Other than any warranties that may be specifically set forth in this Agreement or a Project Statement, Supplier does not make any warranties to Buyer. Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier (i) does not guarantee that any particular results will be achieved, that any Services or deliverables will be provided at any particular time, or that any

 

- 11 -


particular Representatives will be involved in providing the Services; and (ii) does not make any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement with respect to: the Work Product or the Services; any products or processes that incorporate any of the Work Product or any deliverables provided to Buyer under this Agreement or any Project Statement; or any products or processes that may be developed, formulated or modified based on the Work Product or the Services, or any other deliverables provided to Buyer under this Agreement or any Project Statement.

11. General.

11.1 Canadian matters .

(a) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that certain Services may be provided by a Canadian Affiliate of the Supplier (each, a “ Canadian Supplier ”) for any one or more Canadian Affiliates of Buyer (each, a “ Canadian Buyer ”).

(b) The applicable Canadian Supplier will possess all of the rights and obligations of Supplier that relate to the Services to be provided by such Canadian Supplier. The applicable Canadian Buyer will possess all of the rights and obligations of Buyer that relate to the Services to be provided to such Canadian Buyer.

(c) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the Supplier or Canadian Supplier, as applicable, that provides Services to a Canadian Buyer will directly invoice the applicable Canadian Buyer in respect of such Services, and Buyer will cause the applicable Canadian Buyer to make payment for any Services provided to such Canadian Buyer directly to the Supplier or Canadian Supplier of such Services, as applicable.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.3 the Allocated Cost for Canadian Services will be exclusive of applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Supplier will invoice applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Buyer will withhold from payments to the applicable Supplier or Canadian Supplier any amounts required by law.

11.2 Dispute resolution . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection (a) below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection (b) below. The procedures set forth in this Section 11.2 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

(a) Negotiation and mediation . If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. If the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the Executive Vice President of Research, Development, and Quality (or an

 

- 12 -


officer with analogous authority) of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

(b) Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (i) or (ii) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (iii) below.

(i) Arbitration .

(1) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(2) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(3) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute , but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

 

- 13 -


(ii) Arbitration for pricing Disputes . In the event of a dispute regarding the amount charged to Buyer for any Service, including calculation of Allocated Costs associated with a Service or a claim that the amount charged is not consistent with the terms of this Agreement, any arbitration under subsection (i) will be submitted collectively once per month to and heard before Ernst & Young LLP or, if such accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of SnackCo or GroceryCo, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. The arbitration will be limited solely to the issues of price and cost calculations. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause Ernst & Young LLP or such other mutually agreed upon arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (ii), the provisions in subsection (i) will apply to any arbitration under this subsection (ii).

(iii) Litigation. Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees, and expert witness fees.

11.3 Force Majeure . Supplier will not be liable for any failure of performance attributable to acts or events (including war, terrorist activities, conditions or events of nature, industry wide supply shortages, civil disturbances, work stoppage, power failures, failure of telephone lines and equipment, fire and earthquake, or any law, order, proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand or requirement of any governmental authority) beyond its reasonable control which impair or prevent in whole or in part performance by Supplier hereunder (“ Force Majeure ”). If Supplier is unable to perform its obligations hereunder as a result of a Force Majeure event, Supplier will, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give notice of the occurrence of such event to Buyer and will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume the Services at the earliest practicable date; provided, however, that upon any failure of Supplier to provide Services under this Section 11.3, Buyer, in its sole discretion, may terminate its receipt of such Service effective upon notice to Supplier and will not be obligated to pay for Services not performed by Supplier due to an event of Force Majeure.

11.4 Relationship of parties . Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

 

- 14 -


11.5 Assignment . Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a controlled Affiliate, without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party. Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a third party provider, upon prompt notice to and the approval of the non-assigning party, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No other assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement may be made without the non-assigning party’s prior written consent. In the event of any assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the assigning party nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations under this Agreement.

11.6 No third-party beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties to this Agreement and does not benefit or create any right or case of action for any other persons other than Representatives entitled to indemnification under Section 10.

11.7 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all exhibits) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties.

11.8 Waiver . Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

11.9 Notices . Except as may otherwise be provided in a Project Statement, all notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

If to GroceryCo:

Executive Vice President, Research, Development, Quality & Innovation

 

 

 
 

 

 
  Attn:  

 

 
  Fax:  

 

 
  Email:  

 

 

With a copy to:

 

  General Counsel
 

 

 
 

 

 
  Attn:  

 

 
  Fax:  

 

 
  Email:  

 

 

 

- 15 -


If to SnackCo:

Executive Vice President of Research, Development, and Quality

 

 

 
 

 

 
  Attn:  

 

 
  Fax:  

 

 
  Email:  

 

 

With a copy to:

 

  General Counsel
 

 

 
 

 

 
  Attn:  

 

 
  Fax:  

 

 
  Email:  

 

 

11.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

11.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

11.12 Interpretation . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

11.13 Governing law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with New York law.

11.14 Precedence. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and specific terms of the Separation Agreement or the IP Separation Agreement, then the terms of this Agreement will prevail. If there is any conflict between the terms of any Project Statement and the specific terms of this Agreement, the Separation Agreement, or the IP Separation Agreement, then the terms of the Project Statement will prevail.

 

- 16 -


11.15 Survival . Sections 1, 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6, 7, 8, 9.1(b), 9.2(b), 9.3, 10, and 11 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.      MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC
By:  

 

     By:  

 

Its:  

 

     Its:  

 


Exhibit   A: Project Statements
  A.1: Powdered Beverages
  A.2: On-Demand Coffee Systems
  A.3: Food Challenge Studies
  A.4: Regulatory Support to SnackCo
  A.5: Regulatory Support to GroceryCo
  A.6: Food Safety Consulting
  A.7: Nutrition Science Consulting
  A.8: General Consulting
Exhibit   B: Wire Transfer Information

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

MASTER INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

Dated as of                     , 2012

 

 


MASTER INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Master Information Technology Transition Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Distribution Date (as defined in the Separation Agreement) (the “ Effective Date ”) between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ GroceryCo ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SnackCo ”).

WHEREAS, GroceryCo and SnackCo’s parent company are parties to that certain Separation Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Separation Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the parties agreed to separate Kraft Foods Inc. into two companies: (a) GroceryCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the GroceryCo Business; and (b) SnackCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the SnackCo Business (the “ Separation ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and in order to ensure a smooth transition following the Separation, each party desires that the other party provide, or cause its Affiliates or contractors to provide, certain information technology transition services in exchange for the consideration stated in this Agreement and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the services to be provided hereunder will be specified in separate Project Statements (as further defined below) that will set forth the scope of the services to be provided as well as the party who will provide the services (the “ Supplier ” as further defined herein) to the other party (the “ Buyer ” as further defined herein); and

WHEREAS, each party in its capacity as a Buyer wishes to receive such specified transition services for use in connection with its Business in order to ensure a smooth transition following the Separation to such other IT systems and services as Buyer may select, and each party in its capacity as a Supplier has agreed to provide such services in accordance with the terms specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, GroceryCo and SnackCo agree as follows:

1. Definitions. The following terms have the meanings indicated:

1.1 Allocated Cost ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

1.2 Buyer ” means with respect to a Service specified in a Project Statement, the party receiving such Service as specified in the Project Statement.

1.3 Buyer Data ” means data relating to the operation of the Business of Buyer in the possession or control of Supplier.


1.4 Canadian Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

1.5 Canadian Supplier ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

1.6 Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.7 Contractor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

1.8 Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

1.9 Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement between the parties dated as of the date hereof.

1.10 IP Separation Agreement ” means that certain Master Ownership and License Agreement Regarding Patents, Trade Secrets and Related Intellectual Property being entered into by certain Affiliates of the parties as of the Distribution Date.

1.11 Maximum Transition Period ” means the two year period beginning on the Effective Date.

1.12 New Service ” means a Service not provided or supplied by Kraft Foods Inc., its subsidiaries and/or Contractors for the Business of Buyer during the 12 months preceding the Effective Date.

1.13 Project Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

1.14 Project Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

1.15 Representative ” means an Affiliate, Contractor or other Person providing Services hereunder on behalf of Supplier.

1.16 Services ” means collectively the IT Services, any Menu Services and any Additional Services described in mutually agreed Project Statements.

1.17 Supplier ” means with respect to a Service specified in a Project Statement, the party providing such Service as specified in the Project Statement.

1.18 Supplier Data ” means data relating to the operation of the Business of Buyer in the possession or control of Buyer.

1.19 Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

1.20 Transition Period ” means the maximum period of time set forth in the applicable Project Statement for a Service, as such Transition Period may be adjusted by mutual written agreement of the parties from time to time; provided , however , that in no event will the Transition Period exceed the date that is two years from the Effective Date.

 

- 2 -


Other capitalized terms have the meanings set forth elsewhere in this Agreement. Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Separation Agreement.

2. Transition Services.

2.1 Project Statements. The scope of each agreed upon Service to be provided under the terms of this Agreement will be set forth in a Project Statement substantially in the form set forth in Annex A (a “ Project Statement ”), including, as applicable, (i) the party that is the Supplier of the Service and the party that is the Buyer of the Service, (ii) a timeline for such Service, (iii) the location of such Service (including any Canada Services), (iv) each party’s Project Manager for such Project Statement, (v) any details regarding the Allocated Cost for such Service, (vi) payment terms, and (vii) any specifications applicable to such Service, if different from the specifications defined in this Agreement. No Project Statement will be binding or effective unless signed by both parties. Supplier will provide, or cause one or more of its Representatives to provide, to Buyer the Services described in executed Project Statements in accordance therewith and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 IT Services. Each Project Statement entered into as of the Effective Date is attached hereto in Annex D (the Services identified in such Project Statements being referred to in this Agreement, collectively, as the “ IT Services”). Supplier agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to provide, or cause one or more of its Representatives to provide, to Buyer each of the IT Services for the applicable Transition Period indicated in each applicable Project Statement attached hereto in Annex D , and Buyer agrees to purchase and pay for the IT Services as provided for in Section 5.

2.3 Menu Services. If Buyer desires to receive any information technology services that are not IT Services but that are listed on the menu of services available upon request as set forth in Annex C (“ Menu Services ”), Buyer will provide Supplier with a reasonably detailed written request for such proposed services. Within 30 days following such request, Supplier will, to the extent feasible, provide a good faith estimate of the costs, timing and resources required to provide such Menu Services, including a good faith summary of any costs or effects to other Services, equipment, systems, personnel or resources being provided to Buyer (“ Resulting Linked Effects ”). The parties will then promptly negotiate in good faith the terms of a Project Statement by which the proposed Menu Services would be provided under this Agreement. The Project Statement will set forth the parties’ estimate of the costs associated with the applicable Menu Services, however the parties acknowledge that the final price may vary depending on Allocated Costs in providing such Services. Supplier agrees to take commercially reasonable efforts to provide the proposed Menu Services to the extent not unduly burdensome in light of Supplier’s resource constraints and obligations, subject to the following conditions: (i) if the requested Menu Services could be obtained from other commercial service providers in a commercially reasonable manner, then Supplier will have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to decline to provide such Menu Services; (ii) Supplier will not be obligated to perform any Menu Services unless Buyer agrees to pay the Allocated Cost for such Menu Services, including any Allocated Costs associated with Resulting Linked Effects; and (iii) in no event will the Transition Period for any Menu Service extend beyond the Maximum Transition Period.

 

- 3 -


2.4 Additional Services.

 

  (a) If Buyer desires to receive any information technology services that are not IT Services or Menu Services, or that represent a significant or material change to an IT Service or a Menu Service, Buyer will provide Supplier with a reasonably detailed written request for such proposed services (the “ Additional Services ”) (such request sufficiently detailed to enable Supplier to weigh the risks and assess the feasibility of such request and attempt to estimate the resources and effort required to provide such proposed services). Within 30 days following such request, Supplier will, to the extent reasonably feasible, assess the request in good faith and provide notice of whether it will endeavor to provide the requested Additional Service. If Supplier does not respond to such request within 30 days following such request, then Supplier will be deemed to have refused such request.

 

  (b) If a requested Additional Service is reasonably necessary to effect the Separation of the GroceryCo and SnackCo Businesses then Supplier will accept the request to provide the proposed Additional Service if it can feasibly provide such Additional Service without undue burden in light of Supplier’s resource constraints and obligations. Supplier will have no obligation to provide an Additional Service or to provide the Additional Service under any specific terms, and may decline to provide such requested Additional Service in its sole and absolute discretion, if any of the following apply: (i) the requested Additional Service is not reasonably necessary to effect the Separation of the GroceryCo and SnackCo Businesses; (ii) the requested Additional Service is not a Service that was provided or supplied by Kraft Foods Inc. and/or its subsidiaries for the Business of Buyer during the 12 months preceding the Effective Date; (iii) the requested Additional Service could be obtained from other commercial service providers in a commercially reasonable manner; (iv) Buyer will not agree to pay the Allocated Cost for such Additional Services, including any Allocated Costs associated with Resulting Linked Effects; or (v) the Transition Period for the requested Additional Service extends beyond the Maximum Transition Period.

 

  (c) If Supplier accepts a request to provide an Additional Service, it will, to the extent reasonably feasible, provide a good faith estimate of the fees, timing and resources required to provide such Additional Services, including a good faith summary of any Resulting Linked Effects. The parties will then promptly negotiate in good faith a Project Statement by which the proposed Additional Services would be provided under this Agreement. The Project Statement will set forth the parties’ estimate of the costs associated with the applicable Additional Services, however the parties acknowledge that the final price may vary depending on the Allocated Costs in providing such Services.

 

- 4 -


2.5 Disputes over requested Services . In the event that Buyer alleges that Supplier (or a proposed Supplier) has violated its obligation to consider or provide a requested Service hereunder, or has acted in bad faith in negotiating the terms applicable to a Service such Dispute will be subject to arbitration in accordance with Section 10.2(c).

2.6 Financial obligation . In providing the Services, Supplier and its Representatives will not be obligated to perform any of the following actions unless Buyer agrees to pay the fully Allocated Cost of such actions and the performance of such actions is reasonably within the control of Supplier and its Representatives: (i) maintain the employment of any specific employee; (ii) purchase, lease or license any additional equipment or software, except any replacement for existing equipment owned by Supplier and necessary to provide the Services pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (iii) pay any costs related to the conversion of the Buyer Data from one format to another; or (iv) pay any costs necessary to integrate Buyer’s systems for purposes of receiving the Services.

2.7 Means of providing Services. Supplier will, in its sole discretion, determine the means and resources used to provide the Services in accordance with its business judgment and subject to Section 4. Supplier will have sole discretion and responsibility for staffing, instructing and compensating its personnel and third parties who perform the Services. Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier may elect to modify or replace at any time any aspect of the Services, provided that such modifications or replacements are being implemented consistently with Supplier’s own Business objectives. Such changes may include without limitation (a) modification of IT policies and procedures; (b) changes in the environment used to provide the Services, including without limitation the Representatives that provide all or any portion of the Services; (c) the location from which any Service is provided; or (d) the intellectual property, IT, products and services used to provide the Services. Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to eliminate or minimize disruption to Buyer’s business as a result of such modifications, and not to implement such modifications during mutually agreed periods of time before and after cut-overs from affected systems to Buyer’s systems. Prior to Supplier making any changes or disruptions to its or its Representatives’ information technology systems which could reasonably be expected to alter or disrupt the Services, Supplier will give Buyer reasonable prior written notice including a description of which Services may be disrupted and the anticipated length of the disruption.

2.8 Access to facilities and equipment. To the extent reasonably required to perform the Services hereunder, Buyer will provide (or, as necessary, will cause its Representatives to provide) Supplier with reasonable access to and use of Buyer’s applicable facilities and equipment.

2.9 Cooperation; consulting . Supplier and Buyer will use reasonable efforts to assist and cooperate with one another in the timely and orderly transfer of all matters that support or relate to the functions that are the subject of any Services. Buyer acknowledges that some Services to be provided under this Agreement require instructions and information from Buyer, which Buyer will provide to Supplier sufficiently in advance in order to enable Supplier or its Representatives to provide or procure such Services in a timely manner. Supplier will not be liable for any delays resulting from or caused by Buyer’s failure to provide such instructions or information in a timely manner, and Buyer will pay any reasonable additional costs or expenses,

 

- 5 -


including labor, resulting therefrom. Buyer will provide all information reasonably required or requested by Supplier to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Except as otherwise specified for Menu Services, the cost for hourly consulting services provided by Supplier personnel included in Allocated Costs for any Services will be billed at $150 per hour plus reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses.

2.10 Inability to perform Services . In the event that Supplier will be unable to perform Services as required by this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the parties will cooperate, and Supplier will use its commercially reasonable efforts, to restore the affected Services as soon as possible. The foregoing is without prejudice to any rights and remedies Buyer may have in connection with such failure to perform.

2.11 Litigation holds. In the event that Buyer notifies Supplier of a litigation hold or e-discovery request, then Supplier will take all efforts to comply with such notices, including providing access to any Buyer Data in its control or possession and by retaining all relevant data and materials for the duration of the litigation hold. Supplier will cooperate with Buyer in responding to any court orders or discovery requests and promptly provide Buyer with copies of any relevant Buyer Data or materials.

3. Personnel.

3.1 Services Managers . Each party will each select a services manager (a “ Services Manager ”) to act as its contact person responsible for overseeing the provision or receipt, as applicable, of all of the information technology Services hereunder. Each party will also select a project manager (a “ Project Manager ”) to be the primary contact person for each Service that is the subject of the Project Statement. All communications relating to the provision of the Services will be directed to the relevant Project Manager of the other party with problems and disputes to be escalated to the Services Manager of the other party. A party may change its Services Manager or Project Managers upon prior written notice to the other party. GroceryCo’s Services Manager will initially be Jan Ziskasen, and SnackCo’s Services Manager will initially be Mike Cunningham. The initial Project Managers for each Service will be set forth in the each Project Statement. The Services Managers of the parties will meet periodically, no less than quarterly, to discuss the status of the Services.

3.2 Supplier personnel . Except as otherwise set forth in the Separation Agreement or Employee Matters Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not impose an obligation on Supplier to second or procure the secondment to Buyer of any employee or other personnel in connection with the provision of the Services. The parties agree that such employees of Supplier and its Affiliates providing Services are employees, contract employees or secondees of Supplier or its Affiliates. All labor matters relating to any employees of Supplier and its Affiliates will be within the exclusive direction, control and supervision of Supplier and its Affiliates, and Buyer will take no action affecting such matters, and Supplier will have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment, termination, assignment, and compensation of such Supplier personnel; provided , however , that Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain sufficient personnel and facilities necessary to provide the Services. Supplier will be solely responsible for the payment of all salary and benefits, social security taxes, unemployment compensation tax, workers’ compensation tax,

 

- 6 -


other employment taxes or withholdings and premiums and remittances with respect to employees of Supplier and its Affiliates used to provide Services, and all Supplier personnel providing Services under this Agreement will be deemed to be employees or representatives solely of Supplier for purposes of all compensation and employee benefits and not to be employees, representatives or agents of Buyer.

3.3 Contractors. The Services may be provided in whole or in part by (a) Affiliates of Supplier or (b) third party contractors or subcontractors (a “ Contractor ”) capable of providing the required level of service set forth in Section 4.

 

  (a) If Supplier wishes to use a Contractor to provide Services for the benefit of Buyer that has not provided similar services to the Businesses during the 12 months preceding the Effective Date (a “ New Contractor ”), then Supplier will ensure that such New Contractor agrees in writing to be bound by the relevant terms and conditions of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Supplier will ensure that the New Contractor enters into a written confidentiality agreement on terms with respect to the Confidential Information of Buyer and its Affiliates that are substantially similar to and at least as protective of such Confidential Information as the terms of Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Supplier will take all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Services are not interrupted or materially disrupted in connection with the transition of provision of Services to any Contractor, including a New Contractor. Supplier will not be responsible for delays in the provision of Services arising from Buyer’s failure to respond promptly to reasonable requests or information provided by Supplier or caused by terms or negotiations requested by Buyer.

 

  (c) If and to the extent that any failure, delay or other problem in connection with the Services (or any part thereof) is caused by the act or omission of a Contractor: (i) Supplier will not be in breach of this Agreement or otherwise liable to Buyer as a result of such failure, delay or other problem; (ii) Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies (if any) against the Contractor such that the failure, delay or other problem is remedied as soon as reasonably practicable and its impact on the Services and its Business is minimized; and (iii) Supplier will pay (or procure the payment) to Buyer such portion of any monetary compensation paid to Supplier by a Contractor in respect of any damages caused by the act or omission of that Contractor as relates to any damage suffered by Buyer or its Business as a result of that act or omission (in the event Contractor is found obligated to pay less than all compensation necessary to make whole both Supplier and Buyer, then Supplier and Buyer will split the compensation on a pro-rata basis consistent with each party’s portion of the total damages suffered).

3.4 Compliance with Policies; Safety of Personnel . Buyer acknowledges that Supplier has instituted and will continue to institute and revise a variety of policies and

 

- 7 -


procedures for its provision of Services. All Services must be reasonably capable of being performed in a manner that is consistent with the policies and procedures of Supplier, including those relating to antitrust laws and health, safety, labor, employment and environmental laws and otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Supplier will use reasonable efforts to provide Buyer with advance written notice in the event it believes any Service is not consistent with such policies or procedures where the same would materially affect the Services to be provided. To the extent Services are performed on site, Supplier will be permitted to withdraw any personnel providing Services at that time if Supplier has a reasonable opinion that such personnel face any risk to their personal safety and prior written notice (to the extent possible) has been given to Buyer.

3.5 Retention of Supplier personnel. If, during the Term, Buyer hires, retains or otherwise engages any employee, Contractor or other personnel of Supplier, Supplier will not be in breach of this Agreement or otherwise liable to Buyer to the extent such hiring, retention or engagement impairs or affects the ability of Supplier to provide the Services hereunder (or any part thereof), including any failure, delay or other non-compliance with any requirements relating to the Services resulting therefrom.

4. Service Standards.

4.1 Service levels. A Service will be subject to a Service Level Agreement (“ SLA ”) only if specifically referenced in a Project Statement. Supplier will measure and report its performance relative to the applicable SLAs, and the parties will meet periodically to review such performance. In the event that Supplier materially fails to meet any applicable SLA, Supplier will initiate a root cause analysis for any incident that contributed to Supplier missing such SLA within a reasonable period of time after such incident and use commercially reasonable efforts to ascertain the actual root cause of such failure, which analysis will include, where reasonable and practicable, Supplier’s plan for avoiding such incidents in the future. For the sake of clarity, there are no financial penalties associated with Supplier’s failure to meet an SLA, except for the pass through of monetary compensation received from Contractors as provided in Section 3.3(c). If an SLA issue remains unresolved under this Section for more than thirty (30) days Buyer may refer the matter for resolution in accordance with Section 10.2.

4.2 Other Service standards. For Services not governed by SLAs: (a) Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide those Services being supplied for Buyer’s Business as of the Effective Date at a relative service level consistent in all material respects with that provided to Buyer’s Business in the 12 months preceding the Effective Date; or (b) Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide New Services consistent with the specifications, if any, set forth in an applicable Project Statement. For any work performed on premises of Buyer, Supplier and its personnel will comply with all reasonable security, confidentiality, safety and health policies of Buyer (as applicable) if and to the extent Buyer informs Supplier of such policies in writing. In the event of a failure to meet such general service levels, Supplier will endeavor to identify and resolve the cause of the deficiency. If such issue remains unresolved for more than 30 days Buyer may refer the matter for resolution in accordance with Section 10.2.

 

- 8 -


4.3 Exceptions. It will not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement if Supplier fails to meet the service standards set forth in this Section 4 because of (i) the failure of Buyer to cooperate with or provide information, services or decisions to Supplier as required hereunder, (ii) failure caused by any act or omission of Buyer or its facilities, equipment, hardware or software, (iii) changes reasonably deemed to be required by changes in law, technology or the availability of reasonably commercially available products and services, (iv) changes otherwise permitted hereunder, (v) demands on, or changes to, the relevant systems, processes or personnel, provided Supplier expends commercially reasonable efforts to attempt to correct the situation within a reasonable period of time, (vi) failures by third party service providers not directly retained by Supplier, including general Internet service providers, (vii) a Contractor’s failure to perform (subject to Section 3.3(c)(ii)), or (viii) Force Majeure as further provided in Section 10.3.

4.4 No warranty . O THER THAN AS PROVIDED IN THIS S ECTION  4, S UPPLIER DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE S ERVICES , WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED , AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES , WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY , SUITABILITY , FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , OR OTHERWISE FOR SAID S ERVICES .

5. Payment for Services.

5.1 Costs and charges. Supplier will charge Buyer the Allocated Cost for the Services provided hereunder.

5.2 Calculation of Allocated Cost. Allocated Cost ” means the fully allocated cost for providing Services calculated in a manner consistent with past practice, including the following (to the extent allocable to the provision of the Services): (a) the cost of licenses for software or other intellectual property (or other cost associated with obtaining rights to use software or intellectual property), including any termination, transfer, sublicensing, access, upgrade or conversion fees, (b) the cost of maintenance and support, including user support, (c) the fully loaded cost of personnel, (d) the cost of equipment, (e) the cost of disaster recovery services and backup services, (f) the cost of facilities and space, (g) the cost of supplies (including consumables), (h) the cost of utilities (HVAC, electricity, gas, etc.), (i) the cost of networking and connectivity, (j) the cost of legal fees associated with any advice, activities or agreements related to the foregoing areas, (k) any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Supplier with third parties (including Contractors) in connection with the provision of Services (including one-time set-up costs, license fees, costs to enter into third party agreements, costs to exit third party agreements, termination fees, and other costs incurred in connection with Contractors engaged in compliance with this Agreement), and (l) the cost of personnel retained, displaced or transferred (excluding severance costs for Supplier employees). Travel expenses must be reasonable and incurred in accordance with Supplier’s normal travel policy. Overhead allocations must be calculated consistently with Supplier’s practice as then generally used by Supplier in its applicable, respective geographic business. Allocated Costs will be subject to a mark up of five percent, except for (i) materials and services provided by third parties, (ii) fees charged by third parties, and (iii) out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties (the “ Mark-Up ”).

5.3 Invoices and payment. Supplier will provide Buyer with monthly invoices reflecting: (i) the Services provided during the preceding month, (ii) the Allocated Cost owed for

 

- 9 -


such Services provided during the preceding month, and (iii) any other charges incurred during the preceding month under the terms of this Agreement. Invoices will be sent in a format and containing a level of detail reasonably sufficient for Buyer to determine the accuracy of the computation of the amount charged and that such amount is being calculated in a manner consistent with this Agreement. Reasonable documentation will be provided for all out-of-pocket expenses consistent with Supplier’s practices. All amounts will be due and payable within 60 days of the date of invoice; provided, however, that with respect to any material purchases identified in a Project Statement or other attachment, such amounts will be due and payable in advance of the date that such Services are provided as set forth therein. Upon Buyer’s reasonable request, Supplier (or Canadian Supplier, as applicable) will provide explanations, answer questions, and provide additional documentation regarding invoiced amounts. Unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the parties, all payments due hereunder will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified in Annex B (or such other account as may be designated from time to time by Supplier).

5.4 Taxes.

 

  (a) All amounts to be paid to Supplier (or Canadian Supplier, as applicable) under this Agreement are exclusive of any applicable taxes required by law to be collected from Buyer (including withholding, sales, use, excise or services tax, which may be assessed on the provision of the Services under this Agreement). If a withholding, sales, use, excise, services or similar tax is assessed on the provisions of any of the Services under this Agreement, Buyer (or a Canadian Affiliate, as applicable) will pay directly or reimburse or indemnify Supplier (or Canadian Supplier, as applicable) for such tax. The parties agree to cooperate with each other in determining the extent to which any tax is due and owing under the circumstances, and will provide and make available to each other any resale certificate, information regarding out of state use of materials, services or sale, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably requested by either party. The parties further agree to work together to structure the provision of the Services to eliminate or minimize applicable transfer taxes, including but not limited to, itemizing on invoices each Service provided to Buyer.

 

  (b) In addition to any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer will be responsible for any and all sales, use, excise, services or similar taxes imposed on the provision of goods and services by Supplier or its Representatives to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (“ Sales Taxes ”) and will either (i) remit such Sales Taxes to Supplier (and Supplier will remit the amounts so received to the applicable taxing authority) or (ii) provide Supplier with a certificate or other proof, reasonably acceptable to Supplier, evidencing an exemption from liability for such Sales Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts under this Agreement are expressed exclusive of Sales Taxes.

5.5 Other expenses. After the Effective Date, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party hereto will pay its own legal, accounting, out-of-pocket and other expenses incident to this Agreement and to any action taken by such party in carrying this Agreement into effect.

 

- 10 -


5.6 Interest payable on amounts past due . All late payments due under this Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to the annualized interest rate at prime (as published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time) plus three percentage points, from the invoice due date to the date of payment. If Buyer disputes any portion of any invoice, Buyer must notify Supplier in writing of the nature and the basis of the dispute within 60 days after the date of the applicable invoice, after which time Buyer will have waived any rights to dispute such amount.

5.7 Audit . Supplier will keep reasonably detailed records, consistent with past practice, for any expenses that constitute a component upon which the price for Services is determined. Supplier will maintain the records in accordance with its then-current record retention policies. At reasonable intervals during the Term and for two years thereafter, Buyer personnel will, upon no less than five business days prior notice, or, if critical, upon reasonable shorter notice under the circumstances, have access to the records for the purpose of verifying the invoices submitted to Buyer hereunder notwithstanding the termination of any Project Statement. The costs of all such audits will be borne by Buyer. The confidentiality provisions in Section 9 of this Agreement will govern all audits by Buyer.

6. Proprietary Rights.

6.1 Equipment. Except with respect to those items of equipment, systems, tools, facilities and other resources allocated to Buyer pursuant to the Separation Agreement, all equipment, systems, tools, facilities and other resources used by Supplier and any of its Affiliates in connection with the provision of Services hereunder will remain the property of Supplier and its Affiliates and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, will at all times be under the sole direction and control of Supplier and its Affiliates.

6.2 Intellectual property. To the extent Supplier or its Representatives use any know-how, processes, technology, trade secrets or other intellectual property owned by or licensed to Supplier or any of its Representatives (“ IP ”) in providing the Services, such IP (other than such IP licensed to Supplier by Buyer or its Affiliates) and any derivative works of, or modifications or improvements to, such IP conceived or created as part of the provision of Services (“ Improvements ”) will, as between the parties, remain the sole property of Supplier unless such Improvements were specifically created for Buyer or its Affiliates pursuant to a specific Service as specifically indicated in a Project Statement. The applicable party will and hereby does assign to the applicable owner designated above, and agrees to assign automatically in the future upon first recordation in a tangible medium or first reduction to practice, all of such party’s right, title and interest in and to all Improvements, if any. All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is any conflict between the terms of this Section 6.2 and specific terms of the IP Separation Agreement, then the terms of the IP Separation Agreement will prevail.

 

- 11 -


7. Term and Termination.

7.1 Term. Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to end its need to use the Services as soon as reasonably possible after the Effective Date; provided , however , that Supplier will not be required to provide the Services later than the Maximum Transition Period or any earlier applicable Transition Period. This Agreement starts on the Effective Date and ends on the earlier of termination of all Services, unless sooner terminated by the parties in accordance with Section 7.3 (the “ Term ”).

7.2 Termination of a Service.

 

  (a) Buyer may elect to terminate a Service at any time by providing Supplier with written notice prior to the effective date of termination of such Service. The amount of notice provided will be reasonable and in no event shorter than (i) 90 days, (ii) any longer required notice period specified in a Project Statement, and (iii) any greater minimum notice period as may be provided under applicable arrangements with Contractors. Following receipt of such notice (the “ Services Termination Notice ”), Supplier will provide, not later than 30 days following Supplier’s receipt of the Services Termination Notice, to Buyer written notice regarding the impact of such termination on any other Services, including a good faith summary of any Resulting Linked Effects. In the event that Buyer still wishes to proceed with termination, then (A) Buyer will provide Supplier with written notice thereof, (B) the affected Services, including those linked Services identified by Supplier, will terminate effective at the end of the notice period, and (C) Supplier will not be liable for any Resulting Linked Effects arising from such terminations whether included in the prior good faith summary or otherwise.

 

  (b) Buyer also may elect to terminate a Service upon at least 30 days’ notice to Supplier if Supplier notifies Buyer (as provided in Section 3.3) that it plans to use a New Contractor to perform any of the Services, and Supplier does not, within 30 days after the notice, commit not to use the New Contractor.

 

  (c) Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of Buyer, Buyer may also elect to terminate a Service at any time, upon written notice to Supplier, if (i) Supplier will have failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement relating to such Service, (ii) Buyer has notified Supplier in writing of such failure, and (iii) for a period of 30 days after receipt by Supplier of written notice of such failure, such failure will not have been cured.

 

  (d) Supplier may terminate a Service, upon written notice to Buyer, with respect to any Service for which Buyer fails to pay an amount when due hereunder if such amount remains unpaid for a period of 30 days after receipt by Buyer of written notice of such failure.

 

- 12 -


  (e) A Service will terminate automatically at the end of its applicable Transition Period, or if no Transition Period is specified, at the end of the Maximum Transition Period.

7.3 Termination of Agreement. Either party may terminate this Agreement and all Services immediately without notice if the other files for bankruptcy protection or has an involuntary petition for bankruptcy filed against it, becomes unable to pay its bills, sell or transfers property to creditors, dissolves or liquidates, has a liquidator or receiver appointed by a court, or is a party of any other similar legal proceedings, if in any such case termination is permitted by applicable law.

7.4 No abandonment for Dispute . In the event of a pending Dispute between the parties, Supplier will not have the right to suspend, withhold, interrupt or terminate any Service involved in such Dispute, including for breach of this Agreement, unless and until an arbitrator or tribunal sanctioned under Section 10.2 authorizes or orders such interruption or termination. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will be fully compensated by money damages alone for, and will not be irreparably harmed by, providing Services during the pendency of any Dispute. In the event that Supplier threatens to stop performing Services in connection with a Dispute other than as permitted in this Section 7.4, Buyer will be entitled to an order for injunctive relief against Supplier. Supplier agrees that such an abandonment would result in irreparable injury to Buyer, that Buyer would have no adequate remedy at law, and that Supplier will not oppose Buyer’s motion for continuation of the Services or the entry of an order compelling performance by the Supplier of its obligations under this Agreement.

7.5 Costs upon termination. Upon any termination, Buyer will pay all amounts outstanding for Services provided by Supplier or its Contractors. Any termination of Services will be final, and monthly charges will be appropriately prorated. Buyer will be liable for all out-of-pocket costs, stranded costs or other costs incurred by Supplier that are not otherwise recoupable by Supplier in connection with termination or winding up of terminated Services, including (a) costs under third-party contracts for services, software or other items, including breakage fees or termination fees, (b) costs relating to any of Supplier’s personnel which are affected by termination of a Service, (excluding severance costs for Supplier employees), (c) fees associated with facilities, hardware or equipment affected by the terminated Service including fees related to terminated leases, (d) costs relating to or in connection with the termination of any related or linked Services, including any Resulting Linked Effects, and (e) costs of any materials or third-party services that, before notice of termination, Supplier paid for or obligated itself to pay for in connection with providing the Services, if and to the extent that Supplier cannot through reasonable commercial efforts obtain a refund for or terminate its obligation to pay for such materials and services.

7.6 Return of materials. The parties will, at the disclosing party’s request and upon termination of this Agreement, use all reasonable efforts to return to the other party or destroy all documents and materials in tangible form, and permanently erase all data in electronic form, containing any Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that certain systems utilized by Supplier may not permit the purging or deletion of data, and in such case Supplier agrees to maintain copies of affected Buyer data for the minimum amount of time permitted by such systems and not to use such data for any other purposes.

 

- 13 -


7.7 Data return. Upon termination of a Service for any reason, Supplier will promptly provide Buyer with a copy of any Buyer Data relating to such terminated Service (excluding any Buyer Data that has previously been provided to Buyer or that is otherwise already in the possession of Buyer). Buyer Data will be provided in its then current form, in an electronic format and media to be reasonably agreed upon by the parties. The foregoing obligation of Supplier is absolute, and Supplier will not be entitled to withhold such Buyer Data for any reason, including due to Buyer’s breach of this Agreement (provided that in the case Buyer is in breach of this Agreement, that Buyer pays Supplier prior to delivery for any reasonable costs incurred by Supplier to comply with Buyer’s data copy request). Upon providing Buyer with an electronic media copy of the Buyer Data, Supplier will have no further responsibility with respect to such data, including maintaining a backup or archive for Buyer, except as otherwise expressly provided in a Project Statement.

7.8 Access to personnel. When this Agreement or a Service terminates for whatever reason, Supplier will provide Buyer or its designee for a period of three months with reasonable access to personnel and information relating to the provision of the discontinued Service(s) in order to facilitate the future performance by Buyer of such Service(s); provided that nothing in the foregoing will require Supplier to maintain or retain any particular personnel, systems, software or data and the access granted hereunder will be to such resources that Supplier retains in its ordinary course of business.

8. Indemnity, Limitation of Liability and Mitigation of Damages.

8.1 Limit of liability. Neither party nor any of its Affiliates will be liable to the other party or for any special, punitive, consequential, incidental or exemplary damages (including lost or anticipated revenues or profits relating to the same and attorneys’ fees) arising from any claim relating to this Agreement or any of the Services to be provided under this Agreement or the Project Statements, or the performance of or failure to perform such party’s obligations under this Agreement or the Project Statements, whether such claim is based on warranty, contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, and regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable or an authorized representative of such party is advised of the possibility or likelihood of such damages.

8.2 Maximum liability. Except with respect to (a) a breach of the confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 9 or (b) Supplier’s unjustified refusal to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the aggregate liability of Supplier arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be limited by each specific Service, such that the aggregate liability of Supplier arising out of or in connection with each specific Service will not exceed an amount equal to the aggregate amount of fees (which fees will exclude any pass-through costs of Contractors) paid or payable for such specific Service under this Agreement.

8.3 Mitigation of damages. In addition, the parties will, in all circumstances, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and otherwise minimize damages, whether direct or indirect, due to, resulting from or arising in connection with any failure to comply fully with the obligations under this Agreement.

 

- 14 -


8.4 Buyer indemnity. Buyer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Supplier and each of its Representatives harmless against all damages, claims, actions, fines, penalties, expenses or costs (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Liabilities ”) attributable to any third-party claims asserted against Supplier or its Representatives to the extent arising from or relating to any breach of this Agreement resulting from the negligence or willful malfeasance of Buyer, any of its Representatives or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors. The limitations in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 do not apply to Buyer’s indemnification and defense obligations under this Section 8.4.

8.5 Supplier indemnity. Supplier agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and each of its Representatives harmless against all Liabilities attributable to any third-party claims to the extent arising from or relating to (i) the provision of Services under this Agreement resulting from the negligence or willful malfeasance of Supplier, any of its Representatives or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors, or (ii) the failure of Supplier or its Affiliates to perform the Services in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 4 (subject to the limitations and exceptions in Section 3.3(c) and 4.3). The limitations in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 do not apply to Supplier’s indemnification obligations under this Section 8.5.

8.6 Indemnity procedure. All claims for indemnification under this Section 8 will be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V of the Separation Agreement.

9. Confidentiality.

9.1 Each party will, and will cause its Representatives and their officers, directors, employees and agents to, hold as confidential and not disclose to any other party all information received by it under this Agreement that relates to the other party’s business or that relates to the other party’s activities or deliverables under this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”). “Confidential Information” includes: (a) this Agreement and its terms and conditions; (b) the IP and Improvements; (c) the Buyer Data; (d) the Supplier Data; and (e) any information obtained or reviewed by a party in the course of reviewing the other party’s records in accordance with this Agreement. When a party discloses any of its Confidential Information to the other party it will make reasonable efforts to mark the information as “Confidential”, but any failure to mark the information as “Confidential” will not cause the information to lose its status as Confidential Information nor will it relieve the receiving party of its obligations under this Section 9 with respect to that information.

9.2 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, each party may: (a) disclose the other party’s Confidential Information if legally compelled to do so, provided that it promptly informs the other party of the required disclosure; (b) disclose this Agreement as reasonably necessary in connection with efforts to resolve a Dispute; and (c) disclose this Agreement to third parties for strategic due diligence purposes if the third party has signed a confidentiality agreement covering the disclosure.

9.3 “Confidential Information” does not include any information that: (a) is or becomes publicly known through no fault of the receiving party; (b) is known to the receiving party before disclosure under this Agreement, as documented by business records (and ownership of such information has not been allocated to the disclosing party pursuant to the

 

- 15 -


Separation Agreement); (c) is disclosed to the receiving party by a third party having no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; or (d) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information as documented by reasonable evidence.

9.4 The parties’ obligations under this Section 9 will continue for five years after the termination of this Agreement, except that to the extent that any Confidential Information constitutes a trade secret, the receiving party’s obligations with respect to that Confidential Information will continue for five years or for such period as the information remains trade secret, whichever is longer.

9.5 Security Breach ” means any actual, probable, or reasonably suspected misuse, compromise, or unauthorized access of Buyer Data, including but not limited to (a) physical trespass on a secure facility; (b) electronic systems intrusion or hacking; (c) loss or theft of a notebook, desktop, smartphone, DVD, CD or other electronic or mobile device, hard drive, thumb drive or information storage device; (d) loss or theft of printed materials; (e) a breach or alleged breach of applicable law, rule or regulation regarding the privacy, security or protection of Buyer Data, including any personally identifiable information therein; or (f) a breach or alleged breach of the privacy, security or data protection policies of Supplier that involves Buyer Data. In the event of a Security Breach, Supplier will take appropriate measures to promptly stop and remedy the Security Breach and promptly notify Buyer. Immediate notification of Buyer is required when the Security Breach involves possible unauthorized access to sensitive financial information or personally identifiable information or at any time when Supplier contacts a third party, law enforcement or government entity about a Security Breach. Supplier agrees to be responsible for any security or privacy related claims, actions or causes of action brought against Buyer in relation to the compromise of Buyer Data in the custody or control of Supplier and hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and its Affiliates harmless therefrom in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 8.5. The parties will mutually agree upon the notification to be provided to affected parties as a result of a Security Breach, provided that nothing will prevent a party from complying with any of its obligations under applicable law, rule or regulation. Supplier will bear all expenses incurred by either party relating to any notice or other remedial actions arising from a Security Breach, including payment of the cost of notice and any credit history or other watch service that is offered to affected personnel or customers.

10. General.

10.1 Canadian matters.

 

  (a) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Services indicated with “Canada” as a country of service in a Project Statement may be performed by one or more Canadian Affiliates of Supplier (each, a “ Canadian Supplier ”) for any one or more Canadian Affiliates of Buyer (each, a “ Canadian Buyer ”).

 

  (b)

The applicable Canadian Supplier will possess all of the rights and obligations of Supplier that relate to the Services to be performed by such

 

- 16 -


  Canadian Supplier. The applicable Canadian Buyer will possess all of the rights and obligations of Buyer that relate to the Services to be performed for such Canadian Buyer.

 

  (c) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the Supplier or Canadian Supplier, as applicable, that provides Services to a Canadian Buyer will directly invoice the applicable Canadian Buyer in respect of such Services, and Buyer will cause the applicable Canadian Buyer to make payment for any Services provided to such Canadian Buyer directly to the Supplier or Canadian Supplier of such Services, as applicable.

 

  (d) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.4, the Allocated Cost for Canadian Services will be exclusive of applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Supplier will invoice applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Buyer will withhold from payments to the applicable Supplier or Canadian Supplier any amounts required by law.

10.2 Dispute resolution. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection (a) below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection (b) below. The procedures set forth in this Section 10.2 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

 

  (a) Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

 

  (b) Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (i) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (ii) below.

 

  (i) Arbitration .

 

  (1)

Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent

 

- 17 -


  will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

 

  (2) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

 

  (3) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

 

  (ii) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

 

  (c)

Arbitration for Service request Disputes. In the event of a dispute involving a denied or disputed request for a Service as provided in Section 2.5 or under an applicable Project Statement, any arbitration under subsection (b) will be submitted collectively once per month to, and heard

 

- 18 -


  before, a single arbitrator from Bain & Company, Deloitte or other mutually agreeable consulting firm with knowledge regarding Information Technology systems and requirements. The arbitration will be limited solely to the issues of (i) whether the requested Service is reasonably necessary to effect the Separation of the GroceryCo and SnackCo Businesses or Supplier is otherwise obligated under the terms of this Agreement to provide the requested Service, and (ii) the reasonableness of the proposed terms for such Services. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2(c), the provisions in Section 10.2(b)(i) will apply to any arbitration under this Section 10.2(c).

 

  (d) Arbitration for pricing Disputes. In the event of a dispute regarding the amount charged to Buyer for any Service, including calculation of Allocated Costs associated with a Service or a claim that the amount charged is not consistent with the terms of this Agreement, any arbitration under subsection (b) will be submitted collectively once per month to and heard before a single arbitrator from Ernst & Young LLP, or if such accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of SnackCo or GroceryCo, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. The arbitration will be limited solely to issues of price and cost calculations. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2(d), the provisions in Section 10.2(b)(i) will apply to any arbitration under this Section 10.2(d).

 

  (e) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees and expert witness fees.

10.3 Force Majeure. Supplier will not be liable for any failure of performance attributable to acts or events (including war, terrorist activities, conditions or events of nature, industry wide supply shortages, civil disturbances, work stoppage, power failures, failure of telephone lines and equipment, fire and earthquake, or any law, order, proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand or requirement of any governmental authority) beyond its reasonable control which impair or prevent in whole or in part performance by Supplier hereunder (“ Force Majeure ”). If Supplier is unable to perform its obligations hereunder as a result of a Force Majeure event, Supplier will, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give notice of the occurrence of such event to Buyer and will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume the Services at the earliest practicable date; provided, however, that upon any failure of Supplier to provide Services under this Section 10.3, Buyer, in its sole discretion, may terminate its receipt of such Service effective upon notice to Supplier and will not be obligated to pay for Services not performed by Supplier due to an event of Force Majeure.

 

- 19 -


10.4 Relationship of parties. Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

10.5 Assignment. Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a controlled Affiliate, without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party. Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a third party provider, upon prompt notice to and the approval of the non-assigning party, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No other assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement may be made without the non-assigning party’s prior written consent. In the event of any assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the assigning party nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations under this Agreement.

10.6 No third-party beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties to this Agreement and does not benefit or create any right or case of action for any other persons other than Representatives entitled to indemnification under Section 8.

10.7 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all annexes or other attachments) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties.

10.8 Waiver. Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

10.9 Notices. Except as may otherwise be provided in a Project Statement, all notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

If to GroceryCo:

 

 

 

 

 
Attn:  

 

 
Fax:  

 

 
Email:  

 

 

 

- 20 -


With a copy to:

 

Fax:  

 

 
Email:  

 

 
Attn: General Counsel  

If to SnackCo:

 

 

 

 

 
Attn:  

 

 
Fax:  

 

 
Email:  

 

 

With a copy to:

 

Fax:  

 

 
Email:  

 

 
Attn: General Counsel  

10.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

10.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

10.12 Interpretation . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

10.13 Governing law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with New York law.

10.14 Precedence . If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and specific terms of the Separation Agreement, then the terms of this Agreement will prevail. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement, the Separation Agreement and the terms of any Project Statement, the terms of the Project Statement will prevail.

 

- 21 -


10.15 Survival. Sections 1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6, 5.7, 6, 7.4, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 8, 9 and 10 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

- 22 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.

   

MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC

By:  

 

    By:  

 

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 


Annex A: Form of Project Statement

Annex B: Wire Transfer Information

Annex C: Menu Services

Annex D: IT Services Project Statements

            D.1: Archived Data Extraction Services

            D.2: Hypercare Services

            D.3: Email Forwarding Services

            D.4: Internet Domain Name Resolution Services

            D.5: EDI/B2B Services

            D.6: HP Infrastructure Services

            D.7: Approva Application Services

            D.8: Master Data Center Content Management Services

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

Dated as of                     , 2012

 

 

 


MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This Master Supply Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Distribution Date (the “ Effective Date ”) between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ GroceryCo ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SnackCo ”).

WHEREAS, GroceryCo and SnackCo’s parent company are parties to that certain Separation Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Separation Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given to such terms in the Separation Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the parties agreed to separate Kraft Foods Inc. into two companies: (a) GroceryCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the GroceryCo Business; and (b) SnackCo, which will own and conduct, directly and indirectly, the SnackCo Business (the “ Separation ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and in order to ensure a smooth transition and uninterrupted supply of certain products following the Separation, each party desires that the parties will sell and purchase from each other certain products identified in this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the products to be purchased and sold hereunder will be specified in separate Project Agreements (as further defined below) that will set forth additional agreements with respect the purchase and sale of products as well as the party who will provide the services (the “ Supplier ”) to the other party, which will purchase the products (the “ Buyer ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, GroceryCo and SnackCo agree as follows:

1. Product; Specifications; Manufacture.

1.1 Supplier will manufacture and process the Product (as defined below) for Buyer at Supplier’s premises described on Appendix A attached hereto or, subject to Section 1.4, such other facility later designated by Supplier to Buyer (the “ Supply Facilities ”). The “ Product ” is defined in the finished product stock keeping units (“ SKUs ”) or ingredient (“ Ingredient ”) produced as of the Effective Date and set forth in the applicable project agreement (the “ Project Agreement ”) substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A and made according to the ingredient specification made available in writing from Buyer to Supplier on the Effective Date (the “ Specifications ”), which Specifications may be updated from time to time by Buyer and provided in writing to Supplier. Each such Project Agreement identifies, (i) the Buyer and the Supplier, (ii) all applicable Specification reference numbers as of the Effective Date, (iii) the expected raw ingredient material and packaging material costs (inclusive of expected loss/scrap) for such SKU or Ingredient, as applicable (“ Raw & Pack Cost ”) and (iv) the expected Conversion Cost (as defined below), as of June 30, 2012, to produce such Product; provided, however, each of the Conversion Cost and the Raw & Pack Cost may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

- 1 -


1.2 Buyer may, after the Effective Date, request in writing that Supplier produce SKU(s) or Ingredient(s) not set forth in a Project Agreement as of the Effective Date in which case Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to supply any such new SKU(s) or Ingredient(s) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If production of such new SKU(s) or Ingredient(s) is practicable, Seller will provide a non-binding good faith cost estimate of the Conversion Cost at which it would produce such new SKU(s) or Ingredients, as applicable; provided, however, that the actual Conversion Cost for such SKU(s) or Ingredients, as the case may be, will be determined at the time of production using the same cost protocols as in place for existing SKUs or Ingredients.

1.3 For purposes of this Agreement, “ Conversion Cost ” means the expected fully allocated conversion cost for providing the SKU(s) or Ingredient(s), as the case may be, calculated in a manner consistent with past practice, including the following (to the extent allocable to the manufacture of the SKU or Ingredient): (a) the cost of licenses for software or other intellectual property (or other cost associated with obtaining rights to use software or intellectual property), including any termination, transfer, sublicensing, access, upgrade or conversion fees, (b) the fully loaded cost of personnel, (c) the cost of equipment, (d) the cost of disaster recovery services and backup services, (e) the cost of facilities and space, (f) the cost of supplies (including consumables), (g) the cost of utilities (HVAC, electricity, gas, etc.), (h) the cost of networking and connectivity, (i) the cost of legal fees associated with any advice, activities or agreements related to the foregoing areas, (j) any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Supplier with third parties (including contractors) in connection with the manufacture of the SKU or Ingredient (including one-time set-up costs, license fees, costs to enter into third party agreements, costs to exit third party agreements, termination fees, and other costs incurred in connection with contractors engaged in compliance with this Agreement), as the case may be, and (k) the cost of personnel retained, displaced or transferred (excluding severance costs for Supplier employees). Travel expenses must be reasonable and incurred in accordance with Supplier’s normal travel policy. Overhead allocations for each Product must be calculated consistently with Supplier’s past practices for allocating overhead to such Product. The Raw & Pack Costs and the Conversion Costs for each Product are together the “ Total Costs ” for that Product. Total Costs will be charged to each purchasing unit (pound, case, etc.) for each Product based on the most recent estimated volume from the Forecast. Total Costs will be subject to a mark-up (“ Mark-Up ”) of six percent, except for (i) materials and services provided by third parties, (ii) fees charged by third parties, and (iii) out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties.

1.4 Supplier will manufacture and process the Product in accordance with the Specifications and consistent with Supplier’s generally applicable practices as set forth in Buyer’s External Manufacturer Quality Requirements as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date, subject in any event to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and will produce the Product in the quantities set forth in Section 2, consistent with the Forecast (as defined below). Supplier will purchase all raw materials associated with manufacturing the Product and will manufacture the Product, all of which will be reflected in the Price (as defined in Section 6.2(a)) of the Product.

 

- 2 -


1.5 If any changes to the Specifications requested by Buyer and agreed to by Supplier result in Product becoming unusable or unsaleable, Supplier will notify Buyer in writing as soon as reasonably practicable and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such adverse impact, and Buyer will reimburse Supplier for the Conversion Cost of any such unusable or unsaleable raw material ingredients, packaging, Product work in process and Product which has been provided under the Binding Order (as defined below) in accordance with past practice, in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount of such inventory permitted under the applicable Project Agreement.

1.6 Upon 120 days prior written notice to Buyer, Supplier may enter into specific agreements with any party with the purpose to sub-contract some services or activities which Supplier deems necessary or appropriate to render the services referred to in this Agreement so long as each sub-contractor qualifies under Buyer’s normal process for third party manufacturer qualification in effect from time to time; provided, however, that Supplier will remain ultimately responsible for performance under this Agreement.

2. Forecasts. Unless otherwise specified in a Project Agreement with respect to a particular Product, upon the Effective Date and on the first business day of each week thereafter, Buyer will provide Supplier a good faith estimate of the rolling 26 week forecast of the Product production schedule in a manner consistent with historical practice prior to the Effective Date (such 26 week forecast or other forecast set forth in the applicable Project Agreement referred to as the “ Forecast ”); provided, however, that unless specified otherwise in the Project Agreement the first two weeks of each Forecast will be deemed a binding order (such two-week portion of such Forecast or other portion of such Forecast designated as binding in the Project Agreement referred to as the “ Binding Order ”). In the event Buyer does not provide Supplier the Forecast as provided herein, Supplier will assume a production schedule consistent with historical levels unless a Forecast has been previously provided in which case such previously provided Forecast will be used as a basis for the production schedule. In the event the Supplier has assumed a Forecast as referred to in the preceding sentence, the first two weeks of such assumed Forecast will be deemed a binding purchase order under this agreement or the applicable Project Agreement unless otherwise specified in such Project Agreement. Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to meet the Forecast schedule described in this Section 2.0. Each initial Forecast is attached to the applicable Project Agreement as Attachment 2 thereto.

3. Term and Termination.

3.1 Term . This Agreement starts on the Effective Date and ends on the two-year anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated by the parties in accordance with Section 3.2 (the “ Term ”).

3.2 Termination of Agreement; production .

 

  (a)

Buyer may terminate a Project Agreement in its entirety (i) for any reason upon 120 days’ prior written notice to Supplier of Buyer’s intent to terminate this Agreement, (ii) immediately upon written notice to Supplier, if (A) Supplier will have failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement, (B) Buyer has notified Supplier in

 

- 3 -


  writing of such failure and (C) for a period of 30 days after receipt by Supplier of written notice of such failure, such failure has not have been cured and (iii) a Force Majeure event is not cured within 30 days of the occurrence thereof; provided, in the case of a failure to perform under clause (ii) of this sentence, Buyer may immediately suspend purchases under the applicable Project Agreement or this Agreement.

 

  (b) Subject to Section 6.2(b), Supplier may terminate a Project Agreement upon written notice to Buyer if Buyer fails to make a timely payment of amounts an amount due under an invoice relating to such Project Agreement and such amount remains unpaid for a period of 30 days after receipt by Buyer of written notice of such failure.

 

  (c) Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately without notice if the other files for bankruptcy protection or has an involuntary petition for bankruptcy filed against it, becomes unable to pay its bills, sell or transfers property to creditors, dissolves or liquidates, has a liquidator or receiver appointed by a court, or is a party of any other similar legal proceedings, if in any such case termination is permitted by applicable law.

3.3 Effects of termination and end of Term .

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise specified in a Project Agreement with respect to a particular Product, upon (i) the end of the Term, (ii) termination of this Agreement by either party, (iii) Buyer’s termination a substantial portion of production sourced from a Supplier Facility or (iv) Buyer’s termination of a Project Agreement hereunder, Supplier may take steps to reduce the number of workers utilized under this Agreement in response to such expiration or termination. In the event of such expiration or termination described in the preceding sentence, Buyer will be liable for the Total Cost with respect to (A) Product which is part of a Binding Order and whose production has been terminated as a result of termination of this Agreement or for which all or a substantial portion of production of such Product has been terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (“ Terminated Product ”); (B) such amounts of raw materials, packaging and Product work in process purchased by Supplier for the manufacture of Terminated Product, not to exceed the maximum amount of such inventory permitted by the Project Agreement governing such Terminated Product, that cannot be used by Supplier in its other products. At Buyer’s request, Supplier will deliver to Buyer any finished Terminated Product and such raw materials, packaging and Product work in process identified in (A), and (B) above which meets the Specifications. Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the liabilities of Buyer under the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer will not be liable for Product, packaging or raw material ingredients under this Section 3.3(a) which do not meet the Specifications at such time the applicable Product is deemed to be a Terminated Product. Supplier will

 

- 4 -


  be responsible for all severance costs attributable to employees whose employment is terminated as a result of the termination of Terminated Product. Upon termination of this Agreement, all rights, obligations and causes of action accruing hereunder before such termination will survive and the provisions of this Agreement will continue to be controlling for the purpose of determining the rights of the parties hereto.

 

  (b) Upon termination of this Agreement, termination of a Project Agreement or if Buyer terminates a substantial portion of production sourced from a Supplier Facility, Buyer may purchase from Supplier any equipment which is exclusively used in the production of the Terminated Product and located at a Supplier Facility at a price equal to the Fair Market Value Price of such equipment (the “ Purchased Equipment ”). With respect a particular Product, such equipment is listed in Attachment 4 of the Project Agreement. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “ Fair Market Value Price ” means the fair market value of such equipment as determined by Loeb Equipment Corp or other similar firm agreed to by both parties. Supplier and Buyer will each bear 50% of any appraisal fees incurred under this Agreement in the determination of Fair Market Value. Buyer will be responsible for, and will pay all costs and expenses associated with, the removal of the Purchased Equipment and any repairs to or cleaning of the applicable Supply Facility that may be required following the removal of the Purchased Equipment.

 

  (c) Upon the end of the Term or any other termination of this Agreement, (i) Supplier will cooperate fully and in good faith with Buyer to transfer Product supply to another supplier, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any Product supply disruption, and will continue to provide Products under this Agreement for a transition period up to 120 days, as long as Buyer continues to pay for them; and (ii) Supplier and Buyer will, as directed by the other, return, destroy, or transfer elsewhere any of the other’s Confidential Information and other property in its possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier will not be obligated to provide such transition services following the date that is two years after the Effective Date.

3.4 No abandonment for Dispute . In the event of a pending Dispute between the parties, Supplier will not have the right to suspend, withhold, interrupt or terminate any Project Agreement involved in such Dispute, including for breach of this Agreement, unless and until an arbitrator or tribunal sanctioned under Section 11.2 authorizes or orders such interruption or termination. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will be fully compensated by money damages alone for, and will not be irreparably harmed by, providing Services during the pendency of any Dispute. In the event that Supplier threatens to stop performing any Project Agreement in connection with a Dispute other than as permitted in this Section 3.4, Buyer will be entitled to an order for injunctive relief against Supplier. Supplier agrees that such an abandonment would result in irreparable injury to Buyer, that Buyer would have no adequate remedy at law, and that Supplier will not oppose Buyer’s motion for continuation of the Project Agreement or the entry of an order compelling performance by the Supplier of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

- 5 -


4. Confidentiality; Intellectual Property.

4.1 Confidential Information . “Confidential Information” means: (a) any confidential non-technical information of either of us relating to Products; (b) this Agreement, which is Confidential Information of both of us; (c) Buyer’s relationship with Supplier, which is Confidential Information only of Buyer; (d) Specifications, which are Confidential Information of Buyer (as defined below); (e) any confidential technical information disclosed by the Buyer (as set forth on Attachment 1 to the applicable Project Agreement) to the other party hereto relating to the development or implementation of the Specifications; and (f) any confidential technical information disclosed during the course of a quality audit if Supplier (i) discloses only the technical information that Buyer needs to know to conduct the audit, and (ii) promptly identifies in writing to Buyer the technical information disclosed. Buyer and Supplier will amend this Agreement in writing or sign a separate non-disclosure agreement if they agree additional disclosures under this Agreement should be Confidential Information.

4.2 Information Protection . Supplier and Buyer will each use Confidential Information of the other only to perform its obligations under this Agreement and will act reasonably to guard against accidental disclosure of the other’s Confidential Information. Each of Supplier and Buyer will disclose the other’s Confidential Information only to employees (including employees of Affiliates) and contractors who need to know it, will ensure that such employees and contractors access and use it only in accordance with this Agreement, and will be liable for any unauthorized disclosure by such employees and contractors. Supplier and Buyer will protect each other’s Confidential Information under this Section 4.2 until five years after obtaining it, except that we will keep any trade secret identified in writing by the other confidential for so long as such Confidential Information remains a trade secret.

4.3 Exceptions . Confidential Information does not include information that: (a) is or becomes publicly known through no fault of the receiving party, (b) was disclosed to the receiving party by someone else having no confidentiality obligation to the other party, or (c) is independently developed by the receiving party without using the other’s Confidential Information. If either of us relies upon the exceptions above, our business records must support that reliance.

4.4 Permitted Disclosures . Buyer and Supplier may each disclose: (a) any Confidential Information of the other if required by court or government order or otherwise required by law, so long as the party making such disclosure notifies the other as soon as possible (if legally permitted) and cooperates to secure a protective order or otherwise protect the Confidential Information; or (b) this Agreement in connection with a possible investment, acquisition, divestiture, or outsourcing transaction so long as the recipient is not a direct competitor of the other and has signed a confidentiality agreement that protects the other’s Confidential Information.

4.5 Intellectual Property Ownership . Unless otherwise provided in the IP Separation Agreement (or, in the case of Product produced under a Project Agreement effective following

 

- 6 -


the Effective Date, such Project Agreement), the Buyer will be the owner of the Specifications. If in the ordinary course of performing this Agreement, the Buyer makes modifications to the Specifications, the Buyer will be the exclusive owner of such modifications. If in the ordinary course of performing this Agreement, Supplier develops new manufacturing processes or makes or proposes modifications to existing manufacturing processes, Supplier will own exclusively all intellectual property rights to such new or modified processes. Supplier will not disclose to the Buyer new manufacturing processes or make proposals to modify existing manufacturing processes unless the parties agree to such disclosure by signing a separate non-disclosure agreement. When this Agreement ends, Supplier will negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions of a royalty free, fully paid, non-transferrable, non-exclusive license for the benefit of Buyer or its external manufacturer for any new or modified manufacturing processes disclosed by Supplier without restriction under this Agreement that are both unique to Supplier and that are used by Supplier to manufacture the Products under this Agreement. However, if Buyer and Supplier elect to jointly develop any new technology related to the Products Buyer and Supplier will do so only under a separate written development agreement.

4.6 No License of Buyer Intellectual Property . Supplier may not use Buyer’s intellectual property without Buyer’s prior written consent. If Buyer provides packaging, Supplier may use it, but only for Products, and may not sell or dispose of it without Buyer’s written approval.

5. Record Retention; Audit. Supplier will, consistent with past practice, keep accurate and reasonably detailed records of production, deliveries, scrap losses, purchased materials, rejected materials, rejected Products, quality records required under the Specifications, expenses that constitute a component of raw material ingredient price for Product and any other records legally required to be kept or reasonably requested by Buyer. At reasonable intervals during the Term and for two years thereafter, Buyer personnel will, upon no less than five business days’ prior notice, or, if critical, upon reasonable shorter notice under the circumstances, have access to the records for the purpose of verifying the invoices submitted to Buyer under this Agreement. The costs of all such audits will be borne by Buyer. The confidentiality provisions in Section 4 of this Agreement will govern all audits by Buyer.

6. Price and Payment.

6.1 Purchase orders . The Buyer will place orders for Product from Supplier by delivering a written purchase order, substantially in a form to be mutually agreed upon by the parties. To the extent there is a conflict of terms between a purchase order and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will govern.

6.2 Price.

 

  (a) The price for each Product (the “ Price ”) will be the expected Total Cost plus Mark-Up for that Product. The amounts identified in Attachment 1 of the applicable Project Agreement are the Prices in effect for the Fourth Quarter of 2012, and those Prices are subject to change in accordance with the price adjustment mechanism in Section 6.3 below. For the avoidance of doubt, Supplier will not enter into any hedging or derivative transactions on behalf of Buyer, and the costs or benefits of any such currently effective or future arrangements will not be included in any determination of Price Component with respect to the Products.

 

- 7 -


  (b) Supplier will provide to Buyer an invoice for Products on delivery by means of electronic data interface. Buyer will pay Supplier for Product in the currency specified in Attachment 1 of the applicable Project Agreement by wire transfer of immediately available funds or ACH payment to an account designated by Supplier, net 60 days from receipt of invoice, EX WORKS (Supplier’s Facility).

 

  (c) All undisputed late payments due under this Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to the annualized interest rate at prime (as published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time) plus three percentage points, from the invoice due date to the date of payment. If Buyer disputes any portion of any invoice, Buyer must notify Supplier in writing of the nature and the basis of the dispute. If Buyer does not dispute an invoice within 6 months of receipt of such invoice, Buyer will be deemed to have waived any rights to dispute such invoice. In the event that it is ultimately determined that the amount of the disputed payment under such disputed invoice provided by Supplier was correct, any payment under such invoice that was not paid to Supplier at the time specified in clause (b) of this Section 6.2 will bear interest from the date such payment was originally due at a rate equal to the annualized interest rate at prime (as published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time) plus three percentage points.

6.3 Price adjustments.

 

  (a) Price adjustment . Prices are based on Supplier’s expected Total Costs and will be updated each quarter consistent with past practices. Subject to 6.3(b) below, the Price for each Product will adjust each quarter to (i) the actual Total Cost as of the end of the previous quarter plus (ii) the difference between the expected Total Cost in the prior quarter’s Price and Supplier’s actual Total Cost in the prior quarter plus (iii) the Mark-Up on (i) and (ii) above. Total Costs will be charged to each purchasing unit (pound, case, etc.) for each Product based on the most recent estimated volume from the Forecast.

 

  (b) Limitation on adjustment of Conversion Costs . In calculating the adjusted Price for each Product each quarter, the Conversion Costs cannot exceed 125% of the Quarter 4, 2012 Conversion Costs identified on Attachment 1 so long as Buyer has purchased the Minimum Quarterly Volume identified on Attachment 1 to each Project Agreement for the previous quarter for that Product. The limitation in this Section 6.3(b) does not apply to coffee and powdered beverage Products.

 

  (c) Calculation . Prior to the beginning of each quarter, Supplier will provide Buyer with its calculation of the Price adjustment for each Product for that quarter, along with supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to Buyer in order to allow Buyer to evaluate the change in Price.

 

- 8 -


6.4 Taxes . Unless we agree otherwise in writing, Supplier and Buyer will each be responsible for its own respective taxes as required under the law, including all sales, use, revenue, gross receipts, income, excise, value added, and other national, federal, state, provincial, local, or foreign taxes. Supplier may be required by law to charge tax (for example, state sales tax) or Buyer may be required to withhold tax upon payment. In such cases, each party will give the other the opportunity to demonstrate (and document) how such charge or withholding may be mitigated (for example, by the provision of a sales tax exemption certificate). Without limiting the dispute resolution provisions of the Section 11.2 and Section 11.13, we agree that if there is a reasonable disagreement regarding taxes (such as whether tax should be charged or withheld), we will cooperate and negotiate in good faith to determine our respective rights and obligations for taxes, interest, and penalties (net of associated tax deduction benefit) for any such taxes ultimately deemed to have been required.

6.5 Tax Deduction for Domestic Production . Supplier and Buyer have analyzed the applicable income tax laws and the terms of this Agreement and agree that Buyer will claim the federal tax deduction for “Income Attributable to Domestic Production Activities” under Section 199 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for production of Products under this Agreement and the income from their sale (the “ Deduction ”). Only Buyer may claim the Deduction on its federal income tax returns during the Term (or other time period agreed in writing). If upon audit by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) of Buyer’s applicable income tax returns, the IRS and Buyer make a final determination that Buyer is not entitled to the Deduction for any period, then Buyer will notify Supplier within 30 days of such final determination so that Supplier may file federal tax claims or amended returns to claim the Deduction. Buyer will not be responsible for any loss suffered by Supplier related to the Deduction, including Supplier’s inability to claim the Deduction due to the expiration of applicable statute of limitations, or for any other impact to Supplier’s federal or state income taxes.

7. Covenants, FDA Guaranty.

7.1 Specifications . Supplier will ensure that all Products purchased and delivered pursuant to this Agreement will: (a) be manufactured fully in accordance with the Specifications and (b) be free of defects, of good quality and workmanship, and suitable for Buyer’s intended purpose.

7.2 Compliance with laws . Buyer will ensure that all Specifications will comply fully with all applicable laws, regulations and industry standards where the Product is manufactured, stored, shipped, used or sold.

7.3 Standard of care . Supplier agrees to exercise at least as high a standard of care in performing its obligations under this Agreement as it exercised in performing similar functions with respect to the Business (as defined in the Separation Agreement) during the 12 months preceding the Effective Date, and in any event will exercise at least reasonable care.

 

- 9 -


7.4 FDA . Supplier represents and warrants that it has delivered to Buyer a Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act Guaranty in the form of the letter attached hereto as Exhibit B . Supplier agrees to periodically re-execute such continuing guaranty promptly upon the request of Buyer. Supplier will notify Buyer both by telephone immediately and in writing promptly thereafter (including any relevant documents) if: (i) it learns of anything that may indicate a Product quality, safety, or labeling problem affecting the Product or Buyer’s finished products, or that could cause Supplier to breach this Agreement, or (ii) a government agency or the media contacts Supplier about Products or matters potentially relating to them.

7.5 Accurate Documentation . All bills of lading, customs documents and other documentation provided by Supplier in connection with the manufacture, shipment and delivery of Products will be accurate.

7.6 Labels . Supplier will not use any Product labels that are not provided by or approved in writing by Buyer.

7.7 Resources . Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to have enough capacity, labor, and materials to supply Buyer with Products consistent with the Forecasts, if any, specified in the applicable Project Agreement. Supplier will (i) ensure that all subcontractors are subject to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) remain liable to Buyer for each subcontractor’s performance. Supplier will obtain and pay for all necessary equipment, labor, licenses, permits, authorizations (except Kosher fees), raw materials, and supplies necessary to perform under this Agreement.

7.8 Product Characteristics . Supplier guarantees that Products and their packaging: (i) will be of new material, good quality and workmanship, and free from defects; (ii) will not impart any unintended flavor, odor, or color to any Buyer finished product; (iii) will conform to all applicable laws and regulations; (iv) will conform to all samples approved by Buyer and all previous shipments of Products in accordance with this Agreement; (v) will conform to warranties arising from our course of performance, course of dealing, or usage of trade; and (vi) will not, to Supplier’s knowledge, cause exposure to any chemical determined under the California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 and its regulations and amendments to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity.

7.9 Holidays and scheduled down time . Within 30 days of the beginning of each year of the Term, Supplier will give Buyer a schedule of all days Supplier will not be making Products, including holidays, planned maintenance, non-working weekends, and all other non-working days for that year. Supplier will update in a timely manner such schedule as needed.

7.10 Retention of Supplier personnel. In addition to the restrictions set forth in the Separation Agreement, if during the Term Buyer hires, retains or otherwise engages any employee, contractor or other personnel of Supplier, Supplier will not be in breach of this Agreement or otherwise liable to Buyer to the extent such hiring, retention or engagement impairs or affects the ability of Supplier to provide the Products hereunder (or any part thereof), including any failure, delay or other non-compliance with any requirements relating to the Products resulting therefrom.

 

- 10 -


7.11 Cooperation . Each party will cooperate with the other party to accomplish the transactions contemplated hereby and will, at the request of the other party, use its respective commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect such transactions; provided, however, that to the extent that Buyer requests additional services in connection with this Agreement, Buyer will bear all direct and indirect costs incurred by Supplier in connection with such requests. Any consulting services requested by Buyer to be provided by Supplier under this Agreement will be billed at $150 per hour plus reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses. Travel expenses must be reasonable and incurred in accordance with Supplier’s normal travel policy. Supplier will provide to Buyer an invoice for any services provided under this Agreement within 30 days of the performance of such services. Buyer will pay such invoice within 60 days of receipt in the currencies specified in such invoice which currencies will conform to the currencies specified in Attachment 1 of the applicable Project Agreements. All such invoices will be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6.2(c).

7.12 Policy compliance . Supplier will comply with the “CSR Policies” and the “Other Policies” set forth on Appendix B attached to this Agreement.

8. Storage, Delivery and Quality.

8.1 Storage . Supplier will store all raw materials and finished Product in a clean, dry area, free from insects and rodents, in a manner to prevent entry of foreign materials. Storage, handling and testing of materials will be in accordance with the provisions of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, industry standards and Supplier’s generally applicable quality control programs and standards as in effect from time to time. Product will not be released for shipment unless it complies with Supplier’s warranties set forth in Section 7.1.

8.2 Delivery . Supplier will deliver to Buyer on a delivery date and in a quantity of Product as agreed between the parties or, if applicable, as specified in the purchase order relating thereto, the Product. All Product supplied under this Agreement will be delivered Ex Works (Supplier’s Facility) and Buyer will be importer of record for any cross border shipments of Product. Buyer will cooperate reasonably with Supplier to ensure that the delivery occurs in an efficient manner. Delivery specific detail will be the responsibility of Supplier based on the current production output within the production schedule as communicated above. Content verification will take place upon receipt of delivery by Buyer.

8.3 Rejection of Product . If Buyer reasonably determines that Products are defective, do not comply with the Specifications when delivered, or are unable to maintain their quality for the shelf life (collectively, “ Unacceptable Products ”), Buyer may reject and return to Supplier (at Supplier’s expense) such Unacceptable Products, and Supplier will replace them as soon as possible (not to exceed 10 days from Supplier’s receipt) with Products that meet applicable Specifications or refund the purchase price, whichever Buyer chooses, and Supplier will reimburse Buyer for its damages. Supplier will not sell or dispose of Unacceptable Products under Buyer’s name or label without Buyer’s prior written approval. In addition, if Buyer decides in its reasonable judgment that Unacceptable Products must be disposed of as waste, Supplier will reimburse Buyer for all costs of handling and disposal. Supplier will not be responsible for Unacceptable Products to the extent the unacceptability was caused by Buyer or its agents or subcontractors. Buyer may also reject and return to Supplier (at Supplier’s expense) Products that exceed the quantity ordered.

 

- 11 -


8.4 Quality Audits . Buyer may audit any Supplier facility and records related to this Agreement during Supplier’s regular business hours with reasonable advance notice to evaluate Supplier’s quality and food security and defense procedures and compliance with Specifications. Buyer may conduct these audits itself or through its third-party representatives or Buyer will require Supplier to select an auditor from Buyer’s then-current list of approved third-party auditors for the Products. Supplier will not request that Buyer or any auditor selected by Buyer sign an additional agreement in order to conduct the audit, and Buyer will protect all Confidential Information it learns during the audit under the Confidentiality section. Buyer may also require that Supplier complete a questionnaire either in lieu of or in advance of an audit, or that Supplier register with and provide information to a third-party that Buyer has selected to manage audit information. Buyer will bear its own internal costs and Supplier will bear all other audit costs (including those of the third-party auditors). If Buyer learns of any breaches of this Agreement, Supplier will promptly take all corrective action that Buyer reasonably requires. Buyer will not audit more frequently than once per year unless Buyer has a reasonable health, food safety, or quality concern related to this Agreement or unless Buyer is ensuring that previously identified breaches have been corrected.

8.5 Quality control . At its own cost and expense, Supplier will routinely collect and keep retention samples of all Product and retain such samples in accordance with Supplier’s standard practice and Buyer’s External Manufacturer Quality Requirements as applied consistently across Supplier’s facilities, which will be provided to Buyer upon request.

8.6 Rejection and replacement of Product . If Buyer discovers any violation of Supplier’s warranties, Buyer will promptly notify Supplier in writing upon such determination and Buyer will set aside such Product for inspection by Supplier for a reasonable time, before returning such Product or disposing of it as waste as Buyer reasonably deems necessary. All expenses involving return or destruction of non-conforming Product will be at the expense of Supplier unless the parties otherwise mutually agree; provided , however , that Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages and any proceeds of such mitigation will be for the account of Supplier. Supplier will replace without charge, or make a fair allowance for, any noncompliance with Supplier’s warranties reasonably demonstrated to have existed at the time of delivery.

8.7 Risk of loss . Subject to the provisions of Sections 1.1, 8.2 and this 8.7, Buyer is responsible for, and bears the risk of loss upon delivery of Product to Buyer.

9. Indemnification; Limitation of Liability; Insurance.

9.1 Limit of liability. Neither party will be liable to the other for: (i) consequential damages, (ii) loss of goodwill, (iii) punitive damages, or (iv) any other damages in excess of $5 million per occurrence or $10 million in the aggregate. The foregoing limitations do not apply to obligations with respect to third party claims or to claims based on breach of confidentiality, intentional breach of this agreement, or willful misconduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the following will be considered recoverable direct (and not consequential) damages: property damage claims and costs associated with recall or market withdrawal of the Products or Buyer products, including recall or market withdrawal coordination, transportation, and disposal costs.

 

- 12 -


9.2 Mitigation of damages. In addition, the parties will, in all circumstances, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate and otherwise minimize damages, whether direct or indirect, due to, resulting from or arising in connection with any failure to comply fully with the obligations under this Agreement.

9.3 Buyer indemnity . Buyer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Supplier and each of its Affiliates harmless against all damages, claims, actions, fines, penalties, expenses or costs (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Liabilities ”) attributable to any third-party claims asserted against Supplier or its Affiliates to the extent arising from or relating to any breach of this Agreement or the negligence or willful malfeasance of Buyer, any of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors.

9.4 Supplier indemnity . Supplier agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and each of its Affiliates harmless against all Liabilities attributable to any third-party claims to the extent arising from or relating to any breach of this Agreement or the negligence or willful malfeasance of Supplier, any of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective employees, officers or directors.

9.5 Indemnity procedure. All claims for indemnification under this Section 9 will be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V of the Separation Agreement.

9.6 Insurance . Supplier will keep the insurance coverage types, amounts, and other conditions set forth in this Section 9.6 during the Term. Supplier will obtain the insurance at its own expense from carriers with an AM Best rating of at least A-VII. Supplier will name Buyer, its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, and agents as additional insureds under its general liability policy. Compliance with this insurance requirement will in no way limit Supplier’s obligations or liabilities under this Agreement. Supplier may use primary plus umbrella coverage to satisfy the required limits. Any insurance Buyer carries will be for Buyer’s sole benefit and will not contribute to any insurance that Supplier carries. Buyer and Supplier will each cause its general liability and workers compensation insurers to waive rights of subrogation against the other party to this Agreement and such other party’s Affiliates, together with their respective officers, directors, employees, and agents. Upon request, Supplier will give Buyer certificates of insurance showing the required coverages and additional insured status. Supplier will maintain the following insurance coverage levels: (a) commercial general liability (including contractual liability) at $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate; (b) automobile liability covering vehicles owned, non-owned, and hired at a combined single limit of $1,000,000 (c) worker’s compensation coverage as required by law and (d) employer’s liability at $1,000,000.

10. Force Majeure. Supplier will not be liable for any failure of performance attributable to acts or events (including war, terrorist activities, conditions or events of nature, industry wide supply shortages, civil disturbances, work stoppage, power failures, failure of telephone lines and equipment, fire and earthquake, or any law, order, proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand or requirement of any governmental authority) beyond its reasonable control which impair or

 

- 13 -


prevent in whole or in part performance by Supplier hereunder (“ Force Majeure ”). If Supplier is unable to perform its obligations hereunder as a result of a Force Majeure event, Supplier will, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give notice of the occurrence of such event to Buyer and will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume production of the Products at the earliest practicable date; provided , however , that upon any failure of Supplier to provide Product as contemplated by this Agreement under this Section 10, Buyer, in its sole discretion, may terminate its production of such Product effective upon notice to Supplier.

11. General.

11.1 Expenses. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party hereto will pay its own legal, accounting, out-of-pocket and other expenses incident to this Agreement and to any action taken by such party in carrying this Agreement into effect.

11.2 Dispute resolution. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection 11.2(a) below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection 11.2(b) below. The procedures set forth in this Section 11.2 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

(a) Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

(b) Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (i) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (ii) below.

(i) Arbitration .

(1) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the

 

- 14 -


chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(2) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(3) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(ii) Litigation. Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Arbitration for pricing Disputes . In the event of a dispute principally regarding the Raw & Pack Cost and/or Conversion Cost, any arbitration under subsection (b) will be submitted collectively once per month to, and heard before, Ernst & Young LLP, or if such accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of SnackCo or GroceryCo, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm (the “ Arbitrator ”). The arbitration will be limited solely to the issues of adjustments to, and late payments of, Raw & Pack Cost and/or Conversion Cost. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the Arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the Arbitrator. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.2(c), the provisions in Section 11.2(b) will apply to any arbitration under this Section 11.2(c).

(d) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with

 

- 15 -


resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees and expert witness fees.

11.3 Relationship of parties. Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

11.4 Assignment . Either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to (i) a controlled Affiliate or (ii) any corporation or entity purchasing any part of such assignor’s business operations to which this Agreement relates, in each case without the prior written consent of the non-assigning party. Subject to Section 1.6, either party hereto may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or a Project Agreement to a third party provider. In the event of any assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the assigning party nonetheless will remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations under this Agreement and any Project Agreement, as applicable.

11.5 Companion Agreements; no third-party beneficiaries. Any Buyer Affiliate (which includes any entity directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Buyer) may purchase under this Agreement by issuing a purchase order or entering into a companion agreement (each a “ Companion Agreement ”) with Supplier or Supplier’s Affiliate. Each Companion Agreement will expressly incorporate this Agreement except as agreed by Supplier or its Affiliate and the Buyer Affiliate. Supplier or its Affiliate will invoice the Buyer Affiliate directly and look only to it for payment. There will be no joint and several liability between (i) Buyer and any Buyer Affiliate that is party to a Companion Agreement with respect thereto or (ii) Supplier and any Supplier Affiliate that is party to a Companion Agreement with respect thereto, nor among Buyer Affiliates or Supplier Affiliates that are parties to different Companion Agreements. None of Buyer or Buyer Affiliates or Supplier or its Affiliates will be regarded as agent, partner, or guarantor of any other. Purchases under this Agreement and all Companion Agreements will be aggregated for purposes of calculating any volume discounts or rebates. In addition, Buyer may require Supplier to enter into similar Companion Agreements with Buyer regional Affiliates if Buyer has a regional business structure, with additional terms and conditions as reasonably agreed by the parties. Except as provided in this subsection, there are no other third party beneficiaries to this Agreement.

11.6 Exclusivity . This Agreement is not exclusive, and either of Supplier and Buyer is free to enter into similar agreements with anyone else.

11.7 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all annexes or other attachments) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties.

 

- 16 -


11.8 Waiver. Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

11.9 Notices. All notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below; provided, however, that notices given pursuant to Section 3 of the Agreement or alleging a breach of this Agreement given by email will also be delivered by one additional means of notice set forth in this Section 11.9. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

 

  If to GroceryCo:          
   

 

     
   

 

     
    Attn:  

 

     
    Fax:  

 

     
    Email:  

 

     
  With a copy to:          
   

 

     
   

 

     
    Attn:   General Counsel      
    Fax:  

 

     
    Email:  

 

     
  If to SnackCo:          
   

 

     
   

 

     
    Attn:  

 

     
    Fax:  

 

     
    Email:  

 

     
  With a copy to:          
   

 

     
   

 

     
    Attn:   General Counsel      
    Fax:  

 

     
    Email:  

 

     

 

- 17 -


11.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

11.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to affect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

11.12 Interpretation . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

11.13 Governing law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with New York law.

11.14 Precedence . If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and specific terms of the Separation Agreement, then the terms of this Agreement will prevail. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Project Agreement, the terms of the Project Agreement will prevail. This Agreement and the Project Agreement override the general terms and conditions on our standard forms, but purchase order terms that are outside the general terms and conditions may change or add to this Agreement if the purchase order is accepted in writing by Supplier.

11.15 Government Contracts . Buyer has contracts with the U.S. government for finished goods that may relate to the Products, and those contracts require Buyer to include certain provisions in this Agreement. Accordingly, unless Supplier notifies Buyer that it is exempt, Supplier will comply with the following government requirements: Utilization of Small Business Concerns (FAR 52.219-8), Equal Opportunity (FAR 52.222-26), Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans (FAR 52.222-35), Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities (FAR 52.222-36), Notification of Employee Rights Concerning Payment of Union Dues or Fees (FAR 52.222-39), and Preference for Privately Owned US-Flag Commercial Vessels (FAR 52.247-64. Buyer may modify these requirements at any time as reasonably required by changes in U.S. laws and regulations.

11.16 CSR Assessment . Buyer and Supplier are each a founding member of the Program for Responsible Sourcing sponsored by AIM in Europe and GMA in the United States (“ AIM-PROGRESS ”). This industry initiative allows a supplier to provide common information on its corporate social responsibility (“ CSR ”) performance to its customers so each customer can independently reach business decisions in accordance with its own corporate responsibility standards. By facilitating the sharing of common information, AIM-PROGRESS increases supply chain efficiency by allowing suppliers to minimize the disruption when customers separately request CSR information.

 

- 18 -


Upon Buyer’s written request, Supplier will participate in AIM-PROGRESS in order to allow Buyer to evaluate Supplier’s compliance with Buyer’s CSR Policies. Supplier’s participation in AIM-PROGRESS will include the following:

 

   

Supplier will promptly register with the Supplier Ethical Data Exchange (“ SEDEX ”) its main corporate location and all of its locations that are supplying Buyer worldwide (“ Supplying Locations ”) (Supplier is encouraged to register all of its locations in case some later become Supplying Locations);

 

   

Supplier will identify for Buyer all Supplying Locations and promptly complete the self-assessment questionnaire (“ SAQ ”) for each Supplying Location on-line through SEDEX;

 

   

Throughout the Term, Supplier will ensure that that all of its SEDEX and SAQ information remains current and that Buyer has access to the SAQ for each Supplying Location – at a minimum, Supplier will update the SAQ for each Supplying Location annually;

 

   

Buyer may request further information or that Supplier take some corrective actions as a result of the SAQ and Supplier will comply with such request;

 

   

If Buyer requests, Supplier will have an audit performed for any Supplying Location(s) in accordance with the AIM-PROGRESS audit guidelines in effect at the time by an auditor approved by Buyer;

 

   

Supplier may request that Buyer accept the results of an AIM-PROGRESS audit that Supplier has done (or is doing) at a Supplying Location for another customer instead of having a new audit performed, providing Buyer access to the audit report so that Buyer may decide whether to accept it (in whole or in part) and adjust the scope of any new audit accordingly; and

 

   

Buyer may request re-audits periodically throughout the Term for any Supplying Location according to its assessment of the business risk involved.

If deficiencies are identified through this process, Supplier will promptly develop a corrective action plan (“ CAP ”) reasonably acceptable to Buyer. Supplier will promptly take all corrective action recommended in the CAP to Buyer’s reasonable satisfaction. Buyer may require a re-audit to ensure corrections are made. Buyer may suspend performance under this Agreement, including withholding payment, until any deficiency (including Supplier’s non-cooperation with this process) is corrected, in addition to other remedies Buyer may have.

Supplier will bear all costs associated with this process (including SEDEX registration and audit costs) except Buyer will bear its own internal costs.

11.17 Canadian matters.

(a) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that certain Products may be provided by a Canadian Affiliate of the Supplier (each, a “ Canadian Supplier ”) for any one or more Canadian Affiliates of Buyer (each, a “ Canadian Buyer ”).

(b) The applicable Canadian Supplier will possess all of the rights and obligations of Supplier that relate to the Products to be provided by such Canadian Supplier. The applicable Canadian Buyer will possess all of the rights and obligations of Buyer that relate to the Products to be provided to such Canadian Buyer.

 

- 19 -


(c) For greater certainty and without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the Supplier or Canadian Supplier, as applicable, that provides Products to a Canadian Buyer will directly invoice the applicable Canadian Buyer in respect of such Products, and Buyer will cause the applicable Canadian Buyer to make payment for any Products provided to such Canadian Buyer directly to the Supplier or Canadian Supplier of such Products, as applicable.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 1.3, the Conversion Cost for Canadian Products will be exclusive of applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Supplier will invoice applicable GST/HST, QST and PST. Any Canadian Buyer will withhold from payments to the applicable Supplier or Canadian Supplier any amounts required by law.

11.18 Survival. Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 11 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

- 20 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.     MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 


Appendix A: Supplier Locations

Appendix B: Policy Compliance

Exhibit A: Form of Project Agreement

Exhibit B: Continuing Pure Food Guaranty

Exhibit 10.15

 

 

2600 BRODHEAD RD., BETHLEHEM, PA (“BETHLEHEM”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
1.   SHARED SPACE; DURATION OF AGREEMENT; OFFICE SERVICES      1   
 

1.1        Shared Space; Duration

     1   
 

1.2        Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces

     2   
 

1.3        Relationship with 3PL

     2   
2.   PAYMENTS; SECURITY DEPOSIT      2   
 

2.1        Rent/Calculation of User’s Share

     2   
 

2.2        Stipulated User’s Share; Variations

     3   
 

2.3        Payment Terms

     3   
 

2.4        Interest on Late Payments

     3   
 

2.5        Payments

     3   
 

2.6        Security Deposit

     3   
 

2.7        User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs

     3   
3.   USER’S OBLIGATION TO PAY REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES      3   
 

3.1        Definition of Reimbursable Expenses

     3   
 

3.2        Definition of Operating Costs

     3   
 

3.3        Definition of Taxes

     5   
 

3.4        Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease

     5   
 

3.5        Estimates

     5   
 

3.6        Example

     6   
4.   PERMITTED USES      6   
5.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR      6   
 

5.1        No Law Violations or Nuisances

     6   
 

5.2        Compliance With Laws

     6   
 

5.3        Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing

     7   
6.   INSURANCE      7   
 

6.1        Property and Casualty

     7   
 

6.2        Liability

     8   
 

6.3        Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance

     8   
 

6.4        Additional Insureds

     8   

 

i


 

6.5        Waiver of Subrogation Rights

     8   
7.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS, EARLY TERMINATION AND RESTRICTIONS, ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      8   
 

7.1        No Liens

     8   
 

7.2        No Assignment and Subletting

     9   
 

7.3        Early Termination Options

     9   
 

7.4        Covenant Against Waste

     9   
 

7.5        Restriction on Third Party Vendors

     9   
 

7.6        Loading Docks and Shared Assets

     10   
8.   CONDEMNATION; DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      10   
 

8.1        Condemnation

     10   
 

8.2        Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate

     10   
 

8.3        User Right to Terminate

     10   
 

8.4        Insurance Proceeds

     10   
 

8.5        Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities

     11   
9.   CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS      12   
 

9.1        By User

     12   
 

9.2        Standards; Timing; Insurance

     12   
 

9.3        Part of Property

     12   
 

9.4        Tenant Not Responsible

     13   
10.   WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION      13   
 

10.1      Waiver and Release

     13   
 

10.2      Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair

     13   
 

10.3      Risk of Loss

     13   
 

10.4      Indemnification Against Claims

     13   
 

10.5      Indemnification Against Costs

     13   
11.   INSPECTION OF OFFICE AND SHARED SPACES      13   
 

11.1      Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes

     13   
 

11.2      Entry For Sale or Other Purposes

     14   
12.   DEFAULTS      14   
 

12.1      Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options

     14   
 

12.2      Tenant’s Further Remedies

     14   
 

12.3      Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform

     14   

 

ii


 

12.4      Waivers by User

     15   
13.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION      15   
 

13.1      Negotiation and mediation

     15   
 

13.2      Arbitration or litigation

     15   
14.   SURRENDER OF SPACE/HOLDOVER      17   
 

14.1      Holdover

     17   
 

14.2      Notices

     17   
15.   MISCELLANEOUS      18   
 

15.1      No brokers

     18   
 

15.2      Relationship of parties

     18   
 

15.3      Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment

     18   
 

15.4      Waiver

     18   
 

15.5      Counterparts

     18   
 

15.6      Severability

     19   
 

15.7      Interpretation

     19   
 

15.8      Governing Law

     19   
 

15.9      Remedies cumulative

     19   
 

15.10    Survival

     19   
 

15.11    Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease

     20   
 

15.12    Landlord’s Consent

     21   
16.   DEFINITIONS      21   
 

16.1      Mortgage; Mortgagee

     21   
 

16.2      Late Payment Rate

     21   
 

16.3      Proportionate Share

     21   
 

16.4      Unavoidable Delays

     21   
Exhibit A: Identification of Space Used by User   
Exhibit B: Budget   
Schedule 1(a): Tenant’s Assets   
Schedule 1(b): User’s Assets   
Schedule 1(c): Shared Assets   
Schedule 2: Additional Covenants   
Annex 1: Protocols   
Annex 2: Wire Instructions   

 

iii


2600 BRODHEAD RD., BETHLEHEM, PA (“BETHLEHEM”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

This Shared Warehouse Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ Tenant ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ User ”) and is dated as of the Distribution Date, as defined in that certain Separation Agreement entered into between Tenant and User’s parent company as of the Distribution Date (the “ Separation Agreement ”). (The Distribution Date is referred in this Agreement as the “ Effective Date ”.)

A. Tenant is the Tenant under that certain lease dated October 9, 1998, as amended and extended (“ Lease ”) with ProLogis Industrial Properties III, LLC (“ Landlord ”) for the real property commonly known as 2600 Brodhead Rd., Bethlehem, PA (“ Property ”).

B. The Property consists of offices and a 528,670 square foot warehouse and surrounding real property improved with a parking lot and other amenities. The warehouse is improved with various owned and leased, fixed assets, equipment and systems which support the warehouse functions (the foregoing assets are referred to collectively as the “ Site Assets ”). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(a). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by User (“ User’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(b). During the Use Period (as defined below) Tenant and User shall each have their Proportionate Share (as defined below) of use of the Site Assets listed on Schedule 1(c) as of June 30, 2012, and which will be updated from time to time to reflect additions and subtractions as required in the usual course of business, with an updated final schedule to be provided to User as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date (such Schedule 1(c) items hereinafter referred to as “ Shared Assets ”). For purposes of this Agreement, only Shared Assets are included in the definition of Property.

C. User has requested, and Tenant has agreed (on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement), to grant User the right to use User’s Share of the Property exclusively for its warehousing operations and limited office use (“ Business Activities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth below.

Therefore, Tenant and User agree as follows:

1. Shared Space; Duration of Agreement; Office Services.

1.1 Shared Space; Duration . Upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant will let User use, and User agrees to use a limited number of the pallets within the warehouse and generally located within those portions of the Property depicted on Exhibit A as the “ Shared Space ” for the period of time (“ Use Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date (“ Use Commencement Date ”), and ending on February 28, 2013 (“ Use Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. User also has the right to use its Proportionate Share of the offices (“ User Office Space ”) located within the Property and the routes necessary and reasonable for ingress and egress to and from the Shared Space and User Office Space. User will have no right to use those areas of the Property outside of the User Office Space, Shared Space and access routes, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Tenant.


1.2 Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces. User acknowledges that it is familiar with the physical condition of the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and that except for the obligations Tenant has agreed to undertake in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any representations or warranties regarding the condition of the Property. User taking possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space, Shared Assets or any portion thereof will be conclusive evidence against User that the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets were in good order and satisfactory condition. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any promise to alter, remove, improve, redecorate or clean the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto, nor has Tenant made any representation respecting the condition of the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto. User and Tenant each hereby agrees that the premises are leased in their AS IS, WHERE IS condition with any and all latent or patent defects.

1.3 Relationship with 3PL.

(a) User and Tenant agree and acknowledge that each party to this Agreement is responsible for entering into and abiding by the terms of its respective agreements with Schenker Logistics, Inc., a third party logistics service company (“ 3PL ”), the party who handles all aspects of the warehousing and logistics functions at the Property pursuant to a separate agreement (“ 3PL Agreement ”). 3PL and their approved subcontractors (as detailed in the 3PL Agreement) are the only parties permitted by Tenant to perform services of any kind in the Property. No other third parties will have access to the Property, without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Tenant in it sole and absolute discretion. User will abide by the 3PL Agreement and cause 3PL to abide by the statements of work and protocols governing the shared use of the Property and dispute resolution terms for exigent circumstances as set forth on Annex 1 (the “ Protocols ”) At all times when there are two separate 3PL agreements in place, Tenant covenants not to change its 3PL without User’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (For purposes of clarity, User’s consent shall not be required when Section 1.3(b) below is applicable.)

(b) To the extent that a separate 3PL Agreement is not entered into by User, the obligations of User under this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to any agreement that Tenant has in place with its own 3PL provider, a copy of which will be provided to User. User agrees to comply with all terms of Tenant’s 3PL agreement and will indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from failure to comply with the 3PL Agreement and will pay a ratable share of all costs and expenses relating to any services provided there under as Operating Costs, consistent with past practices.

2. Payments; Security Deposit.

2.1 Rent/Calculation of User’s Share . For the right to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and the Shared Assets, User will pay Rent (as defined below) to Tenant. As used in this Agreement, “ Rent ” means User’s Share (as defined below) of Reimbursable Expenses (as defined in Section 3 below) as incurred by Tenant in connection with the use and operation of

 

2


the entire Property (including Shared Assets) as well as any other amounts stated in this Agreement to be included in the definition of Rent. “ User’s Share ” means the percentage set forth below in Section 2.2. The cost of the use of User’s Office Space is factored into the above calculation.)

2.2 Stipulated User’s Share; Variations . Tenant and User stipulate that the User’s Share is 38% as of the Use Commencement Date. User shall be entitled to use User’s Share of pallets within the Property and User’s Share of Office Space. User will not be entitled to increase or decrease User’s Share during the Use Period unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, in a formal, written amendment to this Agreement.

2.3 Payment Terms . All Rent will be paid by User to Tenant, in advance, on the first day of the month for which due. Any Rent for a period of less than one month will be adjusted pro rata. It is the intention of the parties that User shall pay for User’s Share of all costs and expenses relating to the Shared Space regardless of User’s actual use thereof. All Rent and any other sums due Tenant hereunder will be paid at such place as Tenant previously may have designated in a notice to User, and in the absence of such designation will be paid by wire transfer pursuant to the written wire instructions attached hereto as Annex 2 or as otherwise sent by Tenant to User in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.

2.4 Interest on Late Payments . All Rent and any other sums required by this Agreement to be paid to Tenant will bear interest from the date due at the Late Payment Rate (as that term is defined in Section 16.2 below) until paid.

2.5 Payments . The Rent payable under this Agreement will be paid to Tenant without notice or demand and without abatement, deduction, or setoff (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement).

2.6 Security Deposit . No security deposit shall be required under this Agreement.

2.7 User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs. User covenants to timely pay all 3PL costs and expenses related to the 3PL Agreement. User agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all costs due 3PL and other third parties engaged or employed by User.

3. User’s Obligation to Pay Reimbursable Expenses. User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of Reimbursable Expenses, as adjusted from time to time, as a component of Rent. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the understanding and intention of the parties to ratably share all costs and expenses in the operation of the Property including all costs incurred by Tenant for the Shared Space. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

3.1 Definition of Reimbursable Expenses. Reimbursable Expenses ” means “ Operating Costs ” (as defined below) plus “ Taxes ” (as defined below).

3.2 Definition of Operating Costs. Operating Costs ” means, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Use Period, the aggregate of all costs, expenses, and liabilities of every kind or nature paid or incurred by Tenant in connection with the use/ownership, operation

 

3


and maintenance of the “ Project ” (being the Property, all underlying land, together with driveways, parking facilities, warehouse and loading dock areas, roadways and any other similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or operation thereof as well as all Shared Assets and the warehouse management system (“WMS”) components used in the overall operation of the warehouse, but excluding those components of the WMS system used exclusively for Tenant’s operations). Operating Costs include, but are not limited to, the following costs determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied: (A) all rent due under the Lease (including all amounts of base rent and additional pass through charges from Landlord regardless of whether such amounts are designated as rental payments, operating costs or financial liabilities of Tenant under the Lease) plus property management and/or administrative fees and expenses that are related to management of the Project; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project; (C) cost of all association fees, landscaping, janitorial services, waste disposal, and utilities (including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, and other services) for the Property, unless the same are separately metered and billed by such service provider directly to User or 3PL as reasonably determined by Tenant or charged by Landlord; (D) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project including but not limited to paving and parking areas, roads, roof repairs, alleys and driveways, trash collection, sweeping and removal of trash for the common areas, mowing and snow removal, landscaping and exterior painting, the cost of maintaining utility lines, fire sprinklers and fire protection systems, exterior lighting, Shared Assets and mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Project; (E) service, maintenance and management contracts for the operation, maintenance, management, repair, replacement, and security of the Project (including but not limited to alarm service, window cleaning, and service of the Shared Assets); (F) costs of professional services rendered for the general benefit of the Project; (G) environmental insurance or environmental management fees to the extent required by the Lease or otherwise prudent; (H) the cost of any insurance deductibles for insurance required to be maintained by Tenant; (I) all insurance expenses provided the same are related to insuring the Property and/or Shared Assets; (J) depreciation of any component of the Project and (K) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including but not limited to all utility costs) of the Project, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Tenant or as required by the Lease to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Tenant, using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment or as required by the Lease, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any new interpretations of any Law hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord or Tenant, in its reasonable discretion. As used in this Lease, the term “ Law ” refers to any federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, court orders, governmental directives, governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting this Agreement or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User and Tenant agree that the following costs are specifically excluded from Operating Costs: (i) any costs relating to the Tenant’s Assets, and (ii) insurance costs that are not related to insuring the Property or Shared Assets.

 

4


3.3 Definition of Taxes. Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including but not limited to transfer taxes and non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding , however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Tenant a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a margin tax, franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Project, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ Taxes ” for purposes hereof). Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower Taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project. The parties agree and understand that Taxes are not predictable and may increase significantly over the term of this Agreement.

3.4 Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease . If Tenant is obligated to pay any additional amounts under the Lease, which are not otherwise included in this Section 3, whether the additional rent is to reimburse Landlord for taxes, operating expenses, billboard fees, association fees, insurance coverage, common area maintenance charges, or other expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Project, User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of that additional rent (to the extent that additional rent is attributable to events or amounts billed for periods falling within or occurring during the term of this Agreement). The payment shall be due from User to Tenant no fewer than five (5) days before Tenant’s payment of such additional rent is due to the Landlord, provided that User shall have been billed at least 10 days before that date (the bill shall be accompanied by a copy of Landlord’s bill and other material furnished to Tenant in connection with the bill). Any such amounts incurred shall be included within the definition of “ Rent ” for purposes of this Agreement.

3.5 Estimates. User shall pay to Tenant, in advance on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the estimated Rent for each year of the Use Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Attached as Exhibit B is an budget for the Project prepared by Tenant and approved by User, which reflects a good faith estimate of Rent. Based on Exhibit B, the parties have agreed that User will pay to Tenant the monthly sum allocated to User on Exhibit B, in advance, as Tenant’s initial estimate of Rent. From time to time, Tenant may estimate and re-estimate the amount of Rent to be due and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to User. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Rent shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, User shall have paid all of Rent estimated by Tenant for such calendar year. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when the actual amount of Rent is available for each calendar year or fraction thereof (in the instance of any partial calendar year).

(a) On or before January 31 of each calendar year during the term (and within 180 days of the Use Expiration Date), Tenant shall furnish to User a statement of Rent for the previous year (the “ Rent Statement ”). If Tenant fails to issue a Rent Statement, User will send a written request for Tenant to issue a Rent Statement. Within 30 days of receipt of the request for

 

5


Rent Statement, Tenant will then issue a Rent Statement. If User’s estimated payments of Rent for the year covered by the Rent Statement exceeded the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then Tenant shall promptly credit or reimburse User for such excess; likewise, if User’s estimated payments of Rent for such year were less than the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then User shall promptly pay Tenant such deficiency. All true up obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the Use Period.

(b) To minimize the administrative burden on each party, Tenant’s books and records with regard to Rent are available for inspection by User at Tenant’s offices during Tenant’s regular business hours for 30 days after the date of issuance of each Rent Statement. The parties agree to work in good faith to address any questions relating to the Rent Statement.

3.6 Example. For purposes of clarity, the following is an example of the parties’ intentions with respect to Rent due under this Agreement: If Reimbursable Expenses total $500,000/month ($400,000 for Operating Costs and $100,000 for Taxes) and User’s Share is 40%, then User shall pay to Tenant as Rent, $200,000/month. If Landlord passes through any additional costs or Tenant incurs any expenses in the operation of the Project due and payable under this Agreement (as miscellaneous expenses) and/or the Lease, User shall pay User’s Share of the such amounts as well, regardless of whether such amounts were included in the estimate. User shall at all times remain responsible for 100% of any services or expenses incurred solely on User’s behalf (i.e. User shall pay 3PL directly and shall be solely responsible for all components of the WMS system that are used solely for User’s operations).

4. Permitted Uses.

User will use Shared Space and User Office Space solely for User’s Business Activities. User will not, without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion) permit the User Office Space or the Shared Space to be used for any purpose substantially different from those activities described in Recital C of this Agreement.

5. Compliance with Laws; Maintenance and Repair.

5.1 No Law Violations or Nuisances . User will not make or permit any use of the Property, or any part thereof, which violates any applicable statute, ordinance, regulation or other requirement of any governmental authority, or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or which may render void or voidable any insurance then carried by Tenant or User pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Compliance With Laws . User will conduct all of its activities within the User Office Space and the Shared Space in a manner conforming to the requirements of all Laws (including but not limited to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of any governmental authority, the regulations or other requirements of any national or local fire marshal, board of fire underwriters or any other body exercising similar functions) and the requirements of all policies of insurance maintained in force on or with respect to the Property pursuant to this Agreement. User will keep the User Office Space and the Shared Space equipped with all safety appliances required because of User’s use. User will obtain and keep in force any licenses and permits required by, and otherwise comply with the orders and regulations of, all governmental authorities relating to User’s use of the Property.

 

6


5.3 Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing .

(a) Tenant’s Obligations; User Share of Costs . Tenant, to the extent required under the Lease, will maintain the Property in good order, repair and condition. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 may include: (i) the foundation, roof and structural soundness of the concrete floors and exterior walls; (ii) those portions of the water, plumbing, sewer and electrical systems that are not within the possession or control of the User Office Space; and (iii) the driveways, parking areas and other areas adjoining the Property. Tenant will not be required to commence any repairs in the User Office Space or Shared Space until a reasonable time after written notice from User that the same are necessary. The obligation of Tenant to maintain in good condition and repair those parts of the Property, as provided above, will not extend to any damage or disrepair caused by the neglect or fault of User or its employees, contractors or agents, which damage or disrepair will be repaired by Tenant and the full amount of the costs incurred will be charged to User. The provisions of this Section 5.3 will not apply in the event of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking by condemnation by any competent authority. In any such event, the obligation of Tenant will be controlled as otherwise provided in this Agreement. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3(a) will be included in the calculation of Rent.

(b) User Obligations . User will at all times keep the Shared Space and User Office Space clean, neat and safe, and in good order and condition. At the end of the Use Period. User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with the use, repair, maintenance and replacement of the User’s Assets.

(c) WMS and 3PL . User will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of Tenant and Landlord from and against User’s breach of this Agreement, failure to pay for the costs associated with its contracts and for any negligence or misconduct of User, its employees, agents and contractors. This indemnification obligation shall specifically apply to the 3PL Agreement and the WMS System.

(d) Maintenance of Temperature at Conditioned Sites . The parties agree that 3PL is solely responsible for all temperature controls within the warehouse. In the event of any issues arising with respect to the temperature conditions impacting storage within the warehouse, the impacted party will immediately notify 3PL and cause 3PL to promptly address any issues.

6. Insurance.

6.1 Property and Casualty . At all times throughout the Use Period, and subject to the terms of the Lease, Tenant will: (a) keep the Property insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties; and (b) carry and maintain broad form boiler and machinery insurance on all equipment and objects (which are part of the Property) customarily covered by such insurance. All such insurance obtained by Tenant will be in such amounts and with such coverage as Tenant determines in its discretion or is otherwise required by the Lease. At all times throughout the Use Period, User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, keep User’s personal property, inventory and equipment, including but not limited to the User’s Assets (collectively, “ Personal Property ”) insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties.

 

7


6.2 Liability . User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, throughout the term of this Agreement, but for the mutual benefit of Tenant and User, maintain the following kinds and amounts of insurance: (a) comprehensive general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury and property damage, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate in respect of bodily injury or death; (b) employer’s liability insurance in the amount of not less than $1,000,000; and (c) workmen’s compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by Law.

6.3 Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance . All insurance provided for in this Section 6 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers with an AM Best rating of A-VII or better. Certificates of insurance will be provided upon request by either party.

6.4 Additional Insureds . All policies of insurance provided for by Tenant in Section 6.l above will name Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s Mortgagee (if any) as the insureds, as their respective interests may appear and all policies of insurance provided for by User in Section 6.1 above will name User as the insured. All policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.2 above will name User as the insured and Landlord and Tenant and each party’s Mortgagee as additional insureds. All such policies will provide that should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with policy provisions to the Tenant.

6.5 Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Whenever (a) any loss, cost, damage or expense resulting from fire or other casualty is incurred by either Tenant or User or anyone claiming by, through or under either of them in connection with the Property, and (b) the party suffering such loss is then either covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to such loss, cost, damage or expense (or is required under this Agreement to be so insured), then the party so insured (or so required) hereby releases the other party from any liability said other party may have on account of such loss, cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such insurance (or which could have been recovered, had insurance been carried as so required) and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof.

7. Negative Covenants, Early Termination and Restrictions, Additional Covenants.

7.1 No Liens . User will not suffer or permit any vendor’s, mechanic’s, laborer’s, or materialman’s statutory or similar lien to be filed against the Property or any interest of Tenant or User therein by reason of labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to User or anyone holding or using the Property, or any part thereof, through or under User (including labor, services or materials supplied in connection with any repairs or maintenance provided by User under Section 1.3 or Section 5 above). If any such lien is filed against the Property, User will, within 20 days after notice of the filing thereof, cause the same to be released and discharged.

 

8


7.2 No Assignment and Subletting . As a material inducement for Tenant to enter into this Agreement with User, User agrees that neither this Agreement nor User’s interest hereunder will under any circumstances, whether voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law, be assigned or transferred by User, nor will User allow any other person to use or occupy any portion of the User Office Space or Shared Space, without in each case the prior written consent of Tenant being first obtained (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion). User agrees and acknowledges that the Tenant is ultimately responsible to Landlord under all terms of the Lease and therefore it is reasonable for Tenant to be exercising its right to consent or to not consent in its sole and absolute discretion. This absolute presumption against assignment or sub-letting User’s interest under this Agreement overrides any rights that may exist under the Lease that are more generous than the provisions of this Section 7.2.

7.3 Early Termination Options

(a) User’s Early Termination Option. User may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Tenant no less than 180 days’ prior to the date of intended early termination (“ User Termination Notice ”). The User Termination Notice shall advise Tenant of the date on which User will vacate the Property, said date being no earlier than 180 days from the date of the User Termination Notice (“ User Termination Date ”). Notwithstanding any early termination in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.3, User will be liable for all rent accruing through the User Termination Date, regardless of whether or not User chooses to remain in physical possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space and/or Shared Assets. For purposes of clarity, in the Event that User delivers the User Termination Notice and provided that User timely vacates the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, User will only be responsible for its obligations, including payment of Rent and other charges, under this Agreement accruing through the User Termination Date, but will not, however, be liable for Rent or other costs first accruing after the User Termination Date.

(b) Termination by Mutual Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the parties mutually agree to enter into separate agreements with third parties for warehousing, use of the facility, office space and a lease of the Building, including without limitation WMS (e.g. Red Prairie, Matrics), and have segregated all owned or leased assets used in the facility, upon User providing Tenant with appropriate evidence of the documentation supporting the segregation and Landlord’s release of Tenant from all obligations under the Lease relating to User’s continued use of the Property, this Agreement shall terminate effective as of the date of the commencement of completely independent operations, without any penalties under this Agreement.

7.4 Covenant Against Waste . User agrees not to do or suffer any waste or damage to, or impairment of the value of, the Property.

7.5 Restriction on Third Party Vendors . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, User will not enter into any third party vendor agreements that entail the use, presence, installation of systems or occupancy by any vendor of the User Office Space or Shared Space without Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

9


7.6 Loading Docks and Shared Assets . User will not utilize more than User’s Share of any loading docks or Shared Assets included in the Shared Space without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion).

7.7 Additional Covenants. The additional covenants set forth on Schedule 2 are incorporated into the body of this Section 7.7 as if fully restated herein.

8. Condemnation; Damage and Destruction.

8.1 Condemnation . If all or any Material (as defined below) part of the Property is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Agreement will terminate on the date of vesting of title in the condemning party under such eminent domain proceedings, and all Rent and other sums payable by User hereunder will be prorated to the date of such vesting. Notwithstanding any judicial allocation of any award, the entire award will be paid to Tenant (or to Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any, under the terms of its Mortgage), and User will not have any right to any apportionment of or share in the award. For purposes of this Section 8, “ Material ” or “ Materially ” shall mean at least 50% of the User Office Space and Shared Space or 70% of the Property is damaged, destroyed or taken so that User is unable to use the User Office Space and Shared Space for its intended purposes.

8.2 Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If the Property is damaged or destroyed, regardless of the cause or the amount of the loss or the existence of insurance to cover such loss, Landlord/Tenant will have the right, but not the obligation, to either repair the damage or terminate this Agreement. If Landlord/Tenant elects to repair, repair and restoration will be promptly commenced and diligently pursued to completion, due allowance being made for time needed to adjust insurance and for Unavoidable Delays (as defined below). The performance by User of its other obligations under this Agreement will continue notwithstanding any such loss, except for temporary suspension of performance rendered impossible by such damage or destruction. However, User will be entitled to an abatement of Rent with respect to any portion of the User Office Space and Shared Space which User is unable to use for its business activities. If Landlord/Tenant elects not to restore such damage, this Agreement will be terminated effective as of the date Landlord/Tenant notifies User that Landlord/Tenant does not intend to restore.

8.3 User Right to Terminate . If the Property is Materially destroyed, User will have an option to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Tenant. Upon the exercise of such an option, this Agreement will terminate and User will pay all Rent and its Proportionate Share of other charges then due hereunder, equitably apportioned to the date of such termination.

8.4 Insurance Proceeds . All Insurance proceeds on account of any loss will be paid [first in accordance with the terms of the Lease and thereafter,] to Tenant and may be used by Tenant to pay the costs of restoration of such improvements or may be kept by Tenant in its sole discretion.

 

10


8.5 Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities . In no event will Tenant be liable to User for loss of revenue, or indirect, special or consequential damages arising out of the partial or total destruction or damage to the Property or any portion thereof by reason of a fire or other casualty.

 

11


9. Changes and Alterations.

9.1 By User . User is absolutely prohibited from making any changes or alterations to the User Office Space, Shared Space, Shared Assets or to systems and/or infrastructure supporting such areas, in each instance without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant does so consent, User will provide Tenant with copies of all plans and contracts and procure and pay for all required permits and authorizations of the various governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant agrees to join in the application for such permits or authorizations whenever such action is necessary at User’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses of any labor, materials or other work to the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets pursuant to this Section 9 and for all costs and expenses associated with the removal of the User’s Assets and any repairs to or cleaning of the Shared Space and User Office Space that may be required following the removal of the User’s Assets at the end of the Use Period. User agrees and acknowledges that in some instances, Landlord’s consent may also be required for any change, repair or alteration and in such instances, Tenant’s consent shall not relieve User from the obligation of obtaining Landlord’s consent as well.

9.2 Standards; Timing; Insurance . If Tenant consents to any change or alteration, (and Landlord’s consent, where required), the following requirements will apply: (a) all work done in connection therewith will be done promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Lease and zoning laws of the place in which the Property is located and with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and the appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof, and in accordance with the orders, rules and regulations of the fire marshal or board of fire underwriters where the Property is situated or any other body exercising similar functions; (b) the cost of any such change or alteration will be paid in cash so that the Property will at all times be free of liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Property; (c) the work of any change or alteration will be prosecuted with reasonable dispatch, Unavoidable Delays excepted; (d) there will be maintained workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work and with respect to whom death or injury claims could be asserted against Tenant, User or the Property; and (e) general liability insurance for the mutual benefit of User and Tenant (and Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any), as described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement, will be increased to such amounts as requested or required by Landlord/Tenant, at User’s sole cost and expense at all times when any work is in process in connection with any change or alteration.

9.3 Part of Property . All improvements and alterations made or installed by User in or on the Property, immediately upon completion or installation thereof, will be and become a part of the Property and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At Tenant’s sole discretion, User will remove all improvements and alterations made or installed by User and restore the Property to the condition existing prior to commencement of the Use Period, at User’s sole cost.

 

12


9.4 Tenant Not Responsible . Tenant, by approving or inspecting any design, plans, drawings or specifications or any contract for work or materials or the method of performing any work by User or its employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors, does not assume any responsibility or liability as to the safety, adequacy, sufficiency, legality or otherwise of what is approved or inspected, which responsibility or liability will be and remain with User.

10. Waiver of Claims; Indemnification.

10.1 Waiver and Release . User waives and releases Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees from all claims for damage to person or property sustained by User relating to: (i) the Property or the land appurtenant thereto or any part thereof or any equipment or appurtenance therein or thereon becoming out of repair; (ii) any accident in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto; and (iii) any act, directly or indirectly, of Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees.

10.2 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair . If any damage to the Property or to Tenant or to other users of the Property, results from any act, omission or neglect of User or of User’s contractors, agents or employees, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, repair such damage and User will, upon demand by Tenant, promptly reimburse Tenant for the total cost of such repairs in excess of the amount, if any, paid to Tenant under insurance covering such damages.

10.3 Risk of Loss . All Personal Property situated in the Property and belonging to User, its contractors, agents or employees or visitors or any occupant of the premises will be situated there at the risk of User or such other person only, and Tenant will not be liable for damage thereto or theft, misappropriation or loss thereof.

10.4 Indemnification Against Claims . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.5 and 9.4 above, Tenant and User agree to hold each other harmless and indemnify each other, their respective officers, directors, agents, contractors and employees from and against all claims, liability and costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) for injuries to persons and damage to property, arising from occurrences in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto, caused in whole or in part, by the act, omission or negligence of the other of them, their respective agents, contractors, employees and visitors.

10.5 Indemnification Against Costs . User agrees to pay, and to indemnify Tenant against, all legal costs and charges, including counsel fees, lawfully and reasonably incurred in connection with the following: (a) obtaining possession of any portion of the Property after a default by User and its failure to cure such default within the time provided in this Agreement; (b) User’s default of all obligations under this Agreement including, but not limited to, in surrendering possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and/or in enforcing any covenant or agreement of User in this Agreement; or (c) in any suit or proceeding affecting the Property or this Agreement to which the Tenant is joined as a party by reason of User’s use of the Property under this Agreement.

11. Inspection of Office and Shared Spaces.

11.1 Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes . User agrees to permit Landlord/Tenant and Landlord/Tenant’s authorized representatives to enter the User Office Space at all reasonable

 

13


times for the purposes of: (a) inspecting the same, and (b) making any necessary repairs to the Property and performing any work therein that may be necessary by reason of User’s default under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant has no obligation to perform any work that User is required to perform under this Agreement, and Landlord/Tenant’s performance thereof will not constitute a waiver of User’s default in failing to perform the same. Landlord/Tenant may, during the progress of any such work in the User Office Space, keep and store upon the User Office Space all necessary materials, tools and equipment. Tenant will not in any event be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, or damage to User by reason of making such repairs or the performance of any such work in the Property, or on account of bringing materials, supplies and equipment into or through the Property during the course thereof, and the obligations of User under this Agreement will not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever.

11.2 Entry For Sale or Other Purposes . Landlord/Tenant is hereby given the right at all reasonable times to enter the User Office Space and to exhibit the same for the purpose of sale or any other purposes, and Tenant will use reasonable care to avoid disturbing User during any such entry.

12. Defaults.

12.1 Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options . If (i) User defaults in the payment of any Rent, or any other amounts due hereunder or in the maintenance of insurance or allows any lien to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, and such default continues for 10 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (ii) if User defaults in the performance of any other obligation under this Agreement and such default continues for 30 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (iii) if User files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or if such a petition is filed against User and is not dismissed within 60 days, then Tenant may, at its option, without further notice, elect to terminate this Agreement or (without terminating this Agreement) to terminate User’s rights to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and in such event Tenant or Tenant’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the User Office Space and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or otherwise, without being liable for indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and with or without terminating this Agreement, and repossess and enjoy the User Office Space, together with all additions, alterations and improvements.

12.2 Tenant’s Further Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement will limit or prejudice Tenant’s right to prove and obtain as liquidated damages arising out of any breach or default by User the maximum amount allowed by any statute or rule of law, whether such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amounts payable by User hereunder during what would have been the balance of the Use Period.

12.3 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform . If User defaults in the payment of any amounts due under this Agreement or other tax or excise or in the maintenance of insurance or the repair or restoration of the Property, or allows any lien arising on account of any act or omission of User to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, or

 

14


fails to make any other payment or perform any other act, agreement, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, Tenant may cure any such default, and the cost thereof together with interest at the Late Payment Rate will be an additional amount due from User upon demand.

12.4 Waivers by User . USER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE SERVICE OF NOTICE OF INTENTION TO RE-ENTER PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, OR TO INSTITUTE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS TO THAT END, AND ALSO WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT OF REDEMPTION PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE IN CASE USER IS DISPOSSESSED BY A JUDGMENT OR BY WARRANT OF ANY COURT OR JUDGE. USER WAIVES AND WILL WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY A JURY IN THE EVENT THAT SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ANY OTHER ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARE INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST IT.

13. Dispute Resolution. Except for disputes relating to the 3PL Agreement and adherence to the Protocol (which are separately governed by the Dispute Resolution Policy (as defined in Section 1.3 above)), any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the remaining provisions of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection 13.1 below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection 13.2 below. The procedures set forth in this Section 13 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

13.1 Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

13.2 Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (a) or (d) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (b) below.

(a) Arbitration .

(i) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint

 

15


the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(ii) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(iii) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(b) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees, and expert witness fees.

(d) Arbitration for Financial Disputes . In the event of a dispute involving calculations of Rent, Reimbursable Expenses, interest calculations or other purely financial matters, any arbitration under subsection (a) will be handled at the end of the calendar year in which the dispute arose, in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement. If the parties have not resolved the disputed matters within 30 days after the end of the calendar year, the dispute will be submitted to, and heard before, Ernst & Young LLP, or if such accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of Tenant or User, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. The arbitration will be limited solely to the financial calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (d), the provisions in subsection (a) will apply to any arbitration under this subsection (d). In order to minimize the administrative burden of resolving ongoing financial disputes, all financial disputes requiring arbitration will be handled at the end of the calendar year in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement.

 

16


14. Surrender of Space/Holdover. User will, upon termination of this Agreement, surrender the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets (solely to the extent the same are not User’s Assets) to Tenant in good order, condition and repair, except for reasonable wear and tear and for damage that User is not required under the terms of this Agreement to restore or repair.

14.1 Holdover . Should User, or any of its successors in interest, hold over in its occupancy of the Property, or any part thereof, after the Use Expiration Date, unless otherwise agreed in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy only, terminable at the will of Tenant, at a rental equal to the greater of (a) the then fair market rental value of the Shared Space and if applicable the User Office Space, or (b) the total rental payable for the last month of the Use Period plus fifty percent (50%) of such amount, payable in full on the first day on which User holds over and on the first day of each month thereafter during such holdover period. The holdover rental amount shall be recalculated and adjusted upwards monthly. The inclusion of the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Tenant’s permission for User to hold over. In addition, User shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all loss, costs (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and all costs and expenses incurred under the Lease) and liability resulting from such holdover, including but not limited to any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon User’s failure to vacate the Property upon expiration of the Use Period, as it may be extended, and any lost profits to Tenant and or Landlord resulting therefrom.

14.2 Notices. All notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

 

  If to Tenant:
 

Three Lakes Drive

 

Northfield, IL 60093

 

Attn: Director Log Ops

 

Fax:

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

  With a copy to:
 

Three Lakes Drive

 

Northfield, IL 60093

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

Fax:

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

17


  If to User:
 

100 DeForest Ave.

 

East Hanover, NJ 07936

 

Attn: Director Log Ops

 

Fax:

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

  With a copy to:
 

Three Parkway North, Suite 200

 

Deerfield, IL 60015

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

Fax:

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

15. Miscellaneous.

15.1 No brokers . User and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that no broker interested User in the User Office Space or the Shared Space or assisted User or Tenant in the negotiations of this Agreement. User and Tenant hereby agree to hold harmless and indemnify each other from and against all claims for costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), expense or liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with the other of them with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

15.2 Relationship of parties . Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

15.3 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all exhibits) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Separation Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

15.4 Waiver . Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

15.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

 

18


15.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

15.7 Interpretation . The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

15.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

15.9 Remedies cumulative . The specific remedies to which Tenant or User may resort under the terms of this Agreement are cumulative. The failure of Tenant or User to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any of the covenants of this Agreement, or to exercise any option herein contained, will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A receipt by Tenant of payments with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or agreement hereof will not be deemed a waiver of a breach by User, and no waiver, change, modification or discharge by either party hereto of this Agreement or of any provision in this Agreement, or surrender by User of the User Office Space, will be deemed to have been made or will be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by both Tenant and User. In addition to the other remedies in this Agreement provided, Tenant and User will be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement or to a decree compelling performance of any of such covenants, conditions or provisions.

15.10 Survival . Sections 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, and 15 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

19


15.11 Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease. This Agreement and all the rights of parties under it are expressly subject and subordinate to the Lease. Each party agrees that it will not, by its act or omission to act, cause a default under the Lease. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties confirm, each to the other, that it is not practical in this Agreement to restate all of the rights and obligations of the various parties under the Lease and to specifically allocate those rights and obligations in this Agreement. Accordingly, in order to afford to User the benefits of this Agreement and of those provisions of the Lease that by their nature are intended to benefit the party in possession of the Property, and in order to protect Tenant against a default by User that might cause a default or event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the parties agree:

(a) Provided User shall timely pay all Rent when due under this Agreement, Tenant shall pay, when due, all base rent, additional rent and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Tenant shall perform its covenants and obligations under the Lease that do not require possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space for their performance and that are not otherwise to be performed under this Agreement by User on behalf of Tenant. For example, Tenant shall at all times keep in full force and effect all insurance required of Tenant as Tenant under the Lease unless that requirement is waived in writing by, Landlord.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, User shall perform all affirmative covenants and shall refrain from performing any act that is prohibited by the negative covenants of the Lease, where the obligation to perform or refrain from performing is by its nature imposed upon the party in possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space. If practicable, User shall perform affirmative covenants that are also covenants of Tenant under the Lease at least 5 days prior to the date when Tenant’s performance is required under the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to enter the User Office Space to cure any default by User under this Section.

(d) Tenant shall not agree with Landlord to any amendment to the Lease that might have an adverse effect on User’s occupancy of the User Office Space or its use of the Shared Space for their intended purpose, unless Tenant shall first obtain User’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Tenant grants to User the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Shared Space and/or User Office Space that are to be provided by Landlord under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall have no duty to perform any obligations of Landlord that are, by their nature, the obligation of an owner or manager of real property. For example, Tenant shall not be required to provide the services or repairs that the Landlord is required to provide under the Lease. Tenant shall have no responsibility for or be liable to User for any default, failure, or delay on the part of Landlord in the performance or observance by Landlord of any of its obligations under the Lease, nor shall any default by Landlord affect this Agreement or waive or defer the performance of any of User’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the default by Landlord excuses performance by Tenant as Tenant under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties contemplate that Landlord will perform its obligations under the Lease and in the event of any default or failure of performance by Landlord, Tenant agrees that it will, upon notice from User, make demand upon Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease, and if User agrees to pay all costs and expenses of Tenant (to be shared by Tenant pro rata if Landlord’s default adversely affects Tenant) and provides Tenant with security for that payment reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant will take appropriate legal action to enforce the Lease.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no instance shall User have any greater rights under this Agreement than the rights that are afforded to Tenant under the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. User acknowledges and agrees that User has received

 

20


a copy of the Lease and will abide by the terms, covenants and agreements set forth therein. In the event that Tenant’s consent or approval is required or requested by User in connection with any provision of this Agreement, Tenant shall not in any manner be obligated to provide consent or approval if Landlord’s prior consent or approval is required under the terms of the Lease and Landlord fails to provide such consent or approval upon request of either party.

15.12 Landlord’s Consent. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties under it are expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s obtaining Landlord’s consent to this Agreement. User shall promptly deliver to Tenant any information reasonably requested by Landlord (in connection with Landlord’s approval of this Agreement) with respect to the nature and operation of User’s business, the financial condition of User, or both. Tenant and User agree, for the benefit of Landlord, that this Agreement and Landlord’s consent hereto shall not: (a) create privity of contract between Landlord and User; (b) be deemed to have amended the Lease in any regard (unless Landlord shall have expressly agreed to the amendment and such amendment is executed by all applicable parties); or (c) be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment of the Lease by Tenant or any further subletting of premises leased pursuant to the Lease, or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment by User of this Agreement or any sub-subletting of all or any part of the Property. Landlord’s consent shall, however, be deemed to evidence Landlord’s agreement that User may use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets for the uses set forth in Section 4 above. If Landlord fails to consent to this Agreement within 30 days after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the other at any time thereafter, but before Landlord grants consent.

16. Definitions.

16.1 Mortgage; Mortgagee . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Mortgage ” is used it will mean any indenture of mortgage or a deed of trust which at the time in question is a lien on Tenant’s and or Landlord’s interest in the Property and any supplement to, modification, renewal, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof. The term “ Mortgagee ” will mean the holder of such Mortgage.

16.2 Late Payment Rate . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Late Payment Rate ” is used it will mean the greater of (a) 10% per annum, or (b) the rate of interest which is 3% over the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal under “WSJ Prime Rate” from time to time) charged at the time interest is accruing at the Late Payment Rate, whichever is higher, unless prohibited by law, in which case “ Late Payment Rate ” will mean the maximum contract rate permitted by law.

16.3 Proportionate Share . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proportionate Share ” will mean User’s Share as defined in Section 2.1 above and in the case of Tenant, Tenant’s Proportional share shall be the amount remaining after subtracting User’s Share from 100% (i.e. if User’s Share is 40% the Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 60%).

16.4 Unavoidable Delays . Wherever in this Agreement the term “ Unavoidable Delays ” or words of similar import appear, they will be construed to mean delays due to strikes, lock-outs, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, governmental restrictions, enemy

 

21


action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or similar causes, provided such similar causes are beyond the control of User or Tenant, as the case may be. Whenever delay in completion of a performance is excused by reason of Unavoidable Delays, delay in commencement of such performance will also be excused if caused by Unavoidable Delays.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

   

MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC,

a Virginia corporation

   

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

    By:  

 

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

 

22

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

5801 72 nd AVE. S.E., CALGARY, CANADA (“CALGARY”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Canada Inc.

and

Mondelēz Canada Inc.

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

SHARED SPACE; DURATION OF AGREEMENT; OFFICE SERVICES

     1   
 

1.1    Shared Space; Duration

     1   
 

1.2    Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces

     2   
 

1.3    Relationship with 3PL

     2   

2.

 

PAYMENTS; SECURITY DEPOSIT

     2   
 

2.1    Rent/Calculation of User’s Share

     2   
 

2.2    Stipulated User’s Share; Variations

     3   
 

2.3    Payment Terms

     3   
 

2.4    Interest on Late Payments

     3   
 

2.5    Payments

     3   
 

2.6    Security Deposit

     3   
 

2.7    User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs

     3   

3.

 

USER’S OBLIGATION TO PAY REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES

     3   
 

3.1    Definition of Reimbursable Expenses

     3   
 

3.2    Definition of Operating Costs

     3   
 

3.3    Definition of Taxes

     5   
 

3.4    Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease

     5   
 

3.5    Estimates

     5   
 

3.6    Example

     6   

4.

 

PERMITTED USES

     6   

5.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

     6   
 

5.1    No Law Violations or Nuisances

     6   
 

5.2    Compliance With Laws

     6   
 

5.3    Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing

     7   

6.

 

INSURANCE

     7   
 

6.1    Property and Casualty

     7   
 

6.2    Liability

     8   
 

6.3    Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance

     8   
 

6.4    Additional Insureds

     8   

 

i


 

6.5        Waiver of Subrogation Rights

     8   

7.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS, EARLY TERMINATION AND RESTRICTIONS, ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

     8   
 

7.1        No Liens

     8   
 

7.2        No Assignment and Subletting

     9   
 

7.3        Early Termination Options

     9   
 

7.4        Covenant Against Waste

     9   
 

7.5        Restriction on Third Party Vendors

     9   
 

7.6        Loading Docks and Shared Assets

     10   

8.

 

CONDEMNATION; DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     10   
 

8.1        Condemnation

     10   
 

8.2        Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate

     10   
 

8.3        User Right to Terminate

     10   
 

8.4        Insurance Proceeds

     10   
 

8.5        Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities

     11   

9.

 

CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS

     11   
 

9.1        By User

     11   
 

9.2        Standards; Timing; Insurance

     11   
 

9.3        Part of Property

     11   
 

9.4        Tenant Not Responsible

     12   

10.

 

WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION

     12   
 

10.1      Waiver and Release

     12   
 

10.2      Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair

     12   
 

10.3      Risk of Loss

     12   
 

10.4      Indemnification Against Claims

     12   
 

10.5      Indemnification Against Costs

     12   

11.

 

INSPECTION OF OFFICE AND SHARED SPACES

     13   
 

11.1      Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes

     13   
 

11.2      Entry For Sale or Other Purposes

     13   

12.

 

DEFAULTS

     13   
 

12.1      Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options

     13   
 

12.2      Tenant’s Further Remedies

     13   
 

12.3      Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform

     14   

 

ii


 

12.4      Waivers by User

     14   

13.

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     14   
 

13.1      Negotiation and mediation

     14   
 

13.2      Arbitration or litigation

     14   

14.

 

SURRENDER OF SPACE/HOLDOVER

     16   
 

14.1      Holdover

     16   
 

14.2      Notices

     16   

15.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     17   
 

15.1      No brokers

     17   
 

15.2      Relationship of parties

     17   
 

15.3      Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment

     17   
 

15.4      Waiver

     18   
 

15.5      Counterparts

     18   
 

15.6      Severability

     18   
 

15.7      Interpretation

     18   
 

15.8      Governing Law

     18   
 

15.9      Remedies cumulative

     18   
 

15.10    Survival

     18   
 

15.11    Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease

     18   
 

15.12    Landlord’s Consent

     20   

16.

 

DEFINITIONS

     20   
 

16.1      Mortgage; Mortgagee

     20   
 

16.2      Late Payment Rate

     20   
 

16.3      Proportionate Share

     21   
 

16.4      Unavoidable Delays

     21   
Exhibit A: Identification of Space Used by User   
Exhibit B: Budget   
Schedule 1(a): Tenant’s Assets   
Schedule 1(b): User’s Assets   
Schedule 1(c): Shared Assets   
Schedule 2: Additional Covenants   
Annex 1: Protocols   
Annex 2: Wire Instructions   

 

iii


5801 72 nd AVE. S.E., CALGARY, CANADA (“CALGARY”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

This Shared Warehouse Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Kraft Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation (“ Tenant ”), and Mondelēz Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation (“ User ”) and is dated as of the Distribution Date, as defined in that certain Separation Agreement entered into between Tenant and User’s parent company as of the Distribution Date (the “ Separation Agreement ”). (The Distribution Date is referred in this Agreement as the “ Effective Date ”.)

A. Tenant is the Tenant under that certain lease dated September 28, 2008 (“ Lease ”) with Hopewell (HDPII) Developments Inc. (“ Landlord ”) for the real property commonly known as 5801 72 nd Ave. S.E., Calgary, Canada (“ Property ”).

B. The Property consists of offices and a 183,730 square foot warehouse (and approximately 22,955 square foot air conditioned area, approximately 39,435 square foot cooler area and approximately 1,292 square foot refrigeration space) and surrounding real property improved with a parking lot and other amenities. The warehouse is improved with various owned and leased, fixed assets, equipment and systems which support the warehouse functions (the foregoing assets are referred to collectively as the “ Site Assets ”). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(a). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by User (“ User’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(b). During the Use Period (as defined below) Tenant and User shall each have their Proportionate Share (as defined below) of use of the Site Assets listed on Schedule 1(c) as of June 30, 2012, and which will be updated from time to time to reflect additions and subtractions as required in the usual course of business, with an updated final schedule to be provided to User as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date (such Schedule 1(c) items hereinafter referred to as “ Shared Assets ”). For purposes of this Agreement, only Shared Assets are included in the definition of Property.

C. User has requested, and Tenant has agreed (on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement), to grant User the right to use User’s Share of the Property exclusively for its warehousing operations and limited office use (“ Business Activities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth below.

Therefore, Tenant and User agree as follows:

1. Shared Space; Duration of Agreement; Office Services.

Shared Space; Duration . Upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant will let User use, and User agrees to use a limited number of the pallets within the warehouse and generally located within those portions of the Property depicted on Exhibit A as the “ Shared Space ” for the period of time (“ Use Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date (“ Use Commencement Date ”), and ending no later than 11:59 p.m. on the day preceding the second anniversary of the Effective Date (“ Use Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. User also has the right to use its Proportionate Share of the offices (“ User Office Space ”) located within the Property and the routes necessary and reasonable for ingress and egress to and from the Shared Space and User Office Space. User will have no right to use those areas of the Property outside of the User Office Space, Shared Space and access routes, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Tenant.


1.1 Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces . User acknowledges that it is familiar with the physical condition of the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and that except for the obligations Tenant has agreed to undertake in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any representations or warranties regarding the condition of the Property. User taking possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space, Shared Assets or any portion thereof will be conclusive evidence against User that the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets were in good order and satisfactory condition. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any promise to alter, remove, improve, redecorate or clean the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto, nor has Tenant made any representation respecting the condition of the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto. User and Tenant each hereby agrees that the premises are leased in their AS IS, WHERE IS condition with any and all latent or patent defects.

1.2 Relationship with 3PL.

(a) User and Tenant agree and acknowledge that each party to this Agreement is responsible for entering into and abiding by the terms of its respective agreements with Hopewell Distribution Services, Inc., a third party logistics service company (“ 3PL ”), the party who handles all aspects of the warehousing and logistics functions at the Property pursuant to a separate agreement (“ 3PL Agreement ”). 3PL and their approved subcontractors (as detailed in the 3PL Agreement) are the only parties permitted by Tenant to perform services of any kind in the Property. No other third parties will have access to the Property, without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Tenant in it sole and absolute discretion. User will abide by the 3PL Agreement and cause 3PL to abide by the statements of work and protocols governing the shared use of the Property and dispute resolution terms for exigent circumstances as set forth on Annex 1 (the “ Protocols ”). At all times when there are two separate 3PL agreements in place, Tenant covenants not to change its 3PL without User’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (For purposes of clarity, User’s consent shall not be required when Section 1.3(b) below is applicable.)

(b) To the extent that a separate 3PL Agreement is not entered into by User, the obligations of User under this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to any agreement that Tenant has in place with its own 3PL provider, a copy of which will be provided to User. User agrees to comply with all terms of Tenant’s 3PL agreement and will indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from failure to comply with the 3PL Agreement and will pay a ratable share of all costs and expenses relating to any services provided there under as Operating Costs, consistent with past practices.

2. Payments; Security Deposit.

2.1 Rent/Calculation of User’s Share . For the right to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and the Shared Assets, User will pay Rent (as defined below) to Tenant. As used in this Agreement, “ Rent ” means User’s Share (as defined below) of Reimbursable Expenses (as defined in Section 3 below) as incurred by Tenant in connection with the use and operation of

 

2


the entire Property (including Shared Assets) as well as any other amounts stated in this Agreement to be included in the definition of Rent. “ User’s Share ” means the percentage set forth below in Section 2.2. The cost of the use of User’s Office Space is factored into the above calculation.)

2.2 Stipulated User’s Share; Variations . Tenant and User stipulate that the User’s Share is 33% as of the Use Commencement Date. User shall be entitled to use User’s Share of pallets within the Property and User’s Share of Office Space. User will not be entitled to increase or decrease User’s Share during the Use Period unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, in a formal, written amendment to this Agreement.

2.3 Payment Terms . All Rent will be paid by User to Tenant, in advance, on the first day of the month for which due. Any Rent for a period of less than one month will be adjusted pro rata. It is the intention of the parties that User shall pay for User’s Share of all costs and expenses relating to the Shared Space regardless of User’s actual use thereof. All Rent and any other sums due Tenant hereunder will be paid at such place as Tenant previously may have designated in a notice to User, and in the absence of such designation will be paid by wire transfer pursuant to the written wire instructions attached hereto as Annex 2 or as otherwise sent by Tenant to User in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.

2.4 Interest on Late Payments . All Rent and any other sums required by this Agreement to be paid to Tenant will bear interest from the date due at the Late Payment Rate (as that term is defined in Section 16.2 below) until paid.

2.5 Payments . The Rent payable under this Agreement will be paid to Tenant without notice or demand and without abatement, deduction, or setoff (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement).

2.6 Security Deposit . No security deposit shall be required under this Agreement.

2.7 User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs. User covenants to timely pay all 3PL costs and expenses related to the 3PL Agreement. User agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all costs due 3PL and other third parties engaged or employed by User.

3. User’s Obligation to Pay Reimbursable Expenses. User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of Reimbursable Expenses, as adjusted from time to time, as a component of Rent. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the understanding and intention of the parties to ratably share all costs and expenses in the operation of the Property including all costs incurred by Tenant for the Shared Space. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

3.1 Definition of Reimbursable Expenses. Reimbursable Expenses ” means “ Operating Costs ” (as defined below) plus “ Taxes ” (as defined below).

3.2 Definition of Operating Costs. Operating Costs ” means, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Use Period, the aggregate of all costs, expenses, and liabilities of every kind or nature paid or incurred by Tenant in connection with the use/ownership, operation

 

3


and maintenance of the “ Project ” (being the Property, all underlying land, together with driveways, parking facilities, warehouse and loading dock areas, roadways and any other similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or operation thereof as well as all Shared Assets and the warehouse management system (“WMS”) components used in the overall operation of the warehouse, but excluding those components of the WMS system used exclusively for Tenant’s operations). Operating Costs include, but are not limited to, the following costs determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied: (A) all rent due under the Lease (including all amounts of base rent and additional pass through charges from Landlord regardless of whether such amounts are designated as rental payments, operating costs or financial liabilities of Tenant under the Lease) plus property management and/or administrative fees and expenses that are related to management of the Project; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project; (C) cost of all association fees, landscaping, janitorial services, waste disposal, and utilities (including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, and other services) for the Property, unless the same are separately metered and billed by such service provider directly to User or 3PL as reasonably determined by Tenant or charged by Landlord; (D) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project including but not limited to paving and parking areas, roads, roof repairs, alleys and driveways, trash collection, sweeping and removal of trash for the common areas, mowing and snow removal, landscaping and exterior painting, the cost of maintaining utility lines, fire sprinklers and fire protection systems, exterior lighting, Shared Assets and mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Project; (E) service, maintenance and management contracts for the operation, maintenance, management, repair, replacement, and security of the Project (including but not limited to alarm service, window cleaning, and service of the Shared Assets); (F) costs of professional services rendered for the general benefit of the Project; (G) environmental insurance or environmental management fees to the extent required by the Lease or otherwise prudent; (H) the cost of any insurance deductibles for insurance required to be maintained by Tenant; (I) all insurance expenses provided the same are related to insuring the Property and/or Shared Assets; (J) depreciation of any component of the Project and (K) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including but not limited to all utility costs) of the Project, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Tenant or as required by the Lease to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Tenant, using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment or as required by the Lease, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any new interpretations of any Law hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord or Tenant, in its reasonable discretion. As used in this Lease, the term “ Law ” refers to any federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, court orders, governmental directives, governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting this Agreement or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User and Tenant agree that the following costs are specifically excluded from Operating Costs: (i) any costs relating to the Tenant’s Assets, and (ii) insurance costs that are not related to insuring the Property or Shared Assets.

 

4


3.3 Definition of Taxes. Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including but not limited to transfer taxes and non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding , however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Tenant a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a margin tax, franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Project, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ Taxes ” for purposes hereof). Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower Taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project. The parties agree and understand that Taxes are not predictable and may increase significantly over the term of this Agreement.

3.4 Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease . If Tenant is obligated to pay any additional amounts under the Lease, which are not otherwise included in this Section 3, whether the additional rent is to reimburse Landlord for taxes, operating expenses, billboard fees, association fees, insurance coverage, common area maintenance charges, or other expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Project, User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of that additional rent (to the extent that additional rent is attributable to events or amounts billed for periods falling within or occurring during the term of this Agreement). The payment shall be due from User to Tenant no fewer than five (5) days before Tenant’s payment of such additional rent is due to the Landlord, provided that User shall have been billed at least 10 days before that date (the bill shall be accompanied by a copy of Landlord’s bill and other material furnished to Tenant in connection with the bill). Any such amounts incurred shall be included within the definition of “ Rent ” for purposes of this Agreement.

3.5 Estimates. User shall pay to Tenant, in advance on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the estimated Rent for each year of the Use Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Attached as Exhibit B is an budget for the Project prepared by Tenant and approved by User, which reflects a good faith estimate of Rent. Based on Exhibit B, the parties have agreed that User will pay to Tenant the monthly sum allocated to User on Exhibit B, in advance, as Tenant’s initial estimate of Rent. From time to time, Tenant may estimate and re-estimate the amount of Rent to be due and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to User. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Rent shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, User shall have paid all of Rent estimated by Tenant for such calendar year. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when the actual amount of Rent is available for each calendar year or fraction thereof (in the instance of any partial calendar year).

(a) On or before January 31 of each calendar year during the term (and within 180 days of the Use Expiration Date), Tenant shall furnish to User a statement of Rent for the previous year (the “ Rent Statement ”). If Tenant fails to issue a Rent Statement, User will send a written request for Tenant to issue a Rent Statement. Within 30 days of receipt of the request for

 

5


Rent Statement, Tenant will then issue a Rent Statement. If User’s estimated payments of Rent for the year covered by the Rent Statement exceeded the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then Tenant shall promptly credit or reimburse User for such excess; likewise, if User’s estimated payments of Rent for such year were less than the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then User shall promptly pay Tenant such deficiency. All true up obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the Use Period.

(b) To minimize the administrative burden on each party, Tenant’s books and records with regard to Rent are available for inspection by User at Tenant’s offices during Tenant’s regular business hours for 30 days after the date of issuance of each Rent Statement. The parties agree to work in good faith to address any questions relating to the Rent Statement.

3.6 Example. For purposes of clarity, the following is an example of the parties’ intentions with respect to Rent due under this Agreement: If Reimbursable Expenses total $500,000/month ($400,000 for Operating Costs and $100,000 for Taxes) and User’s Share is 40%, then User shall pay to Tenant as Rent, $200,000/month. If Landlord passes through any additional costs or Tenant incurs any expenses in the operation of the Project due and payable under this Agreement (as miscellaneous expenses) and/or the Lease, User shall pay User’s Share of the such amounts as well, regardless of whether such amounts were included in the estimate. User shall at all times remain responsible for 100% of any services or expenses incurred solely on User’s behalf (i.e. User shall pay 3PL directly and shall be solely responsible for all components of the WMS system that are used solely for User’s operations).

4. Permitted Uses.

User will use Shared Space and User Office Space solely for User’s Business Activities. User will not, without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion) permit the User Office Space or the Shared Space to be used for any purpose substantially different from those activities described in Recital C of this Agreement.

5. Compliance with Laws; Maintenance and Repair.

5.1 No Law Violations or Nuisances . User will not make or permit any use of the Property, or any part thereof, which violates any applicable statute, ordinance, regulation or other requirement of any governmental authority, or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or which may render void or voidable any insurance then carried by Tenant or User pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Compliance With Laws . User will conduct all of its activities within the User Office Space and the Shared Space in a manner conforming to the requirements of all Laws (including but not limited to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of any governmental authority, the regulations or other requirements of any national or local fire marshal, board of fire underwriters or any other body exercising similar functions) and the requirements of all policies of insurance maintained in force on or with respect to the Property pursuant to this Agreement. User will keep the User Office Space and the Shared Space equipped with all safety appliances required because of User’s use. User will obtain and keep in force any licenses and permits required by, and otherwise comply with the orders and regulations of, all governmental authorities relating to User’s use of the Property.

 

6


5.3 Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing .

(a) Tenant’s Obligations; User Share of Costs . Tenant, to the extent required under the Lease, will maintain the Property in good order, repair and condition. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 may include: (i) the foundation, roof and structural soundness of the concrete floors and exterior walls; (ii) those portions of the water, plumbing, sewer and electrical systems that are not within the possession or control of the User Office Space; and (iii) the driveways, parking areas and other areas adjoining the Property. Tenant will not be required to commence any repairs in the User Office Space or Shared Space until a reasonable time after written notice from User that the same are necessary. The obligation of Tenant to maintain in good condition and repair those parts of the Property, as provided above, will not extend to any damage or disrepair caused by the neglect or fault of User or its employees, contractors or agents, which damage or disrepair will be repaired by Tenant and the full amount of the costs incurred will be charged to User. The provisions of this Section 5.3 will not apply in the event of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking by condemnation by any competent authority. In any such event, the obligation of Tenant will be controlled as otherwise provided in this Agreement. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3(a) will be included in the calculation of Rent.

(b) User Obligations . User will at all times keep the Shared Space and User Office Space clean, neat and safe, and in good order and condition. At the end of the Use Period. User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with the use, repair, maintenance and replacement of the User’s Assets.

(c) WMS and 3PL . User will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of Tenant and Landlord from and against User’s breach of this Agreement, failure to pay for the costs associated with its contracts and for any negligence or misconduct of User, its employees, agents and contractors. This indemnification obligation shall specifically apply to the 3PL Agreement and the WMS System.

(d) Maintenance of Temperature at Conditioned Sites . The parties agree that 3PL is solely responsible for all temperature controls within the warehouse. In the event of any issues arising with respect to the temperature conditions impacting storage within the warehouse, the impacted party will immediately notify 3PL and cause 3PL to promptly address any issues.

6. Insurance.

6.1 Property and Casualty . At all times throughout the Use Period, and subject to the terms of the Lease, Tenant will: (a) keep the Property insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties; and (b) carry and maintain broad form boiler and machinery insurance on all equipment and objects (which are part of the Property) customarily covered by such insurance. All such insurance obtained by Tenant will be in such amounts and with such coverage as Tenant determines in its discretion or is otherwise required by the Lease. At all times throughout the Use Period, User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, keep User’s personal property, inventory and equipment, including but not limited to the User’s Assets (collectively, “ Personal Property ”) insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties.

 

7


6.2 Liability . User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, throughout the term of this Agreement, but for the mutual benefit of Tenant and User, maintain the following kinds and amounts of insurance: (a) comprehensive general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury and property damage, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate in respect of bodily injury or death; (b) employer’s liability insurance in the amount of not less than $1,000,000; and (c) workmen’s compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by Law.

6.3 Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance . All insurance provided for in this Section 6 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers with an AM Best rating of A-VII or better. Certificates of insurance will be provided upon request by either party.

6.4 Additional Insureds . All policies of insurance provided for by Tenant in Section 6.l above will name Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s Mortgagee (if any) as the insureds, as their respective interests may appear and all policies of insurance provided for by User in Section 6.1 above will name User as the insured. All policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.2 above will name User as the insured and Landlord and Tenant and each party’s Mortgagee as additional insureds. All such policies will provide that should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with policy provisions to the Tenant.

6.5 Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Whenever (a) any loss, cost, damage or expense resulting from fire or other casualty is incurred by either Tenant or User or anyone claiming by, through or under either of them in connection with the Property, and (b) the party suffering such loss is then either covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to such loss, cost, damage or expense (or is required under this Agreement to be so insured), then the party so insured (or so required) hereby releases the other party from any liability said other party may have on account of such loss, cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such insurance (or which could have been recovered, had insurance been carried as so required) and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof.

7. Negative Covenants, Early Termination and Restrictions, Additional Covenants.

7.1 No Liens . User will not suffer or permit any vendor’s, mechanic’s, laborer’s, or materialman’s statutory or similar lien to be filed against the Property or any interest of Tenant or User therein by reason of labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to User or anyone holding or using the Property, or any part thereof, through or under User (including labor, services or materials supplied in connection with any repairs or maintenance provided by User under Section 1.3 or Section 5 above). If any such lien is filed against the Property, User will, within 20 days after notice of the filing thereof, cause the same to be released and discharged.

 

8


7.2 No Assignment and Subletting . As a material inducement for Tenant to enter into this Agreement with User, User agrees that neither this Agreement nor User’s interest hereunder will under any circumstances, whether voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law, be assigned or transferred by User, nor will User allow any other person to use or occupy any portion of the User Office Space or Shared Space, without in each case the prior written consent of Tenant being first obtained (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion). User agrees and acknowledges that the Tenant is ultimately responsible to Landlord under all terms of the Lease and therefore it is reasonable for Tenant to be exercising its right to consent or to not consent in its sole and absolute discretion. This absolute presumption against assignment or sub-letting User’s interest under this Agreement overrides any rights that may exist under the Lease that are more generous than the provisions of this Section 7.2.

7.3 Early Termination Options

(a) User’s Early Termination Option. User may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Tenant no less than 180 days’ prior to the date of intended early termination (“ User Termination Notice ”). The User Termination Notice shall advise Tenant of the date on which User will vacate the Property, said date being no earlier than 180 days from the date of the User Termination Notice (“ User Termination Date ”). Notwithstanding any early termination in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.3, User will be liable for all rent accruing through the User Termination Date, regardless of whether or not User chooses to remain in physical possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space and/or Shared Assets. For purposes of clarity, in the Event that User delivers the User Termination Notice and provided that User timely vacates the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, User will only be responsible for its obligations, including payment of Rent and other charges, under this Agreement accruing through the User Termination Date, but will not, however, be liable for Rent or other costs first accruing after the User Termination Date.

(b) Termination by Mutual Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the parties mutually agree to enter into separate agreements with third parties for warehousing, use of the facility, office space and a lease of the Building, including without limitation WMS (e.g. Red Prairie, Matrics), and have segregated all owned or leased assets used in the facility, upon User providing Tenant with appropriate evidence of the documentation supporting the segregation and Landlord’s release of Tenant from all obligations under the Lease relating to User’s continued use of the Property, this Agreement shall terminate effective as of the date of the commencement of completely independent operations, without any penalties under this Agreement.

7.4 Covenant Against Waste . User agrees not to do or suffer any waste or damage to, or impairment of the value of, the Property.

7.5 Restriction on Third Party Vendors . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, User will not enter into any third party vendor agreements that entail the use, presence, installation of systems or occupancy by any vendor of the User Office Space or Shared Space without Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

9


7.6 Loading Docks and Shared Assets . User will not utilize more than User’s Share of any loading docks or Shared Assets included in the Shared Space without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion).

7.7 Additional Covenants. The additional covenants set forth on Schedule 2 are incorporated into the body of this Section 7.7 as if fully restated herein.

8. Condemnation; Damage and Destruction.

8.1 Condemnation . If all or any Material (as defined below) part of the Property is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Agreement will terminate on the date of vesting of title in the condemning party under such eminent domain proceedings, and all Rent and other sums payable by User hereunder will be prorated to the date of such vesting. Notwithstanding any judicial allocation of any award, the entire award will be paid to Tenant (or to Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any, under the terms of its Mortgage), and User will not have any right to any apportionment of or share in the award. For purposes of this Section 8, “ Material ” or “ Materially ” shall mean at least 50% of the User Office Space and Shared Space or 70% of the Property is damaged, destroyed or taken so that User is unable to use the User Office Space and Shared Space for its intended purposes.

8.2 Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If the Property is damaged or destroyed, regardless of the cause or the amount of the loss or the existence of insurance to cover such loss, Landlord/Tenant will have the right, but not the obligation, to either repair the damage or terminate this Agreement. If Landlord/Tenant elects to repair, repair and restoration will be promptly commenced and diligently pursued to completion, due allowance being made for time needed to adjust insurance and for Unavoidable Delays (as defined below). The performance by User of its other obligations under this Agreement will continue notwithstanding any such loss, except for temporary suspension of performance rendered impossible by such damage or destruction. However, User will be entitled to an abatement of Rent with respect to any portion of the User Office Space and Shared Space which User is unable to use for its business activities. If Landlord/Tenant elects not to restore such damage, this Agreement will be terminated effective as of the date Landlord/Tenant notifies User that Landlord/Tenant does not intend to restore.

8.3 User Right to Terminate . If the Property is Materially destroyed, User will have an option to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Tenant. Upon the exercise of such an option, this Agreement will terminate and User will pay all Rent and its Proportionate Share of other charges then due hereunder, equitably apportioned to the date of such termination.

8.4 Insurance Proceeds . All Insurance proceeds on account of any loss will be paid [first in accordance with the terms of the Lease and thereafter,] to Tenant and may be used by Tenant to pay the costs of restoration of such improvements or may be kept by Tenant in its sole discretion.

 

10


8.5 Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities . In no event will Tenant be liable to User for loss of revenue, or indirect, special or consequential damages arising out of the partial or total destruction or damage to the Property or any portion thereof by reason of a fire or other casualty.

9. Changes and Alterations.

9.1 By User . User is absolutely prohibited from making any changes or alterations to the User Office Space, Shared Space, Shared Assets or to systems and/or infrastructure supporting such areas, in each instance without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant does so consent, User will provide Tenant with copies of all plans and contracts and procure and pay for all required permits and authorizations of the various governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant agrees to join in the application for such permits or authorizations whenever such action is necessary at User’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses of any labor, materials or other work to the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets pursuant to this Section 9 and for all costs and expenses associated with the removal of the User’s Assets and any repairs to or cleaning of the Shared Space and User Office Space that may be required following the removal of the User’s Assets at the end of the Use Period. User agrees and acknowledges that in some instances, Landlord’s consent may also be required for any change, repair or alteration and in such instances, Tenant’s consent shall not relieve User from the obligation of obtaining Landlord’s consent as well.

9.2 Standards; Timing; Insurance . If Tenant consents to any change or alteration, (and Landlord’s consent, where required), the following requirements will apply: (a) all work done in connection therewith will be done promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Lease and zoning laws of the place in which the Property is located and with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and the appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof, and in accordance with the orders, rules and regulations of the fire marshal or board of fire underwriters where the Property is situated or any other body exercising similar functions; (b) the cost of any such change or alteration will be paid in cash so that the Property will at all times be free of liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Property; (c) the work of any change or alteration will be prosecuted with reasonable dispatch, Unavoidable Delays excepted; (d) there will be maintained workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work and with respect to whom death or injury claims could be asserted against Tenant, User or the Property; and (e) general liability insurance for the mutual benefit of User and Tenant (and Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any), as described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement, will be increased to such amounts as requested or required by Landlord/Tenant, at User’s sole cost and expense at all times when any work is in process in connection with any change or alteration.

9.3 Part of Property . All improvements and alterations made or installed by User in or on the Property, immediately upon completion or installation thereof, will be and become a part of the Property and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At Tenant’s sole discretion, User will remove all improvements and alterations made or installed by User and restore the Property to the condition existing prior to commencement of the Use Period, at User’s sole cost.

 

11


9.4 Tenant Not Responsible . Tenant, by approving or inspecting any design, plans, drawings or specifications or any contract for work or materials or the method of performing any work by User or its employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors, does not assume any responsibility or liability as to the safety, adequacy, sufficiency, legality or otherwise of what is approved or inspected, which responsibility or liability will be and remain with User.

10. Waiver of Claims; Indemnification.

10.1 Waiver and Release . User waives and releases Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees from all claims for damage to person or property sustained by User relating to: (i) the Property or the land appurtenant thereto or any part thereof or any equipment or appurtenance therein or thereon becoming out of repair; (ii) any accident in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto; and (iii) any act, directly or indirectly, of Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees.

10.2 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair . If any damage to the Property or to Tenant or to other users of the Property, results from any act, omission or neglect of User or of User’s contractors, agents or employees, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, repair such damage and User will, upon demand by Tenant, promptly reimburse Tenant for the total cost of such repairs in excess of the amount, if any, paid to Tenant under insurance covering such damages.

10.3 Risk of Loss . All Personal Property situated in the Property and belonging to User, its contractors, agents or employees or visitors or any occupant of the premises will be situated there at the risk of User or such other person only, and Tenant will not be liable for damage thereto or theft, misappropriation or loss thereof.

10.4 Indemnification Against Claims . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.5 and 9.4 above, Tenant and User agree to hold each other harmless and indemnify each other, their respective officers, directors, agents, contractors and employees from and against all claims, liability and costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) for injuries to persons and damage to property, arising from occurrences in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto, caused in whole or in part, by the act, omission or negligence of the other of them, their respective agents, contractors, employees and visitors.

10.5 Indemnification Against Costs . User agrees to pay, and to indemnify Tenant against, all legal costs and charges, including counsel fees, lawfully and reasonably incurred in connection with the following: (a) obtaining possession of any portion of the Property after a default by User and its failure to cure such default within the time provided in this Agreement; (b) User’s default of all obligations under this Agreement including, but not limited to, in surrendering possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and/or in enforcing any covenant or agreement of User in this Agreement; or (c) in any suit or proceeding affecting the Property or this Agreement to which the Tenant is joined as a party by reason of User’s use of the Property under this Agreement.

 

12


11. Inspection of Office and Shared Spaces.

11.1 Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes . User agrees to permit Landlord/Tenant and Landlord/Tenant’s authorized representatives to enter the User Office Space at all reasonable times for the purposes of: (a) inspecting the same, and (b) making any necessary repairs to the Property and performing any work therein that may be necessary by reason of User’s default under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant has no obligation to perform any work that User is required to perform under this Agreement, and Landlord/Tenant’s performance thereof will not constitute a waiver of User’s default in failing to perform the same. Landlord/Tenant may, during the progress of any such work in the User Office Space, keep and store upon the User Office Space all necessary materials, tools and equipment. Tenant will not in any event be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, or damage to User by reason of making such repairs or the performance of any such work in the Property, or on account of bringing materials, supplies and equipment into or through the Property during the course thereof, and the obligations of User under this Agreement will not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever.

11.2 Entry For Sale or Other Purposes . Landlord/Tenant is hereby given the right at all reasonable times to enter the User Office Space and to exhibit the same for the purpose of sale or any other purposes, and Tenant will use reasonable care to avoid disturbing User during any such entry.

12. Defaults.

12.1 Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options . If (i) User defaults in the payment of any Rent, or any other amounts due hereunder or in the maintenance of insurance or allows any lien to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, and such default continues for 10 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (ii) if User defaults in the performance of any other obligation under this Agreement and such default continues for 30 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (iii) if User files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or if such a petition is filed against User and is not dismissed within 60 days, then Tenant may, at its option, without further notice, elect to terminate this Agreement or (without terminating this Agreement) to terminate User’s rights to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and in such event Tenant or Tenant’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the User Office Space and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or otherwise, without being liable for indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and with or without terminating this Agreement, and repossess and enjoy the User Office Space, together with all additions, alterations and improvements.

12.2 Tenant’s Further Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement will limit or prejudice Tenant’s right to prove and obtain as liquidated damages arising out of any breach or default by User the maximum amount allowed by any statute or rule of law, whether such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amounts payable by User hereunder during what would have been the balance of the Use Period.

 

13


12.3 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform . If User defaults in the payment of any amounts due under this Agreement or other tax or excise or in the maintenance of insurance or the repair or restoration of the Property, or allows any lien arising on account of any act or omission of User to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, or fails to make any other payment or perform any other act, agreement, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, Tenant may cure any such default, and the cost thereof together with interest at the Late Payment Rate will be an additional amount due from User upon demand.

12.4 Waivers by User . USER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE SERVICE OF NOTICE OF INTENTION TO RE-ENTER PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, OR TO INSTITUTE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS TO THAT END, AND ALSO WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT OF REDEMPTION PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE IN CASE USER IS DISPOSSESSED BY A JUDGMENT OR BY WARRANT OF ANY COURT OR JUDGE. USER WAIVES AND WILL WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY A JURY IN THE EVENT THAT SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ANY OTHER ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARE INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST IT.

13. Dispute Resolution. Except for disputes relating to the 3PL Agreement and adherence to the Protocol (which are separately governed by the Dispute Resolution Policy (as defined in Section 1.3 above)), any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the remaining provisions of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection 13.1 below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection 13.2 below. The procedures set forth in this Section 13 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

13.1 Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

13.2 Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (a) or (d) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (b) below.

 

14


(a) Arbitration .

(i) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(ii) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(iii) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(b) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees, and expert witness fees.

(d) Arbitration for Financial Disputes . In the event of a dispute involving calculations of Rent, Reimbursable Expenses, interest calculations or other purely financial matters, any arbitration under subsection (a) will be handled at the end of the calendar year in which the dispute arose, in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement. If the parties have not resolved the disputed matters within 30 days after the end of the calendar year, the dispute will be submitted to, and heard before, Ernst & Young LLP, or if such

 

15


accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of Tenant or User, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. The arbitration will be limited solely to the financial calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (d), the provisions in subsection (a) will apply to any arbitration under this subsection (d). In order to minimize the administrative burden of resolving ongoing financial disputes, all financial disputes requiring arbitration will be handled at the end of the calendar year in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement.

14. Surrender of Space/Holdover. User will, upon termination of this Agreement, surrender the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets (solely to the extent the same are not User’s Assets) to Tenant in good order, condition and repair, except for reasonable wear and tear and for damage that User is not required under the terms of this Agreement to restore or repair.

14.1 Holdover . Should User, or any of its successors in interest, hold over in its occupancy of the Property, or any part thereof, after the Use Expiration Date, unless otherwise agreed in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy only, terminable at the will of Tenant, at a rental equal to the greater of (a) the then fair market rental value of the Shared Space and if applicable the User Office Space, or (b) the total rental payable for the last month of the Use Period plus fifty percent (50%) of such amount, payable in full on the first day on which User holds over and on the first day of each month thereafter during such holdover period. The holdover rental amount shall be recalculated and adjusted upwards monthly. The inclusion of the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Tenant’s permission for User to hold over. In addition, User shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all loss, costs (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and all costs and expenses incurred under the Lease) and liability resulting from such holdover, including but not limited to any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon User’s failure to vacate the Property upon expiration of the Use Period, as it may be extended, and any lost profits to Tenant and or Landlord resulting therefrom.

14.2 Notices. All notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

If to Tenant:

95 Moatfield Drive

North York, Ontario M3B 3L6

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: (416) 441-5328

 

16


If to User:

3660 Matheson Blvd. East

Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5M2

Attn: General Counsel

15. Miscellaneous.

15.1 No brokers . User and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that no broker interested User in the User Office Space or the Shared Space or assisted User or Tenant in the negotiations of this Agreement. User and Tenant hereby agree to hold harmless and indemnify each other from and against all claims for costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), expense or liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with the other of them with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

15.2 Relationship of parties . Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

15.3 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all exhibits) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Separation Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

17


15.4 Waiver . Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

15.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

15.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

15.7 Interpretation . The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

15.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

15.9 Remedies cumulative . The specific remedies to which Tenant or User may resort under the terms of this Agreement are cumulative. The failure of Tenant or User to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any of the covenants of this Agreement, or to exercise any option herein contained, will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A receipt by Tenant of payments with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or agreement hereof will not be deemed a waiver of a breach by User, and no waiver, change, modification or discharge by either party hereto of this Agreement or of any provision in this Agreement, or surrender by User of the User Office Space, will be deemed to have been made or will be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by both Tenant and User. In addition to the other remedies in this Agreement provided, Tenant and User will be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement or to a decree compelling performance of any of such covenants, conditions or provisions.

15.10 Survival . Sections 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 15 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

15.11 Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease. This Agreement and all the rights of parties under it are expressly subject and subordinate to the Lease. Each party agrees that it will not, by its act or omission to act, cause a default under the Lease. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties confirm, each to the other, that it is not practical in this Agreement to restate all of the rights and obligations of the various parties under the Lease and to specifically

 

18


allocate those rights and obligations in this Agreement. Accordingly, in order to afford to User the benefits of this Agreement and of those provisions of the Lease that by their nature are intended to benefit the party in possession of the Property, and in order to protect Tenant against a default by User that might cause a default or event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the parties agree:

(a) Provided User shall timely pay all Rent when due under this Agreement, Tenant shall pay, when due, all base rent, additional rent and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Tenant shall perform its covenants and obligations under the Lease that do not require possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space for their performance and that are not otherwise to be performed under this Agreement by User on behalf of Tenant. For example, Tenant shall at all times keep in full force and effect all insurance required of Tenant as Tenant under the Lease unless that requirement is waived in writing by, Landlord.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, User shall perform all affirmative covenants and shall refrain from performing any act that is prohibited by the negative covenants of the Lease, where the obligation to perform or refrain from performing is by its nature imposed upon the party in possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space. If practicable, User shall perform affirmative covenants that are also covenants of Tenant under the Lease at least 5 days prior to the date when Tenant’s performance is required under the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to enter the User Office Space to cure any default by User under this Section.

(d) Tenant shall not agree with Landlord to any amendment to the Lease that might have an adverse effect on User’s occupancy of the User Office Space or its use of the Shared Space for their intended purpose, unless Tenant shall first obtain User’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Tenant grants to User the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Shared Space and/or User Office Space that are to be provided by Landlord under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall have no duty to perform any obligations of Landlord that are, by their nature, the obligation of an owner or manager of real property. For example, Tenant shall not be required to provide the services or repairs that the Landlord is required to provide under the Lease. Tenant shall have no responsibility for or be liable to User for any default, failure, or delay on the part of Landlord in the performance or observance by Landlord of any of its obligations under the Lease, nor shall any default by Landlord affect this Agreement or waive or defer the performance of any of User’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the default by Landlord excuses performance by Tenant as Tenant under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties contemplate that Landlord will perform its obligations under the Lease and in the event of any default or failure of performance by Landlord, Tenant agrees that it will, upon notice from User, make demand upon Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease, and if User agrees to pay all costs and expenses of Tenant (to be shared by Tenant pro rata if Landlord’s default adversely affects Tenant) and provides Tenant with security for that payment reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant will take appropriate legal action to enforce the Lease.

 

19


(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no instance shall User have any greater rights under this Agreement than the rights that are afforded to Tenant under the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. User acknowledges and agrees that User has received a copy of the Lease and will abide by the terms, covenants and agreements set forth therein. In the event that Tenant’s consent or approval is required or requested by User in connection with any provision of this Agreement, Tenant shall not in any manner be obligated to provide consent or approval if Landlord’s prior consent or approval is required under the terms of the Lease and Landlord fails to provide such consent or approval upon request of either party.

15.12 Landlord’s Consent. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties under it are expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s obtaining Landlord’s consent to this Agreement. User shall promptly deliver to Tenant any information reasonably requested by Landlord (in connection with Landlord’s approval of this Agreement) with respect to the nature and operation of User’s business, the financial condition of User, or both. Tenant and User agree, for the benefit of Landlord, that this Agreement and Landlord’s consent hereto shall not: (a) create privity of contract between Landlord and User; (b) be deemed to have amended the Lease in any regard (unless Landlord shall have expressly agreed to the amendment and such amendment is executed by all applicable parties); or (c) be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment of the Lease by Tenant or any further subletting of premises leased pursuant to the Lease, or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment by User of this Agreement or any sub-subletting of all or any part of the Property. Landlord’s consent shall, however, be deemed to evidence Landlord’s agreement that User may use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets for the uses set forth in Section 4 above. If Landlord fails to consent to this Agreement within 30 days after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the other at any time thereafter, but before Landlord grants consent.

16. Definitions.

16.1 Mortgage; Mortgagee . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Mortgage ” is used it will mean any indenture of mortgage or a deed of trust which at the time in question is a lien on Tenant’s and or Landlord’s interest in the Property and any supplement to, modification, renewal, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof. The term “ Mortgagee ” will mean the holder of such Mortgage.

16.2 Late Payment Rate . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Late Payment Rate ” is used it will mean the greater of (a) 10% per annum, or (b) the rate of interest which is 3% over the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal under “WSJ Prime Rate” from time to time) charged at the time interest is accruing at the Late Payment Rate, whichever is higher, unless prohibited by law, in which case “ Late Payment Rate ” will mean the maximum contract rate permitted by law.

 

20


16.3 Proportionate Share . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proportionate Share ” will mean User’s Share as defined in Section 2.1 above and in the case of Tenant, Tenant’s Proportional share shall be the amount remaining after subtracting User’s Share from 100% (i.e. if User’s Share is 40% the Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 60%).

16.4 Unavoidable Delays . Wherever in this Agreement the term “ Unavoidable Delays ” or words of similar import appear, they will be construed to mean delays due to strikes, lock-outs, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, governmental restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or similar causes, provided such similar causes are beyond the control of User or Tenant, as the case may be. Whenever delay in completion of a performance is excused by reason of Unavoidable Delays, delay in commencement of such performance will also be excused if caused by Unavoidable Delays.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT CANADA INC.,

      
MONDELĒZ CANADA INC.,

a Canadian corporation

       a Canadian corporation
By:   

 

       By:      

 

Its:   

 

       Its:      

 

 

21

Exhibit 10.17

 

 

2842 SPIEGEL DR., COLUMBUS, OH (“COLUMBUS”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  
1.   SHARED SPACE; DURATION OF AGREEMENT; OFFICE SERVICES      1   
  1.1    Shared Space; Duration      1   
  1.2    Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces      2   
  1.3    Relationship with 3PL      2   
2.   PAYMENTS; SECURITY DEPOSIT      2   
  2.1    Rent/Calculation of User’s Share      2   
  2.2    Stipulated User’s Share; Variations      3   
  2.3    Payment Terms      3   
  2.4    Interest on Late Payments      3   
  2.5    Payments      3   
  2.6    Security Deposit      3   
  2.7    User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs      3   
3.   USER’S OBLIGATION TO PAY REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES      3   
  3.1    Definition of Reimbursable Expenses      3   
  3.2    Definition of Operating Costs      3   
  3.3    Definition of Taxes      5   
  3.4    Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease      5   
  3.5    Estimates      5   
  3.6    Example      6   
4.   PERMITTED USES      6   
5.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR      6   
  5.1    No Law Violations or Nuisances      6   
  5.2    Compliance With Laws      6   
  5.3    Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing      7   
6.   INSURANCE      7   
  6.1    Property and Casualty      7   
  6.2    Liability      8   
  6.3    Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance      8   
  6.4    Additional Insureds      8   

 

i


  6.5    Waiver of Subrogation Rights      8   
7.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS, EARLY TERMINATION AND RESTRICTIONS, ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      8   
  7.1    No Liens      8   
  7.2    No Assignment and Subletting      9   
  7.3    Early Termination Options      9   
  7.4    Covenant Against Waste      9   
  7.5    Restriction on Third Party Vendors      9   
  7.6    Loading Docks and Shared Assets      10   
8.   CONDEMNATION; DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      10   
  8.1    Condemnation      10   
  8.2    Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate      10   
  8.3    User Right to Terminate      10   
  8.4    Insurance Proceeds      10   
  8.5    Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities      11   
9.   CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS      11   
  9.1    By User      11   
  9.2    Standards; Timing; Insurance      11   
  9.3    Part of Property      11   
  9.4    Tenant Not Responsible      12   
10.   WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION      12   
  10.1    Waiver and Release      12   
  10.2    Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair      12   
  10.3    Risk of Loss      12   
  10.4    Indemnification Against Claims      12   
  10.5    Indemnification Against Costs      12   
11.   INSPECTION OF OFFICE AND SHARED SPACES      13   
  11.1    Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes      13   
  11.2    Entry For Sale or Other Purposes      13   
12.   DEFAULTS      13   
  12.1    Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options      13   
  12.2    Tenant’s Further Remedies      13   
  12.3    Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform      14   

 

ii


  12.4    Waivers by User      14   
13.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION      14   
  13.1    Negotiation and mediation      14   
  13.2    Arbitration or litigation      14   
14.   SURRENDER OF SPACE/HOLDOVER      16   
  14.1    Holdover      16   
  14.2    Notices      16   
15.   MISCELLANEOUS      17   
  15.1    No brokers      17   
  15.2    Relationship of parties      17   
  15.3    Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment      17   
  15.4    Waiver      18   
  15.5    Counterparts      18   
  15.6    Severability      18   
  15.7    Interpretation      18   
  15.8    Governing Law      18   
  15.9    Remedies cumulative      18   
  15.10    Survival      18   
  15.11    Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease      18   
  15.12    Landlord’s Consent      20   
16.   DEFINITIONS      20   
  16.1    Mortgage; Mortgagee      20   
  16.2    Late Payment Rate      20   
  16.3    Proportionate Share      21   
  16.4    Unavoidable Delays      21   
Exhibit A: Identification of Space Used by User   
Exhibit B: Budget   
Schedule 1(a): Tenant’s Assets   
Schedule 1(b): User’s Assets   
Schedule 1(c): Shared Assets   
Schedule 2: Additional Covenants   
Annex 1: Protocols   
Annex 2: Wire Instructions   

 

iii


2842 SPIEGEL DR., COLUMBUS, OH (“COLUMBUS”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

This Shared Warehouse Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ Tenant ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ User ”) and is dated as of the Distribution Date, as defined in that certain Separation Agreement entered into between Tenant and User’s parent company as of the Distribution Date (the “ Separation Agreement ”). (The Distribution Date is referred in this Agreement as the “ Effective Date ”.)

A. Tenant is the Tenant under that certain lease dated November 24, 2009, as amended (“ Lease ”) with DRCS 936 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) for the real property commonly known as 2842 Spiegel Dr., Columbus, OH (“ Property ”).

B. The Property consists of offices and a 937,308 square foot warehouse and surrounding real property improved with a parking lot and other amenities. The warehouse is improved with various owned and leased, fixed assets, equipment and systems which support the warehouse functions (the foregoing assets are referred to collectively as the “ Site Assets ”). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(a). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by User (“ User’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(b). During the Use Period (as defined below) Tenant and User shall each have their Proportionate Share (as defined below) of use of the Site Assets listed on Schedule 1(c) as of June 30, 2012, and which will be updated from time to time to reflect additions and subtractions as required in the usual course of business, with an updated final schedule to be provided to User as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date (such Schedule 1(c) items hereinafter referred to as “ Shared Assets ”). For purposes of this Agreement, only Shared Assets are included in the definition of Property.

C. User has requested, and Tenant has agreed (on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement), to grant User the right to use User’s Share of the Property exclusively for its warehousing operations and limited office use (“ Business Activities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth below.

Therefore, Tenant and User agree as follows:

1. Shared Space; Duration of Agreement; Office Services .

1.1 Shared Space; Duration . Upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant will let User use, and User agrees to use a limited number of the pallets within the warehouse and generally located within those portions of the Property depicted on Exhibit A as the “ Shared Space ” for the period of time (“ Use Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date (“ Use Commencement Date ”), and ending no later than 11:59 p.m. on the day preceding the second anniversary of the Effective Date (“ Use Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. User also has the right to use its Proportionate Share of the offices (“ User Office Space ”) located within the Property and the routes necessary and reasonable for ingress and egress to and from the Shared Space and User Office Space. User will have no right to use those areas of the Property outside of the User Office Space, Shared Space and access routes, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Tenant.


1.2 Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces . User acknowledges that it is familiar with the physical condition of the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and that except for the obligations Tenant has agreed to undertake in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any representations or warranties regarding the condition of the Property. User taking possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space, Shared Assets or any portion thereof will be conclusive evidence against User that the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets were in good order and satisfactory condition. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any promise to alter, remove, improve, redecorate or clean the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto, nor has Tenant made any representation respecting the condition of the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto. User and Tenant each hereby agrees that the premises are leased in their AS IS, WHERE IS condition with any and all latent or patent defects.

1.3 Relationship with 3PL.

(a) User and Tenant agree and acknowledge that each party to this Agreement is responsible for entering into and abiding by the terms of its respective agreements with Schenker Logistics, Inc., a third party logistics service company (“ 3PL ”), the party who handles all aspects of the warehousing and logistics functions at the Property pursuant to a separate agreement (“ 3PL Agreement ”). 3PL and their approved subcontractors (as detailed in the 3PL Agreement) are the only parties permitted by Tenant to perform services of any kind in the Property. No other third parties will have access to the Property, without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Tenant in it sole and absolute discretion. User will abide by the 3PL Agreement and cause 3PL to abide by the statements of work and protocols governing the shared use of the Property and dispute resolution terms for exigent circumstances as set forth on Annex 1 (the “ Protocols ”). At all times when there are two separate 3PL agreements in place, Tenant covenants not to change its 3PL without User’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (For purposes of clarity, User’s consent shall not be required when Section 1.3(b) below is applicable.)

(b) To the extent that a separate 3PL Agreement is not entered into by User, the obligations of User under this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to any agreement that Tenant has in place with its own 3PL provider, a copy of which will be provided to User. User agrees to comply with all terms of Tenant’s 3PL agreement and will indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from failure to comply with the 3PL Agreement and will pay a ratable share of all costs and expenses relating to any services provided there under as Operating Costs, consistent with past practices.

2. Payments; Security Deposit.

2.1 Rent/Calculation of User’s Share . For the right to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and the Shared Assets, User will pay Rent (as defined below) to Tenant. As used in this Agreement, “ Rent ” means User’s Share (as defined below) of Reimbursable Expenses (as defined in Section 3 below) as incurred by Tenant in connection with the use and operation of

 

2


the entire Property (including Shared Assets) as well as any other amounts stated in this Agreement to be included in the definition of Rent. “ User’s Share ” means the percentage set forth below in Section 2.2. The cost of the use of User’s Office Space is factored into the above calculation.)

2.2 Stipulated User’s Share; Variations . Tenant and User stipulate that the User’s Share is 45% as of the Use Commencement Date. User shall be entitled to use User’s Share of pallets within the Property and User’s Share of Office Space. User will not be entitled to increase or decrease User’s Share during the Use Period unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, in a formal, written amendment to this Agreement.

2.3 Payment Terms . All Rent will be paid by User to Tenant, in advance, on the first day of the month for which due. Any Rent for a period of less than one month will be adjusted pro rata. It is the intention of the parties that User shall pay for User’s Share of all costs and expenses relating to the Shared Space regardless of User’s actual use thereof. All Rent and any other sums due Tenant hereunder will be paid at such place as Tenant previously may have designated in a notice to User, and in the absence of such designation will be paid by wire transfer pursuant to the written wire instructions attached hereto as Annex 2 or as otherwise sent by Tenant to User in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.

2.4 Interest on Late Payments . All Rent and any other sums required by this Agreement to be paid to Tenant will bear interest from the date due at the Late Payment Rate (as that term is defined in Section 16.2 below) until paid.

2.5 Payments . The Rent payable under this Agreement will be paid to Tenant without notice or demand and without abatement, deduction, or setoff (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement).

2.6 Security Deposit . No security deposit shall be required under this Agreement.

2.7 User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs. User covenants to timely pay all 3PL costs and expenses related to the 3PL Agreement. User agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all costs due 3PL and other third parties engaged or employed by User.

3. User’s Obligation to Pay Reimbursable Expenses. User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of Reimbursable Expenses, as adjusted from time to time, as a component of Rent. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the understanding and intention of the parties to ratably share all costs and expenses in the operation of the Property including all costs incurred by Tenant for the Shared Space. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

3.1 Definition of Reimbursable Expenses. Reimbursable Expenses ” means “ Operating Costs ” (as defined below) plus “ Taxes ” (as defined below).

3.2 Definition of Operating Costs. Operating Costs ” means, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Use Period, the aggregate of all costs, expenses, and liabilities of every kind or nature paid or incurred by Tenant in connection with the use/ownership, operation

 

3


and maintenance of the “ Project ” (being the Property, all underlying land, together with driveways, parking facilities, warehouse and loading dock areas, roadways and any other similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or operation thereof as well as all Shared Assets and the warehouse management system (“WMS”) components used in the overall operation of the warehouse, but excluding those components of the WMS system used exclusively for Tenant’s operations). Operating Costs include, but are not limited to, the following costs determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied: (A) all rent due under the Lease (including all amounts of base rent and additional pass through charges from Landlord regardless of whether such amounts are designated as rental payments, operating costs or financial liabilities of Tenant under the Lease) plus property management and/or administrative fees and expenses that are related to management of the Project; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project; (C) cost of all association fees, landscaping, janitorial services, waste disposal, and utilities (including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, and other services) for the Property, unless the same are separately metered and billed by such service provider directly to User or 3PL as reasonably determined by Tenant or charged by Landlord; (D) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project including but not limited to paving and parking areas, roads, roof repairs, alleys and driveways, trash collection, sweeping and removal of trash for the common areas, mowing and snow removal, landscaping and exterior painting, the cost of maintaining utility lines, fire sprinklers and fire protection systems, exterior lighting, Shared Assets and mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Project; (E) service, maintenance and management contracts for the operation, maintenance, management, repair, replacement, and security of the Project (including but not limited to alarm service, window cleaning, and service of the Shared Assets); (F) costs of professional services rendered for the general benefit of the Project; (G) environmental insurance or environmental management fees to the extent required by the Lease or otherwise prudent; (H) the cost of any insurance deductibles for insurance required to be maintained by Tenant; (I) all insurance expenses provided the same are related to insuring the Property and/or Shared Assets; (J) depreciation of any component of the Project and (K) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including but not limited to all utility costs) of the Project, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Tenant or as required by the Lease to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Tenant, using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment or as required by the Lease, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any new interpretations of any Law hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord or Tenant, in its reasonable discretion. As used in this Lease, the term “ Law ” refers to any federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, court orders, governmental directives, governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting this Agreement or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User and Tenant agree that the following costs are specifically excluded from Operating Costs: (i) any costs relating to the Tenant’s Assets, and (ii) insurance costs that are not related to insuring the Property or Shared Assets.

 

4


3.3 Definition of Taxes. Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including but not limited to transfer taxes and non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding , however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Tenant a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a margin tax, franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Project, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ Taxes ” for purposes hereof). Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower Taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project. The parties agree and understand that Taxes are not predictable and may increase significantly over the term of this Agreement.

3.4 Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease . If Tenant is obligated to pay any additional amounts under the Lease, which are not otherwise included in this Section 3, whether the additional rent is to reimburse Landlord for taxes, operating expenses, billboard fees, association fees, insurance coverage, common area maintenance charges, or other expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Project, User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of that additional rent (to the extent that additional rent is attributable to events or amounts billed for periods falling within or occurring during the term of this Agreement). The payment shall be due from User to Tenant no fewer than five (5) days before Tenant’s payment of such additional rent is due to the Landlord, provided that User shall have been billed at least 10 days before that date (the bill shall be accompanied by a copy of Landlord’s bill and other material furnished to Tenant in connection with the bill). Any such amounts incurred shall be included within the definition of “ Rent ” for purposes of this Agreement.

3.5 Estimates. User shall pay to Tenant, in advance on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the estimated Rent for each year of the Use Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Attached as Exhibit B is an budget for the Project prepared by Tenant and approved by User, which reflects a good faith estimate of Rent. Based on Exhibit B, the parties have agreed that User will pay to Tenant the monthly sum allocated to User on Exhibit B, in advance, as Tenant’s initial estimate of Rent. From time to time, Tenant may estimate and re-estimate the amount of Rent to be due and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to User. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Rent shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, User shall have paid all of Rent estimated by Tenant for such calendar year. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when the actual amount of Rent is available for each calendar year or fraction thereof (in the instance of any partial calendar year).

(a) On or before January 31 of each calendar year during the term (and within 180 days of the Use Expiration Date), Tenant shall furnish to User a statement of Rent for the previous year (the “ Rent Statement ”). If Tenant fails to issue a Rent Statement, User will send a written request for Tenant to issue a Rent Statement. Within 30 days of receipt of the request for

 

5


Rent Statement, Tenant will then issue a Rent Statement. If User’s estimated payments of Rent for the year covered by the Rent Statement exceeded the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then Tenant shall promptly credit or reimburse User for such excess; likewise, if User’s estimated payments of Rent for such year were less than the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then User shall promptly pay Tenant such deficiency. All true up obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the Use Period.

(b) To minimize the administrative burden on each party, Tenant’s books and records with regard to Rent are available for inspection by User at Tenant’s offices during Tenant’s regular business hours for 30 days after the date of issuance of each Rent Statement. The parties agree to work in good faith to address any questions relating to the Rent Statement.

3.6 Example. For purposes of clarity, the following is an example of the parties’ intentions with respect to Rent due under this Agreement: If Reimbursable Expenses total $500,000/month ($400,000 for Operating Costs and $100,000 for Taxes) and User’s Share is 40%, then User shall pay to Tenant as Rent, $200,000/month. If Landlord passes through any additional costs or Tenant incurs any expenses in the operation of the Project due and payable under this Agreement (as miscellaneous expenses) and/or the Lease, User shall pay User’s Share of the such amounts as well, regardless of whether such amounts were included in the estimate. User shall at all times remain responsible for 100% of any services or expenses incurred solely on User’s behalf (i.e. User shall pay 3PL directly and shall be solely responsible for all components of the WMS system that are used solely for User’s operations).

4. Permitted Uses.

User will use Shared Space and User Office Space solely for User’s Business Activities. User will not, without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion) permit the User Office Space or the Shared Space to be used for any purpose substantially different from those activities described in Recital C of this Agreement.

5. Compliance with Laws; Maintenance and Repair.

5.1 No Law Violations or Nuisances . User will not make or permit any use of the Property, or any part thereof, which violates any applicable statute, ordinance, regulation or other requirement of any governmental authority, or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or which may render void or voidable any insurance then carried by Tenant or User pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Compliance With Laws . User will conduct all of its activities within the User Office Space and the Shared Space in a manner conforming to the requirements of all Laws (including but not limited to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of any governmental authority, the regulations or other requirements of any national or local fire marshal, board of fire underwriters or any other body exercising similar functions) and the requirements of all policies of insurance maintained in force on or with respect to the Property pursuant to this Agreement. User will keep the User Office Space and the Shared Space equipped with all safety appliances required because of User’s use. User will obtain and keep in force any licenses and permits required by, and otherwise comply with the orders and regulations of, all governmental authorities relating to User’s use of the Property.

 

6


5.3 Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing .

(a) Tenant’s Obligations; User Share of Costs . Tenant, to the extent required under the Lease, will maintain the Property in good order, repair and condition. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 may include: (i) the foundation, roof and structural soundness of the concrete floors and exterior walls; (ii) those portions of the water, plumbing, sewer and electrical systems that are not within the possession or control of the User Office Space; and (iii) the driveways, parking areas and other areas adjoining the Property. Tenant will not be required to commence any repairs in the User Office Space or Shared Space until a reasonable time after written notice from User that the same are necessary. The obligation of Tenant to maintain in good condition and repair those parts of the Property, as provided above, will not extend to any damage or disrepair caused by the neglect or fault of User or its employees, contractors or agents, which damage or disrepair will be repaired by Tenant and the full amount of the costs incurred will be charged to User. The provisions of this Section 5.3 will not apply in the event of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking by condemnation by any competent authority. In any such event, the obligation of Tenant will be controlled as otherwise provided in this Agreement. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3(a) will be included in the calculation of Rent.

(b) User Obligations . User will at all times keep the Shared Space and User Office Space clean, neat and safe, and in good order and condition. At the end of the Use Period. User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with the use, repair, maintenance and replacement of the User’s Assets.

(c) WMS and 3PL . User will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of Tenant and Landlord from and against User’s breach of this Agreement, failure to pay for the costs associated with its contracts and for any negligence or misconduct of User, its employees, agents and contractors. This indemnification obligation shall specifically apply to the 3PL Agreement and the WMS System.

(d) Maintenance of Temperature at Conditioned Sites . The parties agree that 3PL is solely responsible for all temperature controls within the warehouse. In the event of any issues arising with respect to the temperature conditions impacting storage within the warehouse, the impacted party will immediately notify 3PL and cause 3PL to promptly address any issues.

6. Insurance.

6.1 Property and Casualty . At all times throughout the Use Period, and subject to the terms of the Lease, Tenant will: (a) keep the Property insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties; and (b) carry and maintain broad form boiler and machinery insurance on all equipment and objects (which are part of the Property) customarily covered by such insurance. All such insurance obtained by Tenant will be in such amounts and with such coverage as Tenant determines in its discretion or is otherwise required by the Lease. At all times throughout the Use Period, User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, keep User’s personal property, inventory and equipment, including but not limited to the User’s Assets (collectively, “ Personal Property ”) insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties.

 

7


6.2 Liability . User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, throughout the term of this Agreement, but for the mutual benefit of Tenant and User, maintain the following kinds and amounts of insurance: (a) comprehensive general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury and property damage, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate in respect of bodily injury or death; (b) employer’s liability insurance in the amount of not less than $1,000,000; and (c) workmen’s compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by Law.

6.3 Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance . All insurance provided for in this Section 6 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers with an AM Best rating of A-VII or better. Certificates of insurance will be provided upon request by either party.

6.4 Additional Insureds . All policies of insurance provided for by Tenant in Section 6.l above will name Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s Mortgagee (if any) as the insureds, as their respective interests may appear and all policies of insurance provided for by User in Section 6.1 above will name User as the insured. All policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.2 above will name User as the insured and Landlord and Tenant and each party’s Mortgagee as additional insureds. All such policies will provide that should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with policy provisions to the Tenant.

6.5 Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Whenever (a) any loss, cost, damage or expense resulting from fire or other casualty is incurred by either Tenant or User or anyone claiming by, through or under either of them in connection with the Property, and (b) the party suffering such loss is then either covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to such loss, cost, damage or expense (or is required under this Agreement to be so insured), then the party so insured (or so required) hereby releases the other party from any liability said other party may have on account of such loss, cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such insurance (or which could have been recovered, had insurance been carried as so required) and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof.

7. Negative Covenants, Early Termination and Restrictions, Additional Covenants.

7.1 No Liens . User will not suffer or permit any vendor’s, mechanic’s, laborer’s, or materialman’s statutory or similar lien to be filed against the Property or any interest of Tenant or User therein by reason of labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to User or anyone holding or using the Property, or any part thereof, through or under User (including labor, services or materials supplied in connection with any repairs or maintenance provided by User under Section 1.3 or Section 5 above). If any such lien is filed against the Property, User will, within 20 days after notice of the filing thereof, cause the same to be released and discharged.

 

8


7.2 No Assignment and Subletting . As a material inducement for Tenant to enter into this Agreement with User, User agrees that neither this Agreement nor User’s interest hereunder will under any circumstances, whether voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law, be assigned or transferred by User, nor will User allow any other person to use or occupy any portion of the User Office Space or Shared Space, without in each case the prior written consent of Tenant being first obtained (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion). User agrees and acknowledges that the Tenant is ultimately responsible to Landlord under all terms of the Lease and therefore it is reasonable for Tenant to be exercising its right to consent or to not consent in its sole and absolute discretion. This absolute presumption against assignment or sub-letting User’s interest under this Agreement overrides any rights that may exist under the Lease that are more generous than the provisions of this Section 7.2.

7.3 Early Termination Options

(a) User’s Early Termination Option. User may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Tenant no less than 180 days’ prior to the date of intended early termination (“ User Termination Notice ”). The User Termination Notice shall advise Tenant of the date on which User will vacate the Property, said date being no earlier than 180 days from the date of the User Termination Notice (“ User Termination Date ”). Notwithstanding any early termination in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.3, User will be liable for all rent accruing through the User Termination Date, regardless of whether or not User chooses to remain in physical possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space and/or Shared Assets. For purposes of clarity, in the Event that User delivers the User Termination Notice and provided that User timely vacates the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, User will only be responsible for its obligations, including payment of Rent and other charges, under this Agreement accruing through the User Termination Date, but will not, however, be liable for Rent or other costs first accruing after the User Termination Date.

(b) Termination by Mutual Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the parties mutually agree to enter into separate agreements with third parties for warehousing, use of the facility, office space and a lease of the Building, including without limitation WMS (e.g. Red Prairie, Matrics), and have segregated all owned or leased assets used in the facility, upon User providing Tenant with appropriate evidence of the documentation supporting the segregation and Landlord’s release of Tenant from all obligations under the Lease relating to User’s continued use of the Property, this Agreement shall terminate effective as of the date of the commencement of completely independent operations, without any penalties under this Agreement.

7.4 Covenant Against Waste . User agrees not to do or suffer any waste or damage to, or impairment of the value of, the Property.

7.5 Restriction on Third Party Vendors . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, User will not enter into any third party vendor agreements that entail the use, presence, installation of systems or occupancy by any vendor of the User Office Space or Shared Space without Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

9


7.6 Loading Docks and Shared Assets . User will not utilize more than User’s Share of any loading docks or Shared Assets included in the Shared Space without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion).

7.7 Additional Covenants. The additional covenants set forth on Schedule 2 are incorporated into the body of this Section 7.7 as if fully restated herein.

8. Condemnation; Damage and Destruction.

8.1 Condemnation . If all or any Material (as defined below) part of the Property is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Agreement will terminate on the date of vesting of title in the condemning party under such eminent domain proceedings, and all Rent and other sums payable by User hereunder will be prorated to the date of such vesting. Notwithstanding any judicial allocation of any award, the entire award will be paid to Tenant (or to Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any, under the terms of its Mortgage), and User will not have any right to any apportionment of or share in the award. For purposes of this Section 8, “ Material ” or “ Materially ” shall mean at least 50% of the User Office Space and Shared Space or 70% of the Property is damaged, destroyed or taken so that User is unable to use the User Office Space and Shared Space for its intended purposes.

8.2 Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If the Property is damaged or destroyed, regardless of the cause or the amount of the loss or the existence of insurance to cover such loss, Landlord/Tenant will have the right, but not the obligation, to either repair the damage or terminate this Agreement. If Landlord/Tenant elects to repair, repair and restoration will be promptly commenced and diligently pursued to completion, due allowance being made for time needed to adjust insurance and for Unavoidable Delays (as defined below). The performance by User of its other obligations under this Agreement will continue notwithstanding any such loss, except for temporary suspension of performance rendered impossible by such damage or destruction. However, User will be entitled to an abatement of Rent with respect to any portion of the User Office Space and Shared Space which User is unable to use for its business activities. If Landlord/Tenant elects not to restore such damage, this Agreement will be terminated effective as of the date Landlord/Tenant notifies User that Landlord/Tenant does not intend to restore.

8.3 User Right to Terminate . If the Property is Materially destroyed, User will have an option to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Tenant. Upon the exercise of such an option, this Agreement will terminate and User will pay all Rent and its Proportionate Share of other charges then due hereunder, equitably apportioned to the date of such termination.

8.4 Insurance Proceeds . All Insurance proceeds on account of any loss will be paid [first in accordance with the terms of the Lease and thereafter,] to Tenant and may be used by Tenant to pay the costs of restoration of such improvements or may be kept by Tenant in its sole discretion.

 

10


8.5 Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities . In no event will Tenant be liable to User for loss of revenue, or indirect, special or consequential damages arising out of the partial or total destruction or damage to the Property or any portion thereof by reason of a fire or other casualty.

9. Changes and Alterations.

9.1 By User . User is absolutely prohibited from making any changes or alterations to the User Office Space, Shared Space, Shared Assets or to systems and/or infrastructure supporting such areas, in each instance without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant does so consent, User will provide Tenant with copies of all plans and contracts and procure and pay for all required permits and authorizations of the various governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant agrees to join in the application for such permits or authorizations whenever such action is necessary at User’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses of any labor, materials or other work to the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets pursuant to this Section 9 and for all costs and expenses associated with the removal of the User’s Assets and any repairs to or cleaning of the Shared Space and User Office Space that may be required following the removal of the User’s Assets at the end of the Use Period. User agrees and acknowledges that in some instances, Landlord’s consent may also be required for any change, repair or alteration and in such instances, Tenant’s consent shall not relieve User from the obligation of obtaining Landlord’s consent as well.

9.2 Standards; Timing; Insurance . If Tenant consents to any change or alteration, (and Landlord’s consent, where required), the following requirements will apply: (a) all work done in connection therewith will be done promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Lease and zoning laws of the place in which the Property is located and with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and the appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof, and in accordance with the orders, rules and regulations of the fire marshal or board of fire underwriters where the Property is situated or any other body exercising similar functions; (b) the cost of any such change or alteration will be paid in cash so that the Property will at all times be free of liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Property; (c) the work of any change or alteration will be prosecuted with reasonable dispatch, Unavoidable Delays excepted; (d) there will be maintained workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work and with respect to whom death or injury claims could be asserted against Tenant, User or the Property; and (e) general liability insurance for the mutual benefit of User and Tenant (and Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any), as described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement, will be increased to such amounts as requested or required by Landlord/Tenant, at User’s sole cost and expense at all times when any work is in process in connection with any change or alteration.

9.3 Part of Property . All improvements and alterations made or installed by User in or on the Property, immediately upon completion or installation thereof, will be and become a part of the Property and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At Tenant’s sole discretion, User will remove all improvements and alterations made or installed by User and restore the Property to the condition existing prior to commencement of the Use Period, at User’s sole cost.

 

11


9.4 Tenant Not Responsible . Tenant, by approving or inspecting any design, plans, drawings or specifications or any contract for work or materials or the method of performing any work by User or its employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors, does not assume any responsibility or liability as to the safety, adequacy, sufficiency, legality or otherwise of what is approved or inspected, which responsibility or liability will be and remain with User.

10. Waiver of Claims; Indemnification.

10.1 Waiver and Release . User waives and releases Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees from all claims for damage to person or property sustained by User relating to: (i) the Property or the land appurtenant thereto or any part thereof or any equipment or appurtenance therein or thereon becoming out of repair; (ii) any accident in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto; and (iii) any act, directly or indirectly, of Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees.

10.2 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair . If any damage to the Property or to Tenant or to other users of the Property, results from any act, omission or neglect of User or of User’s contractors, agents or employees, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, repair such damage and User will, upon demand by Tenant, promptly reimburse Tenant for the total cost of such repairs in excess of the amount, if any, paid to Tenant under insurance covering such damages.

10.3 Risk of Loss . All Personal Property situated in the Property and belonging to User, its contractors, agents or employees or visitors or any occupant of the premises will be situated there at the risk of User or such other person only, and Tenant will not be liable for damage thereto or theft, misappropriation or loss thereof.

10.4 Indemnification Against Claims . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.5 and 9.4 above, Tenant and User agree to hold each other harmless and indemnify each other, their respective officers, directors, agents, contractors and employees from and against all claims, liability and costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) for injuries to persons and damage to property, arising from occurrences in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto, caused in whole or in part, by the act, omission or negligence of the other of them, their respective agents, contractors, employees and visitors.

10.5 Indemnification Against Costs . User agrees to pay, and to indemnify Tenant against, all legal costs and charges, including counsel fees, lawfully and reasonably incurred in connection with the following: (a) obtaining possession of any portion of the Property after a default by User and its failure to cure such default within the time provided in this Agreement; (b) User’s default of all obligations under this Agreement including, but not limited to, in surrendering possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and/or in enforcing any covenant or agreement of User in this Agreement; or (c) in any suit or proceeding affecting the Property or this Agreement to which the Tenant is joined as a party by reason of User’s use of the Property under this Agreement.

 

12


11. Inspection of Office and Shared Spaces.

11.1 Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes . User agrees to permit Landlord/Tenant and Landlord/Tenant’s authorized representatives to enter the User Office Space at all reasonable times for the purposes of: (a) inspecting the same, and (b) making any necessary repairs to the Property and performing any work therein that may be necessary by reason of User’s default under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant has no obligation to perform any work that User is required to perform under this Agreement, and Landlord/Tenant’s performance thereof will not constitute a waiver of User’s default in failing to perform the same. Landlord/Tenant may, during the progress of any such work in the User Office Space, keep and store upon the User Office Space all necessary materials, tools and equipment. Tenant will not in any event be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, or damage to User by reason of making such repairs or the performance of any such work in the Property, or on account of bringing materials, supplies and equipment into or through the Property during the course thereof, and the obligations of User under this Agreement will not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever.

11.2 Entry For Sale or Other Purposes . Landlord/Tenant is hereby given the right at all reasonable times to enter the User Office Space and to exhibit the same for the purpose of sale or any other purposes, and Tenant will use reasonable care to avoid disturbing User during any such entry.

12. Defaults.

12.1 Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options . If (i) User defaults in the payment of any Rent, or any other amounts due hereunder or in the maintenance of insurance or allows any lien to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, and such default continues for 10 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (ii) if User defaults in the performance of any other obligation under this Agreement and such default continues for 30 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (iii) if User files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or if such a petition is filed against User and is not dismissed within 60 days, then Tenant may, at its option, without further notice, elect to terminate this Agreement or (without terminating this Agreement) to terminate User’s rights to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and in such event Tenant or Tenant’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the User Office Space and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or otherwise, without being liable for indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and with or without terminating this Agreement, and repossess and enjoy the User Office Space, together with all additions, alterations and improvements.

12.2 Tenant’s Further Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement will limit or prejudice Tenant’s right to prove and obtain as liquidated damages arising out of any breach or default by User the maximum amount allowed by any statute or rule of law, whether such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amounts payable by User hereunder during what would have been the balance of the Use Period.

 

13


12.3 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform . If User defaults in the payment of any amounts due under this Agreement or other tax or excise or in the maintenance of insurance or the repair or restoration of the Property, or allows any lien arising on account of any act or omission of User to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, or fails to make any other payment or perform any other act, agreement, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, Tenant may cure any such default, and the cost thereof together with interest at the Late Payment Rate will be an additional amount due from User upon demand.

12.4 Waivers by User . USER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE SERVICE OF NOTICE OF INTENTION TO RE-ENTER PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, OR TO INSTITUTE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS TO THAT END, AND ALSO WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT OF REDEMPTION PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE IN CASE USER IS DISPOSSESSED BY A JUDGMENT OR BY WARRANT OF ANY COURT OR JUDGE. USER WAIVES AND WILL WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY A JURY IN THE EVENT THAT SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ANY OTHER ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARE INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST IT.

13. Dispute Resolution. Except for disputes relating to the 3PL Agreement and adherence to the Protocol (which are separately governed by the Dispute Resolution Policy (as defined in Section 1.3 above)), any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the remaining provisions of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection 13.1 below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection 13.2 below. The procedures set forth in this Section 13 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

13.1 Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

13.2 Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (a) or (d) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (b) below.

(a) Arbitration .

 

14


(i) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(ii) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(iii) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(b) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees, and expert witness fees.

(d) Arbitration for Financial Disputes . In the event of a dispute involving calculations of Rent, Reimbursable Expenses, interest calculations or other purely financial matters, any arbitration under subsection (a) will be handled at the end of the calendar year in which the dispute arose, in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement. If the parties have not resolved the disputed matters within 30 days after the end of the calendar year, the dispute will be submitted to, and heard before, Ernst & Young LLP, or if such

 

15


accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of Tenant or User, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. The arbitration will be limited solely to the financial calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (d), the provisions in subsection (a) will apply to any arbitration under this subsection (d). In order to minimize the administrative burden of resolving ongoing financial disputes, all financial disputes requiring arbitration will be handled at the end of the calendar year in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement.

14. Surrender of Space/Holdover. User will, upon termination of this Agreement, surrender the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets (solely to the extent the same are not User’s Assets) to Tenant in good order, condition and repair, except for reasonable wear and tear and for damage that User is not required under the terms of this Agreement to restore or repair.

14.1 Holdover . Should User, or any of its successors in interest, hold over in its occupancy of the Property, or any part thereof, after the Use Expiration Date, unless otherwise agreed in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy only, terminable at the will of Tenant, at a rental equal to the greater of (a) the then fair market rental value of the Shared Space and if applicable the User Office Space, or (b) the total rental payable for the last month of the Use Period plus fifty percent (50%) of such amount, payable in full on the first day on which User holds over and on the first day of each month thereafter during such holdover period. The holdover rental amount shall be recalculated and adjusted upwards monthly. The inclusion of the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Tenant’s permission for User to hold over. In addition, User shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all loss, costs (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and all costs and expenses incurred under the Lease) and liability resulting from such holdover, including but not limited to any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon User’s failure to vacate the Property upon expiration of the Use Period, as it may be extended, and any lost profits to Tenant and or Landlord resulting therefrom.

14.2 Notices. All notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

If to Tenant:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                         

Email:                      

 

16


With a copy to:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                          

Email:                      

If to User:

100 DeForest Ave.

East Hanover, NJ 07936

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                         

Email:                      

With a copy to:

Three Parkway North, Suite 200

Deerfield, IL 60015

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                         

Email:                      

15. Miscellaneous.

15.1 No brokers . User and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that no broker interested User in the User Office Space or the Shared Space or assisted User or Tenant in the negotiations of this Agreement. User and Tenant hereby agree to hold harmless and indemnify each other from and against all claims for costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), expense or liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with the other of them with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

15.2 Relationship of parties . Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

15.3 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all exhibits) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Separation Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

17


15.4 Waiver . Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

15.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

15.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

15.7 Interpretation . The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

15.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, U.S.A.

15.9 Remedies cumulative . The specific remedies to which Tenant or User may resort under the terms of this Agreement are cumulative. The failure of Tenant or User to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any of the covenants of this Agreement, or to exercise any option herein contained, will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A receipt by Tenant of payments with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or agreement hereof will not be deemed a waiver of a breach by User, and no waiver, change, modification or discharge by either party hereto of this Agreement or of any provision in this Agreement, or surrender by User of the User Office Space, will be deemed to have been made or will be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by both Tenant and User. In addition to the other remedies in this Agreement provided, Tenant and User will be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement or to a decree compelling performance of any of such covenants, conditions or provisions.

15.10 Survival . Sections 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, and 15 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

15.11 Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease. This Agreement and all the rights of parties under it are expressly subject and subordinate to the Lease. Each party agrees that it will not, by its act or omission to act, cause a default under the Lease. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties confirm, each to the other, that it is not practical in this Agreement to restate all of the rights and obligations of the various parties under the Lease and to specifically

 

18


allocate those rights and obligations in this Agreement. Accordingly, in order to afford to User the benefits of this Agreement and of those provisions of the Lease that by their nature are intended to benefit the party in possession of the Property, and in order to protect Tenant against a default by User that might cause a default or event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the parties agree:

(a) Provided User shall timely pay all Rent when due under this Agreement, Tenant shall pay, when due, all base rent, additional rent and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Tenant shall perform its covenants and obligations under the Lease that do not require possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space for their performance and that are not otherwise to be performed under this Agreement by User on behalf of Tenant. For example, Tenant shall at all times keep in full force and effect all insurance required of Tenant as Tenant under the Lease unless that requirement is waived in writing by, Landlord.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, User shall perform all affirmative covenants and shall refrain from performing any act that is prohibited by the negative covenants of the Lease, where the obligation to perform or refrain from performing is by its nature imposed upon the party in possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space. If practicable, User shall perform affirmative covenants that are also covenants of Tenant under the Lease at least 5 days prior to the date when Tenant’s performance is required under the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to enter the User Office Space to cure any default by User under this Section.

(d) Tenant shall not agree with Landlord to any amendment to the Lease that might have an adverse effect on User’s occupancy of the User Office Space or its use of the Shared Space for their intended purpose, unless Tenant shall first obtain User’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Tenant grants to User the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Shared Space and/or User Office Space that are to be provided by Landlord under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall have no duty to perform any obligations of Landlord that are, by their nature, the obligation of an owner or manager of real property. For example, Tenant shall not be required to provide the services or repairs that the Landlord is required to provide under the Lease. Tenant shall have no responsibility for or be liable to User for any default, failure, or delay on the part of Landlord in the performance or observance by Landlord of any of its obligations under the Lease, nor shall any default by Landlord affect this Agreement or waive or defer the performance of any of User’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the default by Landlord excuses performance by Tenant as Tenant under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties contemplate that Landlord will perform its obligations under the Lease and in the event of any default or failure of performance by Landlord, Tenant agrees that it will, upon notice from User, make demand upon Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease, and if User agrees to pay all costs and expenses of Tenant (to be shared by Tenant pro rata if Landlord’s default adversely affects Tenant) and provides Tenant with security for that payment reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant will take appropriate legal action to enforce the Lease.

 

19


(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no instance shall User have any greater rights under this Agreement than the rights that are afforded to Tenant under the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. User acknowledges and agrees that User has received a copy of the Lease and will abide by the terms, covenants and agreements set forth therein. In the event that Tenant’s consent or approval is required or requested by User in connection with any provision of this Agreement, Tenant shall not in any manner be obligated to provide consent or approval if Landlord’s prior consent or approval is required under the terms of the Lease and Landlord fails to provide such consent or approval upon request of either party.

15.12 Landlord’s Consent. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties under it are expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s obtaining Landlord’s consent to this Agreement. User shall promptly deliver to Tenant any information reasonably requested by Landlord (in connection with Landlord’s approval of this Agreement) with respect to the nature and operation of User’s business, the financial condition of User, or both. Tenant and User agree, for the benefit of Landlord, that this Agreement and Landlord’s consent hereto shall not: (a) create privity of contract between Landlord and User; (b) be deemed to have amended the Lease in any regard (unless Landlord shall have expressly agreed to the amendment and such amendment is executed by all applicable parties); or (c) be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment of the Lease by Tenant or any further subletting of premises leased pursuant to the Lease, or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment by User of this Agreement or any sub-subletting of all or any part of the Property. Landlord’s consent shall, however, be deemed to evidence Landlord’s agreement that User may use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets for the uses set forth in Section 4 above. If Landlord fails to consent to this Agreement within 30 days after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the other at any time thereafter, but before Landlord grants consent.

16. Definitions.

16.1 Mortgage; Mortgagee . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Mortgage ” is used it will mean any indenture of mortgage or a deed of trust which at the time in question is a lien on Tenant’s and or Landlord’s interest in the Property and any supplement to, modification, renewal, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof. The term “ Mortgagee ” will mean the holder of such Mortgage.

16.2 Late Payment Rate . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Late Payment Rate ” is used it will mean the greater of (a) 10% per annum, or (b) the rate of interest which is 3% over the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal under “WSJ Prime Rate” from time to time) charged at the time interest is accruing at the Late Payment Rate, whichever is higher, unless prohibited by law, in which case “ Late Payment Rate ” will mean the maximum contract rate permitted by law.

 

20


16.3 Proportionate Share . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proportionate Share ” will mean User’s Share as defined in Section 2.1 above and in the case of Tenant, Tenant’s Proportional share shall be the amount remaining after subtracting User’s Share from 100% (i.e. if User’s Share is 40% the Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 60%).

16.4 Unavoidable Delays . Wherever in this Agreement the term “ Unavoidable Delays ” or words of similar import appear, they will be construed to mean delays due to strikes, lock-outs, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, governmental restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or similar causes, provided such similar causes are beyond the control of User or Tenant, as the case may be. Whenever delay in completion of a performance is excused by reason of Unavoidable Delays, delay in commencement of such performance will also be excused if caused by Unavoidable Delays.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,     

MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC,

a Virginia corporation

    

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

     By:   

 

Its:  

 

     Its:   

 

 

21

Exhibit 10.18

 

 

1006 RAILHEAD, HASLET, TX (“FORT WORTH”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

  SHARED SPACE; DURATION OF AGREEMENT; OFFICE SERVICES      1   
 

1.1        Shared Space; Duration

     1   
 

1.2        Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces

     2   
 

1.3        Relationship with 3PL

     2   

2.

  PAYMENTS; SECURITY DEPOSIT      2   
 

2.1        Rent/Calculation of User’s Share

     2   
 

2.2        Stipulated User’s Share; Variations

     3   
 

2.3        Payment Terms

     3   
 

2.4        Interest on Late Payments

     3   
 

2.5        Payments

     3   
 

2.6        Security Deposit

     3   
 

2.7        User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs

     3   

3.

  USER’S OBLIGATION TO PAY REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES      3   
 

3.1        Definition of Reimbursable Expenses

     3   
 

3.2        Definition of Operating Costs

     3   
 

3.3        Definition of Taxes

     5   
 

3.4        Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease

     5   
 

3.5        Estimates

     5   
 

3.6        Example

     6   

4.

  PERMITTED USES      6   

5.

  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR      6   
 

5.1        No Law Violations or Nuisances

     6   
 

5.2        Compliance With Laws

     6   
 

5.3        Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing

     7   

6.

  INSURANCE      7   
 

6.1        Property and Casualty

     7   
 

6.2        Liability

     8   
 

6.3        Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance

     8   
 

6.4        Additional Insureds

     8   

 

i


 

6.5        Waiver of Subrogation Rights

     8   

7.

  NEGATIVE COVENANTS, EARLY TERMINATION AND RESTRICTIONS, ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      8   
 

7.1        No Liens

     8   
 

7.2        No Assignment and Subletting

     9   
 

7.3        Early Termination Options

     9   
 

7.4        Covenant Against Waste

     9   
 

7.5        Restriction on Third Party Vendors

     9   
 

7.6        Loading Docks and Shared Assets

     10   

8.

  CONDEMNATION; DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      10   
 

8.1        Condemnation

     10   
 

8.2        Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate

     10   
 

8.3        User Right to Terminate

     10   
 

8.4        Insurance Proceeds

     10   
 

8.5        Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities

     11   

9.

  CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS      11   
 

9.1        By User

     11   
 

9.2        Standards; Timing; Insurance

     11   
 

9.3        Part of Property

     11   
 

9.4        Tenant Not Responsible

     12   

10.

  WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION      12   
 

10.1      Waiver and Release

     12   
 

10.2      Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair

     12   
 

10.3      Risk of Loss

     12   
 

10.4      Indemnification Against Claims

     12   
 

10.5      Indemnification Against Costs

     12   

11.

  INSPECTION OF OFFICE AND SHARED SPACES      13   
 

11.1      Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes

     13   
 

11.2      Entry For Sale or Other Purposes

     13   

12.

  DEFAULTS      13   
 

12.1      Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options

     13   
 

12.2      Tenant’s Further Remedies

     13   
 

12.3      Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform

     14   

 

ii


 

12.4      Waivers by User

     14   

13.

  DISPUTE RESOLUTION      14   
 

13.1      Negotiation and mediation

     14   
 

13.2      Arbitration or litigation

     14   

14.

  SURRENDER OF SPACE/HOLDOVER      16   
 

14.1      Holdover

     16   
 

14.2      Notices

     16   

15.

  MISCELLANEOUS      17   
 

15.1      No brokers

     17   
 

15.2      Relationship of parties

     17   
 

15.3      Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment

     17   
 

15.4      Waiver

     18   
 

15.5      Counterparts

     18   
 

15.6      Severability

     18   
 

15.7      Interpretation

     18   
 

15.8      Governing Law

     18   
 

15.9      Remedies cumulative

     18   
 

15.10    Survival

     18   
 

15.11    Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease

     18   
 

15.12    Landlord’s Consent

     20   

16.

  DEFINITIONS      20   
 

16.1      Mortgage; Mortgagee

     20   
 

16.2      Late Payment Rate

     20   
 

16.3      Proportionate Share

     21   
 

16.4      Unavoidable Delays

     21   

Exhibit A: Identification of Space Used by User

  

Exhibit B: Budget

  

Schedule 1(a): Tenant’s Assets

  

Schedule 1(b): User’s Assets

  

Schedule 1(c): Shared Assets

  

Schedule 2: Additional Covenants

  

Annex 1: Protocols

  

Annex 2: Wire Instructions

  

 

iii


1006 RAILHEAD, HASLET, TX “FORT WORTH”

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

This Shared Warehouse Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ Tenant ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ User ”) and is dated as of the Distribution Date, as defined in that certain Separation Agreement entered into between Tenant and User’s parent company as of the Distribution Date (the “ Separation Agreement ”). (The Distribution Date is referred in this Agreement as the “ Effective Date ”.)

A. Tenant is the Tenant under that certain lease dated May 2, 2002, as extended and amended (“ Lease ”) with US Institutional Real Estate Equities, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“ Landlord ”) for the real property commonly known as 1006 Railhead, Haslet, TX (“ Property ”).

B. The Property consists of offices and a 511,327 square foot warehouse and surrounding real property improved with a parking lot and other amenities. The warehouse is improved with various owned and leased, fixed assets, equipment and systems which support the warehouse functions (the foregoing assets are referred to collectively as the “ Site Assets ”). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(a). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by User (“ User’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(b). During the Use Period (as defined below) Tenant and User shall each have their Proportionate Share (as defined below) of use of the Site Assets listed on Schedule 1(c) as of June 30, 2012, and which will be updated from time to time to reflect additions and subtractions as required in the usual course of business, with an updated final schedule to be provided to User as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date (such Schedule 1(c) items hereinafter referred to as “ Shared Assets ”). For purposes of this Agreement, only Shared Assets are included in the definition of Property.

C. User has requested, and Tenant has agreed (on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement), to grant User the right to use User’s Share of the Property exclusively for its warehousing operations and limited office use (“ Business Activities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth below.

Therefore, Tenant and User agree as follows:

1. Shared Space; Duration of Agreement; Office Services .

1.1 Shared Space; Duration . Upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant will let User use, and User agrees to use a limited number of the pallets within the warehouse and generally located within those portions of the Property depicted on Exhibit A as the “ Shared Space ” for the period of time (“ Use Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date (“ Use Commencement Date ”), and ending no later than 11:59 p.m. on the day preceding the second anniversary of the Effective Date (“ Use Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. User also has the right to use its Proportionate Share of the offices (“ User Office Space ”) located within the Property and the routes necessary and


reasonable for ingress and egress to and from the Shared Space and User Office Space. User will have no right to use those areas of the Property outside of the User Office Space, Shared Space and access routes, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Tenant.

1.2 Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces . User acknowledges that it is familiar with the physical condition of the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and that except for the obligations Tenant has agreed to undertake in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any representations or warranties regarding the condition of the Property. User taking possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space, Shared Assets or any portion thereof will be conclusive evidence against User that the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets were in good order and satisfactory condition. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any promise to alter, remove, improve, redecorate or clean the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto, nor has Tenant made any representation respecting the condition of the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto. User and Tenant each hereby agrees that the premises are leased in their AS IS, WHERE IS condition with any and all latent or patent defects.

1.3 Relationship with 3PL.

(a) User and Tenant agree and acknowledge that each party to this Agreement is responsible for entering into and abiding by the terms of its respective agreements with Schenker Logistics, Inc., a third party logistics service company (“ 3PL ”), the party who handles all aspects of the warehousing and logistics functions at the Property pursuant to a separate agreement (“ 3PL Agreement ”). 3PL and their approved subcontractors (as detailed in the 3PL Agreement) are the only parties permitted by Tenant to perform services of any kind in the Property. No other third parties will have access to the Property, without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Tenant in it sole and absolute discretion. User will abide by the 3PL Agreement and cause 3PL to abide by the statements of work and protocols governing the shared use of the Property and dispute resolution terms for exigent circumstances as set forth on Annex 1 (the “ Protocols ”). At all times when there are two separate 3PL agreements in place, Tenant covenants not to change its 3PL without User’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (For purposes of clarity, User’s consent shall not be required when Section 1.3(b) below is applicable.)

(b) To the extent that a separate 3PL Agreement is not entered into by User, the obligations of User under this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to any agreement that Tenant has in place with its own 3PL provider, a copy of which will be provided to User. User agrees to comply with all terms of Tenant’s 3PL agreement and will indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from failure to comply with the 3PL Agreement and will pay a ratable share of all costs and expenses relating to any services provided there under as Operating Costs, consistent with past practices.

2. Payments; Security Deposit.

2.1 Rent/Calculation of User’s Share . For the right to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and the Shared Assets, User will pay Rent (as defined below) to Tenant. As used in this Agreement, “ Rent ” means User’s Share (as defined below) of Reimbursable Expenses (as

 

2


defined in Section 3 below) as incurred by Tenant in connection with the use and operation of the entire Property (including Shared Assets) as well as any other amounts stated in this Agreement to be included in the definition of Rent. “ User’s Share ” means the percentage set forth below in Section 2.2. The cost of the use of User’s Office Space is factored into the above calculation.)

2.2 Stipulated User’s Share; Variations . Tenant and User stipulate that the User’s Share is 47% as of the Use Commencement Date. User shall be entitled to use User’s Share of pallets within the Property and User’s Share of Office Space. User will not be entitled to increase or decrease User’s Share during the Use Period unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, in a formal, written amendment to this Agreement.

2.3 Payment Terms . All Rent will be paid by User to Tenant, in advance, on the first day of the month for which due. Any Rent for a period of less than one month will be adjusted pro rata. It is the intention of the parties that User shall pay for User’s Share of all costs and expenses relating to the Shared Space regardless of User’s actual use thereof. All Rent and any other sums due Tenant hereunder will be paid at such place as Tenant previously may have designated in a notice to User, and in the absence of such designation will be paid by wire transfer pursuant to the written wire instructions attached hereto as Annex 2 or as otherwise sent by Tenant to User in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.

2.4 Interest on Late Payments . All Rent and any other sums required by this Agreement to be paid to Tenant will bear interest from the date due at the Late Payment Rate (as that term is defined in Section 16.2 below) until paid.

2.5 Payments . The Rent payable under this Agreement will be paid to Tenant without notice or demand and without abatement, deduction, or setoff (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement).

2.6 Security Deposit . No security deposit shall be required under this Agreement.

2.7 User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs. User covenants to timely pay all 3PL costs and expenses related to the 3PL Agreement. User agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all costs due 3PL and other third parties engaged or employed by User.

3. User’s Obligation to Pay Reimbursable Expenses. User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of Reimbursable Expenses, as adjusted from time to time, as a component of Rent. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the understanding and intention of the parties to ratably share all costs and expenses in the operation of the Property including all costs incurred by Tenant for the Shared Space. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

3.1 Definition of Reimbursable Expenses. Reimbursable Expenses ” means “ Operating Costs ” (as defined below) plus “ Taxes ” (as defined below).

3.2 Definition of Operating Costs. Operating Costs ” means, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Use Period, the aggregate of all costs, expenses, and liabilities of

 

3


every kind or nature paid or incurred by Tenant in connection with the use/ownership, operation and maintenance of the “ Project ” (being the Property, all underlying land, together with driveways, parking facilities, warehouse and loading dock areas, roadways and any other similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or operation thereof as well as all Shared Assets and the warehouse management system (“WMS”) components used in the overall operation of the warehouse, but excluding those components of the WMS system used exclusively for Tenant’s operations). Operating Costs include, but are not limited to, the following costs determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied: (A) all rent due under the Lease (including all amounts of base rent and additional pass through charges from Landlord regardless of whether such amounts are designated as rental payments, operating costs or financial liabilities of Tenant under the Lease) plus property management and/or administrative fees and expenses that are related to management of the Project; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project; (C) cost of all association fees, landscaping, janitorial services, waste disposal, and utilities (including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, and other services) for the Property, unless the same are separately metered and billed by such service provider directly to User or 3PL as reasonably determined by Tenant or charged by Landlord; (D) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project including but not limited to paving and parking areas, roads, roof repairs, alleys and driveways, trash collection, sweeping and removal of trash for the common areas, mowing and snow removal, landscaping and exterior painting, the cost of maintaining utility lines, fire sprinklers and fire protection systems, exterior lighting, Shared Assets and mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Project; (E) service, maintenance and management contracts for the operation, maintenance, management, repair, replacement, and security of the Project (including but not limited to alarm service, window cleaning, and service of the Shared Assets); (F) costs of professional services rendered for the general benefit of the Project; (G) environmental insurance or environmental management fees to the extent required by the Lease or otherwise prudent; (H) the cost of any insurance deductibles for insurance required to be maintained by Tenant; (I) all insurance expenses provided the same are related to insuring the Property and/or Shared Assets; (J) depreciation of any component of the Project and (K) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including but not limited to all utility costs) of the Project, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Tenant or as required by the Lease to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Tenant, using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment or as required by the Lease, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any new interpretations of any Law hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord or Tenant, in its reasonable discretion. As used in this Lease, the term “ Law ” refers to any federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, court orders, governmental directives, governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting this Agreement or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User and Tenant agree that the following costs are specifically excluded from Operating Costs: (i) any costs relating to the Tenant’s Assets, and (ii) insurance costs that are not related to insuring the Property or Shared Assets.

 

4


3.3 Definition of Taxes. Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including but not limited to transfer taxes and non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding , however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Tenant a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a margin tax, franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Project, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ Taxes ” for purposes hereof). Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower Taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project. The parties agree and understand that Taxes are not predictable and may increase significantly over the term of this Agreement.

3.4 Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease . If Tenant is obligated to pay any additional amounts under the Lease, which are not otherwise included in this Section 3, whether the additional rent is to reimburse Landlord for taxes, operating expenses, billboard fees, association fees, insurance coverage, common area maintenance charges, or other expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Project, User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of that additional rent (to the extent that additional rent is attributable to events or amounts billed for periods falling within or occurring during the term of this Agreement). The payment shall be due from User to Tenant no fewer than five (5) days before Tenant’s payment of such additional rent is due to the Landlord, provided that User shall have been billed at least 10 days before that date (the bill shall be accompanied by a copy of Landlord’s bill and other material furnished to Tenant in connection with the bill). Any such amounts incurred shall be included within the definition of “ Rent ” for purposes of this Agreement.

3.5 Estimates. User shall pay to Tenant, in advance on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the estimated Rent for each year of the Use Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Attached as Exhibit B is an budget for the Project prepared by Tenant and approved by User, which reflects a good faith estimate of Rent. Based on Exhibit B, the parties have agreed that User will pay to Tenant the monthly sum allocated to User on Exhibit B, in advance, as Tenant’s initial estimate of Rent. From time to time, Tenant may estimate and re-estimate the amount of Rent to be due and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to User. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Rent shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, User shall have paid all of Rent estimated by Tenant for such calendar year. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when the actual amount of Rent is available for each calendar year or fraction thereof (in the instance of any partial calendar year).

(a) On or before January 31 of each calendar year during the term (and within 180 days of the Use Expiration Date), Tenant shall furnish to User a statement of Rent for the previous year (the “ Rent Statement ”). If Tenant fails to issue a Rent Statement, User will send a written request for Tenant to issue a Rent Statement. Within 30 days of receipt of the request for

 

5


Rent Statement, Tenant will then issue a Rent Statement. If User’s estimated payments of Rent for the year covered by the Rent Statement exceeded the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then Tenant shall promptly credit or reimburse User for such excess; likewise, if User’s estimated payments of Rent for such year were less than the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then User shall promptly pay Tenant such deficiency. All true up obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the Use Period.

(b) To minimize the administrative burden on each party, Tenant’s books and records with regard to Rent are available for inspection by User at Tenant’s offices during Tenant’s regular business hours for 30 days after the date of issuance of each Rent Statement. The parties agree to work in good faith to address any questions relating to the Rent Statement.

3.6 Example. For purposes of clarity, the following is an example of the parties’ intentions with respect to Rent due under this Agreement: If Reimbursable Expenses total $500,000/month ($400,000 for Operating Costs and $100,000 for Taxes) and User’s Share is 40%, then User shall pay to Tenant as Rent, $200,000/month. If Landlord passes through any additional costs or Tenant incurs any expenses in the operation of the Project due and payable under this Agreement (as miscellaneous expenses) and/or the Lease, User shall pay User’s Share of the such amounts as well, regardless of whether such amounts were included in the estimate. User shall at all times remain responsible for 100% of any services or expenses incurred solely on User’s behalf (i.e. User shall pay 3PL directly and shall be solely responsible for all components of the WMS system that are used solely for User’s operations).

4. Permitted Uses.

User will use Shared Space and User Office Space solely for User’s Business Activities. User will not, without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion) permit the User Office Space or the Shared Space to be used for any purpose substantially different from those activities described in Recital C of this Agreement.

5. Compliance with Laws; Maintenance and Repair.

5.1 No Law Violations or Nuisances . User will not make or permit any use of the Property, or any part thereof, which violates any applicable statute, ordinance, regulation or other requirement of any governmental authority, or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or which may render void or voidable any insurance then carried by Tenant or User pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Compliance With Laws . User will conduct all of its activities within the User Office Space and the Shared Space in a manner conforming to the requirements of all Laws (including but not limited to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of any governmental authority, the regulations or other requirements of any national or local fire marshal, board of fire underwriters or any other body exercising similar functions) and the requirements of all policies of insurance maintained in force on or with respect to the Property pursuant to this Agreement. User will keep the User Office Space and the Shared Space equipped with all safety appliances required because of User’s use. User will obtain and keep in force any licenses and permits required by, and otherwise comply with the orders and regulations of, all governmental authorities relating to User’s use of the Property.

 

6


5.3 Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing .

(a) Tenant’s Obligations; User Share of Costs . Tenant, to the extent required under the Lease, will maintain the Property in good order, repair and condition. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 may include: (i) the foundation, roof and structural soundness of the concrete floors and exterior walls; (ii) those portions of the water, plumbing, sewer and electrical systems that are not within the possession or control of the User Office Space; and (iii) the driveways, parking areas and other areas adjoining the Property. Tenant will not be required to commence any repairs in the User Office Space or Shared Space until a reasonable time after written notice from User that the same are necessary. The obligation of Tenant to maintain in good condition and repair those parts of the Property, as provided above, will not extend to any damage or disrepair caused by the neglect or fault of User or its employees, contractors or agents, which damage or disrepair will be repaired by Tenant and the full amount of the costs incurred will be charged to User. The provisions of this Section 5.3 will not apply in the event of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking by condemnation by any competent authority. In any such event, the obligation of Tenant will be controlled as otherwise provided in this Agreement. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3(a) will be included in the calculation of Rent.

(b) User Obligations . User will at all times keep the Shared Space and User Office Space clean, neat and safe, and in good order and condition. At the end of the Use Period. User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with the use, repair, maintenance and replacement of the User’s Assets.

(c) WMS and 3PL . User will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of Tenant and Landlord from and against User’s breach of this Agreement, failure to pay for the costs associated with its contracts and for any negligence or misconduct of User, its employees, agents and contractors. This indemnification obligation shall specifically apply to the 3PL Agreement and the WMS System.

(d) Maintenance of Temperature at Conditioned Sites . The parties agree that 3PL is solely responsible for all temperature controls within the warehouse. In the event of any issues arising with respect to the temperature conditions impacting storage within the warehouse, the impacted party will immediately notify 3PL and cause 3PL to promptly address any issues.

6. Insurance.

6.1 Property and Casualty . At all times throughout the Use Period, and subject to the terms of the Lease, Tenant will: (a) keep the Property insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties; and (b) carry and maintain broad form boiler and machinery insurance on all equipment and objects (which are part of the Property) customarily covered by such insurance. All such insurance obtained by Tenant will be in such amounts and with such coverage as Tenant determines in its discretion or is otherwise required by the Lease. At all times throughout the Use Period, User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, keep User’s personal property, inventory and equipment, including but not limited to the User’s Assets (collectively, “ Personal Property ”) insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties.

 

7


6.2 Liability . User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, throughout the term of this Agreement, but for the mutual benefit of Tenant and User, maintain the following kinds and amounts of insurance: (a) comprehensive general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury and property damage, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate in respect of bodily injury or death; (b) employer’s liability insurance in the amount of not less than $1,000,000; and (c) workmen’s compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by Law.

6.3 Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance . All insurance provided for in this Section 6 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers with an AM Best rating of A-VII or better. Certificates of insurance will be provided upon request by either party.

6.4 Additional Insureds . All policies of insurance provided for by Tenant in Section 6.l above will name Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s Mortgagee (if any) as the insureds, as their respective interests may appear and all policies of insurance provided for by User in Section 6.1 above will name User as the insured. All policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.2 above will name User as the insured and Landlord and Tenant and each party’s Mortgagee as additional insureds. All such policies will provide that should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with policy provisions to the Tenant.

6.5 Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Whenever (a) any loss, cost, damage or expense resulting from fire or other casualty is incurred by either Tenant or User or anyone claiming by, through or under either of them in connection with the Property, and (b) the party suffering such loss is then either covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to such loss, cost, damage or expense (or is required under this Agreement to be so insured), then the party so insured (or so required) hereby releases the other party from any liability said other party may have on account of such loss, cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such insurance (or which could have been recovered, had insurance been carried as so required) and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof.

7. Negative Covenants, Early Termination and Restrictions, Additional Covenants.

7.1 No Liens . User will not suffer or permit any vendor’s, mechanic’s, laborer’s, or materialman’s statutory or similar lien to be filed against the Property or any interest of Tenant or User therein by reason of labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to User or anyone holding or using the Property, or any part thereof, through or under User (including labor, services or materials supplied in connection with any repairs or maintenance provided by User under Section 1.3 or Section 5 above). If any such lien is filed against the Property, User will, within 20 days after notice of the filing thereof, cause the same to be released and discharged.

 

8


7.2 No Assignment and Subletting . As a material inducement for Tenant to enter into this Agreement with User, User agrees that neither this Agreement nor User’s interest hereunder will under any circumstances, whether voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law, be assigned or transferred by User, nor will User allow any other person to use or occupy any portion of the User Office Space or Shared Space, without in each case the prior written consent of Tenant being first obtained (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion). User agrees and acknowledges that the Tenant is ultimately responsible to Landlord under all terms of the Lease and therefore it is reasonable for Tenant to be exercising its right to consent or to not consent in its sole and absolute discretion. This absolute presumption against assignment or sub-letting User’s interest under this Agreement overrides any rights that may exist under the Lease that are more generous than the provisions of this Section 7.2.

7.3 Early Termination Options

(a) User’s Early Termination Option. User may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Tenant no less than 180 days’ prior to the date of intended early termination (“ User Termination Notice ”). The User Termination Notice shall advise Tenant of the date on which User will vacate the Property, said date being no earlier than 180 days from the date of the User Termination Notice (“ User Termination Date ”). Notwithstanding any early termination in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.3, User will be liable for all rent accruing through the User Termination Date, regardless of whether or not User chooses to remain in physical possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space and/or Shared Assets. For purposes of clarity, in the Event that User delivers the User Termination Notice and provided that User timely vacates the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, User will only be responsible for its obligations, including payment of Rent and other charges, under this Agreement accruing through the User Termination Date, but will not, however, be liable for Rent or other costs first accruing after the User Termination Date.

(b) Termination by Mutual Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the parties mutually agree to enter into separate agreements with third parties for warehousing, use of the facility, office space and a lease of the Building, including without limitation WMS (e.g. Red Prairie, Matrics), and have segregated all owned or leased assets used in the facility, upon User providing Tenant with appropriate evidence of the documentation supporting the segregation and Landlord’s release of Tenant from all obligations under the Lease relating to User’s continued use of the Property, this Agreement shall terminate effective as of the date of the commencement of completely independent operations, without any penalties under this Agreement.

7.4 Covenant Against Waste . User agrees not to do or suffer any waste or damage to, or impairment of the value of, the Property.

7.5 Restriction on Third Party Vendors . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, User will not enter into any third party vendor agreements that entail the use, presence, installation of systems or occupancy by any vendor of the User Office Space or Shared Space without Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

9


7.6 Loading Docks and Shared Assets . User will not utilize more than User’s Share of any loading docks or Shared Assets included in the Shared Space without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion).

7.7 Additional Covenants. The additional covenants set forth on Schedule 2 are incorporated into the body of this Section 7.7 as if fully restated herein.

8. Condemnation; Damage and Destruction.

8.1 Condemnation . If all or any Material (as defined below) part of the Property is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Agreement will terminate on the date of vesting of title in the condemning party under such eminent domain proceedings, and all Rent and other sums payable by User hereunder will be prorated to the date of such vesting. Notwithstanding any judicial allocation of any award, the entire award will be paid to Tenant (or to Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any, under the terms of its Mortgage), and User will not have any right to any apportionment of or share in the award. For purposes of this Section 8, “ Material ” or “ Materially ” shall mean at least 50% of the User Office Space and Shared Space or 70% of the Property is damaged, destroyed or taken so that User is unable to use the User Office Space and Shared Space for its intended purposes.

8.2 Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If the Property is damaged or destroyed, regardless of the cause or the amount of the loss or the existence of insurance to cover such loss, Landlord/Tenant will have the right, but not the obligation, to either repair the damage or terminate this Agreement. If Landlord/Tenant elects to repair, repair and restoration will be promptly commenced and diligently pursued to completion, due allowance being made for time needed to adjust insurance and for Unavoidable Delays (as defined below). The performance by User of its other obligations under this Agreement will continue notwithstanding any such loss, except for temporary suspension of performance rendered impossible by such damage or destruction. However, User will be entitled to an abatement of Rent with respect to any portion of the User Office Space and Shared Space which User is unable to use for its business activities. If Landlord/Tenant elects not to restore such damage, this Agreement will be terminated effective as of the date Landlord/Tenant notifies User that Landlord/Tenant does not intend to restore.

8.3 User Right to Terminate . If the Property is Materially destroyed, User will have an option to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Tenant. Upon the exercise of such an option, this Agreement will terminate and User will pay all Rent and its Proportionate Share of other charges then due hereunder, equitably apportioned to the date of such termination.

8.4 Insurance Proceeds . All Insurance proceeds on account of any loss will be paid [first in accordance with the terms of the Lease and thereafter,] to Tenant and may be used by Tenant to pay the costs of restoration of such improvements or may be kept by Tenant in its sole discretion.

 

10


8.5 Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities . In no event will Tenant be liable to User for loss of revenue, or indirect, special or consequential damages arising out of the partial or total destruction or damage to the Property or any portion thereof by reason of a fire or other casualty.

9. Changes and Alterations.

9.1 By User . User is absolutely prohibited from making any changes or alterations to the User Office Space, Shared Space, Shared Assets or to systems and/or infrastructure supporting such areas, in each instance without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant does so consent, User will provide Tenant with copies of all plans and contracts and procure and pay for all required permits and authorizations of the various governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant agrees to join in the application for such permits or authorizations whenever such action is necessary at User’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses of any labor, materials or other work to the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets pursuant to this Section 9 and for all costs and expenses associated with the removal of the User’s Assets and any repairs to or cleaning of the Shared Space and User Office Space that may be required following the removal of the User’s Assets at the end of the Use Period. User agrees and acknowledges that in some instances, Landlord’s consent may also be required for any change, repair or alteration and in such instances, Tenant’s consent shall not relieve User from the obligation of obtaining Landlord’s consent as well.

9.2 Standards; Timing; Insurance . If Tenant consents to any change or alteration, (and Landlord’s consent, where required), the following requirements will apply: (a) all work done in connection therewith will be done promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Lease and zoning laws of the place in which the Property is located and with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and the appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof, and in accordance with the orders, rules and regulations of the fire marshal or board of fire underwriters where the Property is situated or any other body exercising similar functions; (b) the cost of any such change or alteration will be paid in cash so that the Property will at all times be free of liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Property; (c) the work of any change or alteration will be prosecuted with reasonable dispatch, Unavoidable Delays excepted; (d) there will be maintained workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work and with respect to whom death or injury claims could be asserted against Tenant, User or the Property; and (e) general liability insurance for the mutual benefit of User and Tenant (and Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any), as described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement, will be increased to such amounts as requested or required by Landlord/Tenant, at User’s sole cost and expense at all times when any work is in process in connection with any change or alteration.

9.3 Part of Property . All improvements and alterations made or installed by User in or on the Property, immediately upon completion or installation thereof, will be and become a part of the Property and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At Tenant’s sole discretion, User will remove all improvements and alterations made or installed by User and restore the Property to the condition existing prior to commencement of the Use Period, at User’s sole cost.

 

11


9.4 Tenant Not Responsible . Tenant, by approving or inspecting any design, plans, drawings or specifications or any contract for work or materials or the method of performing any work by User or its employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors, does not assume any responsibility or liability as to the safety, adequacy, sufficiency, legality or otherwise of what is approved or inspected, which responsibility or liability will be and remain with User.

10. Waiver of Claims; Indemnification.

10.1 Waiver and Release . User waives and releases Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees from all claims for damage to person or property sustained by User relating to: (i) the Property or the land appurtenant thereto or any part thereof or any equipment or appurtenance therein or thereon becoming out of repair; (ii) any accident in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto; and (iii) any act, directly or indirectly, of Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees.

10.2 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair . If any damage to the Property or to Tenant or to other users of the Property, results from any act, omission or neglect of User or of User’s contractors, agents or employees, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, repair such damage and User will, upon demand by Tenant, promptly reimburse Tenant for the total cost of such repairs in excess of the amount, if any, paid to Tenant under insurance covering such damages.

10.3 Risk of Loss . All Personal Property situated in the Property and belonging to User, its contractors, agents or employees or visitors or any occupant of the premises will be situated there at the risk of User or such other person only, and Tenant will not be liable for damage thereto or theft, misappropriation or loss thereof.

10.4 Indemnification Against Claims . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.5 and 9.4 above, Tenant and User agree to hold each other harmless and indemnify each other, their respective officers, directors, agents, contractors and employees from and against all claims, liability and costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) for injuries to persons and damage to property, arising from occurrences in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto, caused in whole or in part, by the act, omission or negligence of the other of them, their respective agents, contractors, employees and visitors.

10.5 Indemnification Against Costs . User agrees to pay, and to indemnify Tenant against, all legal costs and charges, including counsel fees, lawfully and reasonably incurred in connection with the following: (a) obtaining possession of any portion of the Property after a default by User and its failure to cure such default within the time provided in this Agreement; (b) User’s default of all obligations under this Agreement including, but not limited to, in surrendering possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and/or in enforcing any covenant or agreement of User in this Agreement; or (c) in any suit or proceeding affecting the Property or this Agreement to which the Tenant is joined as a party by reason of User’s use of the Property under this Agreement.

 

12


11. Inspection of Office and Shared Spaces.

11.1 Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes . User agrees to permit Landlord/Tenant and Landlord/Tenant’s authorized representatives to enter the User Office Space at all reasonable times for the purposes of: (a) inspecting the same, and (b) making any necessary repairs to the Property and performing any work therein that may be necessary by reason of User’s default under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant has no obligation to perform any work that User is required to perform under this Agreement, and Landlord/Tenant’s performance thereof will not constitute a waiver of User’s default in failing to perform the same. Landlord/Tenant may, during the progress of any such work in the User Office Space, keep and store upon the User Office Space all necessary materials, tools and equipment. Tenant will not in any event be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, or damage to User by reason of making such repairs or the performance of any such work in the Property, or on account of bringing materials, supplies and equipment into or through the Property during the course thereof, and the obligations of User under this Agreement will not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever.

11.2 Entry For Sale or Other Purposes . Landlord/Tenant is hereby given the right at all reasonable times to enter the User Office Space and to exhibit the same for the purpose of sale or any other purposes, and Tenant will use reasonable care to avoid disturbing User during any such entry.

12. Defaults.

12.1 Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options . If (i) User defaults in the payment of any Rent, or any other amounts due hereunder or in the maintenance of insurance or allows any lien to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, and such default continues for 10 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (ii) if User defaults in the performance of any other obligation under this Agreement and such default continues for 30 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (iii) if User files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or if such a petition is filed against User and is not dismissed within 60 days, then Tenant may, at its option, without further notice, elect to terminate this Agreement or (without terminating this Agreement) to terminate User’s rights to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and in such event Tenant or Tenant’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the User Office Space and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or otherwise, without being liable for indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and with or without terminating this Agreement, and repossess and enjoy the User Office Space, together with all additions, alterations and improvements.

12.2 Tenant’s Further Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement will limit or prejudice Tenant’s right to prove and obtain as liquidated damages arising out of any breach or default by User the maximum amount allowed by any statute or rule of law, whether such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amounts payable by User hereunder during what would have been the balance of the Use Period.

 

13


12.3 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform . If User defaults in the payment of any amounts due under this Agreement or other tax or excise or in the maintenance of insurance or the repair or restoration of the Property, or allows any lien arising on account of any act or omission of User to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, or fails to make any other payment or perform any other act, agreement, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, Tenant may cure any such default, and the cost thereof together with interest at the Late Payment Rate will be an additional amount due from User upon demand.

12.4 Waivers by User . USER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE SERVICE OF NOTICE OF INTENTION TO RE-ENTER PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, OR TO INSTITUTE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS TO THAT END, AND ALSO WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT OF REDEMPTION PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE IN CASE USER IS DISPOSSESSED BY A JUDGMENT OR BY WARRANT OF ANY COURT OR JUDGE. USER WAIVES AND WILL WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY A JURY IN THE EVENT THAT SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ANY OTHER ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARE INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST IT.

13. Dispute Resolution. Except for disputes relating to the 3PL Agreement and adherence to the Protocol (which are separately governed by the Dispute Resolution Policy (as defined in Section 1.3 above)), any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the remaining provisions of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection 13.1 below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection 13.2 below. The procedures set forth in this Section 13 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

13.1 Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

13.2 Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (a) or (d) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (b) below.

 

14


(a) Arbitration .

(i) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(ii) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(iii) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(b) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees, and expert witness fees.

(d) Arbitration for Financial Disputes . In the event of a dispute involving calculations of Rent, Reimbursable Expenses, interest calculations or other purely financial matters, any arbitration under subsection (a) will be handled at the end of the calendar year in which the dispute arose, in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement. If the parties have not resolved the disputed matters within 30 days after the end of the calendar year, the dispute will be submitted to, and heard before, Ernst & Young LLP, or if such

 

15


accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of Tenant or User, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. The arbitration will be limited solely to the financial calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (d), the provisions in subsection (a) will apply to any arbitration under this subsection (d). In order to minimize the administrative burden of resolving ongoing financial disputes, all financial disputes requiring arbitration will be handled at the end of the calendar year in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement.

14. Surrender of Space/Holdover. User will, upon termination of this Agreement, surrender the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets (solely to the extent the same are not User’s Assets) to Tenant in good order, condition and repair, except for reasonable wear and tear and for damage that User is not required under the terms of this Agreement to restore or repair.

14.1 Holdover . Should User, or any of its successors in interest, hold over in its occupancy of the Property, or any part thereof, after the Use Expiration Date, unless otherwise agreed in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy only, terminable at the will of Tenant, at a rental equal to the greater of (a) the then fair market rental value of the Shared Space and if applicable the User Office Space, or (b) the total rental payable for the last month of the Use Period plus fifty percent (50%) of such amount, payable in full on the first day on which User holds over and on the first day of each month thereafter during such holdover period. The holdover rental amount shall be recalculated and adjusted upwards monthly. The inclusion of the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Tenant’s permission for User to hold over. In addition, User shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all loss, costs (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and all costs and expenses incurred under the Lease) and liability resulting from such holdover, including but not limited to any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon User’s failure to vacate the Property upon expiration of the Use Period, as it may be extended, and any lost profits to Tenant and or Landlord resulting therefrom.

14.2 Notices. All notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

If to Tenant:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                          

Email:                     

 

16


With a copy to:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                         

Email:                     

If to User:

100 DeForest Ave.

East Hanover, NJ 07936

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                         

Email:                     

With a copy to:

Three Parkway North, Suite 200

Deerfield, IL 60015

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                         

Email:                     

15. Miscellaneous.

15.1 No brokers . User and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that no broker interested User in the User Office Space or the Shared Space or assisted User or Tenant in the negotiations of this Agreement. User and Tenant hereby agree to hold harmless and indemnify each other from and against all claims for costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), expense or liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with the other of them with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

15.2 Relationship of parties . Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

15.3 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all exhibits) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties

 

17


have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Separation Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

15.4 Waiver . Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

15.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

15.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

15.7 Interpretation . The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

15.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, U.S.A.

15.9 Remedies cumulative . The specific remedies to which Tenant or User may resort under the terms of this Agreement are cumulative. The failure of Tenant or User to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any of the covenants of this Agreement, or to exercise any option herein contained, will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A receipt by Tenant of payments with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or agreement hereof will not be deemed a waiver of a breach by User, and no waiver, change, modification or discharge by either party hereto of this Agreement or of any provision in this Agreement, or surrender by User of the User Office Space, will be deemed to have been made or will be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by both Tenant and User. In addition to the other remedies in this Agreement provided, Tenant and User will be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement or to a decree compelling performance of any of such covenants, conditions or provisions.

15.10 Survival . Sections 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, and 15 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

15.11 Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease. This Agreement and all the rights of parties under it are expressly subject and subordinate to the Lease. Each party agrees that it will not, by its act or omission to act, cause a default under the Lease. In furtherance of the

 

18


foregoing, the parties confirm, each to the other, that it is not practical in this Agreement to restate all of the rights and obligations of the various parties under the Lease and to specifically allocate those rights and obligations in this Agreement. Accordingly, in order to afford to User the benefits of this Agreement and of those provisions of the Lease that by their nature are intended to benefit the party in possession of the Property, and in order to protect Tenant against a default by User that might cause a default or event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the parties agree:

(a) Provided User shall timely pay all Rent when due under this Agreement, Tenant shall pay, when due, all base rent, additional rent and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Tenant shall perform its covenants and obligations under the Lease that do not require possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space for their performance and that are not otherwise to be performed under this Agreement by User on behalf of Tenant. For example, Tenant shall at all times keep in full force and effect all insurance required of Tenant as Tenant under the Lease unless that requirement is waived in writing by, Landlord.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, User shall perform all affirmative covenants and shall refrain from performing any act that is prohibited by the negative covenants of the Lease, where the obligation to perform or refrain from performing is by its nature imposed upon the party in possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space. If practicable, User shall perform affirmative covenants that are also covenants of Tenant under the Lease at least 5 days prior to the date when Tenant’s performance is required under the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to enter the User Office Space to cure any default by User under this Section.

(d) Tenant shall not agree with Landlord to any amendment to the Lease that might have an adverse effect on User’s occupancy of the User Office Space or its use of the Shared Space for their intended purpose, unless Tenant shall first obtain User’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Tenant grants to User the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Shared Space and/or User Office Space that are to be provided by Landlord under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall have no duty to perform any obligations of Landlord that are, by their nature, the obligation of an owner or manager of real property. For example, Tenant shall not be required to provide the services or repairs that the Landlord is required to provide under the Lease. Tenant shall have no responsibility for or be liable to User for any default, failure, or delay on the part of Landlord in the performance or observance by Landlord of any of its obligations under the Lease, nor shall any default by Landlord affect this Agreement or waive or defer the performance of any of User’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the default by Landlord excuses performance by Tenant as Tenant under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties contemplate that Landlord will perform its obligations under the Lease and in the event of any default or failure of performance by Landlord, Tenant agrees that it will, upon notice from User, make demand upon Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease, and if User agrees

 

19


to pay all costs and expenses of Tenant (to be shared by Tenant pro rata if Landlord’s default adversely affects Tenant) and provides Tenant with security for that payment reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant will take appropriate legal action to enforce the Lease.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no instance shall User have any greater rights under this Agreement than the rights that are afforded to Tenant under the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. User acknowledges and agrees that User has received a copy of the Lease and will abide by the terms, covenants and agreements set forth therein. In the event that Tenant’s consent or approval is required or requested by User in connection with any provision of this Agreement, Tenant shall not in any manner be obligated to provide consent or approval if Landlord’s prior consent or approval is required under the terms of the Lease and Landlord fails to provide such consent or approval upon request of either party.

15.12 Landlord’s Consent. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties under it are expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s obtaining Landlord’s consent to this Agreement. User shall promptly deliver to Tenant any information reasonably requested by Landlord (in connection with Landlord’s approval of this Agreement) with respect to the nature and operation of User’s business, the financial condition of User, or both. Tenant and User agree, for the benefit of Landlord, that this Agreement and Landlord’s consent hereto shall not: (a) create privity of contract between Landlord and User; (b) be deemed to have amended the Lease in any regard (unless Landlord shall have expressly agreed to the amendment and such amendment is executed by all applicable parties); or (c) be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment of the Lease by Tenant or any further subletting of premises leased pursuant to the Lease, or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment by User of this Agreement or any sub-subletting of all or any part of the Property. Landlord’s consent shall, however, be deemed to evidence Landlord’s agreement that User may use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets for the uses set forth in Section 4 above. If Landlord fails to consent to this Agreement within 30 days after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the other at any time thereafter, but before Landlord grants consent.

16. Definitions.

16.1 Mortgage; Mortgagee . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Mortgage ” is used it will mean any indenture of mortgage or a deed of trust which at the time in question is a lien on Tenant’s and or Landlord’s interest in the Property and any supplement to, modification, renewal, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof. The term “ Mortgagee ” will mean the holder of such Mortgage.

16.2 Late Payment Rate . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Late Payment Rate ” is used it will mean the greater of (a) 10% per annum, or (b) the rate of interest which is 3% over the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal under “WSJ Prime Rate” from time to time) charged at the time interest is accruing at the Late Payment Rate, whichever is higher, unless prohibited by law, in which case “ Late Payment Rate ” will mean the maximum contract rate permitted by law.

 

20


16.3 Proportionate Share . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proportionate Share ” will mean User’s Share as defined in Section 2.1 above and in the case of Tenant, Tenant’s Proportional share shall be the amount remaining after subtracting User’s Share from 100% (i.e. if User’s Share is 40% the Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 60%).

16.4 Unavoidable Delays . Wherever in this Agreement the term “ Unavoidable Delays ” or words of similar import appear, they will be construed to mean delays due to strikes, lock-outs, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, governmental restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or similar causes, provided such similar causes are beyond the control of User or Tenant, as the case may be. Whenever delay in completion of a performance is excused by reason of Unavoidable Delays, delay in commencement of such performance will also be excused if caused by Unavoidable Delays.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

   

MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC,

a Virginia corporation

   

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

 

    By:  

 

Its:

 

 

    Its:  

 

 

21

Exhibit 10.19

 

 

4512 FRONTIER WAY, STOCKTON, CA (“STOCKTON”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  
1.   SHARED SPACE; DURATION OF AGREEMENT; OFFICE SERVICES      1   
  1.1    Shared Space; Duration      1   
  1.2    Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces      2   
  1.3    Relationship with 3PL      2   
2.   PAYMENTS; SECURITY DEPOSIT      2   
  2.1    Rent/Calculation of User’s Share      2   
  2.2    Stipulated User’s Share; Variations      3   
  2.3    Payment Terms      3   
  2.4    Interest on Late Payments      3   
  2.5    Payments      3   
  2.6    Security Deposit      3   
  2.7    User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs      3   
3.   USER’S OBLIGATION TO PAY REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES      3   
  3.1    Definition of Reimbursable Expenses      3   
  3.2    Definition of Operating Costs      3   
  3.3    Definition of Taxes      5   
  3.4    Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease      5   
  3.5    Estimates      5   
  3.6    Example      6   
4.   PERMITTED USES      6   
5.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR      6   
  5.1    No Law Violations or Nuisances      6   
  5.2    Compliance With Laws      6   
  5.3    Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing      7   
6.   INSURANCE      7   
  6.1    Property and Casualty      7   
  6.2    Liability      8   
  6.3    Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance      8   
  6.4    Additional Insureds      8   

 

i


  6.5    Waiver of Subrogation Rights      8   
7.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS, EARLY TERMINATION AND RESTRICTIONS, ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      8   
  7.1    No Liens      8   
  7.2    No Assignment and Subletting      9   
  7.3    Early Termination Options      9   
  7.4    Covenant Against Waste      9   
  7.5    Restriction on Third Party Vendors      9   
  7.6    Loading Docks and Shared Assets      10   
8.   CONDEMNATION; DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      10   
  8.1    Condemnation      10   
  8.2    Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate      10   
  8.3    User Right to Terminate      10   
  8.4    Insurance Proceeds      10   
  8.5    Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities      11   
9.   CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS      11   
  9.1    By User      11   
  9.2    Standards; Timing; Insurance      11   
  9.3    Part of Property      11   
  9.4    Tenant Not Responsible      12   
10.   WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION      12   
  10.1    Waiver and Release      12   
  10.2    Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair      12   
  10.3    Risk of Loss      12   
  10.4    Indemnification Against Claims      12   
  10.5    Indemnification Against Costs      12   
11.   INSPECTION OF OFFICE AND SHARED SPACES      13   
  11.1    Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes      13   
  11.2    Entry For Sale or Other Purposes      13   
12.   DEFAULTS      13   
  12.1    Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options      13   
  12.2    Tenant’s Further Remedies      13   
  12.3    Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform      14   

 

ii


  12.4    Waivers by User      14   
13.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION      14   
  13.1    Negotiation and mediation      14   
  13.2    Arbitration or litigation      14   
14.   SURRENDER OF SPACE/HOLDOVER      16   
  14.1    Holdover      16   
  14.2    Notices      16   
15.   MISCELLANEOUS      17   
  15.1    No brokers      17   
  15.2    Relationship of parties      17   
  15.3    Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment      17   
  15.4    Waiver      18   
  15.5    Counterparts      18   
  15.6    Severability      18   
  15.7    Interpretation      18   
  15.8    Governing Law      18   
  15.9    Remedies cumulative      18   
  15.10    Survival      18   
  15.11    Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease      18   
  15.12    Landlord’s Consent      20   
16.   DEFINITIONS      20   
  16.1    Mortgage; Mortgagee      20   
  16.2    Late Payment Rate      20   
  16.3    Proportionate Share      21   
  16.4    Unavoidable Delays      21   
Exhibit A: Identification of Space Used by User   
Exhibit B: Budget   
Schedule 1(a): Tenant’s Assets   
Schedule 1(b): User’s Assets   
Schedule 1(c): Shared Assets   
Schedule 2: Additional Covenants   
Annex 1: Protocols   
Annex 2: Wire Instructions   

 

iii


4512 FRONTIER WAY, STOCKTON, CA (“STOCKTON”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

This Shared Warehouse Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ Tenant ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ User ”) and is dated as of the Distribution Date, as defined in that certain Separation Agreement entered into between Tenant and User’s parent company as of the Distribution Date (the “ Separation Agreement ”). (The Distribution Date is referred in this Agreement as the “ Effective Date ”).

A. Tenant is the Tenant under that certain lease dated December 30, 1996, as extended and amended (“ Lease ”) with ProLogis Second U.S. Properties LP (“ Landlord ”) for the real property commonly known as 4512 Frontier Way, Stockton, CA (“ Property ”).

B. The Property consists of offices and a 351,788 square foot warehouse and surrounding real property improved with a parking lot and other amenities. The warehouse is improved with various owned and leased, fixed assets, equipment and systems which support the warehouse functions (the foregoing assets are referred to collectively as the “ Site Assets ”). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(a). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by User (“ User’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(b). During the Use Period (as defined below) Tenant and User shall each have their Proportionate Share (as defined below) of use of the Site Assets listed on Schedule 1(c) as of June 30, 2012, and which will be updated from time to time to reflect additions and subtractions as required in the usual course of business, with an updated final schedule to be provided to User as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date (such Schedule 1(c) items hereinafter referred to as “ Shared Assets ”). For purposes of this Agreement, only Shared Assets are included in the definition of Property.

C. User has requested, and Tenant has agreed (on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement), to grant User the right to use User’s Share of the Property exclusively for its warehousing operations and limited office use (“ Business Activities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth below.

Therefore, Tenant and User agree as follows:

1. Shared Space; Duration of Agreement; Office Services .

1.1 Shared Space; Duration . Upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant will let User use, and User agrees to use a limited number of the pallets within the warehouse and generally located within those portions of the Property depicted on Exhibit A as the “ Shared Space ” for the period of time (“ Use Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date (“ Use Commencement Date ”), and ending no later than 11:59 p.m. on the day preceding the second anniversary of the Effective Date (“ Use Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. User also has the right to use its Proportionate Share of the offices (“ User Office Space ”) located within the Property and the routes necessary and reasonable for ingress and egress to and from the Shared Space and User Office Space. User will have no right to use those areas of the Property outside of the User Office Space, Shared Space and access routes, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Tenant.


1.2 Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces . User acknowledges that it is familiar with the physical condition of the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and that except for the obligations Tenant has agreed to undertake in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any representations or warranties regarding the condition of the Property. User taking possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space, Shared Assets or any portion thereof will be conclusive evidence against User that the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets were in good order and satisfactory condition. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any promise to alter, remove, improve, redecorate or clean the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto, nor has Tenant made any representation respecting the condition of the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto. User and Tenant each hereby agrees that the premises are leased in their AS IS, WHERE IS condition with any and all latent or patent defects.

1.3 Relationship with 3PL.

(a) User and Tenant agree and acknowledge that each party to this Agreement is responsible for entering into and abiding by the terms of its respective agreements with Exel Inc., a third party logistics service company (“ 3PL ”), the party who handles all aspects of the warehousing and logistics functions at the Property pursuant to a separate agreement (“ 3PL Agreement ”). 3PL and their approved subcontractors (as detailed in the 3PL Agreement) are the only parties permitted by Tenant to perform services of any kind in the Property. No other third parties will have access to the Property, without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Tenant in its sole and absolute discretion. User will abide by the 3PL Agreement and cause 3PL to abide by the statements of work and protocols governing the shared use of the Property and dispute resolution terms for exigent circumstances as set forth on Annex 1 (the “ Protocols ”). At all times when there are two separate 3PL agreements in place, Tenant covenants not to change its 3PL without User’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (For purposes of clarity, User’s consent shall not be required when Section 1.3(b) below is applicable.)

(b) To the extent that a separate 3PL Agreement is not entered into by User, the obligations of User under this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to any agreement that Tenant has in place with its own 3PL provider, a copy of which will be provided to User. User agrees to comply with all terms of Tenant’s 3PL agreement and will indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from failure to comply with the 3PL Agreement and will pay a ratable share of all costs and expenses relating to any services provided there under as Operating Costs, consistent with past practices.

2. Payments; Security Deposit.

2.1 Rent/Calculation of User’s Share . For the right to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and the Shared Assets, User will pay Rent (as defined below) to Tenant. As used in this Agreement, “ Rent ” means User’s Share (as defined below) of Reimbursable Expenses (as defined in Section 3 below) as incurred by Tenant in connection with the use and operation of

 

2


the entire Property (including Shared Assets) as well as any other amounts stated in this Agreement to be included in the definition of Rent. “ User’s Share ” means the percentage set forth below in Section 2.2. The cost of the use of User’s Office Space is factored into the above calculation.)

2.2 Stipulated User’s Share; Variations . Tenant and User stipulate that the User’s Share is 56% as of the Use Commencement Date. User shall be entitled to use User’s Share of pallets within the Property and User’s Share of Office Space. User will not be entitled to increase or decrease User’s Share during the Use Period unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, in a formal, written amendment to this Agreement.

2.3 Payment Terms . All Rent will be paid by User to Tenant, in advance, on the first day of the month for which due. Any Rent for a period of less than one month will be adjusted pro rata. It is the intention of the parties that User shall pay for User’s Share of all costs and expenses relating to the Shared Space regardless of User’s actual use thereof. All Rent and any other sums due Tenant hereunder will be paid at such place as Tenant previously may have designated in a notice to User, and in the absence of such designation will be paid by wire transfer pursuant to the written wire instructions attached hereto as Annex 2 or as otherwise sent by Tenant to User in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.

2.4 Interest on Late Payments . All Rent and any other sums required by this Agreement to be paid to Tenant will bear interest from the date due at the Late Payment Rate (as that term is defined in Section 16.2 below) until paid.

2.5 Payments . The Rent payable under this Agreement will be paid to Tenant without notice or demand and without abatement, deduction, or setoff (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement).

2.6 Security Deposit . No security deposit shall be required under this Agreement.

2.7 User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs. User covenants to timely pay all 3PL costs and expenses related to the 3PL Agreement. User agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all costs due 3PL and other third parties engaged or employed by User.

3. User’s Obligation to Pay Reimbursable Expenses. User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of Reimbursable Expenses, as adjusted from time to time, as a component of Rent. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the understanding and intention of the parties to ratably share all costs and expenses in the operation of the Property including all costs incurred by Tenant for the Shared Space. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

3.1 Definition of Reimbursable Expenses. Reimbursable Expenses ” means “ Operating Costs ” (as defined below) plus “ Taxes ” (as defined below).

3.2 Definition of Operating Costs. Operating Costs ” means, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Use Period, the aggregate of all costs, expenses, and liabilities of every kind or nature paid or incurred by Tenant in connection with the use/ownership, operation

 

3


and maintenance of the “ Project ” (being the Property, all underlying land, together with driveways, parking facilities, warehouse and loading dock areas, roadways and any other similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or operation thereof as well as all Shared Assets and the warehouse management system (“WMS”) components used in the overall operation of the warehouse, but excluding those components of the WMS system used exclusively for Tenant’s operations). Operating Costs include, but are not limited to, the following costs determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied: (A) all rent due under the Lease (including all amounts of base rent and additional pass through charges from Landlord regardless of whether such amounts are designated as rental payments, operating costs or financial liabilities of Tenant under the Lease) plus property management and/or administrative fees and expenses that are related to management of the Project; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project; (C) cost of all association fees, landscaping, janitorial services, waste disposal, and utilities (including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, and other services) for the Property, unless the same are separately metered and billed by such service provider directly to User or 3PL as reasonably determined by Tenant or charged by Landlord; (D) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project including but not limited to paving and parking areas, roads, roof repairs, alleys and driveways, trash collection, sweeping and removal of trash for the common areas, mowing and snow removal, landscaping and exterior painting, the cost of maintaining utility lines, fire sprinklers and fire protection systems, exterior lighting, Shared Assets and mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Project; (E) service, maintenance and management contracts for the operation, maintenance, management, repair, replacement, and security of the Project (including but not limited to alarm service, window cleaning, and service of the Shared Assets); (F) costs of professional services rendered for the general benefit of the Project; (G) environmental insurance or environmental management fees to the extent required by the Lease or otherwise prudent; (H) the cost of any insurance deductibles for insurance required to be maintained by Tenant; (I) all insurance expenses provided the same are related to insuring the Property and/or Shared Assets; (J) depreciation of any component of the Project and (K) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including but not limited to all utility costs) of the Project, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Tenant or as required by the Lease to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Tenant, using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment or as required by the Lease, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any new interpretations of any Law hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord or Tenant, in its reasonable discretion. As used in this Lease, the term “ Law ” refers to any federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, court orders, governmental directives, governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting this Agreement or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User and Tenant agree that the following costs are specifically excluded from Operating Costs: (i) any costs relating to the Tenant’s Assets, and (ii) insurance costs that are not related to insuring the Property or Shared Assets.

 

4


3.3 Definition of Taxes. Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including but not limited to transfer taxes and non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding , however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Tenant a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a margin tax, franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Project, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ Taxes ” for purposes hereof). Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower Taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project. The parties agree and understand that Taxes are not predictable and may increase significantly over the term of this Agreement.

3.4 Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease . If Tenant is obligated to pay any additional amounts under the Lease, which are not otherwise included in this Section 3, whether the additional rent is to reimburse Landlord for taxes, operating expenses, billboard fees, association fees, insurance coverage, common area maintenance charges, or other expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Project, User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of that additional rent (to the extent that additional rent is attributable to events or amounts billed for periods falling within or occurring during the term of this Agreement). The payment shall be due from User to Tenant no fewer than five (5) days before Tenant’s payment of such additional rent is due to the Landlord, provided that User shall have been billed at least 10 days before that date (the bill shall be accompanied by a copy of Landlord’s bill and other material furnished to Tenant in connection with the bill). Any such amounts incurred shall be included within the definition of “ Rent ” for purposes of this Agreement.

3.5 Estimates. User shall pay to Tenant, in advance on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the estimated Rent for each year of the Use Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Attached as Exhibit B is an budget for the Project prepared by Tenant and approved by User, which reflects a good faith estimate of Rent. Based on Exhibit B, the parties have agreed that User will pay to Tenant the monthly sum allocated to User on Exhibit B, in advance, as Tenant’s initial estimate of Rent. From time to time, Tenant may estimate and re-estimate the amount of Rent to be due and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to User. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Rent shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, User shall have paid all of Rent estimated by Tenant for such calendar year. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when the actual amount of Rent is available for each calendar year or fraction thereof (in the instance of any partial calendar year).

(a) On or before January 31 of each calendar year during the term (and within 180 days of the Use Expiration Date), Tenant shall furnish to User a statement of Rent for the previous year (the “ Rent Statement ”). If Tenant fails to issue a Rent Statement, User will send a written request for Tenant to issue a Rent Statement. Within 30 days of receipt of the request for

 

5


Rent Statement, Tenant will then issue a Rent Statement. If User’s estimated payments of Rent for the year covered by the Rent Statement exceeded the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then Tenant shall promptly credit or reimburse User for such excess; likewise, if User’s estimated payments of Rent for such year were less than the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then User shall promptly pay Tenant such deficiency. All true up obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the Use Period.

(b) To minimize the administrative burden on each party, Tenant’s books and records with regard to Rent are available for inspection by User at Tenant’s offices during Tenant’s regular business hours for 30 days after the date of issuance of each Rent Statement. The parties agree to work in good faith to address any questions relating to the Rent Statement.

3.6 Example. For purposes of clarity, the following is an example of the parties’ intentions with respect to Rent due under this Agreement: If Reimbursable Expenses total $500,000/month ($400,000 for Operating Costs and $100,000 for Taxes) and User’s Share is 40%, then User shall pay to Tenant as Rent, $200,000/month. If Landlord passes through any additional costs or Tenant incurs any expenses in the operation of the Project due and payable under this Agreement (as miscellaneous expenses) and/or the Lease, User shall pay User’s Share of the such amounts as well, regardless of whether such amounts were included in the estimate. User shall at all times remain responsible for 100% of any services or expenses incurred solely on User’s behalf (i.e. User shall pay 3PL directly and shall be solely responsible for all components of the WMS system that are used solely for User’s operations).

4. Permitted Uses.

User will use Shared Space and User Office Space solely for User’s Business Activities. User will not, without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion) permit the User Office Space or the Shared Space to be used for any purpose substantially different from those activities described in Recital C of this Agreement.

5. Compliance with Laws; Maintenance and Repair.

5.1 No Law Violations or Nuisances . User will not make or permit any use of the Property, or any part thereof, which violates any applicable statute, ordinance, regulation or other requirement of any governmental authority, or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or which may render void or voidable any insurance then carried by Tenant or User pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Compliance With Laws . User will conduct all of its activities within the User Office Space and the Shared Space in a manner conforming to the requirements of all Laws (including but not limited to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of any governmental authority, the regulations or other requirements of any national or local fire marshal, board of fire underwriters or any other body exercising similar functions) and the requirements of all policies of insurance maintained in force on or with respect to the Property pursuant to this Agreement. User will keep the User Office Space and the Shared Space equipped with all safety appliances required because of User’s use. User will obtain and keep in force any licenses and permits required by, and otherwise comply with the orders and regulations of, all governmental authorities relating to User’s use of the Property.

 

6


5.3 Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing .

(a) Tenant’s Obligations; User Share of Costs . Tenant, to the extent required under the Lease, will maintain the Property in good order, repair and condition. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 may include: (i) the foundation, roof and structural soundness of the concrete floors and exterior walls; (ii) those portions of the water, plumbing, sewer and electrical systems that are not within the possession or control of the User Office Space; and (iii) the driveways, parking areas and other areas adjoining the Property. Tenant will not be required to commence any repairs in the User Office Space or Shared Space until a reasonable time after written notice from User that the same are necessary. The obligation of Tenant to maintain in good condition and repair those parts of the Property, as provided above, will not extend to any damage or disrepair caused by the neglect or fault of User or its employees, contractors or agents, which damage or disrepair will be repaired by Tenant and the full amount of the costs incurred will be charged to User. The provisions of this Section 5.3 will not apply in the event of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking by condemnation by any competent authority. In any such event, the obligation of Tenant will be controlled as otherwise provided in this Agreement. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3(a) will be included in the calculation of Rent.

(b) User Obligations . User will at all times keep the Shared Space and User Office Space clean, neat and safe, and in good order and condition. At the end of the Use Period. User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with the use, repair, maintenance and replacement of the User’s Assets.

(c) WMS and 3PL . User will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of Tenant and Landlord from and against User’s breach of this Agreement, failure to pay for the costs associated with its contracts and for any negligence or misconduct of User, its employees, agents and contractors. This indemnification obligation shall specifically apply to the 3PL Agreement and the WMS System.

(d) Maintenance of Temperature at Conditioned Sites . The parties agree that 3PL is solely responsible for all temperature controls within the warehouse. In the event of any issues arising with respect to the temperature conditions impacting storage within the warehouse, the impacted party will immediately notify 3PL and cause 3PL to promptly address any issues.

6. Insurance.

6.1 Property and Casualty . At all times throughout the Use Period, and subject to the terms of the Lease, Tenant will: (a) keep the Property insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties; and (b) carry and maintain broad form boiler and machinery insurance on all equipment and objects (which are part of the Property) customarily covered by such insurance. All such insurance obtained by Tenant will be in such amounts and with such coverage as Tenant determines in its discretion or is otherwise required by the Lease. At all times throughout the Use Period, User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, keep User’s personal property, inventory and equipment, including but not limited to the User’s Assets (collectively, “ Personal Property ”) insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties.

 

7


6.2 Liability . User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, throughout the term of this Agreement, but for the mutual benefit of Tenant and User, maintain the following kinds and amounts of insurance: (a) comprehensive general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury and property damage, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate in respect of bodily injury or death; (b) employer’s liability insurance in the amount of not less than $1,000,000; and (c) workmen’s compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by Law.

6.3 Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance . All insurance provided for in this Section 6 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers with an AM Best rating of A-VII or better. Certificates of insurance will be provided upon request by either party.

6.4 Additional Insureds . All policies of insurance provided for by Tenant in Section 6.l above will name Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s Mortgagee (if any) as the insureds, as their respective interests may appear and all policies of insurance provided for by User in Section 6.1 above will name User as the insured. All policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.2 above will name User as the insured and Landlord and Tenant and each party’s Mortgagee as additional insureds. All such policies will provide that should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with policy provisions to the Tenant.

6.5 Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Whenever (a) any loss, cost, damage or expense resulting from fire or other casualty is incurred by either Tenant or User or anyone claiming by, through or under either of them in connection with the Property, and (b) the party suffering such loss is then either covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to such loss, cost, damage or expense (or is required under this Agreement to be so insured), then the party so insured (or so required) hereby releases the other party from any liability said other party may have on account of such loss, cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such insurance (or which could have been recovered, had insurance been carried as so required) and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof.

7. Negative Covenants, Early Termination and Restrictions, Additional Covenants.

7.1 No Liens . User will not suffer or permit any vendor’s, mechanic’s, laborer’s, or materialman’s statutory or similar lien to be filed against the Property or any interest of Tenant or User therein by reason of labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to User or anyone holding or using the Property, or any part thereof, through or under User (including labor, services or materials supplied in connection with any repairs or maintenance provided by User under Section 1.3 or Section 5 above). If any such lien is filed against the Property, User will, within 20 days after notice of the filing thereof, cause the same to be released and discharged.

 

8


7.2 No Assignment and Subletting . As a material inducement for Tenant to enter into this Agreement with User, User agrees that neither this Agreement nor User’s interest hereunder will under any circumstances, whether voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law, be assigned or transferred by User, nor will User allow any other person to use or occupy any portion of the User Office Space or Shared Space, without in each case the prior written consent of Tenant being first obtained (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion). User agrees and acknowledges that the Tenant is ultimately responsible to Landlord under all terms of the Lease and therefore it is reasonable for Tenant to be exercising its right to consent or to not consent in its sole and absolute discretion. This absolute presumption against assignment or sub-letting User’s interest under this Agreement overrides any rights that may exist under the Lease that are more generous than the provisions of this Section 7.2.

7.3 Early Termination Options

(a) User’s Early Termination Option. User may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Tenant no less than 180 days’ prior to the date of intended early termination (“ User Termination Notice ”). The User Termination Notice shall advise Tenant of the date on which User will vacate the Property, said date being no earlier than 180 days from the date of the User Termination Notice (“ User Termination Date ”). Notwithstanding any early termination in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.3, User will be liable for all rent accruing through the User Termination Date, regardless of whether or not User chooses to remain in physical possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space and/or Shared Assets. For purposes of clarity, in the Event that User delivers the User Termination Notice and provided that User timely vacates the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, User will only be responsible for its obligations, including payment of Rent and other charges, under this Agreement accruing through the User Termination Date, but will not, however, be liable for Rent or other costs first accruing after the User Termination Date.

(b) Termination by Mutual Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the parties mutually agree to enter into separate agreements with third parties for warehousing, use of the facility, office space and a lease of the Building, including without limitation WMS (e.g. Red Prairie, Matrics), and have segregated all owned or leased assets used in the facility, upon User providing Tenant with appropriate evidence of the documentation supporting the segregation and Landlord’s release of Tenant from all obligations under the Lease relating to User’s continued use of the Property, this Agreement shall terminate effective as of the date of the commencement of completely independent operations, without any penalties under this Agreement.

7.4 Covenant Against Waste . User agrees not to do or suffer any waste or damage to, or impairment of the value of, the Property.

7.5 Restriction on Third Party Vendors . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, User will not enter into any third party vendor agreements that entail the use, presence, installation of systems or occupancy by any vendor of the User Office Space or Shared Space without Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

9


7.6 Loading Docks and Shared Assets . User will not utilize more than User’s Share of any loading docks or Shared Assets included in the Shared Space without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion).

7.7 Additional Covenants. The additional covenants set forth on Schedule 2 are incorporated into the body of this Section 7.7 as if fully restated herein.

8. Condemnation; Damage and Destruction.

8.1 Condemnation . If all or any Material (as defined below) part of the Property is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Agreement will terminate on the date of vesting of title in the condemning party under such eminent domain proceedings, and all Rent and other sums payable by User hereunder will be prorated to the date of such vesting. Notwithstanding any judicial allocation of any award, the entire award will be paid to Tenant (or to Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any, under the terms of its Mortgage), and User will not have any right to any apportionment of or share in the award. For purposes of this Section 8, “ Material ” or “ Materially ” shall mean at least 50% of the User Office Space and Shared Space or 70% of the Property is damaged, destroyed or taken so that User is unable to use the User Office Space and Shared Space for its intended purposes.

8.2 Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If the Property is damaged or destroyed, regardless of the cause or the amount of the loss or the existence of insurance to cover such loss, Landlord/Tenant will have the right, but not the obligation, to either repair the damage or terminate this Agreement. If Landlord/Tenant elects to repair, repair and restoration will be promptly commenced and diligently pursued to completion, due allowance being made for time needed to adjust insurance and for Unavoidable Delays (as defined below). The performance by User of its other obligations under this Agreement will continue notwithstanding any such loss, except for temporary suspension of performance rendered impossible by such damage or destruction. However, User will be entitled to an abatement of Rent with respect to any portion of the User Office Space and Shared Space which User is unable to use for its business activities. If Landlord/Tenant elects not to restore such damage, this Agreement will be terminated effective as of the date Landlord/Tenant notifies User that Landlord/Tenant does not intend to restore.

8.3 User Right to Terminate . If the Property is Materially destroyed, User will have an option to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Tenant. Upon the exercise of such an option, this Agreement will terminate and User will pay all Rent and its Proportionate Share of other charges then due hereunder, equitably apportioned to the date of such termination.

8.4 Insurance Proceeds . All Insurance proceeds on account of any loss will be paid [first in accordance with the terms of the Lease and thereafter,] to Tenant and may be used by Tenant to pay the costs of restoration of such improvements or may be kept by Tenant in its sole discretion.

 

10


8.5 Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities . In no event will Tenant be liable to User for loss of revenue, or indirect, special or consequential damages arising out of the partial or total destruction or damage to the Property or any portion thereof by reason of a fire or other casualty.

9. Changes and Alterations.

9.1 By User . User is absolutely prohibited from making any changes or alterations to the User Office Space, Shared Space, Shared Assets or to systems and/or infrastructure supporting such areas, in each instance without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant does so consent, User will provide Tenant with copies of all plans and contracts and procure and pay for all required permits and authorizations of the various governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant agrees to join in the application for such permits or authorizations whenever such action is necessary at User’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses of any labor, materials or other work to the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets pursuant to this Section 9 and for all costs and expenses associated with the removal of the User’s Assets and any repairs to or cleaning of the Shared Space and User Office Space that may be required following the removal of the User’s Assets at the end of the Use Period. User agrees and acknowledges that in some instances, Landlord’s consent may also be required for any change, repair or alteration and in such instances, Tenant’s consent shall not relieve User from the obligation of obtaining Landlord’s consent as well.

9.2 Standards; Timing; Insurance . If Tenant consents to any change or alteration, (and Landlord’s consent, where required), the following requirements will apply: (a) all work done in connection therewith will be done promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Lease and zoning laws of the place in which the Property is located and with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and the appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof, and in accordance with the orders, rules and regulations of the fire marshal or board of fire underwriters where the Property is situated or any other body exercising similar functions; (b) the cost of any such change or alteration will be paid in cash so that the Property will at all times be free of liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Property; (c) the work of any change or alteration will be prosecuted with reasonable dispatch, Unavoidable Delays excepted; (d) there will be maintained workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work and with respect to whom death or injury claims could be asserted against Tenant, User or the Property; and (e) general liability insurance for the mutual benefit of User and Tenant (and Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any), as described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement, will be increased to such amounts as requested or required by Landlord/Tenant, at User’s sole cost and expense at all times when any work is in process in connection with any change or alteration.

9.3 Part of Property . All improvements and alterations made or installed by User in or on the Property, immediately upon completion or installation thereof, will be and become a part of the Property and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At Tenant’s sole discretion, User will remove all improvements and alterations made or installed by User and restore the Property to the condition existing prior to commencement of the Use Period, at User’s sole cost.

 

11


9.4 Tenant Not Responsible . Tenant, by approving or inspecting any design, plans, drawings or specifications or any contract for work or materials or the method of performing any work by User or its employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors, does not assume any responsibility or liability as to the safety, adequacy, sufficiency, legality or otherwise of what is approved or inspected, which responsibility or liability will be and remain with User.

10. Waiver of Claims; Indemnification.

10.1 Waiver and Release . User waives and releases Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees from all claims for damage to person or property sustained by User relating to: (i) the Property or the land appurtenant thereto or any part thereof or any equipment or appurtenance therein or thereon becoming out of repair; (ii) any accident in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto; and (iii) any act, directly or indirectly, of Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees.

10.2 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair . If any damage to the Property or to Tenant or to other users of the Property, results from any act, omission or neglect of User or of User’s contractors, agents or employees, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, repair such damage and User will, upon demand by Tenant, promptly reimburse Tenant for the total cost of such repairs in excess of the amount, if any, paid to Tenant under insurance covering such damages.

10.3 Risk of Loss . All Personal Property situated in the Property and belonging to User, its contractors, agents or employees or visitors or any occupant of the premises will be situated there at the risk of User or such other person only, and Tenant will not be liable for damage thereto or theft, misappropriation or loss thereof.

10.4 Indemnification Against Claims . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.5 and 9.4 above, Tenant and User agree to hold each other harmless and indemnify each other, their respective officers, directors, agents, contractors and employees from and against all claims, liability and costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) for injuries to persons and damage to property, arising from occurrences in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto, caused in whole or in part, by the act, omission or negligence of the other of them, their respective agents, contractors, employees and visitors.

10.5 Indemnification Against Costs . User agrees to pay, and to indemnify Tenant against, all legal costs and charges, including counsel fees, lawfully and reasonably incurred in connection with the following: (a) obtaining possession of any portion of the Property after a default by User and its failure to cure such default within the time provided in this Agreement; (b) User’s default of all obligations under this Agreement including, but not limited to, in surrendering possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and/or in enforcing any covenant or agreement of User in this Agreement; or (c) in any suit or proceeding affecting the Property or this Agreement to which the Tenant is joined as a party by reason of User’s use of the Property under this Agreement.

 

12


11. Inspection of Office and Shared Spaces.

11.1 Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes . User agrees to permit Landlord/Tenant and Landlord/Tenant’s authorized representatives to enter the User Office Space at all reasonable times for the purposes of: (a) inspecting the same, and (b) making any necessary repairs to the Property and performing any work therein that may be necessary by reason of User’s default under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant has no obligation to perform any work that User is required to perform under this Agreement, and Landlord/Tenant’s performance thereof will not constitute a waiver of User’s default in failing to perform the same. Landlord/Tenant may, during the progress of any such work in the User Office Space, keep and store upon the User Office Space all necessary materials, tools and equipment. Tenant will not in any event be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, or damage to User by reason of making such repairs or the performance of any such work in the Property, or on account of bringing materials, supplies and equipment into or through the Property during the course thereof, and the obligations of User under this Agreement will not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever.

11.2 Entry For Sale or Other Purposes . Landlord/Tenant is hereby given the right at all reasonable times to enter the User Office Space and to exhibit the same for the purpose of sale or any other purposes, and Tenant will use reasonable care to avoid disturbing User during any such entry.

12. Defaults.

12.1 Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options . If (i) User defaults in the payment of any Rent, or any other amounts due hereunder or in the maintenance of insurance or allows any lien to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, and such default continues for 10 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (ii) if User defaults in the performance of any other obligation under this Agreement and such default continues for 30 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (iii) if User files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or if such a petition is filed against User and is not dismissed within 60 days, then Tenant may, at its option, without further notice, elect to terminate this Agreement or (without terminating this Agreement) to terminate User’s rights to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and in such event Tenant or Tenant’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the User Office Space and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or otherwise, without being liable for indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and with or without terminating this Agreement, and repossess and enjoy the User Office Space, together with all additions, alterations and improvements.

12.2 Tenant’s Further Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement will limit or prejudice Tenant’s right to prove and obtain as liquidated damages arising out of any breach or default by User the maximum amount allowed by any statute or rule of law, whether such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amounts payable by User hereunder during what would have been the balance of the Use Period.

 

13


12.3 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform . If User defaults in the payment of any amounts due under this Agreement or other tax or excise or in the maintenance of insurance or the repair or restoration of the Property, or allows any lien arising on account of any act or omission of User to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, or fails to make any other payment or perform any other act, agreement, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, Tenant may cure any such default, and the cost thereof together with interest at the Late Payment Rate will be an additional amount due from User upon demand.

12.4 Waivers by User . USER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE SERVICE OF NOTICE OF INTENTION TO RE-ENTER PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, OR TO INSTITUTE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS TO THAT END, AND ALSO WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT OF REDEMPTION PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE IN CASE USER IS DISPOSSESSED BY A JUDGMENT OR BY WARRANT OF ANY COURT OR JUDGE. USER WAIVES AND WILL WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY A JURY IN THE EVENT THAT SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ANY OTHER ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARE INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST IT.

13. Dispute Resolution. Except for disputes relating to the 3PL Agreement and adherence to the Protocol (which are separately governed by the Dispute Resolution Policy (as defined in Section 1.3 above)), any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the remaining provisions of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection 13.1 below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection 13.2 below. The procedures set forth in this Section 13 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

13.1 Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

13.2 Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (a) or (d) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (b) below.

 

14


(a) Arbitration .

(i) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(ii) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(iii) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(b) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees, and expert witness fees.

(d) Arbitration for Financial Disputes . In the event of a dispute involving calculations of Rent, Reimbursable Expenses, interest calculations or other purely financial matters, any arbitration under subsection (a) will be handled at the end of the calendar year in which the dispute arose, in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement. If the parties have not resolved the disputed matters within 30 days after the end of the calendar year, the dispute will be submitted to, and heard before, Ernst & Young LLP, or if such

 

15


accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of Tenant or User, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. The arbitration will be limited solely to the financial calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (d), the provisions in subsection (a) will apply to any arbitration under this subsection (d). In order to minimize the administrative burden of resolving ongoing financial disputes, all financial disputes requiring arbitration will be handled at the end of the calendar year in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement.

14. Surrender of Space/Holdover. User will, upon termination of this Agreement, surrender the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets (solely to the extent the same are not User’s Assets) to Tenant in good order, condition and repair, except for reasonable wear and tear and for damage that User is not required under the terms of this Agreement to restore or repair.

14.1 Holdover . Should User, or any of its successors in interest, hold over in its occupancy of the Property, or any part thereof, after the Use Expiration Date, unless otherwise agreed in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy only, terminable at the will of Tenant, at a rental equal to the greater of (a) the then fair market rental value of the Shared Space and if applicable the User Office Space, or (b) the total rental payable for the last month of the Use Period plus fifty percent (50%) of such amount, payable in full on the first day on which User holds over and on the first day of each month thereafter during such holdover period. The holdover rental amount shall be recalculated and adjusted upwards monthly. The inclusion of the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Tenant’s permission for User to hold over. In addition, User shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all loss, costs (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and all costs and expenses incurred under the Lease) and liability resulting from such holdover, including but not limited to any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon User’s failure to vacate the Property upon expiration of the Use Period, as it may be extended, and any lost profits to Tenant and or Landlord resulting therefrom.

14.2 Notices. All notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

If to Tenant:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                                  

Email:                              

 

16


With a copy to:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                                   

Email:                              

If to User:

100 DeForest Ave.

East Hanover, NJ 07936

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                                  

Email:                              

With a copy to:

Three Parkway North, Suite 200

Deerfield, IL 60015

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                                  

Email:                              

15. Miscellaneous.

15.1 No brokers . User and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that no broker interested User in the User Office Space or the Shared Space or assisted User or Tenant in the negotiations of this Agreement. User and Tenant hereby agree to hold harmless and indemnify each other from and against all claims for costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), expense or liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with the other of them with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

15.2 Relationship of parties . Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

15.3 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all exhibits) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Separation Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

17


15.4 Waiver . Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

15.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

15.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

15.7 Interpretation . The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

15.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, U.S.A.

15.9 Remedies cumulative . The specific remedies to which Tenant or User may resort under the terms of this Agreement are cumulative. The failure of Tenant or User to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any of the covenants of this Agreement, or to exercise any option herein contained, will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A receipt by Tenant of payments with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or agreement hereof will not be deemed a waiver of a breach by User, and no waiver, change, modification or discharge by either party hereto of this Agreement or of any provision in this Agreement, or surrender by User of the User Office Space, will be deemed to have been made or will be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by both Tenant and User. In addition to the other remedies in this Agreement provided, Tenant and User will be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement or to a decree compelling performance of any of such covenants, conditions or provisions.

15.10 Survival . Sections 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, and 15 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

15.11 Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease. This Agreement and all the rights of parties under it are expressly subject and subordinate to the Lease. Each party agrees that it will not, by its act or omission to act, cause a default under the Lease. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties confirm, each to the other, that it is not practical in this Agreement to restate all of the rights and obligations of the various parties under the Lease and to specifically

 

18


allocate those rights and obligations in this Agreement. Accordingly, in order to afford to User the benefits of this Agreement and of those provisions of the Lease that by their nature are intended to benefit the party in possession of the Property, and in order to protect Tenant against a default by User that might cause a default or event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the parties agree:

(a) Provided User shall timely pay all Rent when due under this Agreement, Tenant shall pay, when due, all base rent, additional rent and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Tenant shall perform its covenants and obligations under the Lease that do not require possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space for their performance and that are not otherwise to be performed under this Agreement by User on behalf of Tenant. For example, Tenant shall at all times keep in full force and effect all insurance required of Tenant as Tenant under the Lease unless that requirement is waived in writing by, Landlord.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, User shall perform all affirmative covenants and shall refrain from performing any act that is prohibited by the negative covenants of the Lease, where the obligation to perform or refrain from performing is by its nature imposed upon the party in possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space. If practicable, User shall perform affirmative covenants that are also covenants of Tenant under the Lease at least 5 days prior to the date when Tenant’s performance is required under the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to enter the User Office Space to cure any default by User under this Section.

(d) Tenant shall not agree with Landlord to any amendment to the Lease that might have an adverse effect on User’s occupancy of the User Office Space or its use of the Shared Space for their intended purpose, unless Tenant shall first obtain User’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Tenant grants to User the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Shared Space and/or User Office Space that are to be provided by Landlord under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall have no duty to perform any obligations of Landlord that are, by their nature, the obligation of an owner or manager of real property. For example, Tenant shall not be required to provide the services or repairs that the Landlord is required to provide under the Lease. Tenant shall have no responsibility for or be liable to User for any default, failure, or delay on the part of Landlord in the performance or observance by Landlord of any of its obligations under the Lease, nor shall any default by Landlord affect this Agreement or waive or defer the performance of any of User’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the default by Landlord excuses performance by Tenant as Tenant under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties contemplate that Landlord will perform its obligations under the Lease and in the event of any default or failure of performance by Landlord, Tenant agrees that it will, upon notice from User, make demand upon Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease, and if User agrees to pay all costs and expenses of Tenant (to be shared by Tenant pro rata if Landlord’s default adversely affects Tenant) and provides Tenant with security for that payment reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant will take appropriate legal action to enforce the Lease.

 

19


(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no instance shall User have any greater rights under this Agreement than the rights that are afforded to Tenant under the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. User acknowledges and agrees that User has received a copy of the Lease and will abide by the terms, covenants and agreements set forth therein. In the event that Tenant’s consent or approval is required or requested by User in connection with any provision of this Agreement, Tenant shall not in any manner be obligated to provide consent or approval if Landlord’s prior consent or approval is required under the terms of the Lease and Landlord fails to provide such consent or approval upon request of either party.

15.12 Landlord’s Consent. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties under it are expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s obtaining Landlord’s consent to this Agreement. User shall promptly deliver to Tenant any information reasonably requested by Landlord (in connection with Landlord’s approval of this Agreement) with respect to the nature and operation of User’s business, the financial condition of User, or both. Tenant and User agree, for the benefit of Landlord, that this Agreement and Landlord’s consent hereto shall not: (a) create privity of contract between Landlord and User; (b) be deemed to have amended the Lease in any regard (unless Landlord shall have expressly agreed to the amendment and such amendment is executed by all applicable parties); or (c) be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment of the Lease by Tenant or any further subletting of premises leased pursuant to the Lease, or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment by User of this Agreement or any sub-subletting of all or any part of the Property. Landlord’s consent shall, however, be deemed to evidence Landlord’s agreement that User may use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets for the uses set forth in Section 4 above. If Landlord fails to consent to this Agreement within 30 days after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the other at any time thereafter, but before Landlord grants consent.

16. Definitions.

16.1 Mortgage; Mortgagee . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Mortgage ” is used it will mean any indenture of mortgage or a deed of trust which at the time in question is a lien on Tenant’s and or Landlord’s interest in the Property and any supplement to, modification, renewal, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof. The term “ Mortgagee ” will mean the holder of such Mortgage.

16.2 Late Payment Rate . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Late Payment Rate ” is used it will mean the greater of (a) 10% per annum, or (b) the rate of interest which is 3% over the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal under “WSJ Prime Rate” from time to time) charged at the time interest is accruing at the Late Payment Rate, whichever is higher, unless prohibited by law, in which case “ Late Payment Rate ” will mean the maximum contract rate permitted by law.

 

20


16.3 Proportionate Share . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proportionate Share ” will mean User’s Share as defined in Section 2.1 above and in the case of Tenant, Tenant’s Proportional share shall be the amount remaining after subtracting User’s Share from 100% (i.e. if User’s Share is 40% the Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 60%).

16.4 Unavoidable Delays . Wherever in this Agreement the term “ Unavoidable Delays ” or words of similar import appear, they will be construed to mean delays due to strikes, lock-outs, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, governmental restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or similar causes, provided such similar causes are beyond the control of User or Tenant, as the case may be. Whenever delay in completion of a performance is excused by reason of Unavoidable Delays, delay in commencement of such performance will also be excused if caused by Unavoidable Delays.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,     

MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC,

a Virginia corporation

    

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

     By:   

 

Its:  

 

     Its:   

 

 

21

Exhibit 10.20

 

 

6710 OAKLEY INDUSTRIAL BLVD., UNION CITY, GA (“ATLANTA”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

between

Kraft Foods Group, Inc.

and

Mondelēz Global LLC

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

              Page  
1.   SHARED SPACE; DURATION OF AGREEMENT; OFFICE SERVICES      1   
  1.1    Shared Space; Duration      1   
  1.2    Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces      2   
  1.3    Relationship with 3PL      2   
2.   PAYMENTS; SECURITY DEPOSIT      2   
  2.1    Rent/Calculation of User’s Share      2   
  2.2    Stipulated User’s Share; Variations      3   
  2.3    Payment Terms      3   
  2.4    Interest on Late Payments      3   
  2.5    Payments      3   
  2.6    Security Deposit      3   
  2.7    User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs      3   
3.   USER’S OBLIGATION TO PAY REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES      3   
  3.1    Definition of Reimbursable Expenses      3   
  3.2    Definition of Operating Costs      3   
  3.3    Definition of Taxes      5   
  3.4    Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease      5   
  3.5    Estimates      5   
  3.6    Example      6   
4.   PERMITTED USES      6   
5.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR      6   
  5.1    No Law Violations or Nuisances      6   
  5.2    Compliance With Laws      6   
  5.3    Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing      7   
6.   INSURANCE      7   
  6.1    Property and Casualty      7   
  6.2    Liability      8   
  6.3    Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance      8   
  6.4    Additional Insureds      8   

 

i


  6.5    Waiver of Subrogation Rights      8   

7.

  NEGATIVE COVENANTS, EARLY TERMINATION AND RESTRICTIONS, ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      8   
  7.1    No Liens      8   
  7.2    No Assignment and Subletting      9   
  7.3    Early Termination Options      9   
  7.4    Covenant Against Waste      9   
  7.5    Restriction on Third Party Vendors      9   
  7.6    Loading Docks and Shared Assets      10   

8.

  CONDEMNATION; DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION      10   
  8.1    Condemnation      10   
  8.2    Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate      10   
  8.3    User Right to Terminate      10   
  8.4    Insurance Proceeds      10   
  8.5    Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities      11   

9.

  CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS      11   
  9.1    By User      11   
  9.2    Standards; Timing; Insurance      11   
  9.3    Part of Property      11   
  9.4    Tenant Not Responsible      12   

10.

  WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION      12   
  10.1    Waiver and Release      12   
  10.2    Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair      12   
  10.3    Risk of Loss      12   
  10.4    Indemnification Against Claims      12   
  10.5    Indemnification Against Costs      12   

11.

  INSPECTION OF OFFICE AND SHARED SPACES      13   
  11.1    Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes      13   
  11.2    Entry For Sale or Other Purposes      13   

12.

  DEFAULTS      13   
  12.1    Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options      13   
    12.2    Tenant’s Further Remedies    13  
  12.3    Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform      14   

 

ii


  12.4    Waivers by User      14   
13.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION      14   
  13.1    Negotiation and mediation      14   
  13.2    Arbitration or litigation      14   
14.   SURRENDER OF SPACE/HOLDOVER      16   
  14.1    Holdover      16   
  14.2    Notices      16   
15.   MISCELLANEOUS      17   
  15.1    No brokers      17   
  15.2    Relationship of parties      17   
  15.3    Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment      17   
  15.4    Waiver      18   
  15.5    Counterparts      18   
  15.6    Severability      18   
  15.7    Interpretation      18   
  15.8    Governing Law      18   
  15.9    Remedies cumulative      18   
  15.10    Survival      18   
  15.11    Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease      18   
  15.12    Landlord’s Consent      20   
16.   DEFINITIONS      20   
  16.1    Mortgage; Mortgagee      20   
  16.2    Late Payment Rate      20   
  16.3    Proportionate Share      21   
  16.4    Unavoidable Delays      21   

Exhibit A: Identification of Space Used by User

  

Exhibit B: Budget

  

Schedule 1(a): Tenant’s Assets

  

Schedule 1(b): User’s Assets

  

Schedule 1(c): Shared Assets

  

Schedule 2: Additional Covenants

  

Annex 1: Protocols

  

Annex 2: Wire Instructions

  

 

iii


6710 OAKLEY INDUSTRIAL BLVD., UNION CITY, GA (“ATLANTA”)

SHARED WAREHOUSE AGREEMENT

This Shared Warehouse Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Kraft Foods Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“ Tenant ”), and Mondelēz Global LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ User ”) and is dated as of the Distribution Date, as defined in that certain Separation Agreement entered into between Tenant and User’s parent company as of the Distribution Date (the “ Separation Agreement ”). (The Distribution Date is referred in this Agreement as the “ Effective Date ”.)

A. Tenant is the Tenant under that certain lease dated October 21, 2009, as amended (“ Lease ”) with Airport Center III at Oakley Park, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) for the real property commonly known as 6710 Oakley Industrial Blvd., Union City, GA (“ Property ”).

B. The Property consists of offices and a 969,150 square foot warehouse and surrounding real property improved with a parking lot and other amenities. The warehouse is improved with various owned and leased, fixed assets, equipment and systems which support the warehouse functions (the foregoing assets are referred to collectively as the “ Site Assets ”). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(a). The Site Assets owned and/or leased by User (“ User’s Assets ”) are listed on Schedule 1(b). During the Use Period (as defined below) Tenant and User shall each have their Proportionate Share (as defined below) of use of the Site Assets listed on Schedule 1(c) as of June 30, 2012, and which will be updated from time to time to reflect additions and subtractions as required in the usual course of business, with an updated final schedule to be provided to User as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date (such Schedule 1(c) items hereinafter referred to as “ Shared Assets ”). For purposes of this Agreement, only Shared Assets are included in the definition of Property.

C. User has requested, and Tenant has agreed (on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement), to grant User the right to use User’s Share of the Property exclusively for its warehousing operations and limited office use (“ Business Activities ”) on the terms and conditions set forth below.

Therefore, Tenant and User agree as follows:

1. Shared Space; Duration of Agreement; Office Services .

1.1 Shared Space; Duration . Upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant will let User use, and User agrees to use a limited number of the pallets within the warehouse and generally located within those portions of the Property depicted on Exhibit A as the “ Shared Space ” for the period of time (“ Use Period ”) commencing on the Effective Date (“ Use Commencement Date ”), and ending no later than 11:59 p.m. on the day preceding the second anniversary of the Effective Date (“ Use Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. User also has the right to use its Proportionate Share of the offices (“ User Office Space ”) located within the Property and the routes necessary and


reasonable for ingress and egress to and from the Shared Space and User Office Space. User will have no right to use those areas of the Property outside of the User Office Space, Shared Space and access routes, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Tenant.

1.2 Condition of Property and Office and Shared Spaces . User acknowledges that it is familiar with the physical condition of the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and that except for the obligations Tenant has agreed to undertake in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any representations or warranties regarding the condition of the Property. User taking possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space, Shared Assets or any portion thereof will be conclusive evidence against User that the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets were in good order and satisfactory condition. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, Tenant has not made any promise to alter, remove, improve, redecorate or clean the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto, nor has Tenant made any representation respecting the condition of the Property or any part thereof or the land appurtenant thereto. User and Tenant each hereby agrees that the premises are leased in their AS IS, WHERE IS condition with any and all latent or patent defects.

1.3 Relationship with 3PL.

(a) User and Tenant agree and acknowledge that each party to this Agreement is responsible for entering into and abiding by the terms of its respective agreements with Exel Inc., a third party logistics service company (“ 3PL ”), the party who handles all aspects of the warehousing and logistics functions at the Property pursuant to a separate agreement (“ 3PL Agreement ”). 3PL and their approved subcontractors (as detailed in the 3PL Agreement) are the only parties permitted by Tenant to perform services of any kind in the Property. No other third parties will have access to the Property, without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Tenant in it sole and absolute discretion. User will abide by the 3PL Agreement and cause 3PL to abide by the statements of work and protocols governing the shared use of the Property and dispute resolution terms for exigent circumstances as set forth on Annex 1 (the “ Protocols ”). At all times when there are two separate 3PL agreements in place, Tenant covenants not to change its 3PL without User’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (For purposes of clarity, User’s consent shall not be required when Section 1.3(b) below is applicable.)

(b) To the extent that a separate 3PL Agreement is not entered into by User, the obligations of User under this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to any agreement that Tenant has in place with its own 3PL provider, a copy of which will be provided to User. User agrees to comply with all terms of Tenant’s 3PL agreement and will indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from failure to comply with the 3PL Agreement and will pay a ratable share of all costs and expenses relating to any services provided there under as Operating Costs, consistent with past practices.

2. Payments; Security Deposit.

2.1 Rent/Calculation of User’s Share . For the right to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and the Shared Assets, User will pay Rent (as defined below) to Tenant. As used in this Agreement, “ Rent ” means User’s Share (as defined below) of Reimbursable Expenses (as

 

2


defined in Section 3 below) as incurred by Tenant in connection with the use and operation of the entire Property (including Shared Assets) as well as any other amounts stated in this Agreement to be included in the definition of Rent. “ User’s Share ” means the percentage set forth below in Section 2.2. The cost of the use of User’s Office Space is factored into the above calculation.)

2.2 Stipulated User’s Share; Variations . Tenant and User stipulate that the User’s Share is 45% as of the Use Commencement Date. User shall be entitled to use User’s Share of pallets within the Property and User’s Share of Office Space. User will not be entitled to increase or decrease User’s Share during the Use Period unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, in a formal, written amendment to this Agreement.

2.3 Payment Terms . All Rent will be paid by User to Tenant, in advance, on the first day of the month for which due. Any Rent for a period of less than one month will be adjusted pro rata. It is the intention of the parties that User shall pay for User’s Share of all costs and expenses relating to the Shared Space regardless of User’s actual use thereof. All Rent and any other sums due Tenant hereunder will be paid at such place as Tenant previously may have designated in a notice to User, and in the absence of such designation will be paid by wire transfer pursuant to the written wire instructions attached hereto as Annex 2 or as otherwise sent by Tenant to User in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.

2.4 Interest on Late Payments . All Rent and any other sums required by this Agreement to be paid to Tenant will bear interest from the date due at the Late Payment Rate (as that term is defined in Section 16.2 below) until paid.

2.5 Payments . The Rent payable under this Agreement will be paid to Tenant without notice or demand and without abatement, deduction, or setoff (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement).

2.6 Security Deposit . No security deposit shall be required under this Agreement.

2.7 User Solely Liable for all 3PL Costs and Other Third Party Costs. User covenants to timely pay all 3PL costs and expenses related to the 3PL Agreement. User agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all costs due 3PL and other third parties engaged or employed by User.

3. User’s Obligation to Pay Reimbursable Expenses. User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of Reimbursable Expenses, as adjusted from time to time, as a component of Rent. For the avoidance of doubt, it is the understanding and intention of the parties to ratably share all costs and expenses in the operation of the Property including all costs incurred by Tenant for the Shared Space. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

3.1 Definition of Reimbursable Expenses. Reimbursable Expenses ” means “ Operating Costs ” (as defined below) plus “ Taxes ” (as defined below).

3.2 Definition of Operating Costs. Operating Costs ” means, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Use Period, the aggregate of all costs, expenses, and liabilities of

 

3


every kind or nature paid or incurred by Tenant in connection with the use/ownership, operation and maintenance of the “ Project ” (being the Property, all underlying land, together with driveways, parking facilities, warehouse and loading dock areas, roadways and any other similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or operation thereof as well as all Shared Assets and the warehouse management system (“WMS”) components used in the overall operation of the warehouse, but excluding those components of the WMS system used exclusively for Tenant’s operations). Operating Costs include, but are not limited to, the following costs determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied: (A) all rent due under the Lease (including all amounts of base rent and additional pass through charges from Landlord regardless of whether such amounts are designated as rental payments, operating costs or financial liabilities of Tenant under the Lease) plus property management and/or administrative fees and expenses that are related to management of the Project; (B) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project; (C) cost of all association fees, landscaping, janitorial services, waste disposal, and utilities (including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, and other services) for the Property, unless the same are separately metered and billed by such service provider directly to User or 3PL as reasonably determined by Tenant or charged by Landlord; (D) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project including but not limited to paving and parking areas, roads, roof repairs, alleys and driveways, trash collection, sweeping and removal of trash for the common areas, mowing and snow removal, landscaping and exterior painting, the cost of maintaining utility lines, fire sprinklers and fire protection systems, exterior lighting, Shared Assets and mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Project; (E) service, maintenance and management contracts for the operation, maintenance, management, repair, replacement, and security of the Project (including but not limited to alarm service, window cleaning, and service of the Shared Assets); (F) costs of professional services rendered for the general benefit of the Project; (G) environmental insurance or environmental management fees to the extent required by the Lease or otherwise prudent; (H) the cost of any insurance deductibles for insurance required to be maintained by Tenant; (I) all insurance expenses provided the same are related to insuring the Property and/or Shared Assets; (J) depreciation of any component of the Project and (K) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including but not limited to all utility costs) of the Project, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Tenant or as required by the Lease to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Tenant, using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment or as required by the Lease, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any new interpretations of any Law hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord or Tenant, in its reasonable discretion. As used in this Lease, the term “ Law ” refers to any federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, court orders, governmental directives, governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting this Agreement or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User and Tenant agree that the following costs are specifically excluded from Operating Costs: (i) any costs relating to the Tenant’s Assets, and (ii) insurance costs that are not related to insuring the Property or Shared Assets.

 

4


3.3 Definition of Taxes. Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including but not limited to transfer taxes and non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding , however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Tenant a capital tax directly on the rents received therefrom or a margin tax, franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Project, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “ Taxes ” for purposes hereof). Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower Taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project. The parties agree and understand that Taxes are not predictable and may increase significantly over the term of this Agreement.

3.4 Miscellaneous Amounts relating to the Lease . If Tenant is obligated to pay any additional amounts under the Lease, which are not otherwise included in this Section 3, whether the additional rent is to reimburse Landlord for taxes, operating expenses, billboard fees, association fees, insurance coverage, common area maintenance charges, or other expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Project, User shall pay to Tenant the User’s Share of that additional rent (to the extent that additional rent is attributable to events or amounts billed for periods falling within or occurring during the term of this Agreement). The payment shall be due from User to Tenant no fewer than five (5) days before Tenant’s payment of such additional rent is due to the Landlord, provided that User shall have been billed at least 10 days before that date (the bill shall be accompanied by a copy of Landlord’s bill and other material furnished to Tenant in connection with the bill). Any such amounts incurred shall be included within the definition of “ Rent ” for purposes of this Agreement.

3.5 Estimates. User shall pay to Tenant, in advance on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the estimated Rent for each year of the Use Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Attached as Exhibit B is an budget for the Project prepared by Tenant and approved by User, which reflects a good faith estimate of Rent. Based on Exhibit B, the parties have agreed that User will pay to Tenant the monthly sum allocated to User on Exhibit B, in advance, as Tenant’s initial estimate of Rent. From time to time, Tenant may estimate and re-estimate the amount of Rent to be due and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to User. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Rent shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, User shall have paid all of Rent estimated by Tenant for such calendar year. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when the actual amount of Rent is available for each calendar year or fraction thereof (in the instance of any partial calendar year).

(a) On or before January 31 of each calendar year during the term (and within 180 days of the Use Expiration Date), Tenant shall furnish to User a statement of Rent for the previous year (the “ Rent Statement ”). If Tenant fails to issue a Rent Statement, User will send a written request for Tenant to issue a Rent Statement. Within 30 days of receipt of the request for

 

5


Rent Statement, Tenant will then issue a Rent Statement. If User’s estimated payments of Rent for the year covered by the Rent Statement exceeded the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then Tenant shall promptly credit or reimburse User for such excess; likewise, if User’s estimated payments of Rent for such year were less than the actual Rent due as indicated in the Rent Statement, then User shall promptly pay Tenant such deficiency. All true up obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive the Use Period.

(b) To minimize the administrative burden on each party, Tenant’s books and records with regard to Rent are available for inspection by User at Tenant’s offices during Tenant’s regular business hours for 30 days after the date of issuance of each Rent Statement. The parties agree to work in good faith to address any questions relating to the Rent Statement.

3.6 Example. For purposes of clarity, the following is an example of the parties’ intentions with respect to Rent due under this Agreement: If Reimbursable Expenses total $500,000/month ($400,000 for Operating Costs and $100,000 for Taxes) and User’s Share is 40%, then User shall pay to Tenant as Rent, $200,000/month. If Landlord passes through any additional costs or Tenant incurs any expenses in the operation of the Project due and payable under this Agreement (as miscellaneous expenses) and/or the Lease, User shall pay User’s Share of the such amounts as well, regardless of whether such amounts were included in the estimate. User shall at all times remain responsible for 100% of any services or expenses incurred solely on User’s behalf (i.e. User shall pay 3PL directly and shall be solely responsible for all components of the WMS system that are used solely for User’s operations).

4. Permitted Uses.

User will use Shared Space and User Office Space solely for User’s Business Activities. User will not, without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion) permit the User Office Space or the Shared Space to be used for any purpose substantially different from those activities described in Recital C of this Agreement.

5. Compliance with Laws; Maintenance and Repair.

5.1 No Law Violations or Nuisances . User will not make or permit any use of the Property, or any part thereof, which violates any applicable statute, ordinance, regulation or other requirement of any governmental authority, or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or which may render void or voidable any insurance then carried by Tenant or User pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Compliance With Laws . User will conduct all of its activities within the User Office Space and the Shared Space in a manner conforming to the requirements of all Laws (including but not limited to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of any governmental authority, the regulations or other requirements of any national or local fire marshal, board of fire underwriters or any other body exercising similar functions) and the requirements of all policies of insurance maintained in force on or with respect to the Property pursuant to this Agreement. User will keep the User Office Space and the Shared Space equipped with all safety appliances required because of User’s use. User will obtain and keep in force any licenses and permits required by, and otherwise comply with the orders and regulations of, all governmental authorities relating to User’s use of the Property.

 

6


5.3 Repairs and Maintenance; Cost Sharing .

(a) Tenant’s Obligations; User Share of Costs . Tenant, to the extent required under the Lease, will maintain the Property in good order, repair and condition. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 may include: (i) the foundation, roof and structural soundness of the concrete floors and exterior walls; (ii) those portions of the water, plumbing, sewer and electrical systems that are not within the possession or control of the User Office Space; and (iii) the driveways, parking areas and other areas adjoining the Property. Tenant will not be required to commence any repairs in the User Office Space or Shared Space until a reasonable time after written notice from User that the same are necessary. The obligation of Tenant to maintain in good condition and repair those parts of the Property, as provided above, will not extend to any damage or disrepair caused by the neglect or fault of User or its employees, contractors or agents, which damage or disrepair will be repaired by Tenant and the full amount of the costs incurred will be charged to User. The provisions of this Section 5.3 will not apply in the event of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking by condemnation by any competent authority. In any such event, the obligation of Tenant will be controlled as otherwise provided in this Agreement. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3(a) will be included in the calculation of Rent.

(b) User Obligations . User will at all times keep the Shared Space and User Office Space clean, neat and safe, and in good order and condition. At the end of the Use Period. User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with the use, repair, maintenance and replacement of the User’s Assets.

(c) WMS and 3PL . User will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of Tenant and Landlord from and against User’s breach of this Agreement, failure to pay for the costs associated with its contracts and for any negligence or misconduct of User, its employees, agents and contractors. This indemnification obligation shall specifically apply to the 3PL Agreement and the WMS System.

(d) Maintenance of Temperature at Conditioned Sites . The parties agree that 3PL is solely responsible for all temperature controls within the warehouse. In the event of any issues arising with respect to the temperature conditions impacting storage within the warehouse, the impacted party will immediately notify 3PL and cause 3PL to promptly address any issues.

6. Insurance.

6.1 Property and Casualty . At all times throughout the Use Period, and subject to the terms of the Lease, Tenant will: (a) keep the Property insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties; and (b) carry and maintain broad form boiler and machinery insurance on all equipment and objects (which are part of the Property) customarily covered by such insurance. All such insurance obtained by Tenant will be in such amounts and with such coverage as Tenant determines in its discretion or is otherwise required by the Lease. At all times throughout the Use Period, User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, keep User’s personal property, inventory and equipment, including but not limited to the User’s Assets (collectively, “ Personal Property ”) insured against loss or damage by fire and other casualties.

 

7


6.2 Liability . User will, at User’s sole cost and expense, throughout the term of this Agreement, but for the mutual benefit of Tenant and User, maintain the following kinds and amounts of insurance: (a) comprehensive general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury and property damage, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate in respect of bodily injury or death; (b) employer’s liability insurance in the amount of not less than $1,000,000; and (c) workmen’s compensation insurance in such amounts as may be required by Law.

6.3 Insurance Companies; Evidence of Insurance . All insurance provided for in this Section 6 or elsewhere in this Agreement will be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers with an AM Best rating of A-VII or better. Certificates of insurance will be provided upon request by either party.

6.4 Additional Insureds . All policies of insurance provided for by Tenant in Section 6.l above will name Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s Mortgagee (if any) as the insureds, as their respective interests may appear and all policies of insurance provided for by User in Section 6.1 above will name User as the insured. All policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.2 above will name User as the insured and Landlord and Tenant and each party’s Mortgagee as additional insureds. All such policies will provide that should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with policy provisions to the Tenant.

6.5 Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Whenever (a) any loss, cost, damage or expense resulting from fire or other casualty is incurred by either Tenant or User or anyone claiming by, through or under either of them in connection with the Property, and (b) the party suffering such loss is then either covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to such loss, cost, damage or expense (or is required under this Agreement to be so insured), then the party so insured (or so required) hereby releases the other party from any liability said other party may have on account of such loss, cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such insurance (or which could have been recovered, had insurance been carried as so required) and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof.

7. Negative Covenants, Early Termination and Restrictions, Additional Covenants.

7.1 No Liens . User will not suffer or permit any vendor’s, mechanic’s, laborer’s, or materialman’s statutory or similar lien to be filed against the Property or any interest of Tenant or User therein by reason of labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to User or anyone holding or using the Property, or any part thereof, through or under User (including labor, services or materials supplied in connection with any repairs or maintenance provided by User under Section 1.3 or Section 5 above). If any such lien is filed against the Property, User will, within 20 days after notice of the filing thereof, cause the same to be released and discharged.

 

8


7.2 No Assignment and Subletting . As a material inducement for Tenant to enter into this Agreement with User, User agrees that neither this Agreement nor User’s interest hereunder will under any circumstances, whether voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law, be assigned or transferred by User, nor will User allow any other person to use or occupy any portion of the User Office Space or Shared Space, without in each case the prior written consent of Tenant being first obtained (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion). User agrees and acknowledges that the Tenant is ultimately responsible to Landlord under all terms of the Lease and therefore it is reasonable for Tenant to be exercising its right to consent or to not consent in its sole and absolute discretion. This absolute presumption against assignment or sub-letting User’s interest under this Agreement overrides any rights that may exist under the Lease that are more generous than the provisions of this Section 7.2.

7.3 Early Termination Options

(a) User’s Early Termination Option. User may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Tenant no less than 180 days’ prior to the date of intended early termination (“ User Termination Notice ”). The User Termination Notice shall advise Tenant of the date on which User will vacate the Property, said date being no earlier than 180 days from the date of the User Termination Notice (“ User Termination Date ”). Notwithstanding any early termination in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.3, User will be liable for all rent accruing through the User Termination Date, regardless of whether or not User chooses to remain in physical possession of the Shared Space, User Office Space and/or Shared Assets. For purposes of clarity, in the Event that User delivers the User Termination Notice and provided that User timely vacates the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, User will only be responsible for its obligations, including payment of Rent and other charges, under this Agreement accruing through the User Termination Date, but will not, however, be liable for Rent or other costs first accruing after the User Termination Date.

(b) Termination by Mutual Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the parties mutually agree to enter into separate agreements with third parties for warehousing, use of the facility, office space and a lease of the Building, including without limitation WMS (e.g. Red Prairie, Matrics), and have segregated all owned or leased assets used in the facility, upon User providing Tenant with appropriate evidence of the documentation supporting the segregation and Landlord’s release of Tenant from all obligations under the Lease relating to User’s continued use of the Property, this Agreement shall terminate effective as of the date of the commencement of completely independent operations, without any penalties under this Agreement.

7.4 Covenant Against Waste . User agrees not to do or suffer any waste or damage to, or impairment of the value of, the Property.

7.5 Restriction on Third Party Vendors . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, User will not enter into any third party vendor agreements that entail the use, presence, installation of systems or occupancy by any vendor of the User Office Space or Shared Space without Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

9


7.6 Loading Docks and Shared Assets . User will not utilize more than User’s Share of any loading docks or Shared Assets included in the Shared Space without the prior written consent of Tenant (which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion).

7.7 Additional Covenants. The additional covenants set forth on Schedule 2 are incorporated into the body of this Section 7.7 as if fully restated herein.

8. Condemnation; Damage and Destruction.

8.1 Condemnation . If all or any Material (as defined below) part of the Property is taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Agreement will terminate on the date of vesting of title in the condemning party under such eminent domain proceedings, and all Rent and other sums payable by User hereunder will be prorated to the date of such vesting. Notwithstanding any judicial allocation of any award, the entire award will be paid to Tenant (or to Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any, under the terms of its Mortgage), and User will not have any right to any apportionment of or share in the award. For purposes of this Section 8, “ Material ” or “ Materially ” shall mean at least 50% of the User Office Space and Shared Space or 70% of the Property is damaged, destroyed or taken so that User is unable to use the User Office Space and Shared Space for its intended purposes.

8.2 Damage and Destruction; Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If the Property is damaged or destroyed, regardless of the cause or the amount of the loss or the existence of insurance to cover such loss, Landlord/Tenant will have the right, but not the obligation, to either repair the damage or terminate this Agreement. If Landlord/Tenant elects to repair, repair and restoration will be promptly commenced and diligently pursued to completion, due allowance being made for time needed to adjust insurance and for Unavoidable Delays (as defined below). The performance by User of its other obligations under this Agreement will continue notwithstanding any such loss, except for temporary suspension of performance rendered impossible by such damage or destruction. However, User will be entitled to an abatement of Rent with respect to any portion of the User Office Space and Shared Space which User is unable to use for its business activities. If Landlord/Tenant elects not to restore such damage, this Agreement will be terminated effective as of the date Landlord/Tenant notifies User that Landlord/Tenant does not intend to restore.

8.3 User Right to Terminate . If the Property is Materially destroyed, User will have an option to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Tenant. Upon the exercise of such an option, this Agreement will terminate and User will pay all Rent and its Proportionate Share of other charges then due hereunder, equitably apportioned to the date of such termination.

8.4 Insurance Proceeds . All Insurance proceeds on account of any loss will be paid [first in accordance with the terms of the Lease and thereafter,] to Tenant and may be used by Tenant to pay the costs of restoration of such improvements or may be kept by Tenant in its sole discretion.

 

10


8.5 Tenant Not Liable for Interruption of Business Activities . In no event will Tenant be liable to User for loss of revenue, or indirect, special or consequential damages arising out of the partial or total destruction or damage to the Property or any portion thereof by reason of a fire or other casualty.

9. Changes and Alterations.

9.1 By User . User is absolutely prohibited from making any changes or alterations to the User Office Space, Shared Space, Shared Assets or to systems and/or infrastructure supporting such areas, in each instance without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant does so consent, User will provide Tenant with copies of all plans and contracts and procure and pay for all required permits and authorizations of the various governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Property. Tenant agrees to join in the application for such permits or authorizations whenever such action is necessary at User’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, User is solely responsible for all costs and expenses of any labor, materials or other work to the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets pursuant to this Section 9 and for all costs and expenses associated with the removal of the User’s Assets and any repairs to or cleaning of the Shared Space and User Office Space that may be required following the removal of the User’s Assets at the end of the Use Period. User agrees and acknowledges that in some instances, Landlord’s consent may also be required for any change, repair or alteration and in such instances, Tenant’s consent shall not relieve User from the obligation of obtaining Landlord’s consent as well.

9.2 Standards; Timing; Insurance . If Tenant consents to any change or alteration, (and Landlord’s consent, where required), the following requirements will apply: (a) all work done in connection therewith will be done promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Lease and zoning laws of the place in which the Property is located and with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and the appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof, and in accordance with the orders, rules and regulations of the fire marshal or board of fire underwriters where the Property is situated or any other body exercising similar functions; (b) the cost of any such change or alteration will be paid in cash so that the Property will at all times be free of liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Property; (c) the work of any change or alteration will be prosecuted with reasonable dispatch, Unavoidable Delays excepted; (d) there will be maintained workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work and with respect to whom death or injury claims could be asserted against Tenant, User or the Property; and (e) general liability insurance for the mutual benefit of User and Tenant (and Tenant’s Mortgagee, if any), as described in Section 6.2 of this Agreement, will be increased to such amounts as requested or required by Landlord/Tenant, at User’s sole cost and expense at all times when any work is in process in connection with any change or alteration.

9.3 Part of Property . All improvements and alterations made or installed by User in or on the Property, immediately upon completion or installation thereof, will be and become a part of the Property and will be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At Tenant’s sole discretion, User will remove all improvements and alterations made or installed by User and restore the Property to the condition existing prior to commencement of the Use Period, at User’s sole cost.

 

11


9.4 Tenant Not Responsible . Tenant, by approving or inspecting any design, plans, drawings or specifications or any contract for work or materials or the method of performing any work by User or its employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors, does not assume any responsibility or liability as to the safety, adequacy, sufficiency, legality or otherwise of what is approved or inspected, which responsibility or liability will be and remain with User.

10. Waiver of Claims; Indemnification.

10.1 Waiver and Release . User waives and releases Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees from all claims for damage to person or property sustained by User relating to: (i) the Property or the land appurtenant thereto or any part thereof or any equipment or appurtenance therein or thereon becoming out of repair; (ii) any accident in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto; and (iii) any act, directly or indirectly, of Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, contractors, agents and employees.

10.2 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Repair . If any damage to the Property or to Tenant or to other users of the Property, results from any act, omission or neglect of User or of User’s contractors, agents or employees, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, repair such damage and User will, upon demand by Tenant, promptly reimburse Tenant for the total cost of such repairs in excess of the amount, if any, paid to Tenant under insurance covering such damages.

10.3 Risk of Loss . All Personal Property situated in the Property and belonging to User, its contractors, agents or employees or visitors or any occupant of the premises will be situated there at the risk of User or such other person only, and Tenant will not be liable for damage thereto or theft, misappropriation or loss thereof.

10.4 Indemnification Against Claims . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.5 and 9.4 above, Tenant and User agree to hold each other harmless and indemnify each other, their respective officers, directors, agents, contractors and employees from and against all claims, liability and costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) for injuries to persons and damage to property, arising from occurrences in or about the Property or the land appurtenant thereto, caused in whole or in part, by the act, omission or negligence of the other of them, their respective agents, contractors, employees and visitors.

10.5 Indemnification Against Costs . User agrees to pay, and to indemnify Tenant against, all legal costs and charges, including counsel fees, lawfully and reasonably incurred in connection with the following: (a) obtaining possession of any portion of the Property after a default by User and its failure to cure such default within the time provided in this Agreement; (b) User’s default of all obligations under this Agreement including, but not limited to, in surrendering possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and/or in enforcing any covenant or agreement of User in this Agreement; or (c) in any suit or proceeding affecting the Property or this Agreement to which the Tenant is joined as a party by reason of User’s use of the Property under this Agreement.

 

12


11. Inspection of Office and Shared Spaces.

11.1 Entry for Repairs and Other Purposes . User agrees to permit Landlord/Tenant and Landlord/Tenant’s authorized representatives to enter the User Office Space at all reasonable times for the purposes of: (a) inspecting the same, and (b) making any necessary repairs to the Property and performing any work therein that may be necessary by reason of User’s default under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant has no obligation to perform any work that User is required to perform under this Agreement, and Landlord/Tenant’s performance thereof will not constitute a waiver of User’s default in failing to perform the same. Landlord/Tenant may, during the progress of any such work in the User Office Space, keep and store upon the User Office Space all necessary materials, tools and equipment. Tenant will not in any event be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, or damage to User by reason of making such repairs or the performance of any such work in the Property, or on account of bringing materials, supplies and equipment into or through the Property during the course thereof, and the obligations of User under this Agreement will not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever.

11.2 Entry For Sale or Other Purposes . Landlord/Tenant is hereby given the right at all reasonable times to enter the User Office Space and to exhibit the same for the purpose of sale or any other purposes, and Tenant will use reasonable care to avoid disturbing User during any such entry.

12. Defaults.

12.1 Events Constituting Defaults; Tenant’s Options . If (i) User defaults in the payment of any Rent, or any other amounts due hereunder or in the maintenance of insurance or allows any lien to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, and such default continues for 10 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (ii) if User defaults in the performance of any other obligation under this Agreement and such default continues for 30 days after notice thereof given by Tenant to User, or (iii) if User files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or if such a petition is filed against User and is not dismissed within 60 days, then Tenant may, at its option, without further notice, elect to terminate this Agreement or (without terminating this Agreement) to terminate User’s rights to use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets, and in such event Tenant or Tenant’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the User Office Space and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or otherwise, without being liable for indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and with or without terminating this Agreement, and repossess and enjoy the User Office Space, together with all additions, alterations and improvements.

12.2 Tenant’s Further Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement will limit or prejudice Tenant’s right to prove and obtain as liquidated damages arising out of any breach or default by User the maximum amount allowed by any statute or rule of law, whether such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amounts payable by User hereunder during what would have been the balance of the Use Period.

 

13


12.3 Tenant’s Rights to Cure or Perform . If User defaults in the payment of any amounts due under this Agreement or other tax or excise or in the maintenance of insurance or the repair or restoration of the Property, or allows any lien arising on account of any act or omission of User to attach to Tenant’s title to the Property or its interest in this Agreement, or fails to make any other payment or perform any other act, agreement, covenant, or obligation under this Agreement, Tenant may cure any such default, and the cost thereof together with interest at the Late Payment Rate will be an additional amount due from User upon demand.

12.4 Waivers by User . USER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE SERVICE OF NOTICE OF INTENTION TO RE-ENTER PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE, OR TO INSTITUTE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS TO THAT END, AND ALSO WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT OF REDEMPTION PROVIDED FOR IN ANY STATUTE NOW OR HEREAFTER IN FORCE IN CASE USER IS DISPOSSESSED BY A JUDGMENT OR BY WARRANT OF ANY COURT OR JUDGE. USER WAIVES AND WILL WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY A JURY IN THE EVENT THAT SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ANY OTHER ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARE INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST IT.

13. Dispute Resolution. Except for disputes relating to the 3PL Agreement and adherence to the Protocol (which are separately governed by the Dispute Resolution Policy (as defined in Section 1.3 above)), any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the remaining provisions of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”), will be resolved: (i) first, by negotiation with the possibility of mediation as provided in subsection 13.1 below; and (ii) then, if negotiation and mediation fail, as provided in subsection 13.2 below. The procedures set forth in this Section 13 will be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration will not toll applicable statutes of limitation or repose unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.

13.1 Negotiation and mediation. If either party serves written notice of a Dispute upon the other party (a “ Dispute Notice ”), the parties will first attempt to resolve the Dispute by direct discussions between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute. In the event the Dispute is not resolved within 15 days by the initial representatives to whom the matter is referred, the Dispute will be escalated for resolution to the CFO of each party. If the parties agree, they may also attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation administered by a mutually agreed upon mediator.

13.2 Arbitration or litigation . If a Dispute is not resolved within 45 days after the service of a Dispute Notice, the Dispute will be resolved through arbitration under clause (a) or (d) below, except that if the Dispute involves infringement, other violation, validity, enforceability, or ownership of intellectual property rights, either party may initiate litigation under clause (b) below.

 

14


(a) Arbitration .

(i) Any arbitration will be administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules and before a panel of three arbitrators having experience or expertise in the subject matter of the Dispute. The claimant will designate an arbitrator in its request for arbitration and the respondent will designate an arbitrator in its answer to the request for arbitration. When the two co-arbitrators have been appointed, they will have 21 days to select a third arbitrator who will serve as the chair of the arbitral tribunal, and if they are unable to do so, the ICDR will appoint the chair by use of the “list method.” The place of arbitration will be New York, New York. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(ii) Interim relief . At any time during or before the arbitration of a Dispute between the parties, either party may initiate litigation seeking interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions pending completion of the arbitration.

(iii) Procedures and remedies in arbitration . In the arbitration, each party will be entitled to reasonable, expedited discovery of documents and information that relate specifically to the substance of the Dispute, but no depositions or third party discovery will be conducted. At least seven days before the hearing, each party will provide the other with a written position statement and copies of all evidence that it intends to produce at the hearing. The parties will treat as confidential all discussions and submissions made in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and all non-public documents and information produced or submitted in the proceeding. The arbitrators’ decision will be in writing, rendered no more than 60 days after the date on which the arbitration panel is selected. The arbitrators will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive, exemplary or treble (or other multiple) damages.

(b) Litigation . Any litigation that may be initiated in lieu of arbitration, as provided above, will be brought only in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in the state courts located in that District. The parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in those courts. The parties waive the right to a jury in any such litigation.

(c) Expenses . The parties will equally share the fees charged for any mediator’s services and will bear their own internal expenses incurred in connection with resolving a Dispute. If any Dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, from the other party, the reasonable out of pocket expenses that it incurred in connection with the arbitration or litigation, including attorneys’ fees, arbitrator fees, and expert witness fees.

(d) Arbitration for Financial Disputes . In the event of a dispute involving calculations of Rent, Reimbursable Expenses, interest calculations or other purely financial matters, any arbitration under subsection (a) will be handled at the end of the calendar year in which the dispute arose, in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement. If the parties have not resolved the disputed matters within 30 days after the end of the calendar year, the dispute will be submitted to, and heard before, Ernst & Young LLP, or if such

 

15


accounting firm shall decline to act or is not, at the time of submission thereto, independent of Tenant or User, to another arbitrator from any mutually agreed upon accounting firm. Each party will use commercially reasonably efforts to cause the arbitrator to decide not later than 30 days after submission of the particular matter to the arbitrator. The arbitration will be limited solely to the financial calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection (d), the provisions in subsection (a) will apply to any arbitration under this subsection (d). In order to minimize the administrative burden of resolving ongoing financial disputes, all financial disputes requiring arbitration will be handled at the end of the calendar year in accordance with the true-up procedures set forth in this Agreement.

14. Surrender of Space/Holdover. User will, upon termination of this Agreement, surrender the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets (solely to the extent the same are not User’s Assets) to Tenant in good order, condition and repair, except for reasonable wear and tear and for damage that User is not required under the terms of this Agreement to restore or repair.

14.1 Holdover . Should User, or any of its successors in interest, hold over in its occupancy of the Property, or any part thereof, after the Use Expiration Date, unless otherwise agreed in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy only, terminable at the will of Tenant, at a rental equal to the greater of (a) the then fair market rental value of the Shared Space and if applicable the User Office Space, or (b) the total rental payable for the last month of the Use Period plus fifty percent (50%) of such amount, payable in full on the first day on which User holds over and on the first day of each month thereafter during such holdover period. The holdover rental amount shall be recalculated and adjusted upwards monthly. The inclusion of the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Tenant’s permission for User to hold over. In addition, User shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all loss, costs (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and all costs and expenses incurred under the Lease) and liability resulting from such holdover, including but not limited to any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon User’s failure to vacate the Property upon expiration of the Use Period, as it may be extended, and any lost profits to Tenant and or Landlord resulting therefrom.

14.2 Notices. All notices under this Agreement will be in writing, sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier, by fax or email, directed to the address, fax number, or email address set forth below. Notices sent by hand delivery, by FedEx or other commercial overnight courier are effective upon receipt. Notices sent by fax or email are effective upon transmission, provided that the sender does not receive any indication that the fax or email has not been successfully transmitted.

If to Tenant:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                                 

Email:                             

 

16


With a copy to:

Three Lakes Drive

Northfield, IL 60093

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                                 

Email:                             

If to User:

100 DeForest Ave.

East Hanover, NJ 07936

Attn: Director Log Ops

Fax:                                 

Email:                             

With a copy to:

Three Parkway North, Suite 200

Deerfield, IL 60015

Attn: General Counsel

Fax:                                 

Email:                             

15. Miscellaneous.

15.1 No brokers . User and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that no broker interested User in the User Office Space or the Shared Space or assisted User or Tenant in the negotiations of this Agreement. User and Tenant hereby agree to hold harmless and indemnify each other from and against all claims for costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), expense or liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any broker or agent who claims to have dealt with the other of them with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

15.2 Relationship of parties . Except as specifically provided herein, neither party will act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other party, or in any way bind or commit the other party to any obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement.

15.3 Entire agreement; no reliance; amendment . This Agreement (including all exhibits) is the entire agreement with respect to its subject matter, and any prior agreements, oral or written, are no longer effective. In deciding whether to enter into this Agreement, the parties have not relied on any representations, statements, or warranties other than those explicitly contained in this Agreement. No changes to this Agreement are valid unless in writing, signed by both parties. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Separation Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

17


15.4 Waiver . Except as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, neither party waives any rights under this Agreement by delaying or failing to enforce them.

15.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts. Facsimile signatures are binding.

15.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that a provision is invalid or unenforceable, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

15.7 Interpretation . The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against either party irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. The terms “include” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms. Each reference to “$” or “dollars” is to United States dollars. Each reference to “days” is to calendar days.

15.8 Governing Law . This Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, U.S.A.

15.9 Remedies cumulative . The specific remedies to which Tenant or User may resort under the terms of this Agreement are cumulative. The failure of Tenant or User to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any of the covenants of this Agreement, or to exercise any option herein contained, will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant or option. A receipt by Tenant of payments with knowledge of the breach of any covenant or agreement hereof will not be deemed a waiver of a breach by User, and no waiver, change, modification or discharge by either party hereto of this Agreement or of any provision in this Agreement, or surrender by User of the User Office Space, will be deemed to have been made or will be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by both Tenant and User. In addition to the other remedies in this Agreement provided, Tenant and User will be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement or to a decree compelling performance of any of such covenants, conditions or provisions.

15.10 Survival . Sections 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, and 15 will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

15.11 Provisions Regarding Superiority of the Lease. This Agreement and all the rights of parties under it are expressly subject and subordinate to the Lease. Each party agrees that it will not, by its act or omission to act, cause a default under the Lease. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties confirm, each to the other, that it is not practical in this Agreement to restate all of the rights and obligations of the various parties under the Lease and to specifically

 

18


allocate those rights and obligations in this Agreement. Accordingly, in order to afford to User the benefits of this Agreement and of those provisions of the Lease that by their nature are intended to benefit the party in possession of the Property, and in order to protect Tenant against a default by User that might cause a default or event of default by Tenant under the Lease, the parties agree:

(a) Provided User shall timely pay all Rent when due under this Agreement, Tenant shall pay, when due, all base rent, additional rent and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under the Lease.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Tenant shall perform its covenants and obligations under the Lease that do not require possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space for their performance and that are not otherwise to be performed under this Agreement by User on behalf of Tenant. For example, Tenant shall at all times keep in full force and effect all insurance required of Tenant as Tenant under the Lease unless that requirement is waived in writing by, Landlord.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, User shall perform all affirmative covenants and shall refrain from performing any act that is prohibited by the negative covenants of the Lease, where the obligation to perform or refrain from performing is by its nature imposed upon the party in possession of the Shared Space and/or User Office Space. If practicable, User shall perform affirmative covenants that are also covenants of Tenant under the Lease at least 5 days prior to the date when Tenant’s performance is required under the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to enter the User Office Space to cure any default by User under this Section.

(d) Tenant shall not agree with Landlord to any amendment to the Lease that might have an adverse effect on User’s occupancy of the User Office Space or its use of the Shared Space for their intended purpose, unless Tenant shall first obtain User’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Tenant grants to User the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Shared Space and/or User Office Space that are to be provided by Landlord under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall have no duty to perform any obligations of Landlord that are, by their nature, the obligation of an owner or manager of real property. For example, Tenant shall not be required to provide the services or repairs that the Landlord is required to provide under the Lease. Tenant shall have no responsibility for or be liable to User for any default, failure, or delay on the part of Landlord in the performance or observance by Landlord of any of its obligations under the Lease, nor shall any default by Landlord affect this Agreement or waive or defer the performance of any of User’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the default by Landlord excuses performance by Tenant as Tenant under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties contemplate that Landlord will perform its obligations under the Lease and in the event of any default or failure of performance by Landlord, Tenant agrees that it will, upon notice from User, make demand upon Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease, and if User agrees to pay all costs and expenses of Tenant (to be shared by Tenant pro rata if Landlord’s default adversely affects Tenant) and provides Tenant with security for that payment reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant will take appropriate legal action to enforce the Lease.

 

19


(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no instance shall User have any greater rights under this Agreement than the rights that are afforded to Tenant under the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. User acknowledges and agrees that User has received a copy of the Lease and will abide by the terms, covenants and agreements set forth therein. In the event that Tenant’s consent or approval is required or requested by User in connection with any provision of this Agreement, Tenant shall not in any manner be obligated to provide consent or approval if Landlord’s prior consent or approval is required under the terms of the Lease and Landlord fails to provide such consent or approval upon request of either party.

15.12 Landlord’s Consent. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties under it are expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s obtaining Landlord’s consent to this Agreement. User shall promptly deliver to Tenant any information reasonably requested by Landlord (in connection with Landlord’s approval of this Agreement) with respect to the nature and operation of User’s business, the financial condition of User, or both. Tenant and User agree, for the benefit of Landlord, that this Agreement and Landlord’s consent hereto shall not: (a) create privity of contract between Landlord and User; (b) be deemed to have amended the Lease in any regard (unless Landlord shall have expressly agreed to the amendment and such amendment is executed by all applicable parties); or (c) be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment of the Lease by Tenant or any further subletting of premises leased pursuant to the Lease, or as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any assignment by User of this Agreement or any sub-subletting of all or any part of the Property. Landlord’s consent shall, however, be deemed to evidence Landlord’s agreement that User may use the Shared Space, User Office Space and Shared Assets for the uses set forth in Section 4 above. If Landlord fails to consent to this Agreement within 30 days after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the other at any time thereafter, but before Landlord grants consent.

16. Definitions.

16.1 Mortgage; Mortgagee . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Mortgage ” is used it will mean any indenture of mortgage or a deed of trust which at the time in question is a lien on Tenant’s and or Landlord’s interest in the Property and any supplement to, modification, renewal, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof. The term “ Mortgagee ” will mean the holder of such Mortgage.

16.2 Late Payment Rate . Whenever in this Agreement the term “ Late Payment Rate ” is used it will mean the greater of (a) 10% per annum, or (b) the rate of interest which is 3% over the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal under “WSJ Prime Rate” from time to time) charged at the time interest is accruing at the Late Payment Rate, whichever is higher, unless prohibited by law, in which case “ Late Payment Rate ” will mean the maximum contract rate permitted by law.

 

20


16.3 Proportionate Share . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proportionate Share ” will mean User’s Share as defined in Section 2.1 above and in the case of Tenant, Tenant’s Proportional share shall be the amount remaining after subtracting User’s Share from 100% (i.e. if User’s Share is 40% the Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 60%).

16.4 Unavoidable Delays . Wherever in this Agreement the term “ Unavoidable Delays ” or words of similar import appear, they will be construed to mean delays due to strikes, lock-outs, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials, governmental restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or similar causes, provided such similar causes are beyond the control of User or Tenant, as the case may be. Whenever delay in completion of a performance is excused by reason of Unavoidable Delays, delay in commencement of such performance will also be excused if caused by Unavoidable Delays.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KRAFT FOODS GROUP, INC.,

   

MONDELĒZ GLOBAL LLC,

a Virginia corporation

   

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

    By:  

 

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

 

 

21